Loading...
235 Towne Center Cir - BC08-000608 (HOLLISTER) (INTERIOR REMODEL) (A)MALL LOCATION PLAN CODE SYNOPSIS/ PROJECT DATA Hollister STORE TYPE: HOL ISTER O. SPACE #N05C LEVET. 2 OF 2 LOCATION: SEMINOLE TONNE CENTER - SPACE #N05C LEVEL: 2 of 2 STORE #659 BUILDING OCCUPANCY USE GROUP: M -MERCANTILE SEMINOLE TOWNE CENTER ...... CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION: 2-6 SPRINKLERED SPACE #N05C APPLICABLE CODES: 200 TOWNE CENTER CIRCLE •- Ww - as '" IGPLanney BUILDING 2004 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE W/2005 4 2006 AMENDMENTS S A N F 0 R D FLORIDA 3 2 771 ?° I MEC14ANICAL : 2004 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE W/2005 4 2006 AMENDMENTS ELECTRIC 2005 NEC PLUMBING 2004 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE W/2005 4 2006 AMENDMENTS .T. TENANT ACCE551BILITY CHAPER 11 - FLORIDA ACCE55151LITY CODE } CJI ENERGY ENERGY GAUGE FLORIDA (EFFECTIVE DEC 8, 2006 VER51ON 3.0) I-IOLLISTER Co. 6301 FITCN PATH VI �j� I FIRE :2003 NEPA 1 -UNIFORM FIRE CODE NEW ALBANY, 01410 43054 • " t...e . "' 2003 NFPA 1 - LIFE SAFETY CODE (614) 283-6500 GAS : 2004 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE W/2005 4 2006 AMENDMENTS ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: TENANT'S REPRESENTATIVES (614) # ............... ACCESSIBLE TO THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DESIGNER GUIDELINES AND THE - lgg4 UPDATE CABG LINDSEY GEGLEIN 283-7122 N / ANSI 117.1 AND LOCAL CODES L.- F1 ik. . Acc. e- 55 , C o cte-- 2004- FOCw CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS rrhop, 11 OCCUPANT LOAD 4444/30= 148 SALES 2240/300= 8 NON -SALES RYAN ADAMS 283-6079 148 + 8= 156 TOTAL PURCHASING HOTLINE PERMIT # g S SYMBOL LEGEND GENERAL INFORMATION VICINITY MAP HOTLINE 283-7111 DATE: 5 --3o O� MINIMUM PLUMBING FIXTURES 1. G.C. TO PROVIDE 4 INSTALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR STORE OPERATION AS REQ'D BY FIRE DEPARTMENT SEMINOLE TOWNE CENTER INSPECTOR. AT A MINIMUM, PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2 -Ar WATER CLOSETS: 1 REQUIRED FOR MALE 1 REQUIRED FOR FEMALE jDEVELOPER OR 2-A/A5G WITHIN 75 TRAVEL 015TANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING BY G.G. DURING CONSTRUCTION. ,. PLAN DETAIL X 2. SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE APPROVED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND MEET ALL APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. LAVATORIES: I REQUIRED FOR MALE I REQUIRED FOR FEMALE 51MON PROPERTY GROUP x a ..p.,. X � •n g "his t '.xk",y � ..w ':'�� *a d'.'o.� '. . �. m�xY.y,`a �. Y�,��kgi ��h3e{;i:' ......,�. •',� . . l ..". _a g : NATIONAL CITY CENTER 3. A 44" CLEAR BUILD A15LE SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED THROUGH ROOMS TO EXIT DOORS. F��'' " °...: W"' ""'°"` "` URINALS: N/A x. 115 WEST WASHINGTON STREET 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL DAMAGED FIRE -PROOFING. X DRINKING FOUNTAINS: (1) SHALL BE PROVIDED INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46204 PLAN SECTION 5. PORCH SECURITY DOORS TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED AFTER BUSINESS HOURS.K N I (1) PROVIDED X NEW DOOR 6. USE OF PLASTIC FOR WALL OR CEILING COVERING OTHER THAN LUMINOUS CEILING IS PROHIBITED UNLESS��•��""`�5 TENANT COORDINATOR FIRE PROTECTION: SPECIFICALLY APPROVED IN WRITING FOR EACH USE BY BUILDING OFFICIAL. DEMISING WALL - 1 HOUR e , Wpodrtt(� sa!an. SECTION DETAIL X SALES /NON -SALES WALL- 0 HOUR DAVID FLETCHER 7. ALL SECURITY DOOR AREAS TO BE PROVIDED WITH A KEY LOCKING DEVICE 50 AS TO ENABLE DOOR TO BE X LOCKED IN THESALES NON -SALES DOOR - TYPE 0 (0 MIN) OPEN POSITION AND 50 LOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE REAR SIMON PROPERTY GROUP / SERVICE DOOR). (PER LOCAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS) n� CEILING - 0 HOUR REVIEWED \11 NATIONAL CITY CENTERPLANS S. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN ILLUMINATION VALUE OF ONE FOOTCANDLE MINIMUM AT 115 WEST WASHINGTON STREET ,� COLUMN ENCLOSURES - 0 HOUR INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46204 FLOOR LEVEL, UNIFORM THROUGHOUT EGRESS PATH. C N U CITY A R® DETAIL /E L E V/SECTION q. ONLY PANIC HARDWARE APPROVED AND LISTED BY THE STATE OR LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL ;; SERVICE CORRIDOR WALL - 0 HOUR TEL: (317) 636-1600 P°! SCALE/NOTE SHALL BE INSTALLED. ���Ou tea°'°�' SERVICE CORRIDOR DOOR - 1 HOUR ARCHITECT/ENGINEER 10. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING AREAS WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD` �'� ��a�tn�,rt� � , �;::, SPRINKLERED - AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC OF 50 OR MORE PERSONS. SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE 11. DOORS OPENING INTO ONE-HOUR FIRE-RE51STIVE CORRIDOR SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A SMOKE OR DRAFT PROVIDED 7007 WD PARTNERS STOP FIRE ASSEMBLY HAVING A MIN. 60 MINUTE RATING. '" .. DUEL NI ERi30ULEVARD 01410 43017 12. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY ILLUMINATED AND THE TWO LAMPS SHALL BE ENERGIZED FROM EGRESS REQUIREMENTS. I SEPARATE CIRCUITS. ILLUMINATION SHALL NORMALLY BE PROVIDED 8Y THE PREMISES WIRING SYSTEM. IN THE (2) EXITS REQUIRED - (2) EXITS PROVIDED CONTACT: CATHY RAMONDELLI EVENT OF FAILURE OF TWI5 SYSTEM, ILLUMINATION SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY PROVIDED FROM A 90 MINUTE17 ?��"� a,tg TRAVEL DISTANCE: 200' MAX. TEL: (614) 634-7484 FAX: (614) 634-7777 FIN X NOTEBATTERY BACKUP EMERGENCY SYSTEM. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL GIVE A VALUE OF ONE FOOTCANDLE MINIMUM µz N FINISH MARK Q CODED AT FLOOR LEVEL, THROUGHOUT EGRESS PATH. a z M - "' NOTE: USAGE HISTORY: NEW BUILDOUT OF EXISTING SPACE RETAIL SPACES 13. FIRE DAMPERS OR ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE -RATED Co 1'" p Q CLGHGT CEILING HEIGHT OX DOOR IDENTIFICATION WALLS OR CEILINGS. PROPOSED USE: "HOLLISTER" RETAIL SALES IS TO BE USED OL -}- re C e. w► �. ✓1 l CLGFIN 14. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, TOOL OR EXCLUSIVELY FOR BOYS AND GIRLS APPAREL RETAIL SALES 1' CEILING FINISH _ SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 15. ALL DIMENSIONS ON PLANS ARE FROM FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD TO FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD N D Y"' C� � (/) � \ (S S V � AgohE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. W E NOTE: ENTIRE SALES � NON-SALESSPRINKR AREA C THE STORE IS TO RECEIVE J ELEVATION NUMBER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER PROTECTION AS PER APPROVED FIRE c�- OFFIU S PROTECTION PLANS BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES 1 ,/�e- V I .e LJ .e OL X ELEVATION SHEET NUMBER ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE REAM TS. BUILDING DEPARTMENT COMMENTS INDEX OF DRAWINGS 1. ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS REQUIRED AND BE VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. TITLE SHEET UPDATED ELECTRONIC FILES FOR THIS PROJECT CAN KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS 2. ALL ACCESSIBLE DOORWAYS SHALL BE V-0" x 6'-8" (MINIMUM). AO.1 SPECIFICATIONS BE VIEWED OR DOWNLOADED FROM THE DIGITAL 3. HAND ACTIVATED DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH SINGLE EFFORT TYPE HARDWARE WITHOUT A0.2 SPECIFICATIONS / FINISH SCHEDULE PLANROOM AT wwwSranklinimaging.com. VENDORS AND REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. AO.3 DOOR SCHEDULE CONTRACTORS CAN CALL FRANKLIN IMAGING TOSET A.F.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR G.G. GENERAL CONTRACTOR PL. PLATE 4. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN 30" AND 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. UP USER NAME AND PASSWORD (614) 885-684. REVISION ALUM. ALUMINUM GWB GYPSUM (BOARD) FLEX. PLEXIGLAS 5. EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE SHALL BE LEVEL WITH AN AREA IN THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING OF AT AO•� FRAMING DETAILS/RESPON5I8ILITY SCHEDULE PLYWD. PLYWOOD n AI J DEMOLITION / EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN B/W. BAGKWRAP PREFIN. PREFINISHED LEAST 60" AND A LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING OF 48 AS MEASURED AT RIGHT 5/W. BLOCKING W.G. HANDICAPPED ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. A1.2 BARRICADE PLAN t DETAILS K'G BOARD NGT. HEIGHT RAO. RADIUS 6. THRESHOLD AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. RAISED THRESHOLD AND FLOOR LEVEL A2.1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN H.D.F. NIGH DENSITY REQ'D. REQUIRED " �� AREA CALCULATIONS FIBERBOARD CHANGES BETWEEN I/4 AND 1/2 SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. C/W. CASHWRAP R.O. ROUGH OPENING A3.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CLG, CEILING HORZ. HORIZONTAL (REF). REFERENCE 7. MAX. EFFORT TO OPERATE INTERIOR DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED WR. HOUR MAX, EFFORT SHALL BE DICTATED BY LOCAL AHJ. A� .1 F I N I SN/.PRESENTATION PLAN q.. CENTERLINE SECT. SECTION A7.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS APPROX. GROSS AREA -- (0(084 SQ.FT. COL. COLUMN INCAND. INCANDESCENT SHT. SHEET S. FLOORS TO BE SLIP -RESISTANT, WITH A SLIP COEFFICIENT OF .6 OR HIGHER.. CONC. CONCRETE INT. INTERIOR SIM. 51MILAR q. CENTER OF GRIP OF OPERATING HANDLE OR SWITCHES SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN V-0" NOR MORE THAN A7.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS CONSTR. CONSTRUCTION 50• SQUARE 4-0" ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. AB.1 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS APPROX. SALES AREA - 4444 SO. FT. G.M. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER CONT. CONTINUOUS K.D. KNOCK DOWN STL. STEEL 10.BOTTOM OF THE MIRROR P H.G. FITTING ROOMS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 18" OF THE FLOOR. AB.2 STOREFRONT PLAN AND DETAILS C.T.F. CUT TO FIT L.L. LEASE LINE STRUGT. STRUCTURE �� LAV.. LAVATORY TEMP. TEMPERATURE 11. HEIGHT OF CLOTHING HOOKS SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 48FROM 0 WIC HSTAND 250 LBS. POINT LOAD R. A8.3 STOREFRONT SECTION APPROX. NON SALES AREA - 220 SO. FT. EA. EACH TWRU. THROUGH 12.GRAB BARS FASTENERS AND MOUNTING SUPPORT SHALL BE ABLE T T AB.�4 STOREFRONT SECTION ELEV. ELEVATION MFG. MANUFACTURER TYP. TYPICAL BEARING SHEAR AND TORSION. A6.5 STOREFRONT SECTIONS � DETAILS EQ. EQUAL M.O. MASONRY OPENING 13.WATER CLOSET FLUSH VALVE SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF TOILET (EXCEPT TANK TYPE) THE I II EX. EXISTING MAX. MAXIMUM U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE FORGE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE THE FLUSH VALVE SHALL BE 5 LB5 MAX. AB. (o STOREFRONT FRAMING PLANS t DETAILS LINEAR FEET OF STOREFRONT - (03 -4 3/� EXT. EXTERIOR MECH. MECHANICAL V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD 14.LAVATORIES ADJACENT TO WALL SHALL BE CENTERED 15" MIN. (18" IN CALIFORNIA) FROM SIDEWALL WITH A10..1 CABINET DETAILS M.D.F. MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD VERT. VERTICAL RIM OF SINK NO HIGHER THAN 34" FROM FINISH FLOOR. F.D. FIELD DETERMINED M.D.O. MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY V.C. VOLUME CONTROL 15. A 10.2 CABINET DETAILS THIS SET IS INCLUSIVE FIN. FINISH MTL. METAL FAUGET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISM (OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND) SHALL BE of THE TYPE Al D .3 G0 -BACK CABINET DETAILS FL.D. FLOOR DRAIN MIN. MINIMUM W/. WITH NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST AND AN OPERATING FORCE FL. FLOOR MISG. MISCELLANEOUS W/O. WITHOUT NOT EXCEEDING 5 LBS. A11.1 CAS BACKWRAP DETAILS OF ALL DESIGN F.O. FINISHED OPENING WD. WOOD 16.5ELF-CLOSING VALVES TO REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. Al2.1 LOCKER ROOT" 1 DETAILS F.R. FITTING ROOM N.I.G. NOT IN CONTRACT COOLER SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE ADAAG 1gg2 UPDATES THROUGH:, HDU -0103 F.R.T. FIRE RETARDANT TREATED N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE 17, WATER Al2.2 LOUNGE 22 DETAILS F.R.P. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL N.P. NEUTRAL PIER 18.5UPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORY SHALL BE INSULATED PER PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS. THERE SW,ALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORY. Al2.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS Al2.4 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS MASTER SET DATE: XX -XX - LANDLORD COMMENTS Al2.5 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ADA STANDARDS Al2.6 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS I. PLANS REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR MUST BE PRESENT ON THE Al2.7 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ISSUE DATES Note: ADA specifications are a summary of regyirements, and (2) Other Doors. (4) Tensile force induced in a fastener by a direct tension force JOB SITE AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY PLANS APPROVED FOR BUILDING PERMIT. ANY PROPOSED of 250 lbf (1112N plus the maximum moment from the application DEVIATION FROM THE LANDLORD APPROVED PLANS MUST BE NUMBERED AND CLOUDED ON THE E1.1 POWER PLAN LANDLORD DATE: 12-20-07 are intended to be noted for reference only. G.C. shall follow O )• of 250 lbf (1112N) be less than the allowable withdrawal load • a exterior hinged doors : (Reserved PLANS, AND THEN RESUBMITTED 8Y THE TENANT TO TWE LANDLORD FOR RE -APPROVAL PRIOR TO all guidelines , figures and specifications of ADA for between the fastener and the supporting structure. ANY CONSTRUCTION CHANGES TAKING PLACE IN THE FIELD. E2.1 LIGHTING PLAN accesibility compliance. (b) interior hinged doors : 5 lbf (22.2N) E3.1 AUDIO PLAN PERMIT DATE 01-03-08 (5) Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings. ■ 4.5.2 Changes in Level (c) sliding or folding doors : 5 1bF (22.2N) 2. TENANT'S G.C. 15 REQUIRED TO CHECK IN WITH LANDLORD'5 ON 51TE PROPERTY MANAGER PRIOR To " These forces do not apply to the force regpired to retract latch 4.27 CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS THE START OF TENANT CONSTRUCTION. CONTACT MALL MANAGEMENT OFFICE. E3.2 AUDIO DETAILS Changes in level up to I/4 may be vertical and "shall edge g �, g 3. CONTACT PROPERTY MANAGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING E3.5 SECURITY PLAN BID DATE: 01-21-08 treatment. changesin level between I/4" and I/2" shall be bolts or disengage other devices that m hold the door in a closed 4.27.3 Weight beveled with a 1pe no greater than 1:2. Changes in level posisition. The highest operable part of controls, dispensers, receptacles, BARRICADE GRAPHICS. E4.1 ELECTRICAL DETAILS greater than I/2" shall be accomplished by means of a ramp 4.26 HANDRAILS, GRAB BARS, AND TUB AND SHand other operable egyipment shall be placed within at least one OWER SEATS of the reach ranges specified in 4.2.5 and 4.2.6. Electrical and 4. TENANT'S G.C. 15 RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLY WITH ALL MALL RULES AND REGULATIONS AND AS E4.2 POWER RISER * PANEL SCHEDULES R E VI S l0 N S that complies with 4.7 or 4.8 4.26.2 Size and Spacing of Grab Bars and Handrails communications system receptacles on walls shall be mounted no INSTRUCTED ON-SITE BY MAILL MANAGEMENT. E5.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS * INDICATES NO REVISION THIS SHEET 4.13.8 Thresholds at Doorways less than 15 in (360 mm) above the floor. The nominal diameter or width of the gripping surfaces of a handrail or grab EXCEPTION: These regyirereits do not apply where the use of special 5. ANY DAMAGE TO LANDLORD'S PROPERTY DURING TENANT DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION (MALL REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS Thresholds at doorways shall not exceed 3/4 in (1q mm) in height for ba shall be 1-1/4 in to 1-1/2 in (32 mm to 3B mm), or the shape shall wpipment dictates otherwise or where electrical and communications FLOORING, BULKHEAD, NEUTRAL PIERS, ETC.) WILL BE REPAIRED PER MALL SPECIFICATIONS, AT exterior sliding doors or 1/2 in (13 mm) for other types of doors. provide a, cepivalent gripping surface. If handrails or grab bars pare mounted systems receptacles are not normally intended for use by building TENANTS EXPENSE. FPI. 1 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN Q 01-21-08 L.L. 4 B.D. COMMENTS, TENANT DIRECTIVES Raised thresholds and floor level changes at accessible doorways shall to a wall, the space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1-1/2 in (38 occupants T DIRECTIVES - DESIGN UPDATES be beveled with a slope no greater than 1:2 (see 4.5.2). mm) (see Fig. 3q(a), 3q(b), 3q(c), and 39(e)). Wandrails may be located 6. ANY LANDLORD EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENT THAT IS EXISTING IN THE SPACE MUST REMAIN VISIBLE © 03-1q-08 REVISE ENTRY TO DRIVE THRU 4.13.q Door Hardware in a recess if the recess is a maximum of 3 in (75 mm) deep and extends 4.30 SIGNAGE AND ACCESSIBLE TO THE LANDLORD. TENANT TO INSTALL ACCESS PANELS AS NECESSARY, AND 1" 11.1 MECHANICAL PLAN Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible at least 18 in (455 mm) above the top of the rail (see Fig. 3cA (d) ). 4.30.4 Raised and Brailled Characters and Pictorial Symbol Signs PROPERLY LABEL IN SPACE. ® 05-06-08 TENANT 4 CONTRACTOR DIRECTIVES doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does 4.26.3 Structural Strength Letters and numerals shall be raised 1/32 in, upper case, sans serif 1"12.1 MECHANICAL DETAILS PLUI�f81NG not require tight grasping, tight pinching, or twisting of the wrist to or simple serif type and shall be accompanied with Grade 2 Braille. 7. ALL LANDLORD COMMENTS FROM PREVIOUS REVIEW($) ARE TO BE INCORPORATED INTO THE FINAL I" 13.1 MECHANICAL. SCHEDULES operate. Lever -operated mechanisms, push -type mechanisms , and The structural strength of grab bars, tub and shower seats, Raised characters shall be at least 5/8 in (16 mm) high, but no SET OF APPROVED DRAWINGS AND ARE TO BE ADHERED TO IN THE FIELD. U-shaped handles are acceptable designs . When sliding doors are fully fasteners, and mounting device shall meet the following specification: higher than 2 in ( 50 mm). Fictograms shall be accompanied by I" 14.1 MECHANICAL STANDARD DETAILS open, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides. the equivalent verbal description placed directly below the pictogram. 8. ALL LANDLORD COMMENTS OIN THIS SET OF DRAWINGS APPLY TO TWE ENTIRE DOCUMENT SET, EVEN M5.1 MECHANICAL CONTROL DETAILS Hardware required for accessible door passage shall be mounted no (1) Bending stress in a grab bar or seat induced by the The border dimension of the pictogram shall be 6 in ( 152 mm) higher than 48 in (1220 mm) above finished floor. maximum bending moment from the application of 250 lbF minimum in height. IF NOT REPEATED ON EVERY SHEET IN DRAWING SET. I"1G.1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS (1112N) shall be less than the allowable stress for the material q. TWE RE-U5E OF ANY EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, FINISHES, EQUIPMENT, OR ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING OR 4.13.10 Door Closers of the grab bar or scat• 4.30.6 Mounting Location and Height WVAC SYSTEMS CURRENTLY IIN THE SPACE IS CONDITIONAL UPON IT BEING APPROPRIATE FOR RE -USE REVISION DIRECTIVE KEY If a door has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be (2) Shear stress induced in a grab bar or seat by the application ANY EXISTING CONDITION OR EQUIPMENT TO BE RE -USED MUST BE RESTORED TO LIKE NEW adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will of 250 lbf (1112N) shall be less than the allowable shear stress Where permanent identification is provided for rooms and spaces, CONDITIONS. THE LANDLORDS MAKES N0 WARRANTY ON THE RE -USE OF ANY EXISTING CONDITION IN take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 in (75 mm) from the for the material of the grab bar or seat. If the correction signs shall be installed an the wall adjacent to the latch side of the THE SPACE. 51.1 PORCH BASE PLAN AND NOTES L.L. -LANDLORD DIRECTIVE A latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. between the grab bar or seat and its mounting bracket or other door. Where there is no wall space to the latch side of the door, B.D. - BUILDING DEPT. DIRECTIVE support is considered to be fully restrained, then direct and including at double leaf doors, signs shall be placed on the nearest 10. IF AT ANY POINT A FAILURE OR UPGRADES OR IMPROVEMENTS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS OCCURS, IT IS 52.1 PORCH FRAMING PLAN AND SECTION 4.13.11 Door Opening Force torsional sheer stresses shalt be totaled for the combined shear adjacent wall. Mounting height shall be 60 in (1525 mm) above the T.D. -TENANT DIRECTIVE -stress, whihhllt csanoexceed the allowable shear stress. finish floor to the centerline of the sign .Mounting location for such THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANT TO REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT TENANT EXPENSE. FACADE FRAMING PLAN AND SECTIONS <af The maximum force for pushing or putting open a door shall signage shall be so that a m approach within 3 in 76 S3.2 FACADE FRAMING SECTIONS G.C. - CONTRACTOR DIRECTIVE be as follows : (3) Shear force induced in a fastener or mounting device from gnage person may p�" ( 11. LANDLORD AND TENANT RESPONSIBILITIES ARE A5 DEFINED IN LEASE AGREEMENT.M the application of 250 lbf (1112N) shall be less than the allowabUe mm) of signage without encountering protruding objects or standing (1) Fire doors shall have the minimum opening force allowable by lateral load of either the fastener or mounting device or the within the swing of a door). 12. TENANT IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IN ALL WET AREAS OF THE SPACE. HOLLISTER C 'I 7T L-1 1L,_ the appropriate administrative authority. supporting structure, whichever is the smaller allowable load. TENANT SHALL USE A 30 MIL POLYETHYLENE CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE (EQUAL TO N05LESEAL TS) INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND ANSI A108. MEMBRANE MUST BE EXTENDED TITLE UP THE WALL A MINIMUM OF 4" OR EQUAL TO THE WEIGHT OF THE FLOOR BASE. - I SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY 3.3 PREPARATION 2.8 PATCA41NG AND LEVELING CONCRETE MIXTURES. PROVIDE LATEX SKIM COAT MATERIALS FOR PATC44ING AND LEVELING UP TO 1/2 INCH 2.4 POLYETHYLENE VAPOR RETARDER: ASTM D 43q7, 6 MIL5 THICK WITH MAXIMUM PERMEANCE RATING OF 0.13 PERM. (AT REFERENCE THE 'HALF ROUND GUTTER SYSTEM' ON THE BERGER BULDING PRODUCTS ONLINE CATALOG @ WWW.BERGERBROS.COM A. SITE ACCESS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS. CONDUCT SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND DEBRIS -REMOVAL OPERATIONS TO ENSURE THICKNESS WHERE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. FOR ARM REQUIRING THICKNESS GREATER IMAN 1/2 INLH IHIMNESS, USE EXTERIOR STUD WALL IN COMBINATION WITH 2.3) NOTE: IF ICBO SCHEDULE 15 NOTED ON SHEET A2.1, THEN T140SE NUMBERS OR PRODUCTS MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH WALKS, WALKWAYS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED AND USED FACILITIES. ARDEX SELF LEVELING, CONCRETE MIXTURE APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, ARDEX MATERIALS SMALL BE K-151 2.5 UNFACED MINERAL WOOL ACOUSTICAL INSULATION CONSISTING OF FIBERS MANUFACTURED FROM BASALT; COMPLYING WITH SHALL OVERRIDE PRODUCT SPECIFICATION5 INDICATED IN THIS SCHEDULE, OTHERWISE, NO 1. DO NOT CLOSE OR OBSTRUCT STREETS, WALKS, WALKWAYS, OR OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES WITHOUT SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT CONCRETE FOR APPLICATIONS FROM FEATHEREDGE TO 5'. ASTMI C 665, TYPE 1. PASSING ASTM C 1338 AS PART OF A COMPLETE FIRE TESTED WALL ASSEMBLY WITH STC RATING OF 54. "OR EQUALS" SHALL BE PERMITTED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED BY OWNFR. PERMISSION FROM LANDLORD AND AUTHORITIES WAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE ALTERNATE ROUTES AROUND CLOSED OR A. ARDEX INC. 412-604-1200 (AT INTERIOR WALLS FOR SOUND ATTENUATION) PART I- GENERAL OBSTRUCTED TRAFFIC WAYS IF REQUIRED BY GOVERNING REGULATIONS. 2. ERECT TEMPORARY PROTECTION, SUC44 AS WALKS, FENCES, RAILINGS, CANOPIES, AND COVERED PASSAGEWAYS, WHERE PART 3 - EXECUTION I PART 3 - EXECUTION 1.1 PROJECT CONSISTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW HOLLISTER CO. RETAIL STORE, INCLUDING ALL MEC44ANICAL AND ELECTRICAL REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. WORK. PROJECT WILL BE CONSTRUCTED UNDER A SINGLE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT IN A SINGLE PHASE, 3. PROTECT EXISTING SITE IMPROVEMENTS, APPURTENANCES, AND LANDSCAPING TO REMAIN. 3.1 STEEL REINFORCEMENT- COMPLY WIN CRSI'S MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR FABRICATING, PLACING AND SUPPORTING 3.1 COMPLY WIT14 INSULATION MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS APPLICABLE TO PRODUCTS AND APPLICATION INDICATED. 11 1.2 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SMALL WAVE FULL USE OF PREMISES FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION B. T61MRY FACILITIES: PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADES AND OTHER PROTECTION REQUIRED TO PREVENT INJURY TO REINFORCEMENT. INSTALL INSULATION TWAT is UNDAMAGED, DRY AND UNSOILED AND TWAT WAS NOT BEEN LEFT EXPOSED ANY TIME. PERIOD. PEOPLE MD DAMAGE TO ADJACENT BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES TO REMAIN. 3.2 EXTEND INSULATION IN THICKNE55 INDICATED TO ENVELOP ENTIRE AREA TO BE INSULATED. CUT AND FIT TIGHTLY AROUND A. THE CONTRACTOR SMALL PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WIN ALL THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT 1. PROVIDE PROTECTION TO ENSURE SAFE PASSAGE OF PEOPLE AROUND SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AREA AND TO AND FROM A. JOINTS: CONSTRUCT JOINTS TRUE TO LINE WIN FACES PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACE PLANE OF CONCRETE. LOCATE OBSTRUCTIONS AND FILL VOIDS. LIMITED TO PERFORMANCE OF ANY 'NOISY OR DISTURBING' CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES OR PROCEDURES DURING HOURS WHEN OCCUPIED PORTIONS OF BUILDING. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED OR AS APPROVED BY TWE LANDLORD. 3.3 SET VAPOR -RETARDER -FACED UNITS WITH VAPOR RETARDER TO WARM 51DE OF CONSTRUCTION. TAPE JOINTS AND RUPTURES THE MALL OR STORES ARE NOT OPEN FOR OPERATION, SAFETY PROCEDURES AND OPERATION OF GAS POWERED EQUIPMENT. 2. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHER PROTECTION, DURING INTERVAL BETWEEN SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND SEAL EAC44 CONTINUOUS AREA OF INSULATION. B. THE CONTRACTOR 514ALL COOPERATE WIN THE LANDLORD AND TENANTS OF ADJACENT SPACES IN SCHEDULING WORK IN ON EXTERIOR SURFACES AND NEW CONSTRUCTION, TO PREVENT WATER LEAKAGE AND DAMAGE TO STRUCTURE AND INTERIOR B. PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS IN SLABS ON GRADE BY SAW CUTTING WITH POWERED SAWS. CUT 1/8 WIDE JOINTS INTO COCRETE ORDER To CAUSE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY. THE CONTRACTOR 514ALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AREAS. WHEN CU17ING ACTION WIN NOT TEAR, ABRADE OR OTHERWISE DAMAGE SURFACES AND BEFORE CONCRETE DEVELOPS RANDOM CTION 07240 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM ANY SECURITY REQUIRED WHILE WORKING IN ADJACENT SPACES. 3. PROTECT WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, AND OTHER EXISTING FIN1514 WORK TWAT ARE To REMAIN OR TWAT ARE EXPOSED DURING CONTRAcTION CRACKS. PROVIDE JOINTS AT 20 FOOT ON CENTER EACH WAY UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS; ALL WORK, MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION 514ALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WIN ALL ORDINANCES, SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. 3.2 CONCRETE PLACEMENT: COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF ACI 304R FOR MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING AND PART - GENERAL STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES. C. T61MRY ENCLOSURES: PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCL05URES FOR PROTECTION OF EXISTING BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION, PLACING CONCRETE. DO NOT ADD WATER DURING DELIVERY OR AT PROJECT SITE. 1.4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN PROGRESS AND COMPLETED, FROM WOSURE, FOUL WEATHER, OTHER CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, AND SIMILAR ACTIVITIES. 1.1 NIS ION INCLUDES NON-5TRUCTURAL, CLASS PB, EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS), CONSISTING A DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO BE COMPLIMENTARY AND WHAT 15 REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEANERTIGHT ENCL05URE FOR BUILDING EXTERIOR. 3.3 FIN15HING UNFORMED SURFACES: COMPLY WITH ACI 302.IR FOR SCREEDING, RESTRAIGHTENING, AND FINISHING OPERATIONS ADMEN AND/OR MEC44ANICAL ATTACHMENT, INSULATION BOARD, BASE COAT, REINFORCING MESH AND FIN194 COATS . PARTS LIST BERGER ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION aty/sToRE 3 END CAP- 4' RD. GUTTER 2 1 1/2 RD. 4' GUTTER (10- W94TI4) 2 1 1/2 RD. 41 GUTTER (201 LENrxTW) 1 6 41 OUTSIDE MITER 2 - 8 3' OUTLET TUBE W/ POP RIVET WOLES 2 7 V RD. CORRUGATED aBOWS 6 2 a' RD. PIPE (101 LENGTH) 2 24 3' RD. SICKLE �= 6 1 q #10 COMBINATION WANGER 25 at COPPER POP RIVETS 100 I6 31 SLIP JOINT CONNECTOR 22 0 ; 40 � cm:o � ;s . AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL. THE CONTRACTOR 514ALL BE WELD TO PROVIDE ALL LA50R AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR THE 1. WHERE HEATING OR COOLING 15 NEEDED AND PERMANENT ENCLOSURE 15 NOT COMPLETE, PROVIDE INWLA I ED I EMRWRT FOR CONCRETESURFACES. EXTERIOR EFRONT APPLICATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAKINGS. ENTIRE COMPLETION OF THE KORK DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND REASONABLY IMPLIED THEREFROM TO ENCLOSURES. COORDINATE ENCLOSURE WIN VENTILATING AND MATERIAL DRYING OR CURING REQUIREMENTS TO AVOID A. TROKEL FINISH. APPLY A HARD TROWEL FINISH TO SURFACES INDICATED AND TO FLOOR AND SLAB SURFACES EXPOSED TO 1.2 CONTRACT( SMALL PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND LABOR AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO APPLY EIFS AND RELAT KORK. PRODUCE THE INTENDED RESULTS. DANGEROUS CONDITIONS AND EFFECTS. VIEW OR TO BE COVERED KITH RESILIENT FLOORING, KOOD FLOORING, PAINT OR 0114ER THIN FILM FINISH COATING SYSTEM. 1.3 UNLOADING, ECEIVING, STORAGE AND WMDLING OF EIFS PRODUCTS AT THE PROJECT SITE SMALL BE PERFORM BY THE 2.4 FAUX PATINA SOLUTION SUPPLIED BY: 5. IN THE EVENT OF INCON51STENCIES KININ OR BETWEEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE D. TEMPORARY PARTITIONS: ERECT AND MAINTAIN DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS AND TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES TO LIMIT DUST AND 5, TROWEL AND FIRE BROOM FINISH: APPLY A PARTIAL TROWEL FINISH, STOPPING AFTER SECOND TROWELING, TO SURFACES CONTRACTOR. JAX CHEMICAL CO. = I BETTER QUALITY OR GREATER QUANTITY OF WORK, AND 514ALL COMPLY WITH THE MORE STRICT MEANINGS. DIRT MIGRATION AND TO SEPARATE AREAS FROM FUMES AND NOISE. INDICATED MID KNERE CERAMIC TILE 15 TO BE INSTALLED BY THINSET METHODS. IMMEDIATELY AFTER SECOND TROKELING, 1.4 QUALITY ASSU E: EIFS FINISH AND BASE COAT SMALL BE TESTED AS WAVING A FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR ESS PER ASTM 78-11 267TA STREET i C. IF THE CONTRACTOR FINDS ANY PERCEIVED CONFLICT, ERROR, OMISSION OR DISCREPANCY ON OR BETWEEN THE MAKINGS 3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS AND WHEN CONCRETE 15 STILL PLASTIC, SLIGHTLY SCARIFY SURFACES WITH A FINE BROOM. E-119. i FLORAL PARK, NY 11004 MD SPECIFICATIONS, OR ANY OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR, BEFORE PROCEEDING KITH THE KORK, SHALL A. DUST CONTROL: USE WATER MIST, TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, AND OTHER SUITABLE METHODS TO LIMIT SPREAD OF DUST AND 1.5 SUBMITTALS: SMALL SUBMIT SAMPLES OF FIN194 COLORS AND TEXTURES TO THE OKNER APPROVAL PRIOR PH: 718-347-0057 a" a DIRT. COMPLY WIN LANDLORD'S REGULATIONS. � WKW.JAXCWEMICAL,COM CONTACT THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR AN INTERPRETATION OR CLARIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE 3.4 CONCRETE PROTECTION MD CURING: PROTECT FRESHLY PLACED CONCRETE FROM PREMATURE DRYING AND EXCESSIVE COLD TO COMMENCING IN LLATioN. : -ft B. D15POSAL: REMOVE MD TRANSPORT DEBRIS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT SPILLAGE ON ADJACENT SURFACES AND AREAS. G i 4 RESPONS15LE FOR MY CORRECTIONS REQUIRED IF WORK PROCEEDS KINOUT THE OWNER'S RESPONSE. OR HOT TEMPERATURES. COMPLY KITH ACI 306.1 FOR COLD WEATHER PROTECTION AND FOLLOW RECOMMENDATIONS IN ACI 305R - i FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF JAX GREEN PATINA TO COPPER, BRASS AND BRONZE, 1.5 SEPARATE CONTRACTS: OWNER KILL AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS FOR CERTAIN CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AT PROJECT 1. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM ELEVATED PORTIONS OF BUILDING BY C44UTE, HOIST, OR OTHER DEVICE TWAT KILL CONVEY DEBRIS TO FOR NOT KEATWER PROTECTION DURING CURING. BEGIN CURING AFTER FIN1514ING CONCRETE, BUT NOT BEFORE FREE WATER WAS PART 2 - PRODUCT^: � 2.5 PROCESS IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII i VIRGIN SWEET COPPER USUALLY WAS A FILM OF PRESERVATIVE OF SOME TYPE OF OIL. GRADE LEVELIN A CONTROLLED DESCENT. i SITE. THESE OPERATIONS WILL BE CONDUCTED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH KORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. THESE CONTRACTS WILL DISAPPEARED FROM CONCRETE SURFACES. 2.1 EIF5 SYSTEM 15 BASED SENERGY SENERFLEX, CLASS P5 SYSTEN. EQUIVALENT SYSTEMS BY ER MANUFACTURERS ARE REMOVE THIS FILM KITH A SOLUTION OF TSP (TRI -SODIUM PHOSPHATE), DISWKASWING POKDER C. CLEANING- CLEAN ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS OF DUST, DIRT, AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY SELECTIVE DEMOLITION I A. INCLUDE THE FOLLOKING: A. CURE FORMED CONCRETE FOR AT LEAST SEVEN DAYS BY MOISTURE CURING, MOISTURE -RETAINING COVER CURING, CURING ACCEPTABLE MEN A BY THE ARCHITECT, THEN THE OWNER. : COD OPERATIONS. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO CONDITION EX15TING BEFORE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS BEGAN. i DISSOLVED IN KATER OR OTHER APPROPRIATE SOLVENT; RINSE WIN KATER AND DRY. I 1. WOOD FIN1514 FLOORING: A SEPARATE CONTRACT WILL BE AKARDED TO FURNISH MD INSTALL FIN1514ED WOOD FLOORING, COMPOUND OR A COM51NATION OF THESE METHODS. 2.2 INSULATION RETAINER. MAN RER'S APPROVED SURFACE MOtJNTED RETAINER OF TYPE AN SIZE APPROVED BY THE APPLY GREEN PATINA KITH A PAINT BRUSH OR SPARY GUN GIVING THE COPPER THREE (3) LIGHT INCLUDING ALL SUB -FLOORING AND FASTENERS AT THE SALES ROOMS AND PORCHES. FIN1514 WOOD FLOORING CONTRACT 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PATCHING AND LEVELING MIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE KITH MANUFACTURER'S KRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. MANUFACTURER. KIND DEVIL EQUIVALENT. I NON -DRIPPING COATS. LET EACH COAT AIR DRY. DO NOT RINSE. DO NOT RE -APPLY OVER WET METAL �� WILL INCLUDE WOOD THRESHOLDS AT OPENINGS AS DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS AND PORCH STEPS/EDGING. A. GENERAL: DMIS14 AND REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ONLY TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION AND AS 2.3 INSULATION 50ARD: MANUFACT IS INSULATION 50ARD MEETING OR EXCEEDING ASTMI C , NOMINAL 1.0 KF, AGED EACH COAT KILL AIR-DRY IN SEVERAL MINUTES. AFTER 114E THIRD COAT, THE F:4.1514 15 PERMANENT I 2. SOUND SYSTEM: A SEPARATE CONTRACT KILL BE AWARDED TO FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SOUND SYSTEM FOR THE INDICATED. USE METHODS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN LIMITATIONS OF GOVERNING REGULATIONS AND AS EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE. AND KII I CONTINUE TO AS NATURAL VERDIGRIS, FINISH DOES NOT REQUIRE LACQUER. mmmi = STORE. FOLLOWS: SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING A. FLAMESPREAD AND 5MOKE DEV ENT SMALL BE 25 AND 450 OR LESS RESPECTIV PER STM E 64. 3. ROOF TILE: A SEPARATE CONTRACT WILL BE AKARDED TO FURNISH AND INSTALL THE ROOFING TILES ON THE FORC14 I. NEATLY CUT OPENINGS AND HOLES PLUMB, SQUARE, AND TRUE TO DIMENSIONS REQUIRED. USE CUTTING METHODS LEAST B. MAXIMUM SIZE 2' X 41 X 41. ESS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. I PART 3 - EXECUTION AT STOREFRONT. LIKELY TO DAMAGE CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. USE WAND TOOLS OR SMALL POWER TOOLS PART I- GENERAL 2.4 REINFORCING MESH SMALL BE ED, OPEN WEAVE, TREATED GLASS F15ER F IC, TREATED FOR ALKALINE RESISTANCE 3.1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, INSTALL SWEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM TO COMPLY KITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS iE- 4. FAUX PAINTING. DESIGNED FOR SAKING OR GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING AND CHOPPING, TO MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE OF ADJACENT SURFACES. AND CONFORMING TO ASSM D A D 682, AM D 5035 AND CLASSIFICATI INDICATED: A 5. SECURITY SYSTEMS. TEMPORARILY COVER OPENINGS TO REMAIN. 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES EXTERIOR NON -LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING AND MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AS INDICATED ON THE A. STANDARD MESH: 4.5 OZ. I AND SMACNA'S ARCHITECTURAL SWEET METAL MANUAL. ANCHOR UNITS OF WORK SECURELY IN RACE, PROVIDING FOR THERMAL IL 6. MOE AND DATA. 2. CUT OR DRILL FROM THE EXPOSED OR FINISHED SIDE INTO CONCEALED SURFACES TO AVOID MARRING EXISTING FIN15HED 1 EXPANSION OF METAL UNITS. 4=0 7. CCTV (KWERE APPLICABLE) SURFACES. DRAWINGS B. HIGH IMPACT MESH: INTERMEDIATE (12.0 .) + STANDARD (4.5 07.) 3.2 FORM NON -EXPANSION, BUT MOVABLE JOINTS IN METAL TO ACCOMMODATE ELASTOMERIC SEALANT TO COMPLY KITH -3 3. DO NOT USE CUTTING TORCHES UNTIL WORK AREA 15 CLEARED OF FLAMMABLE MATERIALS. AT CONCEALED SPACES, SUC44 AS 2.5 BASE COAT: 100 PERCENT PURE ACRYLIC- PRODUCT, SITE MIXED WITH TLAND CEMENT. MERGY ADHESIVE&SE STANDARDS. FILL JOINTS KITH SEALANT AND FORM METAL TO COMPLETELY CONCEAL SEALANT. F_ B. COOPERATE FULLY WITH SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 50 KORK ON THOSE CONTRACTS MAY BE CARRIED OUT SMOOTHLY, DUCT AND PIPE INTERIORS, VERIFY CONDITION AND CONTENTS OF HIDDEN SPACE BEFORE STARTING FLAME -CUTTING OPERATIONS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS COAT OR APPROVED EQUAL. == u- KITHOUT INTERFERING WITH OR DELAYING KORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR 15 REQUIRED TO PROVIDE COMPLETED 2.6 FINISH COAT: FACTORY MIXED FORMULATION OF PERCENT PURE ACRYLI POLYMERS AND AGGREGATE CONTAINING A SECTION 07900 - SEALANTS . MAINTAIN PORTABLE FIRE -SUPPRESSION DEVICES DURING FLAME -CUTTING OPERATIONS. 2.1 STEEL STUDS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD C-514APED STUDS OF WEB DEPTH$ INDICATED, PUNCHED, KITH STIFFENED MINIMUM OF 10 PERCENT ACRYLIC SOLIDS OF TOT SOLIDS BY WEIGHT. NTEGRALLY PIGMENTED AND FORMULATED FOR SPECIFIC KORK IN A TIMELY MMNER SOAS NOT TO DELAY OWNER'S CONTRACTORS, 4. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE VENTILATION MEN USING CUTTING TORCHES. FLANGES COMPLYING WITH ASTM C % AND AS FOLLOKS: TEXTURES. SENERGY SENERFLEX FIN15H OR APP EQUAL. PART I- GENERAL 1.6 OKNER SUPPLIED MATERIALS (05M) 5. LOCATE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT AND REMOVE DEBRIS AND MATERIALS 50 AS NOT TO IMPOSE EXCESSIVE LOADS ON � CU I - U CU LL CU A. OWNER KILL FURNISH PRODUCTS AS INDICATED IN THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEMES ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS INDICATED IN SUPPORTING WALLS, FLOORS, OR FRAMING. A. MINIMUM UNCOATED STEEL THICKNESS: 18 GAUGE (0.0428 INCH) EXCEPT WHERE THICKER GAUGES INDICATED. FLANGE WIDTH 1 5/8' A. COLORS FOR EIFS FINISH COAT SHALL BE US TO OWNER'S STANDARDS COLORS AND PAINT FININES. 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES SEALANTS FOR JOINTS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS INCLUDING JOINTS BETWEEN DOORS, THE BID PACKAGE. THE WORK INCLUDES PROVIDING SUPPORT SYSTEMS TO RECEIVE OWNER'$ PRODUCTS. 6. DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED ITEMS AND MATERIALS PROMPTLY. 2.2 STEEL TRACK: MMUFACTUREIV5 STANDARD U -SHAPED TRACK OF KEB DEPTWS INDICATED, UNPUNCHED, KITH UN5TIFFENED TWO COLORS REQUIRED. WINDOWS, TRIM WORK AND OTHER JOINTS AS INDICATED. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL SEALANT MATERIALS. 7. RETURN ELEMENTS OF CONSTRUCTION AND SURFACES THAT ARE TO REMAIN TO CONDITION EXISTING BEFORE SELECTIVE FLANGES COMPLYING KITH ASTM C %. GAUGE TO MATCH STEEL STUDS. B. TEXTURE OF EIFS FINISH COATS SHALL BE CUSTOM T URE APPROVED BY THE OWNER. 1.2 PROVIDE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS TWAT ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN WATERTIGHT AND 1. OWNER WILL ARRANGE AND PAY FOR DELIVERY OF OSM'S, ACCORDING TO SCHEDULE CONTAINED IN THE BID PACKAGE ACCESSORIES SHALL BE GALVANIZED KITH MINIMUM GO PER ASTM A 663/A 653M. 2.7 EXTERIOR SEALANTS: SEALANTS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE Eill AS APPROVED BY THE MMUFACTURER. DOK CORNING 790 AIRTIGHT CONTINUOUS JOINT SEALS KITHOLIT STAINING OR DETERIORATING JOINT SUBSTRATE. 2. AFTER DELIVERY, CONTRACTOR KILL INSPECT DELiVERED ITEMS FOR DAMAGE. DEMOLITION OPERATIONS BEGAN. A. FRAMING ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE ACCESSORIES OF MANUFACTURIER'S STANDARD TNICKNE55 MD CONFIGURATION FOR MD lql SILICONE SEALANTS OR OTHER APPROVED ECTED BY THE OKNER. 3. IF OKNER-FURNISWED ITEMS ARE DAMAGED DEFECTIVE, OR MISSING, CONTRACTOR WILL CONTACT THE OKNER. B. EXISTING FACILITIES: COMPLY WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS FOR USING AND PROTECTING ELEVATORS, STAIRS, WALKWAYS, 5UPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BRACING, BRIDGING AND SOLID BLOCKING, END CLIPS, ETC. FABRICATE OF SAME MATERIAL AND A. BACKER ROD 514ALL BE CLOSED CELL, NON-STAI I - EXTRUDED POLYETHYLENE FLEXIBLE ROD AS PART 2 - PRODUCTS I MING DOCKS, BUILDING ENTRIES, AND OTHER BUILDING FACILITIES DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. FINISW USED FOR FRAMING MEMBERS. RECOMMENDED BY THE MMUFACTURER OF THE VS m. 4. CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR RECEIVING, UNLOADING, AND HANDLING OSM'S AT PROJECT SITE. C. EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN: PROTECT CONSTRUCTION INDICATED TO REMAIN AGAINST DAMAGE AND SOILING DURING SELECTIVE B. CURING MATERIALS: CLEAN WATERBORNE MEMBRANE FORMING CURING COMPOUND, ASTM C 309, TYPE B. PRIMER. USE AND APPLICATION AS RECOMMENDED BY E 5 LANT MFG. SURFACES SMALL BE PRIMED IF REQUIRED PRIOR 2.1 PROVIDE JOINT SEALANTS, BACKINGS MID OTHER RELATED MATERIALS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE KITW ONE MOTHER AND KITH 5. CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING OSM'S FROM DAMAGE DURING STORAGE AND HANDLING, INCLUDING DAMAGE DEMOLITION. TO INSTALLATION OF SEALANT. JOINT SUBSTRATES UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 920 AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS FROM EXPOSURE TO THE ELEMENTS. D. CONCRETE SLA55-ON-GRADE: SAK-CUT PERIMETER OF AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED, THEN BREAK UP AND REMOVE. PART 3 - EXECUTION INDICATED 6. IF OSM'S ARE DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE THEM. E. RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS: REMOVE FLOOR COVERINGS MD ADHESIVE ACCORDING TO RECOMMENDATIONS IN RFCI-WP AND PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.2 SEALANT PRODUCTS SMALL BE AS FOLLOWS BY TREMCO INC. OR EQUIVALENT APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COST OF ANY OFF SITE STORAGE AND OR FREIGHT AND SHIPPING CHARGES IF WE ITS ADDENDUM. 3.1 INSTALL COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING (CFMF) ACCORDING TO ASTM C 1007 UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE MANAGER 15 UNABLE TO ACCEPT DELIVERIES OF OSM'S. 1. REMOVE RESIDUAL ADHESIVE AND PREPARE SUBSTRATE FOR NEK FLOOR COVERINGS BY ONE OF THE METHODS RECOMMENDED INDICATED. INSTALL FRAMING AND SECURELY ANCHOR TO SUPPORTING STRUCTURE 3.1 EXAMINATION: INSTALLER SHALL EXAMINE SU TES TO DETERMINE IF EY ARE SATISFACTORY CONDITION TO RECEIVE A. INTERIOR SEALANT WALL BE TREMCO TREMFLEX 834, SILCONIZED ACRYLIC LATEX, PAINTABLE. 1 1.7 THE CONTRACTOR SMALL FURNISH DUMPSTERS AS REQUIRED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE BY STORE PERSONNEL DURING MER04ANDISING. BY RFCI. 3.2 INSTALL CFMF AND ACCESSORIES PLUMB, SQUARE AND TRUE TO LINE AND WITH CONNECTIONS SECURELY FASTENED EIFS. DO NOT PROCEED KITW INSTALLATION OF 5 UNTIL UNSATISFAC CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED, B. INTERIOR SEALANT FOR TOILET ROOM FIXTURES SHALL BE TREMCO TREMSIL 200, SILICONE SEALANT. IIIIIIIIIIIIIII THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BID A MINIMUM OF ONE 40 -YARD DUMPSTER OR THE EQUIVALENT. IF THE SALES AREA F. ROOFING: REMOVE NO MORE EXISTING ROOFING THAN CAN BE COVERED IN ONE DAY BY NEN ROOFING. REFER TO APPLICABI F ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S KRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. 3.2 COMPLY WIN MANUFACTURERS KRITTEN I ION INSTRUCTIONS AND MENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF EIFS C. EXTERIOR SEALANT SMALL BE TREMCO DYMONIC, ONE COMPONENT POLYURENME JOINT SEALANT. COLORS AS SELECTED BY DIVISION 7 SECTION FOR NEK ROOFING REQUIREMENTS. 3.3 INSTALL CONTINUOUS TRACKS SIZED TO MATCH STUDS. FASTEN BOTH FLANGES OF STUDS TO TOP AND BOTTOM TRACKS. a I jp,C,I'o A THE OKNER. EXCEEDS 8,000 SQUARE FEET, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ONE ADDITIONAL DUMPSTER. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS ISOLATE NON -LOAD BEARING STEEL FRAMING FROM 51JILDING STRUCTURE TO PREVENT TRANSFER OF VERTICAL LOADS WHILE AS APPLICABLE TO EACH TYPE OF SUBSTRA INDICATED. 2.3 SEALANT BACKINGS 4 PRIMERS: PROVIDE SEALANT BACKINGS OF MATERIAL AND TYPE TWAT ARE NON -STAINING, ARE 9 Lu A. GENERAL: PROMPTLY DISPOSE OF DEMOL194ED MATERIALS. DO NOT ALLOW DEMOLISHED MATERIALS TO ACCUMULATE ON-SITE. 3.3 BACKWRAPPING: APPLY A SINGLE LAYER MESH TO SUBSTRATE. COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT SUBSTRATES, SEALANTS, PRIMERS AND OTHER JOINT FILLERS AND ARE APPROVED BY THE SEALANT � Lu > PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) B. BURNING: DO NOT BURN DEMOLISHED MATERIALS. PROVIDING LATERAL SUPPORT. INSTALL DEFLECTION TRACKS WHERE REQUIRED. 3.4 INSULATION APPLICATION: MECHANICA EWD SwlU E FOLLOKING MANUFACTUIRER'S MMUFACTURER. PRIMERS: MATERIAL AS RECOMMENDED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER. > u �j Y STEN INSULATION To APPROVED SU - 3.4 INSTALL HORIZONTAL BRIDGING IN STUDS SPACED NOT MORE THAN W' APART. FASTEN AT EACH STUD INTERSECTION. INSTALL RECOMMENDED PATTERNS, ) PPLY Elt% OVER DRY SUBSTRATES IN COURSES Wi TYPICALLY LONG EDGE ORIENTED 13 u p Lu 3.7 VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS ROW OF HORIZONTAL BRIDGING KININ 18 INCHES OF DEFLECTION TRACK. BRIDGING 54ALL BE COLD ROLLED STEEL CAMNEL. HORIZONTALLY. STAGGER VERTICAL INTS IN SUCCESSIVE COURSES TO PRODUCE R NING BOND PATTERN. OFFSET JOINTS FROM nf PART 3 - EXECUTION A. IMMEDIATELY UPON COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR 3.5 INSTALL MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND CONNECTIONS, INCLUDING STUD KICKERS, CLIP ANGLES, ANCHORS AND FASTENERS TO JOINTS IN SUBSTRATES (MIN 60 OFF ). PART 3 - EXECUTION � � Es SMALL VERIFY AND ADVISE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY DESCREPANCIES BETKEEN ACTUAL CONDITIONS AND THE PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND STABLE FRAMING SYSTEM. A. COORDINATE INSTA A ON F LATION KITH CONTIGUOUS CONSTRUCTION To CE A KALL SYSTEM THAT DOES NOT 0 § Lu 3.1 NIGHT BEFORE STORE OPENING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THE FOLLOWING ACTIVITIES. CONTRACTOR'S MAKINGS FOR THE FOLLOKING: LL ' 0 3.1 COMPLY KITH JOINT SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR PRODUCTS AND APPLICATIONS > a SUPERINTENDENT OR PROJECT MANAGER SMALL BE PRESENT FOR THIS KORK. 1. OVERALL WIDTW (FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD TO FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD AT DEMISING 14ALLS FOR EACH VARIANCE IN DIMENSION. ALLOW WATER TO PEN TE EWIND EIFS. 2 I- P § . SECTION 05800 - EXPANSION CONTROL 3.5 BASE COAT PREPARATI E BACKKRAPPING OF MESH IN ACCORDANCE WITH BAC PPING REQUIREMENTS. INDICATED. COMPLY KITH RECOMMENDATIONS OF ASTMI C 1193 FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANT AS APPLICABLE TO MATERIALS, A. STAPLE ALL RUGS 2. OVERALL LENGTH (LEASE LINE TO INNER FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD ON REAR WALL) FOR EACH VARIANCE IN DIMENSION. I I ; AGONAL REINFORCEMENT AT ALL WINDOWS, DOORS OR PENETRATIONS CORNERS. APPLY CONDITIONS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE _j - INSTALL A MINIMUM c 120 X I D APPLICATIONS AND CONDITIONS OF USE. INSTALL JOINT SEALANTS IN WEATHER a W_ z 3. MY AND ALL COLUMN LOCATIONS (FREE STMDING OR PROJECTING) . PART I- GENERAL DOUBLE WRAP OF MESH AT LL INSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS EXTENDING A MINIMUll OF 12' ADJACENT SURFACES. MANUFACTURER OF SEALANT PRODUCTS. a :5 B. ATTAC44 MY AND ALL PROPS AS REQUIRED 4. AVAILABLE CLEAR WEIGHT FOR STOREFRONT AND CEILINGS 1 3.2 CLEANING: CLEAN OFF ALL EXCESS SEALANT OR SEALANT SMEARS ADJACENT OF JOINS AS WORK PROGRESSES BY METHODS �_ C. TOO UP PAINT (2 NIGHTS PRIOR TO OPENING OF STORE) 3.6 BASE COAT APPLICATION: LY ADWESIVE/5ASE COAT TO EXPOSED SURFACES OF INSULATION I MINIMUM NOMINAL I I 1 5. MY EXPANSION JOINTS, CLEAN -OUTS OR ACCESS PANELS, ETC. . . 0" 1. D. CLEAN STORE (2 NIGHTS PRIOR TO OPENING OF STORE) 6. MY IRREGULARITIES IN FLOOR SLAB ELEVATIONS. 1.1 TH15 SECTION INCLUDES EXPANSION JOINT DETAILS AT CEILING MD KALLS. THICKNESS REQUIRED FABRIC EMBEDMENT. 1/161 FOR STANDARD MESH AND 3/321 FOR OTHER ESMES. IMMEDIATELY IMBED AND WITH CLEANING MATERIALS APPROVED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER. I a 0 u -1 5, CONTRACTOR 514ALL FORKARD NIS INFORMATION TO THE OKNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN WRITING, PRIOR To A. DECORATIVE METALS; INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED DECORATIVE METAL SUC14 AS STAINLESS STEEL, PREFINISWED METAL, ETC. MESH INTO WET WE . SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. G.C. TO MAKE TWO (2) SEPARATE ORDERS TO [-��iERT 3.7 REINFORCING ESW A LICATION: EMBED MESH INTO WET AD14ESIVE BASE COAT MIXTURE AND SMOOT SURFACE UNTIL MESH SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS & FRAMES SWEET METAL INC. CONTACT: DANNY BLOTS (614)237-0384, 15 NOXT VI MESH 2 1/21 MINIMUM ON ALL SIDES. MESH MUST BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH ALL ERIOR AND EXTERIOR PART I- GENERAL I PART 2 - PRODUCTS CORNERS DI BEYOND CORNERS A MINIMUM OF 120. PART I - GENERAL ... 11 SECTION 02300 - EARTHWORK A. ALLOK BBASE TO CURE A MINIMUM OF 12 HOURS. 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT 2.1 GWB CEILING AND KALLS TO GET USG #093 BY G.C., REFER TO MAILS. B. FOR AREAS DICATED TO RECEIVE IMPACT RESISTANT EIFS, APPLY A SECOND LAYER OF INTERMEDIATE ESH OVER CURED 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES FURNIS14ED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 1. , LIMITED TO INSPECTION PROCEDURES, PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS, WARRANTIES, 2.2 NON -SEISMIC FLOORING EXPANSION JOINT TO BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER NRU LAMBERT SWEET METAL CO. (614) 237-0834, MESH 5 COAT. 1.2 RECEIVING, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES AT THE PROJECT 51TE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE I INSTRUCTION'S OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND FINAL CLEANING. PART I- GENERAL REFER TO DETAILS. 3.8 FINIE44 C= APPLICATION: APPLY FINISH COAT OVER CLEAN DRY CURED BASE COAT IN MINIMUM THICKNESS RED BY CONTRACTOR. . 1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, WARRANTIES AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: PROVIDE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES ALL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING FOR FOUNDATIONS, CONCRETE FROST SLABS 2.3 SEISMIC EXPANSION JOINTS NOT APPLICABLE SYSTEM NUFACTURER TO PRODUCE A UNIFORM TEXTURED FINISH. APPLY FIN194 COAT USING SUFFICIENT AN AND 1.3 FIRE RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES: ASSEMBLIES COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A TESTING MID OD Go Go M� ER HOLLISTER'S BID PACKAGE REQUIREMENTS. AND OTHER KORK AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR EXTERIOR STOREFRONT APPLICATIONS. 2.4 THE C04TWOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO EXAMINE THE SUBSTRATE AND INSTALL CONTROL OR EXPMSION JOINTS AS REQUIRED PM TO INSURE INSTALLATION WITHOUT JOINTS, SCAFFOLDING LINES, ETC. TEXTURE FINISH COAT TO MA APPROVED INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES WAVING JURISDICTION, FOR FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS INDICATED. .0 1-01 !Z !z DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. WHEN CONTROL JOINTS/EXPANSION JOINTS ARE REQUIRED, THE CONSTRACTOR 15 TO CONTACT . cc vm CD 0 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) THE OKNERIS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL OF METHODS OR SYSTEMS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. G.C. To IDENTIFY A FINISH COAT TO CURE IN ACCORDANCE KITH MANUFACTUREWS PUBLISHED LITERATURE, PROTECT FROM RAI ND PART 2 - PRODUCTS z R! < !z PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ALL JOINTS IF IN THE SUBSTRATE IN AREAS KITH FIN15HED LIGHT WEIC44T CONCRETE FOR PURPOSE OF REPLICATION IN FINISHED EMPERATURES BELOW 40 DEGREES F. FOR A MINIMUM OF 24 WOLIRS AFTER APPLICATION. PROVIDE LONGER AS 0 9. c* to PART 3 - EXECUTION MATERIALS. (IF THE SLAB WAS A JOINT, 50 KILL THE FINISH FLOOR.) I NECESSARY DURING LOWER TEMPERATURES AND OR WIC44 HUMIDITY CONDITIONS. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: PART 3 - EXECUTION . CLEANING AND PROTECTION: PROVIDE FINAL PROTECTION AND MAINTAIN CONDITIONS TWAT ENSURE EIFS BEING KITNOUT A. AMKELD BUILDING PRODUCTS, ING., CECO DOOR PRODUCTS, KEKANEE CORP., PIONEER INDUSTRIES INC., REPLUBLIC BUILDERS s: 3.1 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING: PERFORM DEMONSTRATION AND OPERATIONAL INsTRUCTIONS/TRAINING IN ACCORDANCE WITH DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION AT THE TIME OF OWNER ACCEPTANCE. PRODUCTS OR STEELCRAFT. ui <� <q <q HOLLISTER'S BID PACKAGE REQUIREMENTS. 3.1 CONTRACTOR 514ALL LOCATE ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN THE AREA OF EXCAVATIONS PRIOR TO SECTION 06105 - CARPENTRY ::, 1: i i 2.2 DOORS: PROVIDE DOORS OF SIM, THICKNESS MD DESIGNS AS INDICATED. w - - 1:: �:; 1 ;::: ::: ;:: 3.2 FINAL CLEANING; THE CONTRACTOR SMALL TURN OVER THE PROJECT IN A CLEAN, DUST FREE, DIRT FREE CONDITION. THE COMMENCING WORK. COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORYS REPRESENTATIVE TO VERIFY ALL UNDERGROUND : i :i:::::::: !:: : � :;::io::ft:, A. INTERIOR DOORS: MSI 250.8, LEVEL 3 (0.053 -INCH NICK FACES) AND ANSI A250.4 LEVEL A (HEAVY DUTY), MODEL 2 (SEAMLESS). Go f*ft 0 0 CONTRACTOR SWAL.L EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SERVICE, EMPLOYING ONLY TRAINED PERSONNEL. SITE TO BE PART I - GENERAL I : ;� cl 0 UTILITIES IN THE AREA. CTION 07320 - ROOFING TILES: zi� B. EXTERIOR DOORS: ANSI 250.8, LEM 3 (0.053 INCH THICK FACES) AND ANSI A250.4 LEVEL A (HEAVY DUTY), MODEL I (FULL FLU 0 I... 1, -0.1 'SPARKLING CLEANO ON TURNOVER, AS WELL AS FINAL CLEANING THE NIGHT BEFORE STORE OPENING. 3.2 PROTECT STRUCTURES, UTILITIES, SIDEWALKS, PAVEMENTS AND OTHER FACILITIES FROM DAMAGE CAUSED 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES WOOD BLOCKING, SHEATHING, SUB -FLOORING AND PLYKOOD BACKING PANELS. C. VISION LITE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD KITS CONSISTING OF GLA55 LITE MOLDINGS TO ACCOMMODATE GLA55 0 V- 0 , A. CLEANING 514ALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THICKNESS AND SIZE OF VISION LITE INDICATED. 1. STOREFRONT GLASS (INSIDE AND OUT) BY SETTLEMENT, LATERAL MOVEMENT, UNDERMINING, KASWOlUT AND OTHER WARDS CREATED BY 1.2 INCLUDES ROUGH CARPENTRY FOR EXTERIOR STOREFRONT FRAMING, PORC44 ROOF CONSTRUCTION, BLOCKING, PLYWOOD PART - GENERAL 2.3 KELDED FRAMES: PROVIDE FRAMES FOR DOORS THAT COMPLY KITH ANSI A250.8 AND WIN DETAILS INDICATED FOR TYPE AND PRIOR 9= c*j V- 0 2. MIRRORS EARTHM OPERATIONS. PROTECT SUB -GRADES AND FOUNDATION SOILS AGAINST FREEZING TEMPERATURES SHEATHING AND UNDERLAYMENT. 1.1 THIS S ON INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF 'MISSION STYLP CLAY ROOF TILES AT NE E PORCH. ALL MATERIALS RNIS14ED A. FRAMES OF 0.067 -INCH THICK STEEL SWEET. 0 v- 0 0 3. STOREFRONT KOOD AND METAL SURFACES 1.3 NIS SECTION INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED MILLWORK, STMDING AND RUNNING TRIM, INTERIOR 2.4 SUPPORTS AND ANCAORS: FABRICATED FROM NOT LESS THAN 0.042-INCA4 THICK ZINC COATED STEEL SWEET. .. .0 4. 514NS OR FROST. PANELING, SHELVING AND STANDARDS CABINET CASEWORK, MID DOORS AND FRAMES AS INDICATED ON THE MAKINGS, BY THE OW . OWNER TO INSTALL ALL COMPONENTS FOR INTERIOR INSTALLATION. .0 *0 uj 0 1 ALLIED, A.INSTALLAT FOR INTERIOR (MALL) APPLICATIONS DOES NOT REQUIRE INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENTS, IC 5 AND � w Ld �- UJI 5. CABINETS, INCLUDING 5WELVES, BASES, VALANCES, FILLERS AND END PANELS 3.3 PREVENT SURFACE WATER MID GROUND WATER FROM ENTERING EXCAVATIONS, FROM PONDING ON A. MATERIALS OF QUESTIONABLE QUALITY 514ALL NOT BE INSTALLED. IF MATERIALS OF QUESTIONABLE QUALITY ARE INST PART 3 - EXECUTION �_ = 6. FLOORING THEY 514ALL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS SOLE EXPENSE WITH NO CONSIDERATION FOR ADDITIONAL TIME. FLASWINGS ERIOR APPLICATIONS WHERE INDICATED 514ALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH UNDERLAYMENTS, ICE 5 AND FLA514INGS ,.,<- 9 .. cn PREPARED SUB -GRADES AND FROM FLOODING. PROTECT SUB -GRADES FROM SOFTENING, UNDERMINING, AS RE9UIRiE IDE A KEATHERTIC44T INSTALLATION BY G.C. REMAINING PORCH CONSTRUCTION BY NER. G.C. TO .4 0 Ld W * 7. PRESENTATION ITEMS, PROPS AND TRADE FIXTURES 1.4 RECEIPT, INVENTORY, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF ALL OKNER SUPPLIED PRODUCTS SMALL BE PERFORMED BY THE ESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DATA. a 0 �_ - WASHOUT AND DAMAGE BY RAIN OR KATER ACCUMULATION. DINATE UCTION WIN OWNER'S VENDOR ix 8. WALLS AND BASES CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL, WITHIN 48 HOURS OF RECEIPT OF PRODUCTS, NOTIFY THE OKNE95 CONSTRUCTION 3.2 PLACING FRAMES: COMPLY KITH PROVISIONS OF SDI 105, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SET FRAMES ACCURATELY IN �- o < Ix Lu m I 0 uj 9. RESTROOM FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES 3.4 BACKFILL ALL EXCAVATIONS FOLLOKING COMPLETION OF FOUNDATIONS. TAKE PRECAUTIONS AS REQUIRED MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES, DAMAGES OR MISSING ITEMS. I POSITION, PLUMBED, ALIGNED AND BRACED SECURELY UNTIL PERMMENT ANCHORS ARE SET. 0 0 I-- 10. NON SALES AREA SHELVING, STORAGE PLATFORMS ETC. 50 NOT TO DISTURB OR MISALIGN FOUNDATIONS. COMPACT 5ACKFILL MATERIALS IN LIFTS TO ELIMINATE 1.2 UNLOADING, RECEIVING, ST E AND HANDLING OF ROOF TILE PRODUCTS AT THE PROJECT SITE LL BE PERFORMED BY A. IN METAL STUD PARTITIONS, PROVIDE AT LEAST THREE WALL ANCHORS PER JAMB; INSTALL ADJACENT TO HINGE LOCATIONS ON Im Z 0 V) TRIM, TRACKS AND TRACK HEADS. THE CONTRACTOR, < 11. LIG14T FIXTURES INCLUDING CANS, POSSIBILITY FOR FUTURE SETTLEMENT OF PAVEMENTS AND GRADES SURROUNDING STOREFRONT AREAS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS HINGE JAMB AND AT CORRESPONDING WEIGHTS ON STRIKE JAMB. ATTACH WALL ANCHORS TO STUDS KITH SCREWS. I ci- m B.'CONTRACTOR 514ALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING ALL ARM OUTSIDE OF THE LEASE SPACE THAT HAVE BEEN UTILIZED IN 2.1 LUMBER: DOC PS 20 AND APPLICABLE RULES OF LUMBER GRADING AGENCIES CERTIFIED BY AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARDS PART 2 - PRODUCTS B. INSTALL FIRE RATED FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE KITH NFPA Bo mm6mmm6iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii CONJUNCTION KITH NIS WORK. COMPLY KITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE LANDLORD. COMMITTEE BOARD OF REVIEK. FACTORY MARK EACH PIECE OF LUMBER WITH GRADE STAMP OF AGENCY. PROVIDE DIMENSION 3.3 DOOR INSTALLATION: COMPLY WITW ANSI A250.8. FIT HOLLOW METAL DOORS ACCURATELY IN FRAMES WITHIN CLEARANCES SECTION 03301 - CONCRETE LUMBER KITH 19 PERCENT MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS. INTERIOR COMPONETS SPECIFIED IN ANSI A250.8. SECTION 01732 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 2.2 FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIALS: PROVIDE MATERIALS TWAT COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS IN AKFA C20 2.1 ROOFING TILES: MISSION STYLE CLAY TIL NITS AND TRIM. A. INSTALL FIRE RATED DOORS WITHIN CLEARANCES SPECIFIED IN NFPA W M ce PART I- GENERAL (LUMBER) AND C27 (PLYWOOD). IDENTIFY ALL PRODUCTS WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION MARKINGS OF UL OR ANOTHER EXTERIOR COMPONETS, 3.4 PRIME COAT TOUC44-UP: IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION, SAND SMOOTH ANY RUSTED OR DAMAGED AREAS OF PRIME COAT Lo m PART I - GENERAL TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE AUTHORITIES WAVING JURISDICTION. 2.2 ROOFING TILES: MISSION STYLE CLAY TILE UNI AND TRIM. AND APPLY TOU04 UP OF COMPATIBLE AIR DRYING PRIMER. co 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES PREPARATION OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS FOR NEK FLOOR FINISHES AND NEK CONCRETE SLA55 2.3 94EATHING: 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT. NO. 30, UNPERFORAT NG D2261 TYPE 11, 36 INCHES KIDE. PROVIDE TWO 00 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING AS INDICATED ON THE MAKINGS: ON GRADE KHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAKIN0. ALL WORK BY GENERAL CON'TRACTOR. A. PLYWOOD SUBFLOOR: APA RATED SHEATHING EXTERIOR, EXPOSURE 1. TWICKNESS AS INDICATED ON THE 0 (2) LAYERS OVER ENTIRE ROOF AREA. SECTION 08310 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES he A. DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF SELECTED PORTIONS OF A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE. THE CONTRACTOR 514ALL BE RESPONSIBLE MAKINGS. THICKNESS NOT LESS THAN 23/32'. FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIAL WHERE NOTED. 2.4 PERIMETER UNDERLAYMENT: POLYETHYLENE SWEET ED RUBBERIZE ALT MEMBRANE, 40 MIL5 THICK. K. R. GRACE = FOR THE REMOVAL AND OFF SITE DISPOSAL OF ALL EXISTING LEASE HOLD IMPROVEMENTS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO 1.2 FLOOR SLAB PREPARATION: GENERAL CONTRACTOR 54ALL PATC44 TOP OF CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB TO OBTAIN A SMOOTH, FLUSH B. WALL SHEATHING: APA RATED SHEATHING, EXTERIOR, EXPOSURE 1, THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. MINIMUM ( ICE AND WATER SHIELD OR EQUIVALENT. PART I - GENERAL 0 -1 INTERIOR WALLS AND CEILINGS, FLOOR COVERINGS AND ADHESIVES, PLATFORMS, FIXTURES, LOOSE EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE, SURFACE. NEK CONCRETE FLOORS SOLD CURE A MINIMUM OF 28 DAYS BEFORE INSTALLATION OF SUB -FLOOR MATERIALS THICKNESS 15/321. FIRE RETARDANT MATERIAL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. � 2.5 COPPER FLASHING: ASTM 5370, TEMPER 14100 (COLD OL .WWW TEMPER 060 15 REQUIRED FOR FORMING. 16 OZ. -, STOREFROM, ETC, ALL EXISTING UNUSED MECHMICAL AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING, DUCTWORK AND AND WAVE A DENSITY GREATER THAN 90 LEIS. PER CUBIC FOOT. FLOORS ON GRADE MUST BE PROPERLY WYDRATED. CAECK THE C. ROOF SHEATHING: APA RATED SHEATHING, EXTERIOR, EXPOSURE 1, THICKNESS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAKINGS. MINIMUM ( (0.0216 INCH NICK), EXCEPT WHERE NOTED ONERKI . 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES CEILING AND WALL ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FURNISHED BY OWMER AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL a - CONDUITS SMALL BE REMOVED EXCEPT WHERE INDICATED ON THE MEC44ANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. MOISTURE SUITABILITY OF THE SLA55 ON GRADE. THICKNESS 15/321. FIRE RETARDANT MATERIAL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2.6 ROOFING NAILS: 11 GAGE COPPER NAILS, CA41SEL POIN I DMINIMUM 5/16' DIAMETER HEAD AND OF SUFFICIENT CONTRACTOR. le � B. DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF SELECTED SITE ELEMENTS WHERE INDICATED ON THE MAKINGS. A. CONCRETE MOISTURE TESTING: G.C. 514ALL TEST CONCRETE SLABS USING EITHER (1) A MOISTURE METER MEASURING CHANGE 2.4 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS: DOC PS 1, EXPOSURE 1, C -D PLUGGED, FIRE RETARDANT TREATED NOT LESS THAN 1/2' THICKNESS . LENGTH TO PENETRATE 3/4' INTO SUBSTRATE. A. CONTRACTOR SMALL INSTALL OKNER PROVIDED ACCESS DOORS FOR ALL COMPONENTS AS INDICATED ON THE WVAC AND REFLECTED C. REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS INCLUDING PATC441MG OF ROOF SURFACES WHERE EQUIPMENT IN RELATIVE HUMIDITY W AS TWAT AVAILABLE FROM BONE DRY PRODUCTS OF KENOSHA, KI 262-%4-8422 OR (2) MOISTURE 2.5 FASTENERS: PROVIDE FASTENERS OF SIZE AND TYPE INDICATED TWAT COMPLY KITH REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNING ION E'M' MORTAR MIX. NATURAL COLOR. MIX ONE PART CEILING PLANS AND IN ABSENCE OF DEFINED LOCATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ACCESS PANELS AS NECESSARY To FURNIS14 00 OOLS OF DENVER CO 303-371-7667, AUTHORITIES. AS A MINIMUM COMPLY KITH TABLE 2305.2 'FASTENING SCHEDULE' IN THE BOCA NATIONAL BUILDING CODE. TYPE 'M' PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR TO FOUR PART L N RIVER . REASONABLE AND SAFE ACCESS TO SERVICE ALL COMPONENTS OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SERVICE. ASSUMED z ED To (' 2.7 MORTAR: COMPLY KITH ASTM C270, PROPORTION SPECI WAS BEEN REMOVED. MOISTURE EMISSION CALCIUM CHLORIDE TEST KIT 4625 AS AVAILABLE FROM TAYLOR T . GENERAL CONTRACTOR SALL PERFORM AND RECORD ONE READING OF THE SLAB IN EACH OF THE k& ibIJ�S, THE LOUNGE 22 PROVIDE FASTENERS WITW NOT -DIP ZINC COATING COMPLYING WIN ASTM A153/AI53M WHERE ROUGH CARPENTRY 15 EXPOS 2.8 ROOF DECK - 1/2' C.D.X. FRT ACCESS 54ALL BE BY A TECHNICIAN STANDING FIRMLY ON A LADDER. 3r. 1.2 EXCEPT FOR ITEMS OR MATERIALS INDICATED TO BE REUSED, SALVAGED, REINSTALLED, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED TO REMAIN I < LANDLORD'S PROPERTY, DEMOL15HED MATERIALS 54ALL BECOME CONTRACTCVS PROPERTY AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM AND 114E STOCKROOM AREA. MEASUREMENTS To BE CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE KITH MEASUREMENT METER MANUFACTURERS KEATMER. 2.9 CONTINUOUS 41 HALF ROUND COPPER GUTTERS W MANGERS AT 36' O.C. W 3' DIA. COPPER DOKNSPOUTS. cr PROJECT SITE AND DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER. INSTRUCTIONS. 2.6 BUILDING PAPER: ASPHALT SATURATED ORGANIC FELT COMPLYING WITH ASTM D226, TYPE I (NO. 15 ASPHALT FELT), PART 2 - PRODUCTS a B. AVERAGE RELATIVE HUMIDITY CHANGE READING OF Wl OR BELOW OR MOISTURE EMISSION RATE READINGS NOT EXCEEDING 3 LBS. UNPERFORATED. PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.7 SILL SEALER GASKETS: CLOSED CELL NEOPRENE FOA 1/4' NICK. (' 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1.3 PRE -DEMOLITION CONFERENCE: CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE KITH THE LANDLORD'S ON SITE MANAGER TO REVIEW METHODS OF MOISTURE PER 1#000 59. FT, IN 24 HOURS 15 ACCEPTABLE. IF READINGS EXCEED THESE LIMITS REPORT FINDINGS To Mi t uj AND PROCEDURES RELATED TO SELECTIVE DEMOLITION INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED. TO, THE FOLLOKING: aLISTER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. FOR CONCRETE SLABS KITH RELATIVE HUMIDITY OR MOISTURE EMISSION READINGS ABOVE 2.8 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS (FRP): KEMLITE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PMELING, FIRE -X GLASBDARD, WHITE - 3.1 COMPLY KIN OKNER'S KRITTEN INSTA ION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, KELL AS OWNER SUPPLIED A. J, L, INDUSTRIES, INC,, KARP ASSOCIATES INC., LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING CO., MILCOR LTD., NYSTROM BUILDING PRODUCTS CO. .j q A. INSPECT AND DISCUSS CONDITION OF CONSTRUCTION TO BE SELECTIVELY DEMOLISHED. THESE ACCEPTABLE LEVELS G.C. KILL SCARIFY OR SHOTEILAST SLAB AND APPLY A MOISTURE VAPOR BARRIER, AS MANUFACTURED EMBOSSED FINISH, .091 THICKNESS. FURNISH WITH PERIMETER MATCJ41NG J -MOLDINGS AND TRIM. mos. OR KILLIAM BROS. CORP. Tm B. REVIEK STRUCTURAL LOAD LIMITATIONS OF EX15TING STRUCTURE. BY BOSTIK, BONE DRY OR EQUAL. G.C. WILL ADVISE KOOD FLOOR INSTALLER OF NIS CONDITION 50 TWAT FLOOR INSTALLER KILL 3.2 COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S EN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATI BUT NOT LESS THAN 2.2 ACCESS PANELS 514ALL BE FLUSH, NON -RATED, ACCESS DOORS KITH EXPOSED TRIM EXCEPT KNERE FIRE RATED ACCESS Ir 0 N uj CC p, -- C. REVIEK AND FINALIZE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE AND VERIFY AVAILABILITY OF MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, MD FACILITIES ARRIVE ON SITE PREPARED TO INSTALL FLOOR UTILIZING THE APPROVED FLOATING SUBFLOOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE PART 3 - EXECUTION RECOMMENDED BY THE 'NRCA EP ROOFING MANUAL', OR STRICTER REQUIREMENTS INDICAT ON THE DRAWINGS, PANELS ARE REQUIRED IN A RATED CEILING. PROVIDE FIRE RATED ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES IN LOCATIONS OF FIRE RATED Imm � cq w NEEDED To MAKE PROGRESS AND AVOID DELAYS. COORDINATE AVAILABILITY OF DUMPSTER PLACEMENT WITH THE LANDLORD'S C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SMALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING, REPAIRING OR REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS. 3.3 FELT UNDERLAYMENT: A E LAYER OF FELT UNDERLAYMENT HORIZONTALLY OVER ENTIRE FACE, LAPPING COURSES A KAILS OR CEILINGS. FINISH TO BE PRIMED STEEL. z ON SITE MANAGER. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB SURFACE SMALL BE SMOOTHED TO RECEIVE SUBFLOOR OR TILE. ENTIRE SLAB WILL BE LEVELED TO 1/2' 3.1 SET ROUGH CARPENTRY KORK TO REQUIRED LEVU AND LINES KITH MEMBERS PLUMB, TRUE TO LINE, CUT AND FITTED. SCRIBE MINIMUM OF 2', END LAPS MINIMUM OF 41 AND NIP5 MD VALLEYS A MINIMUM OF 61. FASTEN FE KITH SUFFICIENT NUMBER A. OPERATION SHALL BE FLUSW SCREWDRIVER CAM z 0 M 0 (All D. REVIEW REQUIREMENTS FOR DEMOLITION OPERATIONS TWAT ARE 'NOISY OR DISTURBING', REQUIREMENTS FOR DUST OVER 101-01 FOR THE SALES FLOOR AND 1/81/10-00 AT CASHWRAP, BACKWRAP AND STOCKROOM. MID COPE AS NEEDED FOR ACCURATE FIT. SECURELY ATTACH ROUGH CARPENTRY KORK TO SU55TRATES BY ANCHORING4 MD OF ROOFING NAILS TO D UNDERPAYMENTS IN PLACE UNTIL TILE APPLICATION. B. FRAMES AND DOOR PANELS TO BE MINIMUM 16 GAUGE STEEL. Lu 0 ABATEMENT AND ACCESS DISPOSAL LOCATIONS. USE SELF -LEVELING UNDEIUYMENT MATERIAL AS SPECIFIED IN 2.6 BELOK. FOLLOK ALL MANUFACTURERV INSTALLATION FASTENING AS INDICATED OR COMPLYING WITH FASTENING SCHEDULE CONTAINED IN LOCAL OR STATE BUILDING CODES. A. PROVIDE AN ADDI L LAYER OF FELT UNDERLAYMENT OVER ENTIRE ROOF COMPLYING WITH ABOVE. 0 w 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SMALL REPORT CONDITION OF CONCRETE SLAB AND PLAN FOR REMEDIAL ACTION IF 3.2 PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER, 54EAT91NG AND SUB -FLOORING KWERE REQUIRED BY THE MAKINGS OR GOVERNING 3.4 PERIMETER UNDER ENT- APPLY A MINIMUM 36' INCH WIDE LAYER OF PERIMETER UNDERLAYMENT AT * PART 3 - EXECUTION ui < A. MAINTAIN ACCESS AND CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES TO EXISTING WALKWAYS, CORRIDORS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR NECESSARY To OwNERIS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER DURING THE 2ND KEEK OF THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AUTHORITIES. 3.5 ROOFING TILE I LLATION: BEGINNING AT EAVES, INSTALL ROOFING TILE PER MANUFACTURER'S RE:OMME im, U) UJ �- im 0 - USED FACILITIES. DO NOT CLOSE OR OBSTRUCT WALKWAYS, CORRIDORS, OR OrWER OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES KINOLIT D. NEW CONCRETE SLABS TO RECEIVE PLYWOOD SUBIFLOOR SHALL WAVE A SOFT BROOM FINISH AND EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS SHALL 3.3 BLOCKING AND NAILER INSTALLATION: INSTALL WHERE INDICATED AND WHERE REQUIREU FOR ATTACHMENT OF OTHER WORK. OKNERIS I IONS MD IN ACCORDANCE KITH DETAILS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE 'NRCA STEEP ROOM MANUAL'. 3.1 INSTALLATION OF ACCESS DOORS SMALL COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS KRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. z Z Z � a KRITTEN PERMISSION FROM AUTHORITIES WAVING JURISDICTION BE SCARIFIED OR SWOTBLASTED AS NECESSARY To INSURE AND ACHIEVE AD14ESION OF 114E PLYWOOD TO T14E SLAB. REMOVE PAINT, PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR ATTACHMENT OF ALL STORE FIXTURES. UNLESS ISE INDICATED PROVIDE MINIMUM 3' LAP BETWEEN SUCCEEDING COURSES. DRIVE NAILS TO CLEAR E TILE 50 . Lu I= 3: ON EXISTING AT TWAT TILE MAWS FROM THE NAIL AND 15 NOT DRAWN UP. TION 083 0 �: () 0 5, OWNER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONDITION OF AREAS TO BE SELECTIVELY DEMOLISHED. CONDITI 5 OLD ADHESIVES OR OTHER IMPURITIES TWAT WOULD WINDER AD14ESION OF THE 50 -FLOOR MATERIALS. A. IN L MORTAR AT JOINTS AND LEAVE IN 'ROUGH' STATE PER OKNERIS APPROVAL. MORTAR DOES NOT HAVE TO TOOLED 31 - ROLLING SERVICE DOOR � 0 TIME OF INSPFL71ON FOR BIDDING PURPOSE WILL BE MAINTAINED AS FAR AS PRACTICAL. 0 .j 0* 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: COMMY WITH ACI 301 'SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL coNcRETEl I INCLUDING STEEL REINFORCEMENT AND 3A SHEATHING: FASTEN WALL 514EATHING TO METAL FRAMING WITH SCREWS. SPACE PANELS IN APART AT EDGES AND ENDS. B. TALL MATC14ING SPECIAL UNITS AT WIPS. SIE7 HIP TILES IN FULL BED OF MORTAR. In- 0 m C. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: IT 15 NOT EXPECTED THAT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE ENCOLINTERED IN THE WORK. IF MATERIALS SUPPORTS, CONCRETE MIXTURES AND HANDLING, PLACING AND CONSTRUCTING CONCRETE UNLF-55 MODIFIED BY THE CONTRACT 3.5 BACKING PMELS: SCREW TO SUPPORTS. 3.6 ING: INSTALL METAL FLAS14ING AS INDICATED AND IN ACCORDANCE KITH DETAILS AND SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. PART I - G L �_ Lu U. ir SUSPECTED OF CONTAINING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE ENCOUNTERED, DO NOT DISTURB, IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY OWNER'S DOCUMENTS. 3.6 INSTALL FIN1514 CARPENTRY LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE AND ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT MATERIALS. SCRIBE AND CUT FINISH 4 z a: CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WILL BE REMOVED BY OWNER UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT. . CARPENTRY TO FIT ADJOINING WORK. COUNTERSINK FASTENERS, FILL SURFACES FLUSH AND SAND WHERE FACE FASTENING 15 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLU ROLLING STEEL SERVICE DOOR AT PORCH AT EXTERIOR STOREFRONT APPLI AS INDICATED ON 0 Lu Lu �: d D. STORAGE OR SALE OF REMOVED ITEMS OR MATERIALS ON-SITE KILL MOT BE PERMITTED. E. UTILITY SERVICE. MAINTAIN EXISTING UTILITIES INDICATED TO REMAIN IN SERVICE AND PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE DURING 1.4 NIS SECTION INCLUDES CASTAN-PLACE CONCRETE INCLUDING FORMKORX, REINFORCING, CONCRETE MATERIALS, PLACEMENT 1. UNAVOIDABLE. THE DRAWINGS. DOOR, SYSTEM AND ELECTRIC MOTOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY I STEEL SUPPORTS SHALL � �. .J w I SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. MAINTAIN FIRE-PROTBCTION FACILITIES IN SERVICE DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES AND FINISHING OF EXTERIOR FOUNDATIONS, FROST SLABS AND PORCH SLAB AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR 3.7 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM: INSTALL WITW A MINIMUM NUMBER OF JOINTS PRACTICAL, USING FULL-LENGTW PIECES FROM BE FURNIS14ED AND INSTALLE THE CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR 514ALL MAKE ALL FINAL ICAL CONNECTIONS AND LL (1) 0 0 OPERATIONS. EXTERIOR STOREFRONT APPLICATIONS. INCLUDES METAL FORMS FOR FROST SLAB SUPPORT. ALL WORK BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. MAXIMUM LENGTHS OF TRIM AVAILABLE. Do NOT USE PIECES LESS THAN 24' EXCEPT WHERE NECESSARY. STAGGER JOINTS IN INSTALL OPERATOR PROVIDED BY . � z �. 0 a ADJACENT AND RELATED STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM. COPE AT RETURNS AND MITER AT CORNERS TO PRODUCE TIGHT -FITTING PART I -GENERAL 0 - U. I F. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO MAINTAIN ADEQUATE TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR GENERAL ILLUMINATION AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING/ JOINTS KITH FULL SURFACE CONTACT THROLC44OUT LENGTH OF JOINT. USE SCARF JOINTS FOR END-TO-END JOINTS. PART 2 - PRODLICTS .i � 00 EXIT SIGNS AS REQUIRED PER CODE FOR MEANS OF EGRESS DURING THE ENTIRE DEMOLITION. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. BACK OUT FLAT TRIM TO PREVENT KARPING AND DRILL KNERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT SPLITTING. 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES SWEET METAL FLAS14ING AND TRIM AT ARM KITH CLAY TILE ROOFING TILE AND EIFS AT EXTERIOR ui .j 2 0 Z w 3.8 MILLWORK AND CABINETS: INSTALL MILLWORK AND CABINETS WITHOUT DISTORTION AND ANCHOR SECURELY TO BLOCKING AND STOREFRONT AREAS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL FLASHING AND SWEET METAL KORK 514ALL BE FURNISHED AND 2.1 PERFORATED STEEL ROLLING SERVICE DOOR 514A 'P' UFACrURED BY METRO DOOR. 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED 0. 0 Lu o 4 .4 PERFORATED FLAT SLATS KITH ROUND PERF( 'LL D"m� co L) PART 2 - PRODUCT$ (NOT USED) 2.1 REINFORCING BARS: ASTM A615/A 615M, GRADE 60, DEFORMED SUPPORTS. INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR )RATIC ERS. BAKED ON GREY FINISH. SIZE AS INDICATED ON U) = co N V) 2.2 PLAIN STEEL WELDED WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A 185, FABRICATED FROM AS-DRAKN STEEL WIRE INTO FLAT SHEETS. 3.9 SEE MILLWORK INSTALATION DRAWINGS. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER NO WAS COMPLETED 54EET METAL FLASHING MD TRIM WORK THE DRAWINGS. I - PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS: 3.10 DOORS AND FRAMES: INSTALL DOM AND FRAMES, INCLUDING OWNER SUPPLIED MILLKORK DOORS PER INDUSTRY SIMILAR IN MATERIAL AND DESIGN AND EXTENT OF THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT. A. DOOR TO BE PROVIDED KITH ALUMINUM GUIDES, AT JAMB AND CYLINDER LOCK ON BOTTOM BAR KITH A. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTMI C 150, TYPE I STANDARDS. INSTALL DOORS WITH EVEN SPACES ON ALL SIDES. INTERIOR TWUMBTURN. 3.1 WHEN UNANTICIPATED MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, OR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS TWAT CONFLICT KITH INTENDED FUNCTION OR 5. NORMAL KNOT AGGREGATES; ASTM C33, UNIFORMLY GRADED, NOT EXCEEDING 3/4 INCH NOMINAL SIZE. NOMINAL MAXIMUM SIZE 3.11 PROTECTION: THE CONTRACTOR 514ALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL MILLWORK, CABINETS AND TRIM. PROVIDE PART 2 - PRODUCTS B. OPERATION SHALL BE MOTOR OP IDE UL APPROVED NEMA EL CAL COMPONENTS KIN FLUSH MOUNTED KEY DE51GN ARE EIWJNTERED, INVESTIGATE AND MEASURE THE NATURE AND EXTENT OF CONFLICT. PROMPTLY SUBMIT A WRITTEN SKITCH AND SAFETY EKE ON . REPORT To OKNERIS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. FOR FOUNDATIONS SMALL BE 1-1/2'. C. WATER: POTABLE COMPLYING KITH ASTM C 0A VISQUEEN, CARDBOARD ETC AS REQUIRED. 2.1 COPPER. 16 OZ. 2.2 STEEL SUPPORT FRAMING BY SMALL BE SIZED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE UFACTLIRER. 2.4 ADMIXTURES: ADMIXTURES CERTIFIED By MANUFACTURER TO CONTAIN NOT MORE THAN 0.1 PERCENT WATER-SOLUBLE 04LORIDE IONS SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION 2.2 FABRICATION: 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES LL TEMPORARY UTILITIES. GC 54ALL BE BACK-CNARGED IF BY MASS OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL AND To BE COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER ADMIXTURES. DO NOT USE ADMIXTURES CONTAINING A. FABRICATE COPPER FLASWINGS AND TRIM TO CMPILY WIN RECOMMENDATIONS OF SmAcNA'S 'ARCHITECTURAL SWEET PART 3 - EXECUTION A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SMALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COST OF A CALCIUM CHLORIDE PART I- GENERAL METAL MANUAL' THAT APPLY TO THE DESIGN, DIMENSIONS, METAL AND OTHER C44ARACTERISTICS OF THE ITEMS INDICATED. LANDLORD BILLS THE OWNER. A. AIR ENTRAINING ADMIXTURES: ASTM C 94. 5. COMPLY KITH THE DETAILS SHOWN TO FABRICATE COPPER AND TRIM THAT FIT SUBSTRATES AND RESULT IN 3.1 INSTALLATI LL BE PERFORMED BY DOOR SUPPLIER IN ACCORDANCE WIN MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN IN IONS. B. EXISTING UTILITIES. MAINTAIN SERVICES INDICATED TO REMAIN AND PROTECT THEM AGAINST DAMAGE DURING SELECTIVE 3.2 CON SHALL INSTALL STEEL SUPPORT MEMBERS PER DOOR MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. AN DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. CONTRACTOR 514ALL EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION DURING DEMOLITION PROCEDURES 50 AS NOT TO 2.5 VAPOR RETARDER: 10 MIL STEGOWRAP BY STEGO INDUSTRIES 877-4(A-7834 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES INSULATION UNDER SLABS ON GRADE, CONCEALED BUILDING INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIERS A KATERPROOF AND WEATHER -RESISTANT PERFORMANCE ONCE INSTALLED. 5 TO BUILDING STRUCTURE AS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PLUMB AND LEVEL. DAMAGE OR DISRUPT UTILITIES OR SPRINKLER LINES WHICH PASS THROUGH THIS SPACE, TO SERVE OTHER TRW SPACES OR 2.6 CURING MATERIALS: CLEAN wATMORNE MEMBRANE FORMING CURING COMPOUND, ASTM C 309, TYPE I CLASS B, 18 TO 22 PERCENT WHERE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED ON THE DRAKINGS.. C. FORM EXPOSED COPPER METAL WORK TWAT 15 WITHOUT EXCESSIVE OIL CANNING, BUCKLING AND TOOL MARKS AND THAT 15 TRUE MALL FACILITIES. CONTRACTOR 514ALL BEAR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF ANY SERVICES DAMAGED SMIDS. VERIFY COMPATIBIL" OF CURING COMPOUNDS KITH APPLICATION OF FINISH FLOORING MATERIALS WIV THE OWNER'S 1.2 PROVIDE INSULATION WIN FIRE TEST RESPONSE C44ARACTERISTICS ACCEPTABLE To AUT90RITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. TO LINE AND LEVELS INDICATED. OR DISRUPTED. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO APPLICATION. IDENTIFY MATERIALS KIN APPROPRIATE MARKINGS OF APPLICABLE TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY. D. SEPARATE METAL FROM NON -COMPATIBLE METAL OR CORROSIVE SUBSTRATES BY COATING CONCEALED SURFACES AT 1. DO NOT INTERRUPT EXISTING UTILITIES SERVING OCCUPIED OR OPERATING FACILITIES UNLESS AUTHORIZED IN KRITING BY 2.7 C,ONCRETE MIXTURES: COMPLY WITH ACI 301 FOR CONCRETE MIXES. MATERIAL SHALL BE READY MIXED COMPLYING KITH ASTM. LOCATIONS OF CONTACT WIN ASPHALT MASTIC OR OTHER PERMANENT SEPARATION. MAY 0 6 2008 LANDLORD AND AUTHORITIES WAVING JURISDICTION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES DURING INTERRUPTIONS TO EXISTING cq4 UNLESS JOB SITE MIXESAPPROVED BY THE OWNEWS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS E. CONCEAL FASTENERS AND EXPANSION PROVISIONS WHERE POSSIBLE. EXPOSED FASTERNERS ARE NOT ALLOWED ON FACES OF UTILITIES, AS ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER AND TO AUT14ORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. A. INTERIOR SLABS ON GRADE 54ALL WAVE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 315W PSI; SLUMP 4' +/- 1'. COPPER EMED TO PUBLIC VIEW. i C, UTILITY REQUIREMENTS: LOCATE, IDENTIFY, DISCONNECT, AND SEAL OR CAP OFF INDICATED UTILITIES SERVING AREAS TO BE 2.1 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION: ASTM C 01 TYPE VII, 2.20 LB/CUTT. KITH MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE 2.3 FABRICATE COPPER ITEMS IN THICKNESS OR WEIGHT NEEDED TO COMPLY KITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS BUT NOT ABFHLO155 SELECTIVELY DEMOLISHED. B. FOOTINGS 94ALL HAVE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 31000 PSI, NON -AIR -ENTRAINED. MAXIMUM SLUMP 4' +/- 1'. DEVELOPED INDICES OF 75 AND 450 RESPECTIVELY (ALONG CMU WALLS). LESS THAN THAT LISTED BELOW FOR EAC44 APPLICATION: 1. LANDLORD WILL ARRANGE TO SMUT OFF INDICATED UTILITIES WHEN REQUESTED BY CONTRACTOR. C. EXTERIOR AND OTHER CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER: COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 5 000 PSI AIR ENTRAINED. MAXIMUM SLUMP 2.2 FACED MINERAL FIBER BLANKET INSULATION: ASTM C"S, TYPE 111, CLASS A, CATEGORY 11 FACED KITH FOIL -SCRIM -KRAFT A. EIFS BASE AND COUNTERFLASWING- ALUMINUM 0.32 INCH SHEET 2. IF UTILITY SERVICES ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED, OR ABANDONED, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITW SELECTIVE 40 +/- Ill, MINIMUM CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL CONTENT TO BE 610 LB/CY. MAXIMUM �A�Ci�ikITIOUS MATERIAL RATIO OF 0.40. MEMBRANE ON ONE FACE, C40NSISTING OF FIBERS MANUFACTURED FROM GLASS. M91BRANE FACED SURFACE WITH A FLAME B. CHANNEL FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING AT CLAY TILE ROOFING: COPPER 16 OZ. DEMOLITION PROVIDE TEMPORARY UTILITIES TWAT BYPASS AREA OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND THAT MAINTAIN CONTINUITY 1. AIR CONTENT OF C04CRETE EXPOSED TO FREEZING AND OR DE-ICING CHEMICALS - 6 PERCENT. SPREAD OF 25 OR L55 (AT EXTERIOR STUD WALLS). C. COPPER GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS: COPPER 16 OZ.1 SEE C14ART BELOW FOR PARTS LIST, SUPPLIED BY: OF SERVICE TO OTHER PARTS OF BUILDING. 2.3 UNFACED MINERAL F15ER BLANKET INSULATION: ASTM C665, TYPE 1; C40NSISTING OF FIBERS MANUFACTURED FROM GLASS, WITH BERGER BUILDING PRODUCTS 3. CUT OFF PIPE OR CONDUIT IN KALLS OR PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED. CAP, VALVE, OR PLUG AND SEAL REMAINING PORTION MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDICES OF 25 AND 50 RESPECTIVELY; PASSING ASTM E 136 FOR COMBUSTION 805 PENNSYLVANIA BLVD. OF PIPE OR CONDUIT AFTER BYPASSING. CHARACTERISTICS AT EXTERIOR STUD KALLS IN COMBINATION WITH 2.4). FEASTERVILLE, PA. 19053 AOml A- GEN AND INSTALL ALL REQUIRED- MFTFR-q IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I ��� . PH- 1-800-523-8852 1 � I I I I I SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE 3.2 INSTALLATION OF STEEL SUSPENDED CEILiNG FRAMING: SUSPEND CEILING HANGERS PLUMB AND FREE FROM CONTACT WITH 3.3 FINISH FLOORING INSTALLATION (BY OWNER): WOOD FLOORING SHALL BE INSTALLED USING 1-1/2 INCH FASTENERS OVER CONCRETE FINISH SCHEDULE OBJECTS WITHIN THE CEILING PLENUM. SPLAY HANGERS ONLY WHERE REQUIRED TO MISS OBSTRUCTIONS. SECURE WIRE SLABS AND 2 INCH FASTENERS OVER METAL JOIST FRAMING. FLOORING SHALL BE NAILED/FASTENED EVERY 12-15 INCHES OF BOARD PART I- GENERAL HANGERS BY LOOPING AND WIRE TYING, EITHER DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURES OR TO OTHER DEVICES THAT ARE SECURE AND LENGTH AND 2 INCHES FROM EACH BOARD END. THE FINI514ED FLOOR SHALL DEVELOP RANDOM WIDTH CRACKS BETWEEN SOME APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE. DO NOT ANCHOR TO STEEL DECKING. BOARDS ALONG BOTH LONG AND SHORT EDGES. MOST CRACKS SHOULD BE LESS THAN 1/16' IN WIDTH. CRACKS SHOULD SELDOM 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES FURNISHING AND INSTALLATION OF DOOR HARDWARE AT METAL DOORS AND FRAMES BY THE A. INSTALL SUSPENDED STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS IN SIZES AND SPACING INDICATED, BUT NOT LESS THAN REFERENCED EXCEED 1/8' IN WIDTH. VARIATION IN HEIGHT FROM BOARD TO BOARD WILL ALSO BE RANDOMLY EXPERIENCED AND IS ACCEPTABLE. CONTRACTOR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. STANDARDS: VARIATION IN HEIGHT BETWEEN TWO ADJACENT BOARDS SHOULD NOT IXGE3^D 3/32" SET NAILS AND FILL FACE NAILED BOARDS AND A. INCLUDES INSTALLATION BY THE CONTRACTOR OF HARDWARE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. I. WIRE HANGERS: 48 INCHES O.C. COMPONENTS WITH FILLER t0 MATCH FLOOR FINISH. GLEAN, DRY MOP AND VACUUM ENTIRE FLOOR AND PORCH AREA AFTER 1.2 RECEIVING, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF FINISH DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS AT THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY 2. CARRYING CHANNELS: 48 INCHES O.C. COMPLETING INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR. 3. FURRING CHANNELS: 16 INCHES O.C. 3.4 PROTECTION: AFTER FINISH FLOORING INSTALLATION 15 COMPLETE AND CLEANUP 15 COMPLETE INSTALLER TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 1.3 FIRE RATED DOOR HARDWARE: DOOR HARDWARE THAT COMPLIES WITH NEPA 80 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A TESTING 3.3 INSTALLATION OF STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING: INSTALL TRACKS AT FLOORS CEILINGS AND STRUCTURAL WALLS : 'Hou H EN SEAMS no EAT � r H AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR FIRE PROTECTION RATINGS INDICATED. WHERE GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES ABUT OTHER CONSTRUCTION. EXTEND PARTITION FRAMING FULL HEIGHT TO STRUCTURAL TYVEK SFJVRAP t0 COVERT E TIRE STORE SALES AN PROVIDEDt APPLIED BPRODUC GENERAL PAINT SCHEDULE B IMERS L NUMBER OF. ARE BASED ON PRODUCTS BY 5HERWIN WILLIAMS CO. SEE P-# _ . COLOR NAME D PORCH AREAS. OVERLAP BY 2 OR GR. OP T OFE TYVEK THE INSTALLER IS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 1/6' THICK MASONITE, 48' X 96" SHEETS OF HARDBOARD THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE REX NUMBER + GALLON FORMULA MFG. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: SUPPORTS OR SUBSTRATES ABOVE CEILINGS EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONTINUE FRAMING OVER DOORS AND p-1 I I HOLLISTER TIN CEILING RED ,, A. HARDWARE FOR DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL COMPLY WITH AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA), 'ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES OPENINGS AND FRAME AROUND DUCTS PENETRATING PARTITIONS ABOVE CEILINGS TO PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR GYPSUM BOARD. SALES AND PORCH AREA FROM ENTRANCES AT THE STOREFRONT BACK TO THE STOCKROOM DOOR. WOOD TRANSITIONS SHALL SALES CEILING 42 FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES' (ADAAG) AND REGULATIONS AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. A. INSTALL STEEL STUDS AT 16 INCHES 0, C. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. BE COVERED IN SIMILAR MANNER. TAPE SHEETS TO EACH OTHER ONLY. DO NOT TAPE OR OTHERWISE SECURE HARDBOARD SHEETS R3 -8Y, 5I-32, R2-201 WI -6 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE B. FRAME DOOR OPENINGS TO COMPLY WITH GA 600 AND GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER'S APPLICABLE WRITTEN TO THE FLOOR. HOLD BACK MASONITE 2'-3' FROM WALL. G.G. TO REMOVE TYVEK FLOORLINER AND HARDBOARD FOR PUNCH AND HOLLISTER BROWN KEM AQUA 600T PART 2 - PRODUCTS RECOMMENDATIONS. SCREW VERTICAL STUDS AT JAMBS TO JAMB ANCHOR CLIPS ON DOOR FRAME, INSTALL TWO 0.0312 -INCH REINSTALL AFTER FINAL FLOOR FIN1514ING IS COMPLETED. G.C. TO REMOVE HARDBOARDAND FLOORLINER PRIOR TO PUNCH FOR FINAL SALES, BOOKCASES, TRIM, DOORS, CABINET INTERIORS, WAINSCOTTING AT LOCKER RM5, INTERIOR PORCH AND STOREFRONT TRIM, BASE AND ACCENT p-3 1 $#&LISTEIR BURGUNDY WALL PAINT THICK STUDS AT EACH JAMB. STORE CLEANING. LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE 2.1 DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3.4 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD PANELS: COMPLY WITH ASTM 0840 AND GA 216 APPLICATION AND FINISHING p -3A HOLLISTER BURGUNDY SHUTTER AI00 EXTERIOR ACRYLIC SATIN A82T54 BI -2Y-50, R44Y, R2-16, WI -10, Y3-4 STANDARDS. SECTION 09651 - RESILIENT FLOORING LOUNGE 22 AND LOCKER ROOM 514UTTERS (EXTERIOR), SALES ROOMS j PART 3 - EXECUTION A. INSTALL CEILING BOARD PANELS ACROSS FRAMING TO MINIMIZE THE NUMBER OF ABUTTING END JOINTS AND TO AVOID ABUTTING P OMIAASRI 200 LATEX S/& PACKAGE COLOR LOCAL. SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE END JOINTS IN CENTRAL AREAS OF CEILINGS. BUTT PANELS TOGETHER FOR LIGHT CONTACT AT EDGES OF ADJACENT PANELS. PART 1 - GENERAL P 5 I WHITE SEMI -GLOSS ACRYLIC 3.1 INSTALL EACH DOOR HARDWARE ITEM TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. LOCATE JOINTS OVER SUPPORTS. SPACE FASTENERS IN GYPSUM PANELS ACCORDING TO REFERENCED STANDARDS AND LOCAL SW LOCAL SW STORE NON -SALES DOORS AND TRIM (BRUSHED ON FRAMES) DOORS (ROLLED FINISH) A. SET UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB AND TRUE TO LINE AND LOCATION. ADJUST AND REINFORCE ATTACHMENT SUBSTRATES AS NECESSARY MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES VINYL COMPOSITION TILE (VCT) AND RESILIENT BASE MATERIALS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE AI00 EXTERIOR ACRYLIC SATIN A82T54 BI -6Y-41 R2-221 WI -II, Y3 -2Y-16, G2-11 FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. DRILL AND COUNTERSINK UNITS THAT ARE NOT FACTORY PREPARED FOR B. INSTALL TRIM AT CORNERS, END BEADS, REVEALS AND SIMILAR CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR. EXTERIOR p __-7- FASTENERS ANCINNG PROMAR INTERIOR LATEX FLAT 53OK251 Y3-9, R2-1 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE WEIGHTS: 3.2 MOUNTING HEIGHTS: MOUNT DOOR HARDWARE UNITS At HEIGHTS INDICATED IN DHI'S 'RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR 3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: TREAT GYPSUM BOARD JOINTS INTERIOR ANGLES EDGE TRIM CONTROL. JOINTS , � � , PART 2 - PRODUCTS HOLLISTER STUCCO IVORY AI00 FLAT EXTERIOR ACRYLIC FLAT A6W51 ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE' UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS. PENETRATIONS, FASTENER HEADS, SURFACE DEFECTS AND ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED TO PREPARE GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES LOCAL SW STORE EXTERIOR STOREFRONTS AND ENTRY VESTIBULE pS -0 3.3 ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF DOOR HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OR FOR DECORATION. APPLY JOINT TAPE OVER JOINTS EXCEPT THOSE WITH TRIM HAVING FLANGES NOT INTENDED FOR TAPE. 2.1 REFER TO FIN1514 SCHEDULE CIN. #4311 CIN. #4311 FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT, ADJUST DOOR CONTROL DEVICES TO COMPENSATE FOR FINAL OPERATION OF HEATING AND A. FINI514 PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 840 FOR LOCATIONS INDICATED: 2.2 TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX MODIFIED, PORTLAND CEMENT BASED OR BLENDED FORMULATION HOLLISTER SHUTTER GRAY A-100 EXTERIOR ACRYLIC SATIN A82T54 VENTILATING EQUIPMENT AND TO COMPLY WITH REFERENCED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. 1. LEVEL 1: EMBED TAPE AT JOINTS IN CEILING PLENUM AREAS, CONCEALED AREAS AND WHERE INDICATED, UNLESS A HIGHER PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY THE RESILIENT PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. STOREFRONT DOORS AND SHUTTERS (EXTERIOR) 0qp- A. CLEAN OPERATING ITEMS AND ADJACENT SURFACES SOILED BY HARDWARE INSTALLATION. LEVEL OF FINISH 15 REQUIRED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATED ASSEMBLIES. 2.3 ADHESIVES: WATER RESISTANT TYPE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE SALES WALL BEHIND SHUTTERS (7-0" TO 10'-0' A.F.F.) 2. LEVEL 4: EMBED TAPE AND APPLY SEPARATE FIRST, FILL AND FINISH COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND TO TAPE AND FASTENERS BARREL CEILING FIELD APPLIED. NEW STEEL CEILING, STEEL MUST BE FREE OF OIL. DTM ACRYLIC S/G B66T204 ENVIROTONERS R102-20, L100 -2Y-101 RI00-2Y-53, WIOO-I6 SECTION 09510 - DRYWALL FURRING AND TRIM FLANGES.B. TEXTURE FINISH APPLICATION: FURNISH AND APPLY USG 54EETROCK BRAND LIGHTWEIGHT ALL PURPOSE JOINT COMPOUND, PART 3 - EXECUTION A. ISOLATE STEEL FRAMING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED TO PREVENT TRANSFER OF LOADING IMPOSED p -Il PART I - GENERAL PLUS 3, OVER GYPSUM PANELS AT STOREFRONT LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS TO SIMULATE APPEARANCE BI -37, R3-4-20, NI -4Y, R2-321 WI -4 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL. SW STORE 1.01 SCOPE OF AGED STUCCO FACADE. 3.1 CONCRETE SUBSTRATES: VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES ARE DRY AND FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS SEALERS AND HARDENERS. $$ COLORS NOT FOR TOUCH UP FOR EXISTING MFG. COLORS. ONLY FOR USE AS BRUSH/ROLL FIELD APPLICATION ON DRYWALL FLOOR FINISHES A. WORK UNDER THIS SECTION IS SUBJECT TO REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT CONDITIONS, DRAWINGS, AND OTHER 1. PROVIDE SAMPLES OF TEXTURE FINISH FOR OWNER'S APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. TESTS SLABS FOR MOISTURE CONTENT AND PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER SUBSTRATES PASS TESTING AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE MANUFACTURER. REMOVE SUBSTRATE COATINGS AND OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH FG -2 CERAMIC TILE FLOORING, 2' PATTERNED HEXAGONAL TILE IN 12' X 18" SHEETS, SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G., GROUT 15 TO BE BOSTIK #5119 SAM FRENCH GRAY SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. LOUNGE 22, LOCKER ROOMS AND STOREFRONT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. PROVIDE LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND INCIDENTALS AS REQUIRED TO FURNISH AND INSTALL THE SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES AND THAT CONTAIN SOAP, WAX, OR OIL USING MECHANICAL METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. A. USE TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND TO FILL CRACKS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBSTRATES. EGRESS EXIT AISLE WAYS FG -5 I CERAMIC TILE - PORCELAIN MOSAIC FLOOR TILE: I"xi" DALTILE "KEYSTONE MOSAICS UNGLAZED FLOOR TILE", COLOR 'CYPRESS 04521. GROUT BOSTIC STANDARD SERIES 'AYDROMENT' CERAMIC TILE GROUT (SANDED), COLOR 'NATURAL" #4146 (800) 726-7845 FOLLOWING: 1. DRYWALL FURRING SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO, WIRE HANGERS, FASTENERS, PART I- GENERAL 3.2 TILE INSTALLATION: LAY OUT TILES FROM CENTER MARKS ESTABLISHED WITH PRINCIPAL WALLS, 50 TILES AT OPPOSITE EDGES OF ROOM ARE OF EQUAL WIDTH. SCRIBE, CUT, AND FIT TILES TO BUTT NEATLY AND TIGHTLY TO VERTICAL SURFACES AND WOOD BASE BASEBOARD THROUGH OUT SALES AREA AS SPECIFIED IN CONSTRUCTION DETAILS; PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR - PRE -FINISHED P-2 MAIN RUNNERS, CROSS TEES, AND WALL ANGLE MOLDINGS. . 2. ADDITIONAL OR LARGER SIZE WIRES, AS REQUIRED TO PROPERLY SUPPORT LIGHTING FIXTURES, SHALL 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MORTAR AND GROUT AND PERMANENT FIXTURES INCLUDING BUILT IN FURNITURE,CABINETS, PIPES, OUTLETS,. DOOR FRAMES AND THRESHOLDS, A. ADHERE TILES TO FLOORING SUBSTRATES USING A FULL SPREAD OF ADHESIVE APPLIED TO SUBSTRATE TO PRODUCE A I WHERE USED 5M -I I I STEEL WALL - 16 GAUGE SWEET METAL (SURFBOARD WALL) OWNER SUPPLIED BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL WORK INSTALLER UNDER DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL. G. COORDINATION: COORDINATE DRYWALL FURRING WORK WITH INSTALLERS OF RELATED WORK INCLUDING, BUT NOT ACCESSORIES REQUIRED, SALES AREA TILE PROVIDED BY OWNER, NONSALES AREA TILE PROVIDED BY G.C. SALES COMPLETED INSTALLATION WITHOUT OPEN CRACKS, VOIDS, RAISING AND PUCKERING At JOINTS, TELEGRAPHING OF ADHESIVE RESTROOM WALL BASE FRPFIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS (F.R.P.) - 1/8' WHITE PEBBLE FINISH W/ FACTORY J -MOLD AND CORNER MOULDINGS, INSTALL ON WALLS ADJACENT TO FLOOR 51NK AND WATER FOUNTAIN; PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL. CONTRACTOR NECESSARILY LIMITED TO, ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS, BUILDING INSULATION, GYPSUM DRYWALL, MECHANICAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. AREA SUBFLOOR PROVIDED BY G.C. 1.2 UNLOADING RECEIVING STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CERAMIC TILE AT THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE ' SPREADER MARKS AND OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. 3.3 RESILIENT WALL BASE INSTALLATION: APPLY WALL BASE TO WALLS, COLUMNS AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN THE ROOMS SF -6 I I ROLL/BRU5W; BRU514/RAG WHITE GLAZE; BRU514/RAG GRIMY BLACK, APPLIED TO: STUCCO 5F-7 I (I) COAT WITH PRIMER - SPRAY. (I) COAT GRAY -SPRAY; BRUSH APPLY TO 20X DARK GREEN GLAZE; BRUSH APPLY GRACKLE MEDIUM TO GLAZE; BRUSH TOP COAT GRAY; SPARY APPLY YELLOW GLAZE. APPLIED TO. DOORS AND SHUTTERS 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE CONTRACTOR AND AREAS WHERE BASE IS REQUIRED. INSTALL BASE IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICAL WITHOUT GAPS At SEAMS AND WITH P-# f COLOR NAME SINGLE SOURCE R51'ONSIBILITY: TO ENSURE PROPER INTERFACE ALL DRYWALL FURRING COMPONENTS SHALL BE PART 2 - PRODUCTS (SALES AREA TILE). CONTINUOUS CONTACT WITH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SURFACES. TOPS OF ADJACENT PIECES ALIGNED. TIGHTLY ADHERE BASE TO SUBSTRATE THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE,WITH BASE IN STOCKED WHERE USED PRODUCED SUPPLIED BY A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY MORE THAN ONE MANUFACTURER ARE NOT PERMISSIBLE. A. LATEX PORTAND CEMENT MORTAR (THIN SET): LATICRETE #317 MORTAR MIX WITH #3701 LATEX MORTAR ADMIX (EXTERIOR) 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: REMOVE ADHESIVE AND OTHER BLEMISHES FROM EXPOSED SURFACES. PROTECT RESILIENT COLOR ACCENTS INT. LATEX SEMI -GLOSS YBTI54 I-6 - B Y 60, Y3 -2Y-32, R2-24, WI -50 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING B. LATEX PORTAND CEMENT MORTAR (THIN SET): LATICRETE #317 MORTAR MIX WITH WATER (INTERIOR) PRODUCTS FROM MARS, MARKS, INDENTATIONS AND OTHER DAMAGE FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS DURING REMAINDER OF INTERIOR P - _i5_1 i ' DELIVER MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURERS UNOPENED PACKAGES; SUITABLY STORE PROTECT AGAINST EXPOSURE C. GROUT SHALL BE BOSTIK #5119 (SAM) 'HYDROMENT' (SANDED) COLOR: FRENCH GREY 5119 p. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IF REQUIRED): LATICRETE #9235 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE - INTERIOR USE AT WET AREAS CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 3.5 WAXING. CONTRACTOR SHALL STRIP AND WAX RESILIENT FLOORING. APPLY A MINIMUM OF SEVEN COATS OF JOHNSON'S WAX W W/ LOCAL SFORMULA LOCAL 5W STORE ON TO MOISTURE, SUNLIGHT, SURFACE CONTAMINATION, AND OTHER UNACCEPTABLE ABLE CONDITIONS. E. GROUT SEALER (LOUNGE 22 TILE): SELER'S CHOICE 15 GOLD - AQUAMIX INC. (562) 946-6877 PRODUCT RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO PUNGHLIST REVIEW. BLACK METALATEX B42BB PART 2 - PRODUCTS PRODUCTS (RESTROOM TILE) SECTION 09900 - PAINTING EXTERIOR BARRICADES BASE VB -2 _I INTERIOR 2.01 MATERIALS A. LATEX PORTAND GEMENT MORTAR (THIN SET): VB -3 EXTERIOR I' BY 4' WOOD BASE PAINTED P-14 EXTERIOR BARRICADES A. ALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS SMALL BE MANUFACTURED BY ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND B. LATEX PORTAND CEMENT MORTAR (THIN SET): PART 1 - GENERAL INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PRACTICES. C. GROUT SMALL BE: (800) 726-7845. B. ALL ACCESSORY COMPONENTS FROM OTHER MANUFACTURERS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM STANDARDS AND BE I. 50STIK STANDARD SERIES 'HYDROMENT' DRY TILE GROUT (UNSANDED) - COLOR "WHITE" #H152 FOR WALLS 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES SURFACE PREPARATION AND FIELD PAINTING OF EXPOSED INTERIOR ITEMS INCLUDING STOREFRONT INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PRACTICES. 2. BOSTIC STANDARD SERIFS "HYDROME NT" CERAMIC TILE GROUT (SANDED) - COLOR'NATURAL" #HI46 FOR FLOOR AREAS. PAINT EXPOSED SURFACES, EXCEPT WHERE SURFACE OR MATERIAL IS NOTED NOT t0 BE PAINTED OR 15 TO REMAIN 2.02 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK D. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE (IF REQUIRED): LATICRETE #9235 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE - INTERIOR USE AT WET AREAS NATURAL. IF AN ITEM OR SURFACE 15 NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED, PAINT THE ITEM OR SURFACE THE SAME AS SIMILAR ALL WORK ABOVE THE CEILING LINE SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE DRYWALL SHEET GOODS. E. GROUT SEALER (RESTROOM TILE): SEALER'S CHOICE 15 GOLD - AQUAMIX INC. (562) 946-6877 ADJACENT MATERIALS. 2.03 INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS A. DO 140T PAINT PRE-FIN1514ED ITEMS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. A. THE ARMSTRONG DRYWALL FURRING SYSTEM CAN BE INSTALLED IN INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS. PART 3 - EXECUTION B. THE INTENT OF THIS SECTION 15 TO PROVIDE FURNITURE QUALITY FINISH TO ALL PARTS OF THE PROJECT, WHETHER NOTED B. MAIN BEAM SMALL BE HEAVY-DUTY, DOUBLE -W® STEEL CONSTRUCTION (MINIMUM .0179 PRIOR TO PROTECTIVE COATING PER ASTM C645), MOT DIPPED GALVANIZED (MINIMUM G40 PER ASTM C 645), 1-1/2" WEB, RECTANGULAR 3.1 EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS AND CONDITIONS WHERE TILE WILL BE INSTALLED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR HEREIN OR NOT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY STATED OTHERWISE. COVER ALL SURFACES THOROUGHLY. IF THE NUMBER OF COATS TOP BULB AND PRE -FINISHED 15/16' FLANGE (#HD8901) OR 1-1/2' FLANGE(#HD8906). FIRE -RATED MAIN BEAM INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. SPECIFIED DOES NOT ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT THEN APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS OF SPECIFIED MATERIAL TO GIVE SATISFACTORY SHALL BE FORMED TO INCLUDE INTEGRAL SPLICE FOR EXPANSION RELIEF. WEB IS TO BE FORMED TO RECEIVE OVERRIDE CROSS TEE. A. INSTALL CERAMIC TILE AND GROUT USING SPACING AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. THE CERAMIC TILE I5 PROVIDED IN SHEETS WITH A PATTERN. TILE SHALL BE INSTALLED t0 MEET OWNER'S CRITERA. COVERAGE. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL FILL AND SAND ALL NAIL HOLES AND JOINTS AND REFACE SURFACES A5 REQUIRED. N C. PRIMARY FURRING CROSS TEES SHALL BE DOUBLE -WEB STEEL CONSTRUCTION (MINIMUM .0119 PRIOR t0 N 3.2 ANSI TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH PARTS OF ANSI A 108 SERIES SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF , r 1.2 MATERIAL LIMITATIONS: USE ONLY PAINT AND RELATED MATERIALS OF THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIED. 1.3 G.C. TO NAVE AN 8'-0' STEP LADDER ON SITE FOR FAUX FINISH SUPPLIER USE AT ALL LIMES PROTECTIVE COATING PER ASTM C 645), MOT DIPPED GALVANIZED (MINIMUM G40 PER ASTM C 645), WEB HEIGHT , CERAMIC TILE' THAT APPLY TO TYPES OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS AND TO METHODS INDICATED. COMPLY WITH TCA'S 1-1/2" WITH RECTANGULAR BULB AND PRE -FINISHED 1 1/2' KNURLED FLANGE (#XL.8945). 'HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION' METHODS INDICATED. D. SECONDARY FRAMING CRO55 TEES FOR FIXTURES 514ALL BE DOUBLE WEB STEEL CONSTRUCTION (MINIMUM .0179' A. EXTEND TILE WORK INTO RECESSES AND UNDER OR BEHIND EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO FORM COMPLETE COVERING WITHOUT PART 2 - PRODUCTS PRIOR TO PROTECTIVE COATING PER ASTM C645), HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED, FIRE RATED, WEB WEIGHT 1-1/2' INTERRUPTIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TERMINATE WORK NEATLY AT OBSTRUCTIONS, EDGES AND CORNERS WITHOUT RECTANGULAR BULB AND 15/16' FLANGE (#XL8341). D15RUPTING PATTERN OR JOINT ALIGNMENTS. 2.1 PAINT PRODUCTS: ALL PAINT PRODUCTS SMALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY THE SHERWIN WILLIAMS CO. AS INDICATED ON THE E. MAT FURRING CHANNEL 48' X 1 3/8' X 7/8', NOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL (MINIMUM G40 PER ASTM C 645); B. GROUT TILE TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A108.10 (SAND -PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT) DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. COMPATIBLE WITH MD8901 AND HD8906 (MAIN BEAMS), ITEM # HOW. 3.3 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION: 2.2 MATERIAL QUALITY: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S BEST QUALITY MATERIALS OF VARIOUS COATING TYPES INDICATED THAT ARE F. WALL MOLDING SMALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED, HEMMED ANGLE MOLDING 1-1/4' WEIGHT WITH 1 1/4' A. INTERIOR FLOOR TILE: TCA F 113 AND ANSI A 108.5, INSTALLATION ON CONCRETE, THIN SET MORTAR. FACTORY FORMULATED AND RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED, PAINT MATERIAL FLANGE (#ND7859) OR UNHEMMED CHANNEL MOLDING 3/4' X 1 9/16" X 1 114' #7838). I. TWIN SET MORTAR: PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR. CONTAINERS NOT DISPLAYING MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. G. CEILING HANGER WIRE SMALL BE NO. 12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE (#7891), GALVANIZED. HANGER WIRE PULL OUT TO 2. GROUT: SAND PORTLAND CEMENT. 2.3 MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY: PROVIDE PRIMERS AND FINISH COAT MATERIALS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND EXCEED 500 LBS; 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: ON COMPLETION OF PLACEMENT AND GROUTING, CLEAN ALL CERAMIC TILE SURFACES SO THEY WITH THE SUBSTRATES INDICATED UNDER CONDITIONS AND SERVICE AND APPLICATION. W. SCREWS MEETING ASTM C1002 FOR WALL BOARD APPLICATION SHALL BE BUGLE HEAD SCREWS IN ACCORDANCE ARE FREE OF FOREIGN MATTER. REMOVE GROUT RESIDUE FROM TILE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. CLEAN GROUT SMEARS AND MAZE 2.4 COLORS SMALL BE AS INDICATED IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS. SEE SECTION 3.5 FOR PAINT COLOR MATERIALS. WITH THICKNESS OF MATERIAL USED. FROM TILE ACCORDING TO TILE AND GROUT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 2.04 STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION PART 3 - EXECUTION ALL MAIN BEAMS SMALL CONFORM TO ASTM C 635* WEAVY-DUTY CLASSIFICATION. SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 2.05 QUALITY CRITERIA 3.1 PAINTING CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW DRAWINGS INCLUDING ELEVATIONS, FLOOR AND WALL FINISHES, CONSTRUCTION DEFLECTION OF FASTENING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SUPPORTING LIGHT FIXTURES, CEILING GRILLES, ACCESS DOORS, PART I - GENERAL DETAILS, REFLECTED CEILING PUNS AND PRESENTATION PLANS/DETAILS FOR CLARIFICATION OF ITEMS AND SURFACES REQUIRED VERTICALS AND HORIZONTAL LOADS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1/360 OF SPAN. TO BE PAINTED. 2.06 FOR FIRE RESISTIVE RATING APPLICATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL DESIGN ( ). REFERENCE UL TEST NUMBERS. 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM FURNISHED BY THE OWNER FOR A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS AND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR PAINT APPLICATION. SALES ROOMS. 3.2 PREPARATION- GENERAL: $ CLASSIFICATION CAN REQUIRE WIRES TO BE CLOSER TOGETHER FOR ADDITIONAL LOADING WHEN USED TO 1.2 INCLUDES NON SALES AREAS ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING SYSTEMS PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR INCLUDING PANELS AND A. REMOVE HARDWARE AND HARDWARE ACCESSORIES, PLATES, MACHINED SURFACES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS ALREADY INSTALLED SUPPORT DOUBLE LAYER GYPSUM, VERTICALS, SLOPES, DOMES, HALF BARRELS, CIRCLES, SOFFITS, CANOPIES, SUSPENSION SYSTEMS. THAT ARE NOT TO BE PAINTED. AND STEP CONDITIONS WHICH GALL FOR LOADING OR UNUSUAL DESIGNS AND 514APES IN DRYWALL CONSTRUCTION. 1.3 RECEIVING, STORAGE AND HANDLING OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS FURNISHED BY THE OWNER AT THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE B. CLEANING: BEFORE APPLYING PAINT OR OTHER SURFACE TREATMENTS, CLEAN SUBSTRATES OF SUBSTANCES THAT COAD USING CROSS TEES IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF CIRCLES, BARRELS, ETC. IS COMMON IN ORDER TO HOLD THE RADIUS. PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR. IMPAIR BOND OF VARIOUS COATINGS. C. SURFACE PREPARATION: CLEAN AND PREPARE SURFACES TO BE PAINTED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN PART 3 - INSTALLATION PART 2 - PRODUCTS INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH PARTICULAR SUBSTRATE CONDITION. I. PROVIDE BARRIER COATS OVER INCOMPATIBLE PRIMERS OR REMOVE AND REPAINT. 3.01 INSTALL PER ASTM C-636 2.1 NON SALES ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING SYSTEMS: 2. WOOD: CLEAN SURFACES OF DIRT, OIL AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES WITH SCRAPERS, MINERAL SPIRITS AND SANDPAPER, 3.02 TO SECURE TO METAL CLIPS, CONCRETE INSERTS, STEEL BAR JOIST OR STEEL DECK, USE POWER ACTUATED A. ARMSTRONG 24" X 48' NON -DIRECTIONAL FISSURED PANELS SQUARE EDGE. TILE TO BE WHITE. AS REQUIRED. SAND SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW SMOOTH AND DUST OFF. FILL HOLES AND IMPERFECTIONS IN FINISH FASTENER, OR INSERT. COORDINATE PLACEMENT FOR NO. 12 GAUGE MANGER WIRE, 4' O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS. ' B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL BE WIDE FACED, DOUBLE WEB, STEEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM WITH ALUMINUM CAP. STRUCTURAL SURFACES WITH PUTTY OR PLASTIC WOOD FILLER. SAND SMOOTH WHEN DRIED. DRYWALL STANDARD CALLS FOR 9 GAUGE WIRE. IT ALLOWS 12 GAUGE ONLY WHEN IT SUPPORTS NO MORE THAN 9 CLASSIFICATION TO BE INTERMEDIATE DUTY SYSTEM. NON FIRE RESISTANT RATED SYSTEM. WRITE FINISH. 3. FERROUS METALS: CLEAN UNGALVANIZED FERROUS -METAL SURFACES TWAT HAVE NOT BEEN SHOP COATED; REMOVE OIL, SQUARE FEET, WHICH WOULD REQUIRE WIRE PLACEMENT EVERY TWO FEET ALONG TNT: MAINS. 2.2 SALES ARRAS ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING SYSTEM: GREASE, DIRT AND LOOSE MILL SCALE. 3.03 USE NO. 12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE (#78'91) 4' O.C. IN ALL DIRECTIONS EXCEPT WHEN LOAD INCREASES AND THEN A. ARMSTRONG 24 X 24 SPECIAL FINISH TEGULAR PANELS FURNISHED BY THE OWNER. D. MATERIAL PREPARATION: MIX AND PREPARE PAINT MATERIALS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. STIR CHANGE WIRE LOCATIONS TO 3' OR 2' O.C. TO SUPPORT ADDITIONAL LOADING REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE EXTRA ' ' B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL BE ARMSTRONG NARROW FACE CAPPED, DOUBLE WEB STEEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM WITH CUSTOM MATERIALS BEFORE APPLICATION TO PRODUCE A MIXTURE OF UNIFORM DENSITY. USE ONLY TWINNERS APPROVED BY THE PAINT WIRE AT LIGHT FIXTURES, GRILLES, ACCESS DOORS WHERE NECESSARY. PIGTAIL KNOT WITH THREE (3) TIES TOP FIN15N TO MATCH PANELS. STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATION TO BE INTERMEDIATE DUTY SYSTEM. NON -FIRE RATED. 9/16' WIDE MANUFACTURER. AND BOTTOM (ASTM C-636). METAL CAPS ON FLANGES. FURNISHED BY THE OWNE3R. E. APPLICATION: APPLY PAINT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. USE APPLICATORS AND TECHNIQUES A ADDITIONAL WI A5 WH IN IN CLIPS: ADAPTER # 3.04 DQ RE NEEDED EN U5 THE FOLLOW CL P5 A BEAM D I'TkR CLIP MBAC G G ) : 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYS7kT15: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER S STANDARD DIRECT HUNG METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS OR TYPES, I AI BEST SUITED FOR SUBSTRATE AND TYPE OF MATERIAL BEING USED. USE ONLY NI FST QUALITY TY HRUSHRS AND ROLLERS. � DRYWALL ANGLE CLIPS # pW30C pW45C pW60C DW90C •DRYWALL FURRING SHOES #pF51516 DF9150 ; ( ' )' ( ) DRYWALL CLIP (#DWC); DIRECT LOAD CEILING CLIP (#DLCC). STRUCTURAL CLASSIFICATIONS, AND FINISHES INDICATED THAT COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C 635. A. ATTACHMENT DEVICES: SIZE FOR FIVE (5) TIMES THE DESIGN LOAD INDICATED IN ASTM C635, TABLE I, 'DIRECT HUNG', UNLESS ROLLERS TO BE 1/4 INCH NAP. F. PAINT ALL ACCESS DOORS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS ETC., ON GYP BOARD WALLS AND OR 3.05 CONTROL. JOINTS: ROLL FORMED ZINC ALLOY, ALUMINUM, OR PLASTIC AS REQUIRED FOR EXPANSION AND OTHERWISE INDICATED. CEILINGS. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONTRACTION AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. TYPICALLY INSTALLED ON MODULES OF 30' OR LESS, DEPENDING UPON B. WIRE HANGERS, BRACES AND .TIES: ZINC COATED CARBON STEEL WIRE, ASTM A641/A 641M, CLASS 1, ZINC COATING, SOFT 3.3 INTERIOR PAINT SCMEDUL.E: THE 514APE OF THE CEILING. TEMPER. SELECT WIRE DIAMETER 50 ITS STRESS AT THREE TIMES HANGER DESIGN LOAD WILL BE LESS THAN YIELD STRENGTH A. GYPSUM BOARD: LOW LUSTER ACRYLIC FINISH, TWO FINISH COATS OVER PRIMER. 3.06 EXPANSION JOINTS: ROLL FORMED ZING ALLOY OR PLASTIC TRIM MECHANISM EVERY 50 TO 100 LINEAL FEET AT OF WIRE, BUT NOT LESS THAN 0.106 INCH DIAMETER WIRE. I. PRIMER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PREPRITE 200 LATEX WALL PRIMER B28W200 SERIES APPLIED AT DRY FILM THICKNESS OF NOT MODULE TERMINATIONS. LESS THAN 1.6 MILS 3.07 MAIN BEAMS SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM THE OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION WITH #12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE, SPACED PART 3 - EXECUTION 2. FINISH COATS: TWO (2) COATS PER FINISH SCHEDULE 4B' O.G. ALONG THE LENGTH OF TWE MAIN BEAMS. B. SMOOTH WOOD AND MDF: ACRYLIC FINISH, TWO FINISH COATS OVER PRIMER. 3.08 INSTALL CROSS TEES WITH BOARD AS FOLLOWS: 3.1 MEASURE EACH CEILING AREA AND ESTABLISH LAYOUT OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS TO BALANCE BORDER WIDTHS AT OPPOSITE I. PRIMER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PREPRITE CLASSIC LATEX PRIMER 028WI01 3.09 USE CHANNEL MOLDING (#7838) OR ANGLE MOLDING (11:107 59) TO INTERFACE WITH DRYWALL FURRING SYST M EDGES OF CEILING AREAS. AVOID USING LESS THAN HALF WIDTH PANELS At BORDERS AND COMPLY WITH LAYOUTS SHOWN ON 2. FINISH COATS: TWO (2) COATS PER FINISH SCHEDULE I TO OBTAIN DROP SOFFITS, VERTICALS, SLOPES, ETC. REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. C. FERROUS METAL: SEMI GLOSS ACRYLIC ENAMEL FINISH, TWO COATS OVER PRIMER 3.10 TO SUSPEND A SECOND CEILING BENEATH A NEW OR EXISTING DRYWALL CEI LING, WITHOUT BREACHING THE 3.2 INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 6% PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND I. PRIMER: 5WERWIN WILLIAMS DTM ACRYLIC PRIMER B66W1 INTEGRITY OF THE UPPER CEILING, USE THE DRYWALL CLIP (#DWC). TO FORM A TRANSITION FORM A DRYWALL CISCA'S 'CEILING SYSTEMS HANDBOOK'. 2. FINISH COATS: TWO (2) COATS PER FINISH SCHEDULE CEILING TO AN ACOUSTICAL CEILING, USE THE DRYWALL TRANSITION CLIPS (#DW50 - FOR 1/2' DRYWALL OR #DW58 A. INSTALL HANGERS PLUMB AND FRES: FROM CONTACT WITH OBJECTS WITHIN THE CEILING PLENUM. SPLAY MANGERS ONLY D. ZINC COATED METAL: SEMI GLO55 ACRYLIC ENAMEL FINISH, TWO COATS OVER PRIMER - FOR 5/8' DRYWALL) WHICH ALLOWS THE USE OF THE GRID AS THE TRANSITIONAL TRIM. WHERE REQUIRED t0 MI55 OBSTRUCTIONS. 1. PRIMER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS SELF PRIME W/ SPECIFIED HOLLISTER TOPCOAT OR ACRYLIC PRIMER DTM B66W1 48 3.11 FOR TYPE G FIXTURES, USE A SECONDARY FRAMING ' CROSS TEE (#XL8341). FOR TYPE F FIXTURES, USE A B. SECURE WIRE HANGERS TO CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND TO SUPPORTS. ABOVE WITH A MINIMUM OF THREE TIGHT TURNS. FINISH COATS: TWO (2) COATS PER FINISH SCHEDULE DARY F SECONDARY SECONFRAMING 96" GROSS TEE WITH AN ADDITIONAL LOAD WIRE At THE MIDPOINT (#XL7380) OR 49' FRAMING CONNECT HANGERS DIRECTLY TO EITHER STRUCTURES OR TO INSERTS OR OTHER DEVICES TWAT ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE BARREL CEILING MA2. A E. MATERIAL: TEE . 3.12 INTERIOR APPLICATIONS FOR SUBSTRATE. DO NOT ANCHOR TO METAL DECK OR DECK TABS. C. SPACE HANGERS NOT MORE THAN 48 INCHES O.C. ALONG EACH MEMBER SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM HANGERS. PROVIDE 1. PRIMER: SHTsR WILLIAMS SELF PRIME 2. FINISH COATS: TWO (2) COATS PER FINISH SCHEDULE A. INSTALL 1-1/2' MAIN BEAM (#MDB906) 4' O.C. ROUTS SPACED 8" O.C. TO RECEIVE CROSS TEES AT 80, 16" OR 24' O.C. HANGERS NOT MORE THAN 8 INCHES FROM ENDS OF EACH MEMBER. 3.4 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE B. INSTALL 4' GRO55 TEES AT 24' O.G. WREN POINT LOADING (VERTICAL), ADD MANGER WIRE AT MID -SPAN OF 48' D. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS RUNNERS 50 THEY ARE SQUAREAND SECURELY INTERLOCKED EDWITH ON ANOTHER. REMOVE A. 5=4 WOOD AND MDF: ACRYLIC FINISH, TWO FINISH COATS OVER PRIMER. GROSS TEE AS NEEDED. AND REPLACE DENTED, BENT OR KINKED MEMBERS. I. PRIMER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PREPRITE CLASSIC LATEX PRIMER B28WI01 3.14 RADIUS APPLICATIONS A. INSTALL I-1/2' MAIN BEAM (#HD8906) 4' O.G. ROUTS SPACED 8' O.G. TO RECEIVE CROSS LEES 81, 16' OR 24" O.G. 3.3 INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM OF TYPE INDICATED At PERIMETER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING AREA AND WHERE NECESSARY 2. FINISH COATS: TWO 2 COATS PER FINISH SCHEDULE ( ) i. DETERMINE THE BOW OR CAMBER (CONVEX OR CONCAVE) IN AMAIN RUNNER. TO CONGEAL EDGES OF PANELS. SCREW ATTACH MOLDINGS TO SUBSTRATE AT INTERVALS OF NOT MORE THAN 16 INGWES O.C. AND 2. ESTABLISH A JIG OR PATTERN ON A FLAT SURFACE; MARK LOCATIONS t0 CUT MAIN BEAM; AND USE A PAN HEAD NOT MORE THAN INCHES FROM ENDS, LEVELING WITH CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM. MITER CORNERS ACCURATELY AND CONNECT SECURELY. PART 4 - FINISH NOTES SCREW TO FASTEN A RADIUS CLIP (#RC1) FLAT TO THE WEB BETWEEN THE BULB AND THE FLANGE. A. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS WITH UNDAMAGED EDGES AND FIT ACCURATELY INTO SUSPENSION SYSTEM RUNNERS AND EDGE 4.1 PAINTING GONIRAGTOR TO CAULK JOINTS IN RUNNING TRIM AFTER INITIAL PRIMER COAT 15 APPLIED. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PROVIDEDt APPLIED BPRODUC GENERAL PAINT SCHEDULE B IMERS L NUMBER OF. ARE BASED ON PRODUCTS BY 5HERWIN WILLIAMS CO. SEE P-# _ . COLOR NAME PRODUCT TYPE REX NUMBER + GALLON FORMULA MFG. STOCKED WHERE USED p-1 I I HOLLISTER TIN CEILING RED COLOR ACCENTS INT. LATEX S.G. Y3TI54 Ell -BY, R2-351 Y3-141 WI -12 CIN. #4311 CIN. #4311 SALES CEILING 42 P-lA $#10LLISTEIR TIN RED FIELD APPLIED DTM ACRYLIC GLOSS B66TIO4 R3 -8Y, 5I-32, R2-201 WI -6 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE FOR USE ON DIFFUSERS AND VENTS. 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING MIRRORS AS INDICATED ON TWE DRAWINGS. FURNISHED AND HOLLISTER BROWN KEM AQUA 600T F73NL501 COLUMBUS DSF EFF. IL. SALES, BOOKCASES, TRIM, DOORS, CABINET INTERIORS, WAINSCOTTING AT LOCKER RM5, INTERIOR PORCH AND STOREFRONT TRIM, BASE AND ACCENT p-3 1 $#&LISTEIR BURGUNDY WALL PAINT COLOR ACCENTS INTERIOR LATEX SATIN Y38TI54 BI -2Y-50, R44Y, R2-16, WI -10, Y3-4 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE SALES , LOUNGE 22, LOCKER ROOM WALLS (INTERIOR), LOCKER ROOM VESTIBULES, MDF ON REVERSE DORMER CEILING u. p -3A HOLLISTER BURGUNDY SHUTTER AI00 EXTERIOR ACRYLIC SATIN A82T54 BI -2Y-50, R44Y, R2-16, WI -10, Y3-4 COLUMBUS DSF EFF. IL. LOUNGE 22 AND LOCKER ROOM 514UTTERS (EXTERIOR), SALES ROOMS j P_4 i WHITE LATEX SEMI -GLOSS P OMIAASRI 200 LATEX S/& PACKAGE COLOR LOCAL. SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE NON -SALES WALLS, CLGS (ROLLED FINISH), CUT EDGES OF SHELVING (BRUSHED FINISH) 3.2 SUB -FLOOR INSTALLATION: OWNER TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SUB -FLOORING OF MATERIAL SPECIFIED ABOVE OVER ALL AREAS TO P 5 I WHITE SEMI -GLOSS ACRYLIC PRO CLASSIC WATER BORNE B311451 LOCAL SW LOCAL SW STORE NON -SALES DOORS AND TRIM (BRUSHED ON FRAMES) DOORS (ROLLED FINISH) 1.2 INCLUDES RECEIVING UNLOADING INVENTORY ASSEMBLY CLEANING AND PLACEMENT OF TRADE FIXTURES PRESENTATION B. FASTEN COMPONENTS TOGETHER WHERE NECESSARY PLACING FASTENERS AS INCONSPICUOUSLY AS POSSIBLE. REFER TO P_(. ji HOLLISTER BROWN AI00 EXTERIOR ACRYLIC SATIN A82T54 BI -6Y-41 R2-221 WI -II, Y3 -2Y-16, G2-11 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL. SW STORE EXTERIOR STOREFRONTS, PORCH ROOFS, TRIM, BASE, AND ACCENTS EXTERIOR p __-7- WLLISTER STUCCO IVORY PROMAR INTERIOR LATEX FLAT 53OK251 Y3-9, R2-1 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE PORCH AND STOREFRONT WALLS AND ENTRY VESTIBULE INTERIOR P-7 11 EXTERIOR HOLLISTER STUCCO IVORY AI00 FLAT EXTERIOR ACRYLIC FLAT A6W51 Y3-9 R2-1 LOCAL. SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE EXTERIOR STOREFRONTS AND ENTRY VESTIBULE pS -0 HOLLISTER SHUTTER GRAY PROMAR INT. LATEX EGGSHELL 82WM53 BI -4Y-8, Y3-17, LI -141 YI-7+1 CIN. #4311 CIN. #4311 STOREFRONT DOORS AND SHUTTERS (INTERIOR) INTERIOR P -S EXTERIOR HOLLISTER SHUTTER GRAY A-100 EXTERIOR ACRYLIC SATIN A82T54 BIAY-8, Y3-21, LI -14, G2-4 CIN. #4311 CIN. #4311 STOREFRONT DOORS AND SHUTTERS (EXTERIOR) 0qp- tMOLLISTE:R LT GREEN PROIMAR INTERIOR LATEX EGGSHELL Bmqm 5I -2Y-12, Y3-551 R3-4, WI -2 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE SALES WALL BEHIND SHUTTERS (7-0" TO 10'-0' A.F.F.) P-10 I BARREL CEILING FIELD APPLIED. NEW STEEL CEILING, STEEL MUST BE FREE OF OIL. DTM ACRYLIC S/G B66T204 ENVIROTONERS R102-20, L100 -2Y-101 RI00-2Y-53, WIOO-I6 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL. SW STORE BARREL CEILING, FOR STORES WITH BARE STEEL SELF PRIME ON SITE, APPLY 2 CTS. OF PAINT, LOOK FOR UNIFORM COLOR AND GLASS, LOUNGE 22 AND LOCKER ROOMS A. ISOLATE STEEL FRAMING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED TO PREVENT TRANSFER OF LOADING IMPOSED p -Il HOLLISTER LOGO RED EXTERIOR ACCENTS GLOSS YIM4 BI -37, R3-4-20, NI -4Y, R2-321 WI -4 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL. SW STORE HOLLISTER LOGO RED 0 P -12WOOD FLOOR GRAY MACRO PDXY 646 LB-3YI2, RO-3, YO -11, 8584610 PB -2, TW -121 PG -7 LOCAL SW w/ FORMULA LOCAL SW SCORE SALES WOOD F1:00R/PORGH 844 COLORANTS FLOOR, STEPS AND APRON $$ COLORS NOT FOR TOUCH UP FOR EXISTING MFG. COLORS. ONLY FOR USE AS BRUSH/ROLL FIELD APPLICATION ON DRYWALL FLOOR FINISHES WHERE USED FC-)� 3/4' X 3' PRE-FIN1514ED WIDE X RANDOM LENGTH PINE, NAILED TO SUBFLOOR EVERY 6' TO 9' INSTALLED WITH WIRE FOR SPACING. OWNER SUPPLIED - AND INSTALLED FRONT AND BACK SALEROOMS FG -2 CERAMIC TILE FLOORING, 2' PATTERNED HEXAGONAL TILE IN 12' X 18" SHEETS, SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G., GROUT 15 TO BE BOSTIK #5119 SAM FRENCH GRAY SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. LOUNGE 22, LOCKER ROOMS AND STOREFRONT FC --3 I VINYL COMPOSITE TILE - 12' X 12' X 1/8", ARMSTRONG IXCELLON #51899 COOL WHITE IMPERIAL TEXTURE, 4' COVE BASE - JOHNSONITE #CB -50 WHITE, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. NON -SALES FG -4 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE - 12' X 12' X 1/8", ARMSTRONG EXCELLON #51816 CHERRY RED IMPERIAL TEXTURE, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. EGRESS EXIT AISLE WAYS FG -5 I CERAMIC TILE - PORCELAIN MOSAIC FLOOR TILE: I"xi" DALTILE "KEYSTONE MOSAICS UNGLAZED FLOOR TILE", COLOR 'CYPRESS 04521. GROUT BOSTIC STANDARD SERIES 'AYDROMENT' CERAMIC TILE GROUT (SANDED), COLOR 'NATURAL" #4146 (800) 726-7845 RESTROOM FLOORING FLOOR FINISHES WHERE USED WOOD BASE BASEBOARD THROUGH OUT SALES AREA AS SPECIFIED IN CONSTRUCTION DETAILS; PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR - PRE -FINISHED P-2 VB -I I 4' COVE BASE - JOWNSONITE #CB -50 WHITE, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. NON -SALES SPECIAL FINISHES I WHERE USED 5M -I I I STEEL WALL - 16 GAUGE SWEET METAL (SURFBOARD WALL) OWNER SUPPLIED 51`1-2 I 41x8'x20ga GALVANIZED SWEET METAL WITH CONTINUOUS WHITE FRP J -MOLD CAP. INSTALL AS SHOWN ON DETAIL B/Ai2.7 ALL EXPOSED NON -SALES WALLS CTB -)]l CERAMIC BASE - 4' COVE BASE 1#190 PLINER SUBWAY TILE'. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. RESTROOM WALL BASE FRPFIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANELS (F.R.P.) - 1/8' WHITE PEBBLE FINISH W/ FACTORY J -MOLD AND CORNER MOULDINGS, INSTALL ON WALLS ADJACENT TO FLOOR 51NK AND WATER FOUNTAIN; PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL. CONTRACTOR -9 -F--3I HOLLISTER LIGHT GREEN (DRY BRUSH) SF -4 1 i GLAZE FAUX FINISH ON SALES AREA CEILING AIR DEVICES (IGAL. FORMULA - BEAR PREMIUM HIGH GLO55 -2-8300, STOCKED AT NOME DEPOT. SEE FORMULA BAR BELOW) SF -5 I (1) COAT WHITE PRIMER; (1) COAT BROWN - BRU514 ONLY; BRUSH DARK GREEN AND LIGHT GREEN SF -6 I I ROLL/BRU5W; BRU514/RAG WHITE GLAZE; BRU514/RAG GRIMY BLACK, APPLIED TO: STUCCO 5F-7 I (I) COAT WITH PRIMER - SPRAY. (I) COAT GRAY -SPRAY; BRUSH APPLY TO 20X DARK GREEN GLAZE; BRUSH APPLY GRACKLE MEDIUM TO GLAZE; BRUSH TOP COAT GRAY; SPARY APPLY YELLOW GLAZE. APPLIED TO. DOORS AND SHUTTERS SF -8 STIPPLE BROWN GLAZE; STIPPLE BLACK GLAZE. APPLIED T0: HARDWARE 5F-12 BATHROOM WAINSCOTING - CERAMIC SUBWAY TILE: 3' x 6' CERAMIC SUBWAY TILES, "#190 PLINER SUBWAY TILE'. GROUT - BOSTIK STANDARD SERIES NYDROMENT' DRY TILE GROUT (UNSANDED), COLOR "WRITE' #14152 OR EQUAL. (ALL GROUT JOINTS TO BE 1/81). BARRICADE FINISHES SHERWIN 1 WILLIAMS CO. IED SEE SPEENERAL CIFICATIONS OR PROPAINT NUMBERS, PRI ERS 4 NU ARE p COATS, TS BY P-# f COLOR NAME PRODUCT TYPE FORMULA REX NUMBER + GALLON MFG. STOCKED WHERE USED P-13 NOLLISTE:R BROWN COLOR ACCENTS INT. LATEX SEMI -GLOSS YBTI54 I-6 - B Y 60, Y3 -2Y-32, R2-24, WI -50 LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE INTERIOR BARRICADES INTERIOR P - _i5_1 i HOLLISTER BROWN COLOR ACCENTS EXT. LATEX SEMI -GLOSS B66T204 B1 -6Y-60 Y3 -2Y-32 R2-24, WI -50 W W/ LOCAL SFORMULA LOCAL 5W STORE EXTERIOR BARRICADES EXTERIOR EP_ -14 I BLACK METALATEX B42BB LOCAL SW W/ FORMULA LOCAL SW STORE EXTERIOR BARRICADES BASE VB -2 _I INTERIOR M 4 COVE BASE - JOMNSONITE #CB - 40 BLACK, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. INTERIOR BARRICADES VB -3 EXTERIOR I' BY 4' WOOD BASE PAINTED P-14 EXTERIOR BARRICADES • c 1 Z = ia W ' *�� - coo 4 IEIL.� A ...J Z 1" Q 4=0 = a Y o _j > i A .2 0 1§ 9 il Q � 2 �- o Z 1 1 1 , Q CD V . to H 43 -A me O O O � o (A C C p S u <� a A O O O O N tV O C '� p 4i .. W ee G � a m a o G o o w to W im W I --_j G W y IXC Z in vi C a m 0 I OG iii m �L Lu 0 mi M O. 0 Y W .. = Z V a V)m G = W a) .l �r SD � 0 h 00 Z F.. � Z LL Z 0 r4 y 3. CONCAVE OR CONVEX BARRELS REQUIRE A VERTICAL BRACE At THE MID -SPAN. MOLDINGS. SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS AT BORDERS AND PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE A NEAT PRECISE FIT. DETAILS FOR LOCATIONS. DO NOT CAULK BETWEEN FINISHED WOOD FLOORING AND WOOD BASE BOARD; THIS GAP IS TO BE SCRIBBED W p B. FOR REVEAL EDGE PANELS ON SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, INSTALL WITH PANELS IN FIRM CONTACT WITH FLANGES. B. INSTALL CROSS TEES AT 8' O.C. FOR 10' RADIUS AND 16" O.C. FOR GREATER THAN 15' RADIUS, OR AS SPECIFIED TIGHT TO THE FINISHED FLOOR. DO NOT CAULK BETWEEN CEILING SYSTEM AND CROWN TRIM. DO NOT CAULK BETWEEN WALL AND * 0 BY THE DRYWALL MANUFACTURER. C. CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CEILING PANEL TOUCH UP WORK. BOOKCASES. FOLLOWING ARE COMMON LOCATIONS TO CAULK, BUT THIS LIST IS NOT MEANT TO BE ALL INCLUSIVE: W 3.4 INSTALL EXPANSION JOINTS WHERE REQUIRED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMENDATIONS. - At GROWN TO WALL AND SHUTTER JOINTS f#% L. Q SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES - AT DOOR CASINGS AND TRIM PIECES PART I - GENERAL SECTION 09640 - WOOD FLOORING - TRIM AND WALL PANELING JOINTS - LOCKER ROOM PANELS 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND NON-IOAD BEARING STEEL FRAMING. PART I - GENERAL - STOCKROOM GEILINGGRID TO WALL (WHITE) 1.2 FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES: FOR GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES WITH FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS, PROVIDE MATERIALS AND - STOCKROOM CORNER GUARDS TO WALL AND FLOOR (WHITE) CONSTRUCTION IDENTICAL TO THOSE TESTED IN ASSEMBLY INDICATED ACCORDING TO ASTM E119 BY A TESTING AND INSPECTION 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES FINISH WOOD FLOORING, INCLUDING SUB -FLOORING, AT SALES ROOMS AND PORCH AREAS, FURNISHED - STOCKROOM DOORFRAMES TO WALL AND FLOOR (WHITE) AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES WAVING JURISDICTION. AND INSTALLED BY THE OWNER. WOOD TRANSITIONS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ARE ALSO INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION. 4.2 G.G. IS TO PRIME AND PAINT ALL GYPSUM BOARD WALLS, SOFFITS, FASCIAS, CEILINGS AND BEHIND MIRRORS TMROUGHOUT ENTIRE STORE IN PART 2 - PRODUCTS BOTH SALES AND NON -SALES. 2.1 STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED. TIE WIRE - ASTM PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4.3 MILLWORK VENDOR 15 TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF (16) GALLONS OF BROWN PAINT AND (1) GALLON OF BURGUNDY, AND IS TO LABEL ON CAN 441A A641M, CLA55 1, ZINC COATED, SOFT TEMPER, 0.0625 -INCH DIAMETER WIRE OR DOUBLE STRAND OF .0475 INCH DIAMETER WHERE PAINT WAS USED. PLACE CANS IN STORAGE AREA IN STOCKROOM. WIRE. 2.1 FINISHED WOOD FLOORING TO BE PREFINISHED TONGUE AND GROOVE FLOORING PRODUCED FROM YELLOW PINE GROWN IN THE 4.4 ALL HOLES AND COUNTERSINKS FOR SLID BOLTS AND OTHER DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. A. CARRYING CHANNELS: COLD ROLLED, COMMERCIAL STEEL SHEET WITH A BASE THICKNESS OF 0.0538 INCH, A MINIMUM OF 1/2 INCH SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES. 4.5 G.C. SMALL SET AND FILL ALL NAIL/SCREW HOLES IN MILLWORK. WIDE FLAKE WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CORROSION RESISTANT ZINC COATING. DEPTH: 1 1/2 INCA, UNLESS OTHERWISE 2 2 SUB -FLOORING SHALL BE CDX EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD 3/4 INCH THICKNESS - USE F R T PLYWOOD WHEN REQUIRED SF -4 COLOR CHART COLORANT oz. 48 q6 B - LAMP BLACK 8 38 0 1 - BROWN OXIDE I 28 0 V - MAGENTA 0 42 0 zLAJ BY CODE. USE TWO LAYERS I� 3/8" THICK PLYWOOD WHEN FLOATING suBFl.00R INSTALLATION IS EMPLOYED. SECTION 10800 -TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES Z� IQ 1.16. 3 (n 0 o 00 imQ 0 1�_ 00 � .. A. STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS: ASTM 0645. MINIMUM BASE METAL THICKNESS 0.0179 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. DEPTH 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING MIRRORS AS INDICATED ON TWE DRAWINGS. FURNISHED AND SMALL BE 3 5/8 INCH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. PROVIDE STUDS AND RUNNERS OF 0.312-INCW THICKNESS FOR SUPPORT OF WALL SHELVING STANDARDS AT NON -SALES ROOMS V WWZ SECTION 12000 - FURNISHINGS ` 3 4, TRANSITION FROM CERAMIC TILE TO FINISHED WOOD FLOOR. TRANSITIONS SHALL 13E SECURED TO SLAB USING URETHANE ADHESIVE PART 2 - PRODUCTS u. I'. J 0 0 1C I a PART I - GENERAL V j Z LL 2.1 SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE PRODUCTS AS MANUFACTURED BY BOBRICK WASHROOM EQUIPMENT � 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES RECEIVING UNLOADING INVENTORY ASSEMBLY CLEANING AND PLACEMENT OF OFFICE AND 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT FURNITURE FIXTURES AND PRESENTATION ITEMS: � , , , , , LU .I .2 3.2 SUB -FLOOR INSTALLATION: OWNER TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SUB -FLOORING OF MATERIAL SPECIFIED ABOVE OVER ALL AREAS TO 0Q NON -SALES EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE BY THE CONTRACTOR. A. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE PRECAUTIONS DURING INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS 50 AS NOT TO DAMAGE PRE FIN15WED ITEMS. . La J WITH SUPPORT SYSTEM INDICATED. USG OR GOLD BOND. 0Wo 1.2 INCLUDES RECEIVING UNLOADING INVENTORY ASSEMBLY CLEANING AND PLACEMENT OF TRADE FIXTURES PRESENTATION B. FASTEN COMPONENTS TOGETHER WHERE NECESSARY PLACING FASTENERS AS INCONSPICUOUSLY AS POSSIBLE. REFER TO A. WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD: ASTM C630/C 630 M. 5/8 INCH THICKNESS WITH REGULAR CORE OR TYPE 'X', polk PART 3 - EXECUTION APA PA U INDICATED' B. FURRING CHANNELS: HAT SHAPED, RIGID FURRING CHANNELS COMPLYING WITH ASTM 0645, 7/8 INCH DEEP. MINIMUM BASEI BY CODE. USE TWO LAYERS I� 3/8" THICK PLYWOOD WHEN FLOATING suBFl.00R INSTALLATION IS EMPLOYED. SECTION 10800 -TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES = VV (n -_ 111111111111111111111111 METAL THICKNESS 0.312 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PART 1 - GENERAL 2.2 STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING: COMPLY WITH ASTM C754 FOR CONDITIONS INDICATED. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. STEEL STUDS AND RUNNERS: ASTM 0645. MINIMUM BASE METAL THICKNESS 0.0179 INCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. DEPTH 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING MIRRORS AS INDICATED ON TWE DRAWINGS. FURNISHED AND SMALL BE 3 5/8 INCH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. PROVIDE STUDS AND RUNNERS OF 0.312-INCW THICKNESS FOR SUPPORT OF WALL SHELVING STANDARDS AT NON -SALES ROOMS 3.1 WOOD TRANSITION INSTALLATION: OWNER SHALL PROVIDE AND G.C. SHALL INSTALL WOOD TRANSITIONS PER PLAN LOCATIONS FOR INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR SECTION 12000 - FURNISHINGS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. TRANSITION FROM CERAMIC TILE TO FINISHED WOOD FLOOR. TRANSITIONS SHALL 13E SECURED TO SLAB USING URETHANE ADHESIVE PART 2 - PRODUCTS B. COLD ROLLED STEEL CHANNEL BRIDGING: 0.0538 INCH THICK, WITH MINIMUM 1/2 INCH WIDE FLANGE AND TAPCON FASTENERS AS NEEDED. WOOD FLOOR VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE AN INSTALLATION BLOCK WITH THE SHIPMENT OF TRANSITIONS FOR G.C.'S USE IN SETTING WEIGHT OF TRANSITION TO FACILITATE MATCHING THE WEIGHT OF THE FINISHED WOOD FLOOR. PART I - GENERAL 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD: ASTM C36, TYPE 'X; 5/8 INCW THICKNESS WITH TAPERED AND FEATURED EDGES FOR 2.1 SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS PROVIDE PRODUCTS AS MANUFACTURED BY BOBRICK WASHROOM EQUIPMENT � 1.1 THIS SECTION INCLUDES RECEIVING UNLOADING INVENTORY ASSEMBLY CLEANING AND PLACEMENT OF OFFICE AND 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT FURNITURE FIXTURES AND PRESENTATION ITEMS: � , , , , , PRE -FILLING. PROVIDE IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS AND WIDTHS AVAILABLE TWAT WILL MINIMIZE JOINTS IN EACH AREA AND CORRESPOND 3.2 SUB -FLOOR INSTALLATION: OWNER TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SUB -FLOORING OF MATERIAL SPECIFIED ABOVE OVER ALL AREAS TO INC. ALL PRODUCTS LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE ARE BOBRICK PRODUCTS. NON -SALES EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE BY THE CONTRACTOR. A. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE PRECAUTIONS DURING INSTALLATION OF COMPONENTS 50 AS NOT TO DAMAGE PRE FIN15WED ITEMS. WITH SUPPORT SYSTEM INDICATED. USG OR GOLD BOND. RECEIVE FINISHED WOOD FLOORING. INSTALL SUB -FLOOR MATERIAL ON METAL JOISTS OR SLAB. PLYWOOD 15 TO BE DRY NOT 1.2 INCLUDES RECEIVING UNLOADING INVENTORY ASSEMBLY CLEANING AND PLACEMENT OF TRADE FIXTURES PRESENTATION B. FASTEN COMPONENTS TOGETHER WHERE NECESSARY PLACING FASTENERS AS INCONSPICUOUSLY AS POSSIBLE. REFER TO A. WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD: ASTM C630/C 630 M. 5/8 INCH THICKNESS WITH REGULAR CORE OR TYPE 'X', WARPED, OR HEAVILY SOILED. SUB -FLOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 15Z MOISTURE CONTENT. PART 3 - EXECUTION ITEMS IN SALES ROOMS BY THE CONTRACTOR. INSTALLATION DETAILS CONTAINED IN THE DRAWINGS AND THE SUPPLIERS FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. USE WHERE REQUIRED TO MEET FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS. 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES: INTERIOR TRIMS ASTM C1047. GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM COATED STEEL SWEET. A. SUB -FLOORING SWEETS SMALL BE INSTALLED IN STAGGERED PATTERN WITH A SPACE OF 1/4" BETWEEN SWEETS ON ALL EDGES. 3.1 INSTALLATION: INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, USING FASTENERS PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) MINIMUM NUMBER OF FASTENERS REQUIRED FOR A SECURE INSTALLATION. C. INSTALL ALL COMPONENTS UTILIZING EXPERIENCED FINISH CARPENTERS ONLY t0 ASSURE QUALITY ASSEMBLY. B. INSTALL SUB -FLOORING WITH URETHANE ADHESIVE AND SCREW OR PIN EACH SWEET TO SLAB OR METAL JOIST USING PNEUMATIC APPROPRIATE TO SUBSTRATE INDICATED. INSTALL UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB AND FIRMLY ANCHORED IN LOCATIONS AND WEIGHTS INDICATED. PART 3 - EXECUTION MAY 200 - PART 3 - EXECUTION OR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS OR TAPCON FASTENERS. FASTENERS SHALL BE NO LESS THAN I-1/4 IN LENGTH. SPACE 3.1 INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM CAM AND 0840 REQUIREMENTS THAT APPLY TO FRAMING FASTENERS AT NO GREATER THAN 18' ON CENTER AT THE PERIMETER AND THROUGH THE CENTER OF THE PANELS TO THE SLAB. A. INSTALL GRAB BARS TO WITHSTAND DOWNWARD LOAD OF AT LEAST 250 L85 WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO METHOD IN ASTM F446. 3.1 CONTRACTOR SHALL UNCRATE ASSEMBLE AND PLACE ALL EQUIPMENT FURNITURE TRADE FIXTURES AND PRESENTATION W INSTALLATION. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BLOCKING AND BRACING AT TERMINATIONS IN GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES TO C. ADHESIVE SHALL BE URETHANE ADHESIVE APPROPRIATE FOR WOOD PANEL TO SLAB INSTALLATION AND RECOMMENDED FOR THAT B. ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSTALLED TO COMPLY WITH AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA), ACCESSIBILITY ITEMS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PLACEMENT OF ITEMS 514ALL CORRESPOND WITH THE PRESENTATION PLAN AND OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE'S DIRECTIONS. A B F H L O 155 SUPPORT FIXTURES, HEAVY TRIM, GRAB BARS, TOILET ACCESSORIES, MILLWORK OR CONSTRUCTION. COMPLY WITH PURPOSE BY THE MANUFACTURER. THE AD14ESIVE SMALL BE SPREAD At A RATE OF 30-35 5Q. FT. PER GALLON AND BE APPLIED " ' ,� USING A SQUARE NOTCHED TROWEL WITH NOTCH SIZE BETWEEN I/8 X 1/8 AND I/4 X i/4 IN SIZE. GUID GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES (ADQAG) AND REGULATIONS AS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOCAL JURISDICTIONS. A A. CONTRACTOR SHALE. REPORT ANY DAMAGED AND/OR MISSING ITEMS TO THE OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITHIN 24 DETAILS INDICATED AND WITH GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. DATION HOURS OF RECEIPT. SHEET A. ISOLATE STEEL FRAMING FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AT LOCATIONS REQUIRED TO PREVENT TRANSFER OF LOADING IMPOSED D. SAND FLUSH ANY SUB -FLOORING SWEETS TWAT MAY WARP OR CUP AFTER INSTALLATION. CLEAN ALL JOINT GAPS OF DUST. SEE SHEET Al2.7 FOR LAVATORY BY STRUCTURAL MOVEMENT. B. p0 NOT BRIDGE BUILDING CONTROL OR EXPANSION JOINTS WITH STEEL FRAMING OR FURRING MEMBERS. FRAME BOTH SIDES OF E. COVER ENTIRE SUBRDOR WITH ONE LAYER OF 15 LB. WEIGHT ROLLED ROOFING FELT. HARDWARE SCHEDULE JOINTS INDEPENDENTLY. A0.2 ,.�au„�rJdw- �'k , DOOR SCHEDULE (:D1 DECORATIVE DISPLAY DOOR 31-0 FRAME 3'-0" CLOSER ) D7 RESTROOM DOOR 1 STOREFRONT EXIT DOOR (FROM NON -SALES) 19 DUMMY DOOR (SINGLE DOOR W/ SHUTTER) 20 DUMMY DOOR (DOUBLE DOOR W/ SHUTTER( —� (: ) . EQ EQ WELDED METAL MET FRAME 1 " n 1 n V-0' x T-0' x 1 3/4' HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME 20 MIN. RATING AT FRAME V-0" x 7'-0 1 3/4' HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME (45 MIN. RATED) PAIR OF 1 -b x 7 -0 WOOD AND GLASS DOORS AND FRAME (3 -0 W. FINISHED F � DOORS OPENING TO UNPROTECTED PASSAGEWAY 45 MIN. RATING FOR DOORS 3'-0' x -0' WOOD LOUVERED DOOR AND FRAME WITH TRAN50M AND 6'-0" x -0" WOOD LOUVERED DOOR AND FRAME WITH TRANSOM AND OPENING) WITH TRANSOM 1/4 TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS I I UNFINISHED DOOR, ME AND HARDWARE (U.N.O.) PROVIDED AND INSTALLED F7PEEP HOLE ', OPENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY) BY G.G. STORE ID SIGNAGE WILL BE INSTALLED ON THE EXTERIOR OF AT 54" A.F.F. LOUVERED UTTER LOUVERED UTTER PREFINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED 8Y THE OWNER AND INSTALLED I [?]k] UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: COAT HOOK AT 76" THE DOOR BY TENANT'S . AT 66" A.F.F. PREFIN15HED AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND PREFINISHED AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. L - -. - J 1) THREE (3) EACH STANLEY SELF-CLOSING HINGES 422329-2060-R 1-1/2" X 4' A.F.F. 1) ONE (1) EACH ALARM LOC ANIC "PANNEX" UCLI210A ALUM. PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G. PANIC INSTALLED BY E GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALLED BY E GENERAL CONTRACTOR. HARDWARE PROVIDED PER PAIR OF DOORS: • RANSSOM �r 2) ONE (1) EACH PRIVACY SET CORBIN RUSSWIN #CL3520 NZD BHMA 626 WITH LEVER HANDLE DOOR MOUNTED 2) ONE (1) EACH CYLINDER U -CH E 319RR1A132 PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY GC. / HARDWARE HARDWARE PROVED PER DOOR: HARDWARE PROVIDE PER DOOR: i) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1541 3 1/2" X 3 I/2" USA BUTTER MIRROR 3) ONE (1) CLOSER RU55WIN #DC321 , COUNTED ON INSIDE OF DOOR " " 3) ONE (1) IVES #FS450 HEAVY DUTY HOLDER WITH BUTTON= SATIN CHROME (B26D) 4 ONE 1 EACH PEEPHOLE MOUNTED A ' A.F.F. DAVSTAR SECURITY ITEM #SSV SILVER AT 40 A.F.F. " " n 2) ONE (I) EAGN PIANO HINGE 314 I/4 36 U53 " ) () : : / I) THREE (3) EACH RING BBI191 4 I/2 X 4 I/2 NRP U54 1) THREE (3) EACW HIN 881191 4 1/2 X 4 I/2 NRP U54 � 3) FOUR (4) EACH RING PULLS 0394 36 FIXED I I S I U S OP MOU TI T R 72 LEVER HANDLE AT 5) ONE (1) EACH KICKPLATE 40' W x 34" H " " " " �� SHTTERS „ „ „ KICK PLATE 2) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 13 I/2 X 3 1/2 US4 2) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 13 1/2 X 3 I/2 U54 O 4) TWO (2) EACH SURFACE BOLTS 630 24 US4 $ 4) ONE (1) COAT HOOK BY MCMASTER CARR #176OA3, ALUMINUM FINISH. MOUNTED ON THE 40 A.F.F. 6) THREE (3) EACH STANLEY HINGES F5B-179 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 3) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 14 I/4 36" U53 3) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 14 1/4 36" U53 TRANSOM 5 TWO (2) EACH SURFACE BOLTS 630 8" US4 F IN51DE OF DOOR AT 76" A.F.F. OR 48' A.F.F. ON ADJACENT WALL BASED ON LOCAL A 11 INSIDE (NON -SALES) 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 4 USA TRANS 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 4 US4 SHUTTER � 6) TWO (2) EACH DUST PROOF STRIKES 570 US4 DECORATIVE '� CODE REQUIREMENTS. / - -6 ELEVATION SHUTTER ' t PULL RING m 5) ONE (1) TEMPERED MIRROR 20' x 58" WITH ALL EDGES POLISHED. MOUNTED ON THE4 N arc NOTE: G.C. t0 PROVIDE AND INSTALL THRESHOLD, SWEE D WEATHER STRI G NOTE -TRANSOM PANELS ARE ELED NOTE - TRANSOM PANELS ARE NOTE - TRANSOM PANELS ARE PREA55EMBLED WITH BOTH SHUTTERS AND ® ® "' INSIDE OF DOOR At 72" A.F.F. WITH TOP AND BOTTOM 'J' CHANNELS. ALL EDGES OF o AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS WITH BOTH SHUTTERS AND CLAS PREASSEMBELED WITH BOTH 11111111 ___j I GLASS PANELS MIRROR ARE TO BE CAULKED WITH CLEAR SILICONE. Q NOTE: REFER TO CONTRUCTION PLAN FOR SWING CONFIGURA N Vol SHUTTERS AND GLA55 PANELS NOTE G.C. 5HALL SHIM DOORS 50 THAT GAP BETWEEN DOORS 15 NO NOTE: 3/4' FRENCH DOOR APPLICADE ASSEMBLY PROVIDED LLED �o ,n ' 3'-0" THE G.C. IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER: BY GG ON METAL DOOR AND FRAME ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF ST !DID BLACKING CONTINUOUS � n GREATER THAN 5/16 AND GAP AT BOTTOM NO MORE THAN 3/8 . 10' KICK PLATEi= 1) ONE (I) 34' W x 34" H STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE (NON -SALES SIDE); INSTALLED (TOILET ROOM NOTE= FRENCH p00R/TRANSOM APPLICADE ASSEMBLY 15 P NISHED AND ON SIDE OF HINGE �� " INSIDE ELEVATION „ PREASSEMBLED WITH BOTH SHUTTERS AND/OR SAFETY SS PANELS AND JAMB I A50VE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR AND 1 IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR. SIDE) 34 KICK APPLICABLE OWNER SUPPLIED HARDWARE INSTALLED. TRANSOM -4 ( )D1a HANDICAP-ACCESIBLE STOREFRONT DOOR r -11 2) ONE (1) 34" W x 10 H STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE (TOILET ROOM SIDE); INSTALLED PLATE SHUTTER a" a r- FRAME 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR AND 1" IN FROM 80TH EDGES OF THE DOOR. (STOCKROOM SIDE) (PAINT P-8 ir I/ PE OLE BEHIND) D�� '' V-0" x 7'-0" WOOD AND GLASS DOOR AND FRAME (3'-0" W. FINISHED I Y ^ 54" A.F. - OPENING) WITH TRANSOM 1/4" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS I ( WOOD SHUTTER DECOR ADHERED TO L_ _ _ — REAR EXIT DOOR (FROM NON -SALES) METAL FIRE DOOR WITH DECORATIVE ■ '"' :� PREFIN1514ED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND TRANSOM �� �� �� CONSTRUCTION ADHEASIVE AS RING PULL � INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. �r REQUIRED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. �p� _j I � Is C102 •• SHUTTER❑1'1 (JCI TM GO:.MG /AG MIA( CA'Y•Cf11 FIRE DOOR HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR: \ = = _ \ REFER TO SWEET — — — TOREFRONT BLOCKING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR a HINGE11 A � 1) THREE (3) EACH HINGES 881191 4 1/2" X 4 1/2' NRP U54 �\ FOR ELECTRONIC DOOR zki 3'4" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR — — -"" 2) ONE (1) EACH PUSHSAR EXIT DEVICE 55 NL -OP US4 OPENER LOCATION DSe AND WELDED FRAME (qo MIN. RATED) WELDED METAL METAL DOOR SU IED v . 4,-- —4V . .. III . I ___a, mmi 3) ONE (1) EACH SINGLE OPERATION DEADWLT U -CHANGE FRAME AND INSTALL BY METAL DOOR FRAME CYLINDER 319RRIA 133 DECORATIVE UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE U.N.O.) PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. STORE CLOSER GENERAL RAGTOR ON 1 CH CLOSER 4041 + TBOLT5 - PAINT BROWN P-6 \\ PULL RING ❑ ( , FIELD VERIFY THRESHOLD OF FIRE 4) E O EA ( ) IDENTITY SIGNAGE WILL BE INSTALLED ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE DOOR BY TENANTS G.G. AT TYPICAL PLAN". VIEW DOOR AS REQUIRED (STOREFRONT) ELEVATION Q REMOVE COVER AND STICKERS. bb" A.F.F. (OR AT HEIGHT REQUIRED BY LANDLORD). (suurrox Wm ) ii 5) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1541 3 1/2' x 31/2' U54 21 DUMMY DOOR (SINGLE DOOR W/ GLASS) 22 DUMMY DOOR (DOUBLE DOOR W/ GLASS) b) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 36" US3 \ / ?I I 1) ONE (1) EACH ALARM LOCK PANIC "PANNEX' UCLI210A ALUM, PROVIDED BY OWNER, PEEP HOLE At 54" 0-0" x T-0' WOOD AND GLASS DOOR AND FRAME WITH TRANSOM 1/4' T INSTALLED BY G.C. A.F.F. RY DOORS (EXTERIOR STOREFRONT) a 7) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 US4 TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DEAD BOLT -0 2) ONE (1) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 31gRR1A132 PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY GC. \ D13 ENTR WILL BE HELD OPEN DURING BUSINESS V-0' x 71- " WOOD AND GLASS DOOR AND FRAME WITH TRANSOM 1/4' E NOTE -TRANSOM PANELS ARE PREASSEMBLED WITH BOTH 7 HOURS. REFS ITE ON SHEET A2.1 TEMPERED S ETY GLA55 REFINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER A � SHUTTERS AND GLASS PANELS PU5NBAR 4) ONE (1) EACH PEEPHOLE MOUNTED AT 54' A.F.F., McMASTER CARR CAT. 104, PART 1_ n I_ 11 n I ALLIED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. �/ ❑ #8UW6AZ6 DULL CHROME A PAIR 3 0 x 8 0 WOOD AND GL AND FRAME. 5/8 INSUL. SAFETY GLASS � PREFINISNED AND HARDWARE PROVIDED 8Y THE OWNER. ANp •— PREFINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PR Y�OWNERND INSTALLED BY G.G. INSTALLED 8Y TN ENERAR CONTRACTOR. HARD RE PROVIDED PER DOOR: NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINISHED AND PREWUNG. 5 , HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR: 1) THREE (3) EACH HI E5 55II91 4 1/2' X 4 1/2" NRP U54 HARDWARE BY OWNER. - / PANIC HARDWARE 1) TWO (2) SETS PIVOT HINGES b HARDWARE PROVIDED DOOR: 2) FOUR (4) EACH HINGE 541 3 1/2' X 3 I/2" U54 - ONE DOOR #IA AT EACH STORE TO HAVE (1) 3-0 THE G.G. 15 TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER: „ 2) TWO (2) PULL HANDLES ,% AUTOMATIC OPERATOR IN LIEU OF 4041 CLOSER. / AT 40"A.F.F. 3) FOUR (4) PUSH PLATES Vol LLS AT %� i) THREE (3) EACH HINGES 1191 4 I/2' X 4 I/2' NRP USA 3) ONE (1) EACH PIANO WIN 314 1/4 36" US3 I - 4642 696 1) TWO (2) 34' W x 34' H STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE FOR V-0" DOOR 4 TWO (2) 40" W X 4) FOUR (4) KICKPLATES R 51DE 1 2) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1541 1/2' X 3 1/2' US4 TRANSOM 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 94 U54 TRANSOM 2 - 7910 956 RETAIL SIDE MALL CONCOURSE SIDE 34" H FOR V-6" DOOR; INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR ON BOTH SIDES AND V NI, 5) ONE (1) SET PERIMETER WEATHER STRIPP3) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 4 36" US3 SHUTTER NOTE - TRANSOM PANELS ARE SHUTTER AO - G.C. t0 PAINT CLOSER P-2 IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WITH SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO KICK PLATE b / ) TWO (2) DOOR BOTTOM SEAL '� 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 PREASSEMBELED � MECHANICAL FASTENERS). 7) ONE (1) MEETING EDGE S DOORS IN INSIDE ELEVATION 8) ONE (I) EACH SIN £RATION DFADBOL7 U -CHANGE CYLINDER 319RRIA D2 DOORS NM: G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL THRESHOLD, SWEEP AND WEATHER STRIPPING AT 133 (ITE IDE ONLYTHRESHOLD t NOTE -TRANSOM PANELS ARE ,tic � PORCH SECURITY DOOR CLOSED TOP - IN OPEN EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. 9 DOOR BOTTOM PREASSEMBELED V D n (: ) "LOCKED OPEN DURING HOURS OF OPERATION" LOCKED ) O EACH KICKSTOP (NAGER #271D-US3-CAST BRASS DOOR SSSEAL3,- 0 3,_ 0 POSITION POSITION G.C. SHALL REMOVE EXISTING CYLINDRICAL LOCKSET 4 INSTALL NEW PANIC DEVICE. SEAL ALL FAUX FINISH912) I'-3" x T-0" WOOD BI -FOLD DOORS AND FRAME WITH TRANSOM OPENINGS AS REQUIRED. VERIFY THAT BUTTS ARE NRP TYPE OR REPLACE. - 10 (5'4" W. FINISHED OPENING) - ONLY WHEN D13 15 USED �' ■° 1� / D14 DOORS (INTERIOR STOREFRONT) PREFINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND IRN o„�� INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. Ip9 TOCKROOM DOOR (FROM STOCKROOM TO CORRIDOR) METAL I=RA PAIR V-0" x V-0" WOOD AND AND FRAME. 1/4" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS HARDWARE PROVIDED PER SET OF DOORS: it I 0-M I I IIIIIIIIIIIIII CL PREFINIS14ED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVID THE OWNER AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRAC' ._ W-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4" OW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME (45 MIN. RATING) 1) FOUR (4) HINGES 1641 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" U54 FROSTEDa b GLASS t HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR: VOIDAT2) FOUR (4) SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE BOLTS 630 24" US4 T? UNFINISHED ED DOOR, FRAME AND H RE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: 1) TWO (2) SETS PIVOT HINGES MALL 3) FOUR (4) SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE BOLTS 630 8" US4 IFr10 2) TWO (2) PULL HANDLES CONCOUR 4) EIGHT (8) HALF MOON STRIKES uloo 1) ONE (1) 4" W x 16" H PULL PLATE ON N LES SIDE 3) FOUR (4) PUSH PLATES 5) FOUR (4) MORTISE STRIKES U54 QL 2) ONE (1) 4" W x 16" N PUSH PLATE ON SALES PASSAGELATCH 4) FOUR (4) KICKPLATES 6) TWO (2) RING PULLS 0394 US4 v 3) THREE (3) STANLEY HINGES #FBB-179 NRP 4 1/2" 2" 26D LEVER HANDLE AT 5) ONE (1) EACH SINGLE TION DEADBOLT U -CHANGE CYLINDER 7) ONE (I) PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 60" US3, PAINT GREY V ® 4) ONE (1) CLOSER RUSSWIN #DC3210, MOUNTED ON INSIDE F 40" A.F.F. 5) ONE (1) IVES #F5450 HEAVY DUTY HOLDER WITH BUTTON ( D) FINISH 319RRIA 133 OR SIDE ONLY 61 ONECH KICK STOP (WAGER #271q-US3-CAST BRASS DOOR SLOP NOTE -DOORS ARE PREFINISHED AND PREHUNG. HARDWARE BY OWNER. SET INCLUDES STOP, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE 4 SCREWS , / AUX FINISHED) SHUTTER 43 p QJ D23 Y DOOR (BACK SALES ROOM) 6) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER US26D * FRAME / BLOCK-OUT PANEL TO BE 51_0" x 7'-0" LOUVERED DOOR AND FRAME WITH TRANSOM AND 1 G G V J D3 PASS-THRU OPENING THE G.G. IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWAR IDEq BY THE OWNER; �v KICK PLATE D15 SELF CLOSING BI -FOLD DOORS INSTALLED ON SALES SIDE WHEN LOUVERED 5HUTTE:RS (6 0 W.) WOOD FRAMED OPENING DOORS ARE IN CLOSED POSITION •� (: ) (6'-0" W•) WOOD FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM 1) TWO (2) 34" W xl 34" N STAINLESS ST KICK PLATE FOR 3'-0" DOOR TWO I ELEVATION WITH TRANSOM PREFINISHED DOOR AND WAR PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND - ' 1 (2) 40 W X 34 H FOR 3 -6 ; INSTALLED I ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF - PAINT P-6 INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTR MoD DOOR ON BOTH SIDES AN IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO 1 _ _ '' D3a (5'-0" W.) WOOD FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM I DOOR WITH SILICON E51VE (NO MECHANICAL FASTENERS). (5'-D" W.) WOOD FRAMED OPENING " ' ( .3 D158 WITH TRAN50M SLIDE BOLT W/ RECEIVER HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR: blQm, IN OPEN POSITION ONLY/ 1) THREE (3) EACH HINGES BB1191 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" NRP US4 AT RATED S USE PASSAGE LATCH (ONE (1) LATCH SET CL3510 MID BMHA 626 WITH FRONT OF DOOR (SLATS LOUNGE SALES 2) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1541 3 1/2' X 3 1/2" U54 LEV PLACE OF PUSH/PULL PLATES. IN DOWN POSITION) TO // // / 'FRONT" "BACK" 3) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 36" US3 Dab (4'-0" W.) Wooq FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM PREFINISHED FRAME, JAMB OVERLAYS, DOORS, BLOCK OUT FACE LOUNGE 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 US4 PANEL AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER ANDVol1) -31 O O C INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR U.N.O. BUTTERFLY HINGES NOTES: ♦ ♦ -. p9a STOCKROOM DOOR (FROM LOCKER ROOM ALCOVE TO STOCKROOM) WELDED MET ME HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR OPENING: SURFACE MOUNTED t0 TRANSOM PANELS ARE PREASSEMBELED WITH BOTH Xf F cc r Z? BACK SIDE OF DOOR SHUTTERS AND GLASS PANELS. 18" W. FIXED SHUTTER ATTACHED TO EACH JAMB. CLOS NONSAL.ES 1) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 72' U53 PAINT P-6 © � ♦ PREFINISNED FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND 3'-0" x 6'-8" x 13/4 LOW METAL DOOR AND WELD1cD FRAME (20 MIN. RATING) ) 2) THREE (3) MORTISED ASTRAGAL WEATHER STRIPPING PAINT WALLS BEHIND GLASS PANELS DECORATIVE ro Q O � INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3) TWO (2) 11HOHMER' DOUBLE. ACTING HINGES (PRE-INSTALLED IN DOOR) _? '^ 1bUNFINISHED DOOR, .FRAME AND DWARF PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: 4) TWO (2) "BOHMER' HEADER PIVOT A55EMBLIES (PRE-INSTALI.Eq IN DOOR) � RING PULL W Q a Q HARDWARE PROVIDED PER PA55-THRU: 5) SIX (6) DOUBLE LOCKING BI -FOLD DOOR HINGESA e :b IV cc I I " " 1) THREE (3) STANLEY HINGES #FE3B-179 4 1/2" X 4 I/2' 26D 6) TWO (2) 8' SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE BOLTS AND MORTISED HEADER PLATES 4 ,­-', I 1 1) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1541 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 US4 7) TWO (2) 1 7/8" x 2 1/2" FLUSH PULL RINGS ® - „ 2) ONE (1) CLOSER RUSSWIN #DC3210, MOUNT INSIDE OF DOOR PASSAGE LATCH ' ' 40 r+ to O 2) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 72 US3 8) TWO (2) OVAL HANDLE PULLS (FOR BLOCK OUT PANEL) 3� O O O O SHUTTER DOORS FIXED IN 3) ONE (I) IVES #FSA50 HEAVY DUTY HOLDER WIT ON, SATIN CHROME (B26D) SH; LEVER HANDLE At WEATHER STRIP NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINISHED AND PRE -HUNG. HARDWARE BY OWNER. OPEN POSITION SET INCLUDES S70P, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE SGRE 40' A.F.F. 9) THREE (3) PRESSURE SPRING CLIPS I N N a 4) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER U926D NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINIS14ED AND PREHUNG WITH HARDWARE FRAME ♦♦INSTALLED. ASSEMBLY MUST BE MODIFIED IN FIELD BY G.C. SEE SHUTTER DOORS SELF-CLOSING WELDED FRAME r O VOID D24 PAIRED DOOR IMOD SINK CLOSET( O a INSTALLATION PACKET FROM VENDOR. HARDWARE BY OWNER. IN OPEN POSITION BONMER HINGE D4 LOCKER ROOM PASS-THRU OPENING THE G.C.IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE PROVI BY THE OWNER= / DBL V-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR WITH WELDED METAL FRAME. .. •• 32' qR FRAME (20 MIN, RATING AT DOORS OPENING TO UNPROTECTED PASSAGEWAY 45 MIN. • • �'•� (: )MI IMUM „ „ KICK PLATE BI -FOLD DOORS (LOCKER ROOM) RATING FOR DOORS OPENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY) UNFINISHED - W W ~ W T-0" H. WOOD BI -FOLD DOOR (VERIFY WIDTH WITH FLOOR PLAN) I) ONE (I) 34 W x 34 H STAINLESS STEEL KIG TE (NON -SALES SIDE); D16 / \ 1'- Q n + 4 - WOOD FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM SLIDE BOLT W/ PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. �� F 4 0 V IV INSTALLED 1 Ai301/E BOTTOM EDGE OF AND I IN FROM BOtW EDGES OF ( •) •• PREFINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WIT (CONE ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL M " STRIKE IN OPEN AND 1) SIX (6) EACH STANLEY SELF-CLOSING HINGES 42232q -2060-R 1-1/2" X 4", PRE -MORTISE. / LEVER HANDLE AT 40 A.F.F. � 0 � W N INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FASTENERS). NONSA ELEVATION 1) FOUR (4) EACH RING 1 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 US4 CLOSED POSITION TYPICAL. OPERABLE FROM Im 1x H 11 SALES LOCKER 2) TWO (2) MANUAL SLIDE BOLTS INSTALLED IN RIGHT DOOR, TOP AND BOTTOM. INSIDE W/O USE OF KEY. F"• Q „ 2) TWO (2) EACH SURFACE 30 8 US4 O � HARDWARE PROVIDED PER PASS-THRU: \ / 2) ONE (1) 34 "W x 34 H A ETCHED SOLID BRA55 KICK PLATE (ALCOVE SIDE); 3) TWO (2) EACH MORTISE STRIKES "FRONT' "BACK" 3) ONE (1) PASSAGE LATCH SET CL3610 MID BMHA 626 WITH LEVER INSTALLED IN LEFT DOOR. •® ' J 0 Llai 1) SIX (6) PIANO HINGE 314 i/4 84' U54 INSTALLED 1 ABOV OM EDGE OF DOOR AND I IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 US4 HINGES ARE PRE MORTISE STRIKE IM RIGHT DOOR. C S.S. KICK PLATE f!f THE DOOR 5EC D TO DOOR WITH SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL MORTISED 4) ONE (1) DUSTPROOF STRIKE IVES DP -1, 626 FINISH \ � W Z o 4 2) ONE (I) SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE BOLTS 630 8" US3 OPEN FA5TENE 5) ONE (1) DOOR STRIKE - PRECISION 5459 40 O_ m m 3 ONE I SPRING LOADED DOOR ROLLER PREFINISHED FRAME JAMB OVERLAYS DOORS AND HA RE PROVIDED ) () / \ � 3) ONE STOREROOM FUNCTION LOCK SGHLAG£ ALBOPD SAT 605 BY THE .OWNER AND INSTALLED BY TN£ GENERAL CONTRA 6) FOUR (4) METAL KICKPL.ATF.S 3A"W X 3A"H STAINLESS STEEL, INSTALLED I' ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE 4) ONE (1) MORTISED HEADER PLATE �O I OF DOOR OF DOOR ON BOTH SIDES AND 1" IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WITH 5) ONE (I) DUSTPROOF STRIKE IVES 570x U54 IN DOWN / \ HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR OPENING: tl TO FACE 7) ONE (1) WALL MOUNTED (SCREWED) DOOR STOP, IVES W5407-CCV U526D; SATIN CHROME (B26D) a: NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINISHED. HARDWARE BY OWNER. SHUTTER00 1) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1641 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" U SALES R FINISH ONLY INSTALL WHERE DOOR SWINGS AGAINST WALL. O% DOORS ARE SET IN POSITION PER PLANS AND FIXED INTO PLACE WITH SCREEN D10 N DOOR lT0 DISPLAY WINDOW( ■ m A FRICTION FIT BETWEEN HEAD JAMB AND FLOOR WITH 3/4' LEVELERS 2) TWO (2) 8 SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE S AND MORTISED HEADER PLATES W) AT FLOOR. THIS DOOR IS SECURED TO THE JAMB WITH HINGES AND 15 REFER TO_ HELD IN OPEN POSITION BY FRICTION FIT AT FLOOR WITH LEVELERS. ROLLER F FLOW PLAN 3) TWO (2) 1 -7/8"x2 -I/2" FLUSH PU NGS 00 THIS DOOR IS NOT HUNG FROM HEADER AND DOES NOT HAVE TOP 2'-0" x T-0" DOOR AND FRAME TRACK ASSEMBLY. NOTE - DooRs ARE NISHED AND PREHUNG WITH HARDWARE. ® p25 TOREFRONT EXIT DOOR (FROM NON -SALES) Y. / INSATALI D. LY MUST BE MODIFIED IN FIELD BY G.G. SEE U / INSTAL PACKET FROM VENDOR. HARDWARE BY OWNER. SHUTTER DOORS PAIR OF V-0' x " x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR(S) AND WELDED FRAME UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND ID01D WELDED METAL FRAME � / IN OPEN POSITION (20 MIN. RATED) U.N. . ( )D5 SALES/NON-SALES DOOR 1) THREE (3) EACH HINGES F88-179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 / UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME A ARDWARE (U.N.O.) SHU17 TRANSOM Y CLOSER \ ` 2) ONE (I) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 319RRIAI IDED BY OWNER, D17 FITTING ROOM DOOR (H.C. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS) PREFIN1514ED DOOR AND 1) ONE (I) EACH ALARM LOCK PANT "ANNEX" UGLI210A ALUM. PROVIDED BY OWNER, (PAINT INSTALLED BY GC. SEN( -8) \ 3'-O" x 5'-0" WOOD DOOR AND FRAME FRAME PROVIDED BY INSTALLED BY G.C. .. 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4' HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME. (45 MIN. NICKEL 26D PULL WITH NO EXPOSED HA �WINDOWDE OWNER, INSTALLED BY 2) ONE (1) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 319RR1 PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY GC. RENGH Z RATING FOR DOORS OPENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY, 20 MIN. RATING AT 11 G.G. (INCLUDED IN 3) ONE (1) CLOSER RU55WIN #DC3210, MOUNTED SIDE OF ACTIVE DOOR _ DOOR/TRANSOM "?j HANDLE At 40 A.F.F. DOORS OPENING t0 UNPROTECTED PASSAGEWAY) I D171L1< PARTITION KIT) 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 U54 'f SHUTTER Q UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: FITTING ROOM DOOR (AMBULATORY FITTING ROOM) 5) ONE (1) EACH KICKPLATE 34' W x 34" H 26D c APPLICADE m V-8" x 5'-0" WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 6) SIX (6) EACH STANLEY HINGES F88 -17q NRP, 4 1/2" X 4 I/2' ASSEMBLY 0 1) ONE (1) 4" W. x 16" H. PULL PLATE ON NON -SALES SIDE / 7) ONE (1) MANUAL FLUSH BOLT SET 1942 TOP 4 BOTTOM LEVER HANDLE 2 T 3) STANLEY HINGES # FBB-1 41/ p11 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE DOORS (FROM MALL TO CONSTRUCTION AREA) UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: (PROVIDED BY OWNER) NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL THRESHOLD, SWEEP AND WEATHER 5T ING DECORATIVE W O E ? AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS RING PULL J r J 4) ONE (1) IVES #FS450 HEAVY DUTY 14OLDER WITH BUTTON= SATIN CHROME (B26D 1) ONE (1) STOREROOM FUNCTION LOCK SCHL.AGE AL80PD SAT 605 FINISH; SET INCLUDES STOP, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE 4 SCREWS S.S. KICK PLATE DBL V-0' x' 7'-0" x 1 3/4' HOLLOW CORE WOOD DOORS NO FRAME n n NOTE: REFER TO CONTRUCTION PLAN FOR SWING CONFIGURATION W / � 2) TWO (2) WAGER SELF-CLOSING HINGES # 1250 3 I/2 X 3 I/2 US4 FINISH P :3 W 5) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER U526D NON -SALES (USE 2' LONG SCREWS) NOTE: 3/4" FRENCH DOOR APPLICADE ASSEMBLY PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED O Iiiii, m SIDE ELEVATION / DFAgBOLT LATCH 3) TWO (2) RUBBER BUMPERS INSTALLED ON JAMB° BY GC ON METAL DOOR AND FRAME ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF STOREFRONT. Z % z LEVER HANDLE AT 4) ONE (1) WALL MOUNTED (SCREWED) DOOR STOP, IVES WS407-CCV USIOB, h V cl UNFINISHED DOORS AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G.. NO 40" A.F.F. (TYP.) V) THE G.C. 15 TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE PROVIDED BY DOOR FRAME, MOUNT DOOR FLUSH WITH BARRICADE PLYWOOD. INSTALL -e OIL RUBBED BRONZE (BIOS) FINISH, ONLY INSTALL WHERE N.C. DOOR " NOTE: FRENCH DOOR/TRANSOM APPLICADE ASSEMBLY IS PREFINISHED AND W THE OWNER: BARRICADE WALL BASE AND GRAPHICS TO MALL SIDE: OPERABLE FROM HANDLE SWINGS AGAINST WALL (N.C. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS ONLY) PREA55EMBLED WITH BOTH SHUTTERS AND APPLICABLE OWNER SUPPLIED NA \ / KEY E W/O USE OF OPEN BELOW DOOR Ie 8-0 INSTALLED. V _, W a I) ONE (1) 3' W. x 12" N. BRASS PUSH PLATE ON SALES SIDE. At n n PRE -FINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND MIN• METAL FRAME 1) SIX (6) STANLEY HINGES, THREE PER DOOR #FSB -179 NRP, 4 I/2 X 4 I/2 26p, ::J REQUIRED FIRE RATED DOORS USE SPECIAL LEVER HANDLE FIELD MORTISE. \ / INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL LOCKSETS ARE TO BE / J W o G 2) ONE (1) 34" W x 34" W STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE KEYED ALIKE AND HANDLES TO POINT TOWARD HINGE SIDE OF DOOR. H.C. ACCESSIBLE DOOR ELEVATION WOOD SHUTTER D ADHERED TO CLOSER ... (NON -SALES SIDE); INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF SHUTTER (CAST IN POLYSTYRENE TO 2) TWO (2) MANUAL SLIDE BOLTS INSTALLED IN LEFT DOOR, TOP AND BOTTOM. TRANSOM 514UTTERS ABOVE 3) ONE (1) DEADBOLT SINGLE CYLINDER LOCK INSTALLED 1N RIGHT DOOR. FIELD METAL FIRE WITH ASTRAGAL ON M Z W �. 3 DOOR AND I" IN FROM 80TH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED MATCH ) CONSTRUCT ADHESIVE AS / Q 0 � O PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED MORTISE STRIKE IN LEFT DOOR. MALL SIDE ELEVATION REQUIR BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INACTIVE LEAF D OR -- ---- PAN W 0 0� J 2 TO DOOR WITH SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL BY GG ON METAL DOOR #FRAME AT WELDED METAL FRAMEgo FASTENERS). SALES SIDE. (MUST BE ADHERED SALES/NON-SALES DO 3) ONE (1) 34" W x 34' H BRASS KICK PLATE (SALES SIDE); USING 3M #969 3M #q5o OR 3M #444(�� STOREFRONT EXIT DOOR (FROM NON -SALES) \ HARDwA' _ � W LL 95 INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR AND i' IN FROM 1 ' A METAL CLOSER BLOCKING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT 40"A.F.F. L% BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WITH SILICONE DOUBLE 5 DED TAPE) - - - — — U a: W Z V-0' x T -O" x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME (45 MIN. RATED) FRAME 1 n n METAL DOOR FRAME \ KICK PLATE '• ADHESIVE (NO MECNANIGAL FASTENERS). PEEP HOLE 31-01' x 7 -0 x I HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME. (q0 MIN. — — (U.N.O.) NICKEL 260 PULL \ METAL DOOR SUPPLIED AND ;■ UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE U.N.O. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED AT 54' A.F.F. RACING FOR DOORS ENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY, ZO MIN. RACING At �� coV� J " HANDLE AT 40 A.F.F. INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR m O O O 11 `.• BY G.G. 1/4 TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOORS OPENING TO UN ECTED PASSAGEWAY) BRASS PUSH PLATE / 1) ONE (1) EACH ALARM LOCK PANIC "PANNIX" UGLI210A ALUM. PROVIDED BY OWNER, SID NON -SALES UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AN ARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.= FIELD VERIFY THRESHOLD OF FIRE INSIDE .� IIIIIIIIIIII &EE: INSTALLED BY G.C. I N I DOOR AS REQUIRED ELEVATION 0 J Z ~ LL of AT RATED WALLS USE PASSAGE LATCH (ONE (1) LATCH 2) ONE (1) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 31gRR1A132 PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. PANIC HARDWARE 1) ONE (1) 4" W. x 16" H. PULL PLA ON NON -SALES SIDE M. / '� J 2 p Z J SET CLS610 MID SMHA 626 WITH LEVER) IN PLACE of 3) ONE (1) CLOSER RUSSWIN #DC3210, MOUNTED ON INSIDE OF DOOR n m PUSN/PULL PLATES. SALES SIDE 4) ONE (1) EACH PEEPHOLE MOUNTED AT 54' A.F.F. DAVSTAR SECURITY ITEM #SSV SILVER / AT 40 A.F.F. 2) THREE (3) STANLEY HINGES # FBB- / Q O W 0 Q 4 SALES SIDE BRASS KICK PLATE 5) ONE (1) EACH KICKPLATE 34' W x 34" H 26D / 3) ONE (1) RUSSWIN DOOR CLOSER # Rq1 OUNTED ON NON -SALES SIDE U ELEVATION „ n KICK PLATE 4) ONE (1) HEAVY DUTY FLOOR DOOR STOP', 5 # 451, BRUSHED ALUMINUM FIN15H 260 Z cc N V) 6) THREE (3) EACH STANLEY HINGES FBB-179 NRP, 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 5) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER 6D DOOR GENERAL NOTES �■■■■� S. KICK PLATE INSIDE (NON -SALES) NON -SALES 1. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC NOTE= G.C. CA PROVIDE AND INSTALL THRESHOLD, SWEEP AND WEATHER STRIPPING AT THE G.C. IS t0 INSTALL tH£ FOLLOWING HARDWARE ED BY SIDE ELEVATION BARS PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY t0 GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. (11338.2.5.1) DB OFFICE DOOR EQ EQ WELDED EXTERIOR LOCATIONS ELEVATION THE OWNER= ' NOTE: REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR SWING CONFIGURATION 1 ONE i 4" W. x 16" H. BRASS PUSH PLATE ON SALES 51 2. THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL AND CLEAR FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF A DOOR. THE LEVEL AREA SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60' AND V-0' x T-011 x 1 3/4 LOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME COAT HOOK NOTE: 3/4" FRENCH DOOR APPLICADE ASSEMBLY PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ON _ _ ) REQUIRED FIRE RATED DOORS USE SPECIAL LEVER HAND THE LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF 48" AS MEASURED AT RIGH( ANGLES t0 THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN THE CLOSED POSITION. (11338.2.4.2, FIGIIB-26) METAL DOOR AND FRAME ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF STOREFRONT. " " H S AIN 5 S KICK PLATE N5 I D n n UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AN RDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G.: 2) ONE (1) 34 W x 34 T LES TEED- ( 3. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AREA ON THE SIDE To WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND 24 PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF THE DOOR FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND IS PAST THE STRIKE EDGE NOTE= FRENCH DOOR/TRANSOM APPLICADE ASSEMBLY 15 PREFINISHED AND CONTINUOUS SIDE); INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR AND ' N FOR INTERIOR DOORS. DOORS RECESSED 8' OR MORE REQUIRE THIS CLEARANCE WITHIN THE RECESSED AREA ADJACENT TO THE DOOR. (11338.2.4.3 FIG 118-26) 1) THREE (3) EACH STANLEY HINGES -179, 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 26D PREA55EMBLM WITH BOTH SHUTTERS AND/OR SAFETY GLASS PANELS AND S14UTTER HINGE FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR OPERABL TRANSOM SHUTTERS - � 2) ONE (1) EACH CORBIN RUSSWIN LATCHS 610 NZD BMHA 626 WITH LEVER HANDLE 9. " " APPLICABLE OWNER SUPPLIED HARDWARE INSTALLED. FRES SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO_MECHANICAL FASTENERS). PROVIDED B NER, INSTALLED 4• CNE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE?HRES14OLD OF THE DOORWAY. (1133B.2.4.1) 3) ONE (1) IVES #FS450 HEAVY DUTY HOLDER WI TTON= SATIN CHROME (B26D) FI ; (2) B X 10 FRAMES NOTE: G.G. TO PAINT AREA OF METAL DOOR P-7 PRIOR TO ATTACHING FRENCH DOOR DOORS TRANSOM 3) ONE (1) 34'" IW x 34" H BRASS KICK PLATE (SAL SIDE); BY GC ON MET DOOR 4 FRAME SET INCLUDES Stop, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE 1 SC APPLICADE. ONLY PAINT AREA WHERE DOOR WILL BE VISIBLE THRU GLASS PANELS. ( ) SHUTTER INSTALLED 1 ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF D I IN FROM AT SALES SIDE P WALL 5. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED TO A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST 4) ONE (1) COAT NOOK BY BUILDERS BRASS #500D, ALUMIN I U EITHER AT N BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO WITH 51LICONE BEYOND P-9 WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR WHICH 72' A.F.F. OR 4811 A.F.F. AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. AD1 THICK FRENCH DOOR DECORS REQUIRED. ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL FASTENER WILL ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR, WHICH WILL ALLOW CNE DOOR To BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR � �� / LEVER HANDILE ADHERED TO METAL FIRE DOOR A5 REQUIRED. -� PEEP HOILE a BRA55 PUSH PLATE 5) (2) 8 X 10 BLACK WOOD PICTURE FRAMES. n SHUTTER DOOR �� AT 40 A.F.F. PAIN( P-7 BEHIND DILL GLASS SURFACES PRIOR I 54 AFF HAZARDOUS CONDITION. (11338.2.6, FIG 118-29) MAY (I 6 2oog TO ADHERING APPLICADE. SHUTTER (CAST IN POLYSTYRENE N DECORATIVE b. MAXIMUM EFFORT t0 OPERATE EXTERIOR OR INTERIOR DOORS WITH CLOSERS SHALL NOT EXCEED FIVE POUNDS. THIS MAY BE INCREASED TO 15 POUNDS FOR FIRE -RATED DOORS. At RATED WALLS USE CLOSER (RUSSWIN #DC3210 UNTED ON INSIDE OF DOOR) — — MODIFY DOOR FRAME WITH EXTERIOR CASINGIN MATCH (RANSOM SHUTTERS ABOVE) - / ASSEMBLY, REFER TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION RING PULL FIRE DOOR PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED �' 7. KICK PLATES ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON BOTH SIDES OF ALL NON -SALES DOORS (NON -SALES SIDE ONLY U.N.O.). ABFHL0155 THE G.C. IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING WARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER: PACKAGE HINGE N=. BY Cr- ON METAL DOOR 4 FRAME At •- I) ONE (1) 4' W. x 16' H. BRA SN PLATE ON SALES SIDE. AT REQUIRED FIRE RATED DOORS USE SP - - BLACKING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR Ary BE14 NINE DPGLA55 AT RATED WALLS PASSAGE LATCH (ONE (1) LATCH SALES 51DE. (MUST BE ADHERED '" SET CL3610 NID HA 626 WITH LEVER) IN PLACE OF USING 3M #q69, 3M #950 OR 3M #444 SHEET LEVER HANDLE - - METAL DOOR FRAME v FR05TED FUSH/PULL P TES. DOUBLE SIDED TAPE) 2) SALES SIDE - (I W x 34" H BRASS KICK PLATE INSTALLED I" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR ANq I" IN METAL DOOR SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GLASS FROM BOTH OF THE DOOR GENERAL CONTRACTORABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR ON SALES SIDE 3) ONE W x 34114 STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE; INSTALLED I" SALES SIDE BRASS KICK PLATE SIDE AND V IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF DOOR; ADHERED TO DOOR USING NQ FASTENERS TYPICAL PLAN VIEW RIR VERIFY THRESHOLD of FIRE DOOR AS EXTERIOR (STOREFRONT) ELEVATION ELEVATION (ILLUSTRATION OF SCNLAGE LEVER TYPE HANDLE) AOm3THE (sNutrax DcoRs oPar) 1� / IRN o„�� 1111111111111111111 it I 0-M I I IIIIIIIIIIIIII I NOTE -DOORS ARE PREFINISHED AND PREHUNG. HARDWARE BY OWNER. SET INCLUDES STOP, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE 4 SCREWS , / AUX FINISHED) SHUTTER 43 p QJ D23 Y DOOR (BACK SALES ROOM) 6) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER US26D * FRAME / BLOCK-OUT PANEL TO BE 51_0" x 7'-0" LOUVERED DOOR AND FRAME WITH TRANSOM AND 1 G G V J D3 PASS-THRU OPENING THE G.G. IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWAR IDEq BY THE OWNER; �v KICK PLATE D15 SELF CLOSING BI -FOLD DOORS INSTALLED ON SALES SIDE WHEN LOUVERED 5HUTTE:RS (6 0 W.) WOOD FRAMED OPENING DOORS ARE IN CLOSED POSITION •� (: ) (6'-0" W•) WOOD FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM 1) TWO (2) 34" W xl 34" N STAINLESS ST KICK PLATE FOR 3'-0" DOOR TWO I ELEVATION WITH TRANSOM PREFINISHED DOOR AND WAR PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND - ' 1 (2) 40 W X 34 H FOR 3 -6 ; INSTALLED I ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF - PAINT P-6 INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTR MoD DOOR ON BOTH SIDES AN IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO 1 _ _ '' D3a (5'-0" W.) WOOD FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM I DOOR WITH SILICON E51VE (NO MECHANICAL FASTENERS). (5'-D" W.) WOOD FRAMED OPENING " ' ( .3 D158 WITH TRAN50M SLIDE BOLT W/ RECEIVER HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR: blQm, IN OPEN POSITION ONLY/ 1) THREE (3) EACH HINGES BB1191 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" NRP US4 AT RATED S USE PASSAGE LATCH (ONE (1) LATCH SET CL3510 MID BMHA 626 WITH FRONT OF DOOR (SLATS LOUNGE SALES 2) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1541 3 1/2' X 3 1/2" U54 LEV PLACE OF PUSH/PULL PLATES. IN DOWN POSITION) TO // // / 'FRONT" "BACK" 3) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 36" US3 Dab (4'-0" W.) Wooq FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM PREFINISHED FRAME, JAMB OVERLAYS, DOORS, BLOCK OUT FACE LOUNGE 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 US4 PANEL AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER ANDVol1) -31 O O C INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR U.N.O. BUTTERFLY HINGES NOTES: ♦ ♦ -. p9a STOCKROOM DOOR (FROM LOCKER ROOM ALCOVE TO STOCKROOM) WELDED MET ME HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR OPENING: SURFACE MOUNTED t0 TRANSOM PANELS ARE PREASSEMBELED WITH BOTH Xf F cc r Z? BACK SIDE OF DOOR SHUTTERS AND GLASS PANELS. 18" W. FIXED SHUTTER ATTACHED TO EACH JAMB. CLOS NONSAL.ES 1) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 72' U53 PAINT P-6 © � ♦ PREFINISNED FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND 3'-0" x 6'-8" x 13/4 LOW METAL DOOR AND WELD1cD FRAME (20 MIN. RATING) ) 2) THREE (3) MORTISED ASTRAGAL WEATHER STRIPPING PAINT WALLS BEHIND GLASS PANELS DECORATIVE ro Q O � INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3) TWO (2) 11HOHMER' DOUBLE. ACTING HINGES (PRE-INSTALLED IN DOOR) _? '^ 1bUNFINISHED DOOR, .FRAME AND DWARF PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: 4) TWO (2) "BOHMER' HEADER PIVOT A55EMBLIES (PRE-INSTALI.Eq IN DOOR) � RING PULL W Q a Q HARDWARE PROVIDED PER PA55-THRU: 5) SIX (6) DOUBLE LOCKING BI -FOLD DOOR HINGESA e :b IV cc I I " " 1) THREE (3) STANLEY HINGES #FE3B-179 4 1/2" X 4 I/2' 26D 6) TWO (2) 8' SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE BOLTS AND MORTISED HEADER PLATES 4 ,­-', I 1 1) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1541 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 US4 7) TWO (2) 1 7/8" x 2 1/2" FLUSH PULL RINGS ® - „ 2) ONE (1) CLOSER RUSSWIN #DC3210, MOUNT INSIDE OF DOOR PASSAGE LATCH ' ' 40 r+ to O 2) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 72 US3 8) TWO (2) OVAL HANDLE PULLS (FOR BLOCK OUT PANEL) 3� O O O O SHUTTER DOORS FIXED IN 3) ONE (I) IVES #FSA50 HEAVY DUTY HOLDER WIT ON, SATIN CHROME (B26D) SH; LEVER HANDLE At WEATHER STRIP NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINISHED AND PRE -HUNG. HARDWARE BY OWNER. OPEN POSITION SET INCLUDES S70P, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE SGRE 40' A.F.F. 9) THREE (3) PRESSURE SPRING CLIPS I N N a 4) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER U926D NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINIS14ED AND PREHUNG WITH HARDWARE FRAME ♦♦INSTALLED. ASSEMBLY MUST BE MODIFIED IN FIELD BY G.C. SEE SHUTTER DOORS SELF-CLOSING WELDED FRAME r O VOID D24 PAIRED DOOR IMOD SINK CLOSET( O a INSTALLATION PACKET FROM VENDOR. HARDWARE BY OWNER. IN OPEN POSITION BONMER HINGE D4 LOCKER ROOM PASS-THRU OPENING THE G.C.IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE PROVI BY THE OWNER= / DBL V-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR WITH WELDED METAL FRAME. .. •• 32' qR FRAME (20 MIN, RATING AT DOORS OPENING TO UNPROTECTED PASSAGEWAY 45 MIN. • • �'•� (: )MI IMUM „ „ KICK PLATE BI -FOLD DOORS (LOCKER ROOM) RATING FOR DOORS OPENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY) UNFINISHED - W W ~ W T-0" H. WOOD BI -FOLD DOOR (VERIFY WIDTH WITH FLOOR PLAN) I) ONE (I) 34 W x 34 H STAINLESS STEEL KIG TE (NON -SALES SIDE); D16 / \ 1'- Q n + 4 - WOOD FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM SLIDE BOLT W/ PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. �� F 4 0 V IV INSTALLED 1 Ai301/E BOTTOM EDGE OF AND I IN FROM BOtW EDGES OF ( •) •• PREFINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WIT (CONE ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL M " STRIKE IN OPEN AND 1) SIX (6) EACH STANLEY SELF-CLOSING HINGES 42232q -2060-R 1-1/2" X 4", PRE -MORTISE. / LEVER HANDLE AT 40 A.F.F. � 0 � W N INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FASTENERS). NONSA ELEVATION 1) FOUR (4) EACH RING 1 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 US4 CLOSED POSITION TYPICAL. OPERABLE FROM Im 1x H 11 SALES LOCKER 2) TWO (2) MANUAL SLIDE BOLTS INSTALLED IN RIGHT DOOR, TOP AND BOTTOM. INSIDE W/O USE OF KEY. F"• Q „ 2) TWO (2) EACH SURFACE 30 8 US4 O � HARDWARE PROVIDED PER PASS-THRU: \ / 2) ONE (1) 34 "W x 34 H A ETCHED SOLID BRA55 KICK PLATE (ALCOVE SIDE); 3) TWO (2) EACH MORTISE STRIKES "FRONT' "BACK" 3) ONE (1) PASSAGE LATCH SET CL3610 MID BMHA 626 WITH LEVER INSTALLED IN LEFT DOOR. •® ' J 0 Llai 1) SIX (6) PIANO HINGE 314 i/4 84' U54 INSTALLED 1 ABOV OM EDGE OF DOOR AND I IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 US4 HINGES ARE PRE MORTISE STRIKE IM RIGHT DOOR. C S.S. KICK PLATE f!f THE DOOR 5EC D TO DOOR WITH SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL MORTISED 4) ONE (1) DUSTPROOF STRIKE IVES DP -1, 626 FINISH \ � W Z o 4 2) ONE (I) SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE BOLTS 630 8" US3 OPEN FA5TENE 5) ONE (1) DOOR STRIKE - PRECISION 5459 40 O_ m m 3 ONE I SPRING LOADED DOOR ROLLER PREFINISHED FRAME JAMB OVERLAYS DOORS AND HA RE PROVIDED ) () / \ � 3) ONE STOREROOM FUNCTION LOCK SGHLAG£ ALBOPD SAT 605 BY THE .OWNER AND INSTALLED BY TN£ GENERAL CONTRA 6) FOUR (4) METAL KICKPL.ATF.S 3A"W X 3A"H STAINLESS STEEL, INSTALLED I' ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE 4) ONE (1) MORTISED HEADER PLATE �O I OF DOOR OF DOOR ON BOTH SIDES AND 1" IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WITH 5) ONE (I) DUSTPROOF STRIKE IVES 570x U54 IN DOWN / \ HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR OPENING: tl TO FACE 7) ONE (1) WALL MOUNTED (SCREWED) DOOR STOP, IVES W5407-CCV U526D; SATIN CHROME (B26D) a: NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINISHED. HARDWARE BY OWNER. SHUTTER00 1) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1641 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" U SALES R FINISH ONLY INSTALL WHERE DOOR SWINGS AGAINST WALL. O% DOORS ARE SET IN POSITION PER PLANS AND FIXED INTO PLACE WITH SCREEN D10 N DOOR lT0 DISPLAY WINDOW( ■ m A FRICTION FIT BETWEEN HEAD JAMB AND FLOOR WITH 3/4' LEVELERS 2) TWO (2) 8 SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE S AND MORTISED HEADER PLATES W) AT FLOOR. THIS DOOR IS SECURED TO THE JAMB WITH HINGES AND 15 REFER TO_ HELD IN OPEN POSITION BY FRICTION FIT AT FLOOR WITH LEVELERS. ROLLER F FLOW PLAN 3) TWO (2) 1 -7/8"x2 -I/2" FLUSH PU NGS 00 THIS DOOR IS NOT HUNG FROM HEADER AND DOES NOT HAVE TOP 2'-0" x T-0" DOOR AND FRAME TRACK ASSEMBLY. NOTE - DooRs ARE NISHED AND PREHUNG WITH HARDWARE. ® p25 TOREFRONT EXIT DOOR (FROM NON -SALES) Y. / INSATALI D. LY MUST BE MODIFIED IN FIELD BY G.G. SEE U / INSTAL PACKET FROM VENDOR. HARDWARE BY OWNER. SHUTTER DOORS PAIR OF V-0' x " x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR(S) AND WELDED FRAME UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND ID01D WELDED METAL FRAME � / IN OPEN POSITION (20 MIN. RATED) U.N. . ( )D5 SALES/NON-SALES DOOR 1) THREE (3) EACH HINGES F88-179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 / UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME A ARDWARE (U.N.O.) SHU17 TRANSOM Y CLOSER \ ` 2) ONE (I) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 319RRIAI IDED BY OWNER, D17 FITTING ROOM DOOR (H.C. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS) PREFIN1514ED DOOR AND 1) ONE (I) EACH ALARM LOCK PANT "ANNEX" UGLI210A ALUM. PROVIDED BY OWNER, (PAINT INSTALLED BY GC. SEN( -8) \ 3'-O" x 5'-0" WOOD DOOR AND FRAME FRAME PROVIDED BY INSTALLED BY G.C. .. 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4' HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME. (45 MIN. NICKEL 26D PULL WITH NO EXPOSED HA �WINDOWDE OWNER, INSTALLED BY 2) ONE (1) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 319RR1 PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY GC. RENGH Z RATING FOR DOORS OPENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY, 20 MIN. RATING AT 11 G.G. (INCLUDED IN 3) ONE (1) CLOSER RU55WIN #DC3210, MOUNTED SIDE OF ACTIVE DOOR _ DOOR/TRANSOM "?j HANDLE At 40 A.F.F. DOORS OPENING t0 UNPROTECTED PASSAGEWAY) I D171L1< PARTITION KIT) 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 U54 'f SHUTTER Q UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: FITTING ROOM DOOR (AMBULATORY FITTING ROOM) 5) ONE (1) EACH KICKPLATE 34' W x 34" H 26D c APPLICADE m V-8" x 5'-0" WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 6) SIX (6) EACH STANLEY HINGES F88 -17q NRP, 4 1/2" X 4 I/2' ASSEMBLY 0 1) ONE (1) 4" W. x 16" H. PULL PLATE ON NON -SALES SIDE / 7) ONE (1) MANUAL FLUSH BOLT SET 1942 TOP 4 BOTTOM LEVER HANDLE 2 T 3) STANLEY HINGES # FBB-1 41/ p11 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE DOORS (FROM MALL TO CONSTRUCTION AREA) UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: (PROVIDED BY OWNER) NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL THRESHOLD, SWEEP AND WEATHER 5T ING DECORATIVE W O E ? AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS RING PULL J r J 4) ONE (1) IVES #FS450 HEAVY DUTY 14OLDER WITH BUTTON= SATIN CHROME (B26D 1) ONE (1) STOREROOM FUNCTION LOCK SCHL.AGE AL80PD SAT 605 FINISH; SET INCLUDES STOP, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE 4 SCREWS S.S. KICK PLATE DBL V-0' x' 7'-0" x 1 3/4' HOLLOW CORE WOOD DOORS NO FRAME n n NOTE: REFER TO CONTRUCTION PLAN FOR SWING CONFIGURATION W / � 2) TWO (2) WAGER SELF-CLOSING HINGES # 1250 3 I/2 X 3 I/2 US4 FINISH P :3 W 5) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER U526D NON -SALES (USE 2' LONG SCREWS) NOTE: 3/4" FRENCH DOOR APPLICADE ASSEMBLY PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED O Iiiii, m SIDE ELEVATION / DFAgBOLT LATCH 3) TWO (2) RUBBER BUMPERS INSTALLED ON JAMB° BY GC ON METAL DOOR AND FRAME ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF STOREFRONT. Z % z LEVER HANDLE AT 4) ONE (1) WALL MOUNTED (SCREWED) DOOR STOP, IVES WS407-CCV USIOB, h V cl UNFINISHED DOORS AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G.. NO 40" A.F.F. (TYP.) V) THE G.C. 15 TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE PROVIDED BY DOOR FRAME, MOUNT DOOR FLUSH WITH BARRICADE PLYWOOD. INSTALL -e OIL RUBBED BRONZE (BIOS) FINISH, ONLY INSTALL WHERE N.C. DOOR " NOTE: FRENCH DOOR/TRANSOM APPLICADE ASSEMBLY IS PREFINISHED AND W THE OWNER: BARRICADE WALL BASE AND GRAPHICS TO MALL SIDE: OPERABLE FROM HANDLE SWINGS AGAINST WALL (N.C. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS ONLY) PREA55EMBLED WITH BOTH SHUTTERS AND APPLICABLE OWNER SUPPLIED NA \ / KEY E W/O USE OF OPEN BELOW DOOR Ie 8-0 INSTALLED. V _, W a I) ONE (1) 3' W. x 12" N. BRASS PUSH PLATE ON SALES SIDE. At n n PRE -FINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND MIN• METAL FRAME 1) SIX (6) STANLEY HINGES, THREE PER DOOR #FSB -179 NRP, 4 I/2 X 4 I/2 26p, ::J REQUIRED FIRE RATED DOORS USE SPECIAL LEVER HANDLE FIELD MORTISE. \ / INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL LOCKSETS ARE TO BE / J W o G 2) ONE (1) 34" W x 34" W STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE KEYED ALIKE AND HANDLES TO POINT TOWARD HINGE SIDE OF DOOR. H.C. ACCESSIBLE DOOR ELEVATION WOOD SHUTTER D ADHERED TO CLOSER ... (NON -SALES SIDE); INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF SHUTTER (CAST IN POLYSTYRENE TO 2) TWO (2) MANUAL SLIDE BOLTS INSTALLED IN LEFT DOOR, TOP AND BOTTOM. TRANSOM 514UTTERS ABOVE 3) ONE (1) DEADBOLT SINGLE CYLINDER LOCK INSTALLED 1N RIGHT DOOR. FIELD METAL FIRE WITH ASTRAGAL ON M Z W �. 3 DOOR AND I" IN FROM 80TH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED MATCH ) CONSTRUCT ADHESIVE AS / Q 0 � O PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED MORTISE STRIKE IN LEFT DOOR. MALL SIDE ELEVATION REQUIR BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INACTIVE LEAF D OR -- ---- PAN W 0 0� J 2 TO DOOR WITH SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL BY GG ON METAL DOOR #FRAME AT WELDED METAL FRAMEgo FASTENERS). SALES SIDE. (MUST BE ADHERED SALES/NON-SALES DO 3) ONE (1) 34" W x 34' H BRASS KICK PLATE (SALES SIDE); USING 3M #969 3M #q5o OR 3M #444(�� STOREFRONT EXIT DOOR (FROM NON -SALES) \ HARDwA' _ � W LL 95 INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR AND i' IN FROM 1 ' A METAL CLOSER BLOCKING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT 40"A.F.F. L% BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WITH SILICONE DOUBLE 5 DED TAPE) - - - — — U a: W Z V-0' x T -O" x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME (45 MIN. RATED) FRAME 1 n n METAL DOOR FRAME \ KICK PLATE '• ADHESIVE (NO MECNANIGAL FASTENERS). PEEP HOLE 31-01' x 7 -0 x I HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME. (q0 MIN. — — (U.N.O.) NICKEL 260 PULL \ METAL DOOR SUPPLIED AND ;■ UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE U.N.O. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED AT 54' A.F.F. RACING FOR DOORS ENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY, ZO MIN. RACING At �� coV� J " HANDLE AT 40 A.F.F. INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR m O O O 11 `.• BY G.G. 1/4 TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOORS OPENING TO UN ECTED PASSAGEWAY) BRASS PUSH PLATE / 1) ONE (1) EACH ALARM LOCK PANIC "PANNIX" UGLI210A ALUM. PROVIDED BY OWNER, SID NON -SALES UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AN ARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.= FIELD VERIFY THRESHOLD OF FIRE INSIDE .� IIIIIIIIIIII &EE: INSTALLED BY G.C. I N I DOOR AS REQUIRED ELEVATION 0 J Z ~ LL of AT RATED WALLS USE PASSAGE LATCH (ONE (1) LATCH 2) ONE (1) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 31gRR1A132 PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. PANIC HARDWARE 1) ONE (1) 4" W. x 16" H. PULL PLA ON NON -SALES SIDE M. / '� J 2 p Z J SET CLS610 MID SMHA 626 WITH LEVER) IN PLACE of 3) ONE (1) CLOSER RUSSWIN #DC3210, MOUNTED ON INSIDE OF DOOR n m PUSN/PULL PLATES. SALES SIDE 4) ONE (1) EACH PEEPHOLE MOUNTED AT 54' A.F.F. DAVSTAR SECURITY ITEM #SSV SILVER / AT 40 A.F.F. 2) THREE (3) STANLEY HINGES # FBB- / Q O W 0 Q 4 SALES SIDE BRASS KICK PLATE 5) ONE (1) EACH KICKPLATE 34' W x 34" H 26D / 3) ONE (1) RUSSWIN DOOR CLOSER # Rq1 OUNTED ON NON -SALES SIDE U ELEVATION „ n KICK PLATE 4) ONE (1) HEAVY DUTY FLOOR DOOR STOP', 5 # 451, BRUSHED ALUMINUM FIN15H 260 Z cc N V) 6) THREE (3) EACH STANLEY HINGES FBB-179 NRP, 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 5) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER 6D DOOR GENERAL NOTES �■■■■� S. KICK PLATE INSIDE (NON -SALES) NON -SALES 1. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC NOTE= G.C. CA PROVIDE AND INSTALL THRESHOLD, SWEEP AND WEATHER STRIPPING AT THE G.C. IS t0 INSTALL tH£ FOLLOWING HARDWARE ED BY SIDE ELEVATION BARS PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY t0 GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. (11338.2.5.1) DB OFFICE DOOR EQ EQ WELDED EXTERIOR LOCATIONS ELEVATION THE OWNER= ' NOTE: REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR SWING CONFIGURATION 1 ONE i 4" W. x 16" H. BRASS PUSH PLATE ON SALES 51 2. THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL AND CLEAR FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF A DOOR. THE LEVEL AREA SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60' AND V-0' x T-011 x 1 3/4 LOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME COAT HOOK NOTE: 3/4" FRENCH DOOR APPLICADE ASSEMBLY PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ON _ _ ) REQUIRED FIRE RATED DOORS USE SPECIAL LEVER HAND THE LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF 48" AS MEASURED AT RIGH( ANGLES t0 THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN THE CLOSED POSITION. (11338.2.4.2, FIGIIB-26) METAL DOOR AND FRAME ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF STOREFRONT. " " H S AIN 5 S KICK PLATE N5 I D n n UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AN RDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G.: 2) ONE (1) 34 W x 34 T LES TEED- ( 3. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AREA ON THE SIDE To WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND 24 PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF THE DOOR FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND IS PAST THE STRIKE EDGE NOTE= FRENCH DOOR/TRANSOM APPLICADE ASSEMBLY 15 PREFINISHED AND CONTINUOUS SIDE); INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR AND ' N FOR INTERIOR DOORS. DOORS RECESSED 8' OR MORE REQUIRE THIS CLEARANCE WITHIN THE RECESSED AREA ADJACENT TO THE DOOR. (11338.2.4.3 FIG 118-26) 1) THREE (3) EACH STANLEY HINGES -179, 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 26D PREA55EMBLM WITH BOTH SHUTTERS AND/OR SAFETY GLASS PANELS AND S14UTTER HINGE FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR OPERABL TRANSOM SHUTTERS - � 2) ONE (1) EACH CORBIN RUSSWIN LATCHS 610 NZD BMHA 626 WITH LEVER HANDLE 9. " " APPLICABLE OWNER SUPPLIED HARDWARE INSTALLED. FRES SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO_MECHANICAL FASTENERS). PROVIDED B NER, INSTALLED 4• CNE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE?HRES14OLD OF THE DOORWAY. (1133B.2.4.1) 3) ONE (1) IVES #FS450 HEAVY DUTY HOLDER WI TTON= SATIN CHROME (B26D) FI ; (2) B X 10 FRAMES NOTE: G.G. TO PAINT AREA OF METAL DOOR P-7 PRIOR TO ATTACHING FRENCH DOOR DOORS TRANSOM 3) ONE (1) 34'" IW x 34" H BRASS KICK PLATE (SAL SIDE); BY GC ON MET DOOR 4 FRAME SET INCLUDES Stop, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE 1 SC APPLICADE. ONLY PAINT AREA WHERE DOOR WILL BE VISIBLE THRU GLASS PANELS. ( ) SHUTTER INSTALLED 1 ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF D I IN FROM AT SALES SIDE P WALL 5. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED TO A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST 4) ONE (1) COAT NOOK BY BUILDERS BRASS #500D, ALUMIN I U EITHER AT N BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO WITH 51LICONE BEYOND P-9 WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR WHICH 72' A.F.F. OR 4811 A.F.F. AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. AD1 THICK FRENCH DOOR DECORS REQUIRED. ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL FASTENER WILL ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR, WHICH WILL ALLOW CNE DOOR To BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR � �� / LEVER HANDILE ADHERED TO METAL FIRE DOOR A5 REQUIRED. -� PEEP HOILE a BRA55 PUSH PLATE 5) (2) 8 X 10 BLACK WOOD PICTURE FRAMES. n SHUTTER DOOR �� AT 40 A.F.F. PAIN( P-7 BEHIND DILL GLASS SURFACES PRIOR I 54 AFF HAZARDOUS CONDITION. (11338.2.6, FIG 118-29) MAY (I 6 2oog TO ADHERING APPLICADE. SHUTTER (CAST IN POLYSTYRENE N DECORATIVE b. MAXIMUM EFFORT t0 OPERATE EXTERIOR OR INTERIOR DOORS WITH CLOSERS SHALL NOT EXCEED FIVE POUNDS. THIS MAY BE INCREASED TO 15 POUNDS FOR FIRE -RATED DOORS. At RATED WALLS USE CLOSER (RUSSWIN #DC3210 UNTED ON INSIDE OF DOOR) — — MODIFY DOOR FRAME WITH EXTERIOR CASINGIN MATCH (RANSOM SHUTTERS ABOVE) - / ASSEMBLY, REFER TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION RING PULL FIRE DOOR PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED �' 7. KICK PLATES ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON BOTH SIDES OF ALL NON -SALES DOORS (NON -SALES SIDE ONLY U.N.O.). ABFHL0155 THE G.C. IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING WARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER: PACKAGE HINGE N=. BY Cr- ON METAL DOOR 4 FRAME At •- I) ONE (1) 4' W. x 16' H. BRA SN PLATE ON SALES SIDE. AT REQUIRED FIRE RATED DOORS USE SP - - BLACKING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR Ary BE14 NINE DPGLA55 AT RATED WALLS PASSAGE LATCH (ONE (1) LATCH SALES 51DE. (MUST BE ADHERED '" SET CL3610 NID HA 626 WITH LEVER) IN PLACE OF USING 3M #q69, 3M #950 OR 3M #444 SHEET LEVER HANDLE - - METAL DOOR FRAME v FR05TED FUSH/PULL P TES. DOUBLE SIDED TAPE) 2) SALES SIDE - (I W x 34" H BRASS KICK PLATE INSTALLED I" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR ANq I" IN METAL DOOR SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GLASS FROM BOTH OF THE DOOR GENERAL CONTRACTORABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR ON SALES SIDE 3) ONE W x 34114 STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE; INSTALLED I" SALES SIDE BRASS KICK PLATE SIDE AND V IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF DOOR; ADHERED TO DOOR USING NQ FASTENERS TYPICAL PLAN VIEW RIR VERIFY THRESHOLD of FIRE DOOR AS EXTERIOR (STOREFRONT) ELEVATION ELEVATION (ILLUSTRATION OF SCNLAGE LEVER TYPE HANDLE) AOm3THE (sNutrax DcoRs oPar) 1� / it It FROSTEDa b GLASS t IFr10 uloo QL - I DECORATIVE RING PULL v �r § V ; 1I_ E� H z :: z — — q I Q Ca -4 pp .E — i t pL O TRANSOM NOTE -DOORS ARE PREFINISHED AND PREHUNG. HARDWARE BY OWNER. SET INCLUDES STOP, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE 4 SCREWS , / AUX FINISHED) SHUTTER 43 p QJ D23 Y DOOR (BACK SALES ROOM) 6) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER US26D * FRAME / BLOCK-OUT PANEL TO BE 51_0" x 7'-0" LOUVERED DOOR AND FRAME WITH TRANSOM AND 1 G G V J D3 PASS-THRU OPENING THE G.G. IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWAR IDEq BY THE OWNER; �v KICK PLATE D15 SELF CLOSING BI -FOLD DOORS INSTALLED ON SALES SIDE WHEN LOUVERED 5HUTTE:RS (6 0 W.) WOOD FRAMED OPENING DOORS ARE IN CLOSED POSITION •� (: ) (6'-0" W•) WOOD FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM 1) TWO (2) 34" W xl 34" N STAINLESS ST KICK PLATE FOR 3'-0" DOOR TWO I ELEVATION WITH TRANSOM PREFINISHED DOOR AND WAR PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND - ' 1 (2) 40 W X 34 H FOR 3 -6 ; INSTALLED I ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF - PAINT P-6 INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTR MoD DOOR ON BOTH SIDES AN IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO 1 _ _ '' D3a (5'-0" W.) WOOD FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM I DOOR WITH SILICON E51VE (NO MECHANICAL FASTENERS). (5'-D" W.) WOOD FRAMED OPENING " ' ( .3 D158 WITH TRAN50M SLIDE BOLT W/ RECEIVER HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR: blQm, IN OPEN POSITION ONLY/ 1) THREE (3) EACH HINGES BB1191 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" NRP US4 AT RATED S USE PASSAGE LATCH (ONE (1) LATCH SET CL3510 MID BMHA 626 WITH FRONT OF DOOR (SLATS LOUNGE SALES 2) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1541 3 1/2' X 3 1/2" U54 LEV PLACE OF PUSH/PULL PLATES. IN DOWN POSITION) TO // // / 'FRONT" "BACK" 3) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 36" US3 Dab (4'-0" W.) Wooq FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM PREFINISHED FRAME, JAMB OVERLAYS, DOORS, BLOCK OUT FACE LOUNGE 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 US4 PANEL AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER ANDVol1) -31 O O C INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR U.N.O. BUTTERFLY HINGES NOTES: ♦ ♦ -. p9a STOCKROOM DOOR (FROM LOCKER ROOM ALCOVE TO STOCKROOM) WELDED MET ME HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR OPENING: SURFACE MOUNTED t0 TRANSOM PANELS ARE PREASSEMBELED WITH BOTH Xf F cc r Z? BACK SIDE OF DOOR SHUTTERS AND GLASS PANELS. 18" W. FIXED SHUTTER ATTACHED TO EACH JAMB. CLOS NONSAL.ES 1) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 72' U53 PAINT P-6 © � ♦ PREFINISNED FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND 3'-0" x 6'-8" x 13/4 LOW METAL DOOR AND WELD1cD FRAME (20 MIN. RATING) ) 2) THREE (3) MORTISED ASTRAGAL WEATHER STRIPPING PAINT WALLS BEHIND GLASS PANELS DECORATIVE ro Q O � INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3) TWO (2) 11HOHMER' DOUBLE. ACTING HINGES (PRE-INSTALLED IN DOOR) _? '^ 1bUNFINISHED DOOR, .FRAME AND DWARF PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: 4) TWO (2) "BOHMER' HEADER PIVOT A55EMBLIES (PRE-INSTALI.Eq IN DOOR) � RING PULL W Q a Q HARDWARE PROVIDED PER PA55-THRU: 5) SIX (6) DOUBLE LOCKING BI -FOLD DOOR HINGESA e :b IV cc I I " " 1) THREE (3) STANLEY HINGES #FE3B-179 4 1/2" X 4 I/2' 26D 6) TWO (2) 8' SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE BOLTS AND MORTISED HEADER PLATES 4 ,­-', I 1 1) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1541 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 US4 7) TWO (2) 1 7/8" x 2 1/2" FLUSH PULL RINGS ® - „ 2) ONE (1) CLOSER RUSSWIN #DC3210, MOUNT INSIDE OF DOOR PASSAGE LATCH ' ' 40 r+ to O 2) ONE (1) EACH PIANO HINGE 314 1/4 72 US3 8) TWO (2) OVAL HANDLE PULLS (FOR BLOCK OUT PANEL) 3� O O O O SHUTTER DOORS FIXED IN 3) ONE (I) IVES #FSA50 HEAVY DUTY HOLDER WIT ON, SATIN CHROME (B26D) SH; LEVER HANDLE At WEATHER STRIP NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINISHED AND PRE -HUNG. HARDWARE BY OWNER. OPEN POSITION SET INCLUDES S70P, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE SGRE 40' A.F.F. 9) THREE (3) PRESSURE SPRING CLIPS I N N a 4) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER U926D NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINIS14ED AND PREHUNG WITH HARDWARE FRAME ♦♦INSTALLED. ASSEMBLY MUST BE MODIFIED IN FIELD BY G.C. SEE SHUTTER DOORS SELF-CLOSING WELDED FRAME r O VOID D24 PAIRED DOOR IMOD SINK CLOSET( O a INSTALLATION PACKET FROM VENDOR. HARDWARE BY OWNER. IN OPEN POSITION BONMER HINGE D4 LOCKER ROOM PASS-THRU OPENING THE G.C.IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE PROVI BY THE OWNER= / DBL V-0" x T-0" x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR WITH WELDED METAL FRAME. .. •• 32' qR FRAME (20 MIN, RATING AT DOORS OPENING TO UNPROTECTED PASSAGEWAY 45 MIN. • • �'•� (: )MI IMUM „ „ KICK PLATE BI -FOLD DOORS (LOCKER ROOM) RATING FOR DOORS OPENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY) UNFINISHED - W W ~ W T-0" H. WOOD BI -FOLD DOOR (VERIFY WIDTH WITH FLOOR PLAN) I) ONE (I) 34 W x 34 H STAINLESS STEEL KIG TE (NON -SALES SIDE); D16 / \ 1'- Q n + 4 - WOOD FRAMED OPENING WITH TRANSOM SLIDE BOLT W/ PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. �� F 4 0 V IV INSTALLED 1 Ai301/E BOTTOM EDGE OF AND I IN FROM BOtW EDGES OF ( •) •• PREFINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WIT (CONE ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL M " STRIKE IN OPEN AND 1) SIX (6) EACH STANLEY SELF-CLOSING HINGES 42232q -2060-R 1-1/2" X 4", PRE -MORTISE. / LEVER HANDLE AT 40 A.F.F. � 0 � W N INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FASTENERS). NONSA ELEVATION 1) FOUR (4) EACH RING 1 3 1/2 x 3 1/2 US4 CLOSED POSITION TYPICAL. OPERABLE FROM Im 1x H 11 SALES LOCKER 2) TWO (2) MANUAL SLIDE BOLTS INSTALLED IN RIGHT DOOR, TOP AND BOTTOM. INSIDE W/O USE OF KEY. F"• Q „ 2) TWO (2) EACH SURFACE 30 8 US4 O � HARDWARE PROVIDED PER PASS-THRU: \ / 2) ONE (1) 34 "W x 34 H A ETCHED SOLID BRA55 KICK PLATE (ALCOVE SIDE); 3) TWO (2) EACH MORTISE STRIKES "FRONT' "BACK" 3) ONE (1) PASSAGE LATCH SET CL3610 MID BMHA 626 WITH LEVER INSTALLED IN LEFT DOOR. •® ' J 0 Llai 1) SIX (6) PIANO HINGE 314 i/4 84' U54 INSTALLED 1 ABOV OM EDGE OF DOOR AND I IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 US4 HINGES ARE PRE MORTISE STRIKE IM RIGHT DOOR. C S.S. KICK PLATE f!f THE DOOR 5EC D TO DOOR WITH SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL MORTISED 4) ONE (1) DUSTPROOF STRIKE IVES DP -1, 626 FINISH \ � W Z o 4 2) ONE (I) SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE BOLTS 630 8" US3 OPEN FA5TENE 5) ONE (1) DOOR STRIKE - PRECISION 5459 40 O_ m m 3 ONE I SPRING LOADED DOOR ROLLER PREFINISHED FRAME JAMB OVERLAYS DOORS AND HA RE PROVIDED ) () / \ � 3) ONE STOREROOM FUNCTION LOCK SGHLAG£ ALBOPD SAT 605 BY THE .OWNER AND INSTALLED BY TN£ GENERAL CONTRA 6) FOUR (4) METAL KICKPL.ATF.S 3A"W X 3A"H STAINLESS STEEL, INSTALLED I' ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE 4) ONE (1) MORTISED HEADER PLATE �O I OF DOOR OF DOOR ON BOTH SIDES AND 1" IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WITH 5) ONE (I) DUSTPROOF STRIKE IVES 570x U54 IN DOWN / \ HARDWARE PROVIDED PER DOOR OPENING: tl TO FACE 7) ONE (1) WALL MOUNTED (SCREWED) DOOR STOP, IVES W5407-CCV U526D; SATIN CHROME (B26D) a: NOTE - DOORS ARE PREFINISHED. HARDWARE BY OWNER. SHUTTER00 1) FOUR (4) EACH HINGES 1641 3 1/2" x 3 1/2" U SALES R FINISH ONLY INSTALL WHERE DOOR SWINGS AGAINST WALL. O% DOORS ARE SET IN POSITION PER PLANS AND FIXED INTO PLACE WITH SCREEN D10 N DOOR lT0 DISPLAY WINDOW( ■ m A FRICTION FIT BETWEEN HEAD JAMB AND FLOOR WITH 3/4' LEVELERS 2) TWO (2) 8 SURFACE MOUNTED SLIDE S AND MORTISED HEADER PLATES W) AT FLOOR. THIS DOOR IS SECURED TO THE JAMB WITH HINGES AND 15 REFER TO_ HELD IN OPEN POSITION BY FRICTION FIT AT FLOOR WITH LEVELERS. ROLLER F FLOW PLAN 3) TWO (2) 1 -7/8"x2 -I/2" FLUSH PU NGS 00 THIS DOOR IS NOT HUNG FROM HEADER AND DOES NOT HAVE TOP 2'-0" x T-0" DOOR AND FRAME TRACK ASSEMBLY. NOTE - DooRs ARE NISHED AND PREHUNG WITH HARDWARE. ® p25 TOREFRONT EXIT DOOR (FROM NON -SALES) Y. / INSATALI D. LY MUST BE MODIFIED IN FIELD BY G.G. SEE U / INSTAL PACKET FROM VENDOR. HARDWARE BY OWNER. SHUTTER DOORS PAIR OF V-0' x " x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR(S) AND WELDED FRAME UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND ID01D WELDED METAL FRAME � / IN OPEN POSITION (20 MIN. RATED) U.N. . ( )D5 SALES/NON-SALES DOOR 1) THREE (3) EACH HINGES F88-179 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 / UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME A ARDWARE (U.N.O.) SHU17 TRANSOM Y CLOSER \ ` 2) ONE (I) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 319RRIAI IDED BY OWNER, D17 FITTING ROOM DOOR (H.C. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS) PREFIN1514ED DOOR AND 1) ONE (I) EACH ALARM LOCK PANT "ANNEX" UGLI210A ALUM. PROVIDED BY OWNER, (PAINT INSTALLED BY GC. SEN( -8) \ 3'-O" x 5'-0" WOOD DOOR AND FRAME FRAME PROVIDED BY INSTALLED BY G.C. .. 3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4' HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME. (45 MIN. NICKEL 26D PULL WITH NO EXPOSED HA �WINDOWDE OWNER, INSTALLED BY 2) ONE (1) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 319RR1 PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY GC. RENGH Z RATING FOR DOORS OPENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY, 20 MIN. RATING AT 11 G.G. (INCLUDED IN 3) ONE (1) CLOSER RU55WIN #DC3210, MOUNTED SIDE OF ACTIVE DOOR _ DOOR/TRANSOM "?j HANDLE At 40 A.F.F. DOORS OPENING t0 UNPROTECTED PASSAGEWAY) I D171L1< PARTITION KIT) 4) TWO (2) EACH RING PULLS 0394 U54 'f SHUTTER Q UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: FITTING ROOM DOOR (AMBULATORY FITTING ROOM) 5) ONE (1) EACH KICKPLATE 34' W x 34" H 26D c APPLICADE m V-8" x 5'-0" WOOD DOOR AND FRAME 6) SIX (6) EACH STANLEY HINGES F88 -17q NRP, 4 1/2" X 4 I/2' ASSEMBLY 0 1) ONE (1) 4" W. x 16" H. PULL PLATE ON NON -SALES SIDE / 7) ONE (1) MANUAL FLUSH BOLT SET 1942 TOP 4 BOTTOM LEVER HANDLE 2 T 3) STANLEY HINGES # FBB-1 41/ p11 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE DOORS (FROM MALL TO CONSTRUCTION AREA) UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.: (PROVIDED BY OWNER) NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL THRESHOLD, SWEEP AND WEATHER 5T ING DECORATIVE W O E ? AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS RING PULL J r J 4) ONE (1) IVES #FS450 HEAVY DUTY 14OLDER WITH BUTTON= SATIN CHROME (B26D 1) ONE (1) STOREROOM FUNCTION LOCK SCHL.AGE AL80PD SAT 605 FINISH; SET INCLUDES STOP, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE 4 SCREWS S.S. KICK PLATE DBL V-0' x' 7'-0" x 1 3/4' HOLLOW CORE WOOD DOORS NO FRAME n n NOTE: REFER TO CONTRUCTION PLAN FOR SWING CONFIGURATION W / � 2) TWO (2) WAGER SELF-CLOSING HINGES # 1250 3 I/2 X 3 I/2 US4 FINISH P :3 W 5) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER U526D NON -SALES (USE 2' LONG SCREWS) NOTE: 3/4" FRENCH DOOR APPLICADE ASSEMBLY PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED O Iiiii, m SIDE ELEVATION / DFAgBOLT LATCH 3) TWO (2) RUBBER BUMPERS INSTALLED ON JAMB° BY GC ON METAL DOOR AND FRAME ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF STOREFRONT. Z % z LEVER HANDLE AT 4) ONE (1) WALL MOUNTED (SCREWED) DOOR STOP, IVES WS407-CCV USIOB, h V cl UNFINISHED DOORS AND HARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G.. NO 40" A.F.F. (TYP.) V) THE G.C. 15 TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE PROVIDED BY DOOR FRAME, MOUNT DOOR FLUSH WITH BARRICADE PLYWOOD. INSTALL -e OIL RUBBED BRONZE (BIOS) FINISH, ONLY INSTALL WHERE N.C. DOOR " NOTE: FRENCH DOOR/TRANSOM APPLICADE ASSEMBLY IS PREFINISHED AND W THE OWNER: BARRICADE WALL BASE AND GRAPHICS TO MALL SIDE: OPERABLE FROM HANDLE SWINGS AGAINST WALL (N.C. ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOMS ONLY) PREA55EMBLED WITH BOTH SHUTTERS AND APPLICABLE OWNER SUPPLIED NA \ / KEY E W/O USE OF OPEN BELOW DOOR Ie 8-0 INSTALLED. V _, W a I) ONE (1) 3' W. x 12" N. BRASS PUSH PLATE ON SALES SIDE. At n n PRE -FINISHED DOOR AND HARDWARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND MIN• METAL FRAME 1) SIX (6) STANLEY HINGES, THREE PER DOOR #FSB -179 NRP, 4 I/2 X 4 I/2 26p, ::J REQUIRED FIRE RATED DOORS USE SPECIAL LEVER HANDLE FIELD MORTISE. \ / INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL LOCKSETS ARE TO BE / J W o G 2) ONE (1) 34" W x 34" W STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE KEYED ALIKE AND HANDLES TO POINT TOWARD HINGE SIDE OF DOOR. H.C. ACCESSIBLE DOOR ELEVATION WOOD SHUTTER D ADHERED TO CLOSER ... (NON -SALES SIDE); INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF SHUTTER (CAST IN POLYSTYRENE TO 2) TWO (2) MANUAL SLIDE BOLTS INSTALLED IN LEFT DOOR, TOP AND BOTTOM. TRANSOM 514UTTERS ABOVE 3) ONE (1) DEADBOLT SINGLE CYLINDER LOCK INSTALLED 1N RIGHT DOOR. FIELD METAL FIRE WITH ASTRAGAL ON M Z W �. 3 DOOR AND I" IN FROM 80TH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED MATCH ) CONSTRUCT ADHESIVE AS / Q 0 � O PROVIDED BY OWNER INSTALLED MORTISE STRIKE IN LEFT DOOR. MALL SIDE ELEVATION REQUIR BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. INACTIVE LEAF D OR -- ---- PAN W 0 0� J 2 TO DOOR WITH SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL BY GG ON METAL DOOR #FRAME AT WELDED METAL FRAMEgo FASTENERS). SALES SIDE. (MUST BE ADHERED SALES/NON-SALES DO 3) ONE (1) 34" W x 34' H BRASS KICK PLATE (SALES SIDE); USING 3M #969 3M #q5o OR 3M #444(�� STOREFRONT EXIT DOOR (FROM NON -SALES) \ HARDwA' _ � W LL 95 INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR AND i' IN FROM 1 ' A METAL CLOSER BLOCKING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT 40"A.F.F. L% BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR WITH SILICONE DOUBLE 5 DED TAPE) - - - — — U a: W Z V-0' x T -O" x 1 3/4" HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME (45 MIN. RATED) FRAME 1 n n METAL DOOR FRAME \ KICK PLATE '• ADHESIVE (NO MECNANIGAL FASTENERS). PEEP HOLE 31-01' x 7 -0 x I HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND WELDED FRAME. (q0 MIN. — — (U.N.O.) NICKEL 260 PULL \ METAL DOOR SUPPLIED AND ;■ UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AND HARDWARE U.N.O. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED AT 54' A.F.F. RACING FOR DOORS ENING TO ONE HOUR EXIT PASSAGEWAY, ZO MIN. RACING At �� coV� J " HANDLE AT 40 A.F.F. INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR m O O O 11 `.• BY G.G. 1/4 TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS DOORS OPENING TO UN ECTED PASSAGEWAY) BRASS PUSH PLATE / 1) ONE (1) EACH ALARM LOCK PANIC "PANNIX" UGLI210A ALUM. PROVIDED BY OWNER, SID NON -SALES UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AN ARDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.= FIELD VERIFY THRESHOLD OF FIRE INSIDE .� IIIIIIIIIIII &EE: INSTALLED BY G.C. I N I DOOR AS REQUIRED ELEVATION 0 J Z ~ LL of AT RATED WALLS USE PASSAGE LATCH (ONE (1) LATCH 2) ONE (1) EACH CYLINDER U -CHANGE 31gRR1A132 PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. PANIC HARDWARE 1) ONE (1) 4" W. x 16" H. PULL PLA ON NON -SALES SIDE M. / '� J 2 p Z J SET CLS610 MID SMHA 626 WITH LEVER) IN PLACE of 3) ONE (1) CLOSER RUSSWIN #DC3210, MOUNTED ON INSIDE OF DOOR n m PUSN/PULL PLATES. SALES SIDE 4) ONE (1) EACH PEEPHOLE MOUNTED AT 54' A.F.F. DAVSTAR SECURITY ITEM #SSV SILVER / AT 40 A.F.F. 2) THREE (3) STANLEY HINGES # FBB- / Q O W 0 Q 4 SALES SIDE BRASS KICK PLATE 5) ONE (1) EACH KICKPLATE 34' W x 34" H 26D / 3) ONE (1) RUSSWIN DOOR CLOSER # Rq1 OUNTED ON NON -SALES SIDE U ELEVATION „ n KICK PLATE 4) ONE (1) HEAVY DUTY FLOOR DOOR STOP', 5 # 451, BRUSHED ALUMINUM FIN15H 260 Z cc N V) 6) THREE (3) EACH STANLEY HINGES FBB-179 NRP, 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 26D 5) ONE (1) ROCKWOOD #472 DOOR STOP/HOLDER 6D DOOR GENERAL NOTES �■■■■� S. KICK PLATE INSIDE (NON -SALES) NON -SALES 1. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC NOTE= G.C. CA PROVIDE AND INSTALL THRESHOLD, SWEEP AND WEATHER STRIPPING AT THE G.C. IS t0 INSTALL tH£ FOLLOWING HARDWARE ED BY SIDE ELEVATION BARS PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY t0 GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. (11338.2.5.1) DB OFFICE DOOR EQ EQ WELDED EXTERIOR LOCATIONS ELEVATION THE OWNER= ' NOTE: REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR SWING CONFIGURATION 1 ONE i 4" W. x 16" H. BRASS PUSH PLATE ON SALES 51 2. THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL AND CLEAR FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF A DOOR. THE LEVEL AREA SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60' AND V-0' x T-011 x 1 3/4 LOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME COAT HOOK NOTE: 3/4" FRENCH DOOR APPLICADE ASSEMBLY PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ON _ _ ) REQUIRED FIRE RATED DOORS USE SPECIAL LEVER HAND THE LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF 48" AS MEASURED AT RIGH( ANGLES t0 THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN THE CLOSED POSITION. (11338.2.4.2, FIGIIB-26) METAL DOOR AND FRAME ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF STOREFRONT. " " H S AIN 5 S KICK PLATE N5 I D n n UNFINISHED DOOR, FRAME AN RDWARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.G.: 2) ONE (1) 34 W x 34 T LES TEED- ( 3. THE WIDTH OF THE LEVEL AREA ON THE SIDE To WHICH THE DOOR SWINGS SHALL EXTEND 24 PAST THE STRIKE EDGE OF THE DOOR FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND IS PAST THE STRIKE EDGE NOTE= FRENCH DOOR/TRANSOM APPLICADE ASSEMBLY 15 PREFINISHED AND CONTINUOUS SIDE); INSTALLED 1" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR AND ' N FOR INTERIOR DOORS. DOORS RECESSED 8' OR MORE REQUIRE THIS CLEARANCE WITHIN THE RECESSED AREA ADJACENT TO THE DOOR. (11338.2.4.3 FIG 118-26) 1) THREE (3) EACH STANLEY HINGES -179, 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" 26D PREA55EMBLM WITH BOTH SHUTTERS AND/OR SAFETY GLASS PANELS AND S14UTTER HINGE FROM BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO DOOR OPERABL TRANSOM SHUTTERS - � 2) ONE (1) EACH CORBIN RUSSWIN LATCHS 610 NZD BMHA 626 WITH LEVER HANDLE 9. " " APPLICABLE OWNER SUPPLIED HARDWARE INSTALLED. FRES SILICONE ADHESIVE (NO_MECHANICAL FASTENERS). PROVIDED B NER, INSTALLED 4• CNE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE?HRES14OLD OF THE DOORWAY. (1133B.2.4.1) 3) ONE (1) IVES #FS450 HEAVY DUTY HOLDER WI TTON= SATIN CHROME (B26D) FI ; (2) B X 10 FRAMES NOTE: G.G. TO PAINT AREA OF METAL DOOR P-7 PRIOR TO ATTACHING FRENCH DOOR DOORS TRANSOM 3) ONE (1) 34'" IW x 34" H BRASS KICK PLATE (SAL SIDE); BY GC ON MET DOOR 4 FRAME SET INCLUDES Stop, HOOK, MOUNTING PLATE 1 SC APPLICADE. ONLY PAINT AREA WHERE DOOR WILL BE VISIBLE THRU GLASS PANELS. ( ) SHUTTER INSTALLED 1 ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF D I IN FROM AT SALES SIDE P WALL 5. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED TO A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST 4) ONE (1) COAT NOOK BY BUILDERS BRASS #500D, ALUMIN I U EITHER AT N BOTH EDGES OF THE DOOR SECURED TO WITH 51LICONE BEYOND P-9 WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. WHERE NARROW FRAME DOORS ARE USED A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR WHICH 72' A.F.F. OR 4811 A.F.F. AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. AD1 THICK FRENCH DOOR DECORS REQUIRED. ADHESIVE (NO MECHANICAL FASTENER WILL ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE INSTALLED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR, WHICH WILL ALLOW CNE DOOR To BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR � �� / LEVER HANDILE ADHERED TO METAL FIRE DOOR A5 REQUIRED. -� PEEP HOILE a BRA55 PUSH PLATE 5) (2) 8 X 10 BLACK WOOD PICTURE FRAMES. n SHUTTER DOOR �� AT 40 A.F.F. PAIN( P-7 BEHIND DILL GLASS SURFACES PRIOR I 54 AFF HAZARDOUS CONDITION. (11338.2.6, FIG 118-29) MAY (I 6 2oog TO ADHERING APPLICADE. SHUTTER (CAST IN POLYSTYRENE N DECORATIVE b. MAXIMUM EFFORT t0 OPERATE EXTERIOR OR INTERIOR DOORS WITH CLOSERS SHALL NOT EXCEED FIVE POUNDS. THIS MAY BE INCREASED TO 15 POUNDS FOR FIRE -RATED DOORS. At RATED WALLS USE CLOSER (RUSSWIN #DC3210 UNTED ON INSIDE OF DOOR) — — MODIFY DOOR FRAME WITH EXTERIOR CASINGIN MATCH (RANSOM SHUTTERS ABOVE) - / ASSEMBLY, REFER TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION RING PULL FIRE DOOR PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED �' 7. KICK PLATES ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON BOTH SIDES OF ALL NON -SALES DOORS (NON -SALES SIDE ONLY U.N.O.). ABFHL0155 THE G.C. IS TO INSTALL THE FOLLOWING WARE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER: PACKAGE HINGE N=. BY Cr- ON METAL DOOR 4 FRAME At •- I) ONE (1) 4' W. x 16' H. BRA SN PLATE ON SALES SIDE. AT REQUIRED FIRE RATED DOORS USE SP - - BLACKING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR Ary BE14 NINE DPGLA55 AT RATED WALLS PASSAGE LATCH (ONE (1) LATCH SALES 51DE. (MUST BE ADHERED '" SET CL3610 NID HA 626 WITH LEVER) IN PLACE OF USING 3M #q69, 3M #950 OR 3M #444 SHEET LEVER HANDLE - - METAL DOOR FRAME v FR05TED FUSH/PULL P TES. DOUBLE SIDED TAPE) 2) SALES SIDE - (I W x 34" H BRASS KICK PLATE INSTALLED I" ABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR ANq I" IN METAL DOOR SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GLASS FROM BOTH OF THE DOOR GENERAL CONTRACTORABOVE BOTTOM EDGE OF DOOR ON SALES SIDE 3) ONE W x 34114 STAINLESS STEEL KICK PLATE; INSTALLED I" SALES SIDE BRASS KICK PLATE SIDE AND V IN FROM BOTH EDGES OF DOOR; ADHERED TO DOOR USING NQ FASTENERS TYPICAL PLAN VIEW RIR VERIFY THRESHOLD of FIRE DOOR AS EXTERIOR (STOREFRONT) ELEVATION ELEVATION (ILLUSTRATION OF SCNLAGE LEVER TYPE HANDLE) AOm3THE (sNutrax DcoRs oPar) 1/2' EMT/- RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOV (4'-0" MAX. FOR 1/2" 0) 12 VERTICAL HANGER WIRE PRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ EACH EISMIC RESTRAINT 12'-0" O.C. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 0-0" OF EACH WALL r _ " 3/4 EMT BUTT TIGHT TO 1 5/8 METAL JOIST FRAMING DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT AND LOCK- NUT AFTER CEILING SYSTEM IS 011) LEVELED i 45' SECURE TOP TRACK TO STRUCTURE U51NG A MIN. OF K (2) 5/8" TYPE '5-12' SCREWS EVERY 24" O.G. MAXIMUM A0. MALL DECK 2 1/2" STUD INFILL ANCHOR t0 TOP 4 BOTTOM CHORD 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING @ 48" O.C. ALTERNATING SIDES REFER TO 'CEILING PLA �--� IF APPLICABLE VARIES FIELD VERIFY / TOP OF FULL HEIGHT WALL 45' MIL. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE - GENERAL TRADES DESIGN LOAD FOR ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN CEILING 15 2 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT SEISMIC LOCKING PIN � .11 1/2" MT -RUN TIGHT TO S UCTURE ABOVE (4'-0" MAX. OR 1/2" 0) 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE :. COMPRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ EACH SEISMIC RESTRAINT 12'-0" �d O.G. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 0-0" OF EACH WALL a VERTICAL - 12 GA. HANGER WIRE S @ 4'-0" O.C. MAIN RUNN z 3/4" EMT -NOTCH OVER MAIN CROSS TEE I I RUNNER LOCKING CLIP TO FASTEN CROSS TEE TO MAIN RUNNER I I DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT AND LOCK- NUT AFTER CEILING SPLICES AND INTERSECTIONS OF RUNNERS SYSTEM IS LEVELED SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL v D INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS SUCH AS POP SECURE SUPPORT WIRES To STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS RIVETS, SCREWS, PINS, PLATES WITH BENT MAX ABOVE - NOT TO ROOF DECK ICBG #2244 OR EQ L TOP CLIP ( GHANICAI-LY FASTENED) ' SPRING CLIP S Z > BULB CLIP (MECHANICALLY FASTENED) SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL Lu ITEM za LuLu aZ� oN J o?N? 0 w w —1 a pQ w oa zd �c�? Lou J oa H 1 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE B J PORCH WOOD FLOORING, SUB -FLOORING 4 ADHESIVE • • • • • 2 BARRICADE GRAPHICS z • • STOREFRONT CANVAS PANELS D • • 3 DEMOLITION WORK INCL REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL • • FLUTES • • E • 4 DEMISING WALLS (U.N.O.) • 43 STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREWS M TOUGH -UP OF PREFINISHED MATERIALS REFER TO A GYP 5D AT DEMISING WALLS - EXISTING STUDS - WHERE REQUIRED • CLOSED CIRCUIT TV (SEE EL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE) • • INTERIOR TEXTURED FINISH I B PATCHING AND FIREPROOFING OF EXISTING WALLS TO LIKE NEW CONDITION • • • EXTERIOR E.I.F.S. FINISH - WHEN NEEDED G DEMISING WALL FRAMING • A SEN50RMATIC EQUIP. AND INSTALLATION • • FAUX FINISH STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREW • D PERIMETER INSULATION • • Cpp► • • WALK -OFF MAT - EXTERIOR LOCATIONS G = ALUMINUM SHIELDING cABETS E FIRE CAULKING • 12 • • STOREFRONT GUTTERS/FLASHING/MEMBRANE - EXTERIOR LOCATIONS 5 STOREFRONT SYSTEMS • • •• 5 MALL MATCH FLOORING............ MONITOR, PLATE BRACKET AND FRAME W/ BEZEL A STOREFRONT FRAMING, SHEATHING AND 5LOCKING • • 14 • • INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION B DOORS, FRAMES, SHUTTERS, HDWR 4 FINISHED ASSY COMPONENTS DISH, CABLE AND RECEIVERS • p • 5/8" TYPE P. BOARD DETAIL C/A8.1 FOR W G STOREFRONT FINISH AND PAINT W • • Of z o D STOREFRONT WOOD, FOAM OR COMPOSITE TRIM FINISH SYSTEM SECURE B TRACK TO ASSEMBLY. • � • SLAB US G POWDER E PORCH RED IRON • W • .145"0 MAX. SPACING F PORCH ROOF STRUCTURE _ • m iii G STOREFRONT ROOF TILE, MORTAR 4 INSTALLATION MATL5 • H STOREFRONT PORCH HANDRAILS • • 1/2' EMT/- RUN TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOV (4'-0" MAX. FOR 1/2" 0) 12 VERTICAL HANGER WIRE PRESSION STRUT REQUIRED @ EACH EISMIC RESTRAINT 12'-0" O.C. EACH WAY AND WITHIN 0-0" OF EACH WALL r _ " 3/4 EMT BUTT TIGHT TO 1 5/8 METAL JOIST FRAMING DRILL 5/32" HOLE FOR 1/8" BOLT AND LOCK- NUT AFTER CEILING SYSTEM IS 011) LEVELED i 45' SECURE TOP TRACK TO STRUCTURE U51NG A MIN. OF K (2) 5/8" TYPE '5-12' SCREWS EVERY 24" O.G. MAXIMUM A0. MALL DECK 2 1/2" STUD INFILL ANCHOR t0 TOP 4 BOTTOM CHORD 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUD BRACING @ 48" O.C. ALTERNATING SIDES REFER TO 'CEILING PLA �--� IF APPLICABLE VARIES FIELD VERIFY / TOP OF FULL HEIGHT WALL 45' F WOOD FLOORING 4 WOOD TRANSITION STRIPS 0 0LAY—IN CEILING INSTALLATION (SEISMIC SUSPENDED GYP G WOOD THRESHOLDS • • SCALE 3' - 1'-0' SCALE 3' - 1'-0" H PLYWOOD SUB -FLOORING 4 ADHESIV MIL. I PORCH FLOOR FRAMING MAX. HEIGHT Lu 33 • • O.C. 12'-10" TA85, OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS FOR 2x DE51GN LOAD OR ULTIMATE AXIAL AX. OR COMPRESSION (MINIMUM 60 LBS.) 45' HANGER WIR - 2) TURNS MIN, IN 1 11 ( ) 45 MAX. NOT TO !=i(GEED 6'-0" MAIN RU SPLAY BRACE WIRE ( -12 GA. SPLAY WIRES -SPLAYED ' " CRO55 TEE 8 (MAX.) I/ 1/2 q0 OM EACH OTHER AND 45 LENGTH DIST. FROM EILING PLANE TO FIR MAIN C ONT. HORIZ. STRUT TO . ........ PREVENT SPREADING OF HANGER ALLOWABLE GRSS T RUNNERS #12 170 lbs. 4'-0' o.c. max. O MAIN R NER #10 Ibs. W-0" o.c. max 45' MAX. HANGER WIRE TOP CLIP SECURE SUPPORT WIRES TO STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS M ABOVE -NOT TO ROOF DECK • 45' MAX. SPRING CLIP ATTACHMEN JOIST HOLES FRAMINGi® ,gg�� O.C. ?� COMDR SION POST �'� (4)-12 GA. PLAY WIRES - SPLAYED 90' FROM EA OTHER AND 45' (MAX.) FROM SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL CEILING PLAN CH 7/8' CHANNEL F RING @ 16" O.C. - SECURE TO 1 5/8" METAL 01ST FRAMING WITH NOTE: L/R : RATIO NOT EXCEED 200 MIN. 8 GA. WIRE LAY -IN CEILING - SEE DETAIL A/A0.3 3 5/8" X 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16" O.G. WITH 1 LAYER 5/8" 5/8".TYPE 'X' GYP) BOARD TYP. EACH SIDE - RUN FROM SLAB TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE U.L. DESIGN U465 B J PORCH WOOD FLOORING, SUB -FLOORING 4 ADHESIVE 4 • • • • SCREW BRACING TO z C K STOREFRONT CANVAS PANELS D • • • �i • • FLUTES L SIGNAGE E • V • • 43 STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREWS M TOUGH -UP OF PREFINISHED MATERIALS REFER TO BULKHEAD Ah REFER T ta • • CLOSED CIRCUIT TV (SEE EL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE) N INTERIOR TEXTURED FINISH I SECURITY ACCESS CONTROL • • RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE NOTES O EXTERIOR E.I.F.S. FINISH - WHEN NEEDED • • A SEN50RMATIC EQUIP. AND INSTALLATION (SEE ELEM. RESPON IBILITYSCHEDULE) P FAUX FINISH STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREW • • ALUMINUM SHIELDING COLUMNS 4 WALLS • • Cpp► EXTERIOR SIDE OF WALL Vol Q WALK -OFF MAT - EXTERIOR LOCATIONS G = ALUMINUM SHIELDING cABETS • • O • 12 CONDUIT HOME RUNS ANDDPULL STATIONS R STOREFRONT GUTTERS/FLASHING/MEMBRANE - EXTERIOR LOCATIONS LAY -IN CEILING - 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE 13 • • •• 5 MALL MATCH FLOORING............ MONITOR, PLATE BRACKET AND FRAME W/ BEZEL • • • • 14 SATELLITE 6 INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION N A DISH, CABLE AND RECEIVERS • • p F WOOD FLOORING 4 WOOD TRANSITION STRIPS 0 0LAY—IN CEILING INSTALLATION (SEISMIC SUSPENDED GYP G WOOD THRESHOLDS • • SCALE 3' - 1'-0' SCALE 3' - 1'-0" H PLYWOOD SUB -FLOORING 4 ADHESIV MIL. A METAL STUDS AND JOISTS, GYP. BD, IN -WALL BLOCKING MAX. HEIGHT Lu 33 • • O.C. 12'-10" ACOU ICAL PANEL NOTE: L/R RATIO EXCEED 200 W TRIM LAY -IN CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM SUSP CBWG DETAL 9 WALL 45• 18 B METAL DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE 14'-91" 4 33 • • • • SCREW BRACING TO z C LEVELING OF SLAB SIRENS D I MOISTURE TEST • • �i • • FLUTES w/ FIREPROOF FILL U E FLOOR PROTECTION V • • 43 STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREWS SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC LAY -IN CEILING AND GRID (SALES) F WOOD FLOORING 4 WOOD TRANSITION STRIPS 0 0LAY—IN CEILING INSTALLATION (SEISMIC SUSPENDED GYP G WOOD THRESHOLDS • • SCALE 3' - 1'-0' SCALE 3' - 1'-0" H PLYWOOD SUB -FLOORING 4 ADHESIV CEILING PLAN' �--- LAY -IN CEILING - SEE DETAIL A/AO.3 SECURE BTM. TRACK TO SLAB USING POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. .145"0 @ MAX. SPACING OF 24" O.C. NOTE: FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHORAGE) USE: ERICO TOOL 4 FASTENERS - IC50 #ER 4546; HILTI INC. - ICBO #ER 1280; #ITW RAMSET/ RED HEAD - IC50 #ER 1147 OR EQUAL (TYP.) . BD. CEILING (SEISMICO) WALL SECTION (1) HOUR RATED SCALE 3/8' - 1'4' E • • LOU N MIL. GAGE NON -SALES FLOORING 4 WALL BASE MAX. HEIGHT Lu 33 • • O.C. 12'-10" SECURE TOP TRACK TO STRUCTURE USING A MIN. J OF (2) 5/8" TYPE 'S-12' KAO. . VARIES SCREWS EVERY 24" O.C. IF APPLICABLE -6 FIELD VERIFY MAXIMUM -. 45• 18 z LOUNGE 22 4 STOREFRONT CERAMIC TILE FLOORING MATERIAL 14'-91" 4 33 20 • SCREW BRACING TO z STUD INFILL W/ 3 #8 Q SIRENS O.C. 16'-5" • • �i FILL ALL VOIDS @ DECK O.C. FLUTES w/ FIREPROOF FILL U 20 16" V SCREW BRACING TO WALL 43 STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREWS SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC LAY -IN CEILING AND GRID (SALES) ' REFER TO CEILING PLAN' �--- LAY -IN CEILING - SEE DETAIL A/AO.3 SECURE BTM. TRACK TO SLAB USING POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. .145"0 @ MAX. SPACING OF 24" O.C. NOTE: FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHORAGE) USE: ERICO TOOL 4 FASTENERS - IC50 #ER 4546; HILTI INC. - ICBO #ER 1280; #ITW RAMSET/ RED HEAD - IC50 #ER 1147 OR EQUAL (TYP.) . BD. CEILING (SEISMICO) WALL SECTION (1) HOUR RATED SCALE 3/8' - 1'4' E • • LOU N MIL. GAGE NON -SALES FLOORING 4 WALL BASE MAX. HEIGHT 2 1/2" 33 • • O.C. 12'-10" SECURE TOP TRACK TO STRUCTURE USING A MIN. J OF (2) 5/8" TYPE 'S-12' KAO. . VARIES SCREWS EVERY 24" O.C. IF APPLICABLE -6 FIELD VERIFY MAXIMUM -. NOTE: PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITIONS SHALL BE FRAMED TO 12'-0" A.F.F. MINIMUM AND SHALL BE PROPERLY BRACED TO EXISTING LANDLORD STRUCTURE AS SHOWN. VARIES FIELD VERIFY -- 18 J LOUNGE 22 4 STOREFRONT CERAMIC TILE FLOORING MATERIAL 14'-91" • 33 20 • O.C. 14'-q" 3 5/8" K MORTAR, GROUT, SEALANT 4 INSTALLATION (LOUNGE 22 4 5F) 16" O.C. 16'-5" • • 18 16" O.C. L SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC LAY -IN CEILING AND GRID (NON -SALES) 33 20 16" • • 6" 43 18 M N SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC LAY -IN CEILING AND GRID (SALES) 28'-3" • BULKHEAD Ah REFER T ta • 1"1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TV GE 22/FITTING RM .ARCH CEILING SUSP. SYSTEM • • TOP OF FULLI-o' TOP OF FULL O VAULT GEILING CORRUGATED SHEET METAL/ PAINTING • • HEIGHT WALL MALL I // II HEIGHT WALL MALL II 7 LOUNGE 22/FITTING ROOM EQUIPMENT/FIXTURES DECK I II DECK W A FITTING ROOM DOORS 4 HARDWARE • B FREESTANDING VESTIBULE MIRRORS• • 2 1/2" STUD INFILL 2 1/2" STUD INFILL 45• 450 a �N ANCHOR TO TOP 4 45° C LOUNGE 22 CASH WRAP/BACK WRAP COUNTERS • • ANCHOR TO TOP 4 z ^4 BOTTOM CHORD D LOUNGE 22 METAL PANELS @ CASHWRAP (SURFBOARD WALL) • • BOTTOM CHORD SCREW BRACING TO ►l 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUD INFILL W/ 3 #8 F pv STUD BRACING @ 48" ippp u E LOUNGE 22 FLAG ASSEMBLY • • 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. STUD SREWS � O.G. ALTERNATING SIDES — F LOUNGE 22 FURNITURE • • BRACING @ 48" O.C. i G WALL HUNG LOCKER ROOM MIRRORS • • ALTERNATING SIDES EXTEND GYP. BD. v Z 12'-0" A.F.F. H APPLICATION KIOSK • • REFER TO ;9 FULL HEIGHT ki Q --I TOP OF PARTIAL I RADIUS SHUTTERS AND ASSEMBLY • • SCREW BRACING TO WALL HEIGHT WALL 'CEILING PLAN' u 8 STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREWS REFER TO SALES ROOMS EQUIPMENT/FIXTURES REFER TO 'CEILING PLAN' A CABINETS, SHUTTERS AND TRIM, INCL WALL ANGLE SUPPORTS • • 'CEILING PLAN' B SALES FREESTANDING MIRROR • • LAY -1N CEILING - C CASH WRAP/BACK WRAP COUNTERS • • SEE DETAIL A/AO.3 D DOOR OPENING/SHUTTER/TRANSOM A55EM5LY5/IN-FILL PANELS • • E FLOOR FIXTURES, FURNITURE • • 11 LAY -IN CEILING - %450 SCREW BRACING TO STUD INFILL W/ 3 #8 SCREWS MALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SCREW BRACING TO WALL STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREWS REFER TO 'CEILING PLAN' F S LELAY-IN CEILING -S ARDWARE • • SEE .DETAIL A/A0.3 SEE DETAIL A/A0.3 G PLANTS • • 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. q NON SALES ROOMS EQUIPMENT/FIXTURES STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH (1) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. A NON -SALES HARDWARE • • 3 5/8" x 20 GA. MTL. B METAL SHELVING - MOVABLE AND FIXED FOR NON -SALES • • BOARD TYP. EACH SIDE STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH (1) SECURE BTM. TRACK TO LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. SECURE BTM. TRACK TO C HARDWARE BINS • • SLAB USING POWDER BOARD TYP. EACH SIDE SLAB USING POWDER D METAL CORNER GUARDS AND TERRAZZO STRIP TRANSITIONS • • DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. DRIVEN FASTENERS MIN. .145 � @MAX. SPACING E SHEET METAL WALL PANELING/WAINSCOT • • OF 24" O.C. .1454 @MAX. SPACINGOF 24" O.C. F BULLETIN BOARD • • G EMPLOYEE LOCKERS • • H FRP PANELS FOR MOP SINK 4 WATER COOLER AREAS • NOTE: FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHORAGE) USE: ERICO NOTE: FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHORAGE) USE: ERICO • TOOL 4 FASTENERS - ICBO #ER 4546; HILTI INC. - ICBO #ER 1280; #ITW TOOL 4 FASTENERS - ICBO #ER 4546; HILTI INC. - ICBO #ER 1290• #ITW TOILET RM. ACCESSORIES SEE CHART ON Al2.7 RAMSET/ RED HEAD - ICBO #ER 1147 OR EQUAL (TYP.) ' RAMSET/ RED HEAD - ICBO #ER 1147 OR. EQUAL (TYP.) J PLATFORM FRAMING/PLYWOOD 4 TRIM FOR MEZZANINE AREA • • K MANAGER'S DESK, PROCESSING AND PREP DESKS • • L RESTROOM H.C. GRAB BARS, MIRRORS, COAT HOOKS SEE CHART ON Al2.7 FULL HEIGHT PARTITION PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION M DREAM STEAMER 9 0 WALL SECTION N TOILET ROOM CERAMIC TILE 4 FLOOR TILENON—RATED PARTITION WALL SECTION NON—RATED PARTITION D SCALE 3/8 • 1-00 CERAMIC TILE GROUT 4 SEALER E SCALE 3/8M ■ 1'- 0' P WATERPROOF MEMBRANE (RESTROOM FLOORS) - WHERE REQUIRED • • Q MOP SINK W/ 42" HOSE • • R MOP HOLDER AND H05E HOLDER • • 5 TV/DVD 9• T PANIC HARDWARE - EXIT DOOR • • U DRAWING PLAN TUBE 4 PUNCH TUBE FOR NON -SALES • • V NON -SALES FLOORING AND WALL BASE • • W I DOOR STOP/NOOK NON -SALES DOORS • • 10 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS STUD SIZE MIL. GAGE SPACING MAX. HEIGHT 2 1/2" 33 20 16" O.C. 12'-10" 2 1/2" 43 18 16" O.G. 14'-91" 3 5/8" 33 20 24" O.C. 14'-q" 3 5/8" 33 20 16" O.C. 16'-5" 3 5/8" 43 18 16" O.C. 18'-0" 6" 33 20 16" O.G. 24'-6" 6" 43 18 16" O.C. 28'-3" BOTTOM OF EXISTING DECK OR FLOOR ABOVE Z _ U— � 0 TOP OF STUD 20 GA. "DEEP LEG" TRACK SECURE TO STRUCTURE ONLY AS DELINEATED IN LANDLORD'5 CONSTRUCTION MANUAL t.: ...� I NOTE: DO NOT ATTACH GYP. BOARD TO TOP TRACK B ROOF PENETRATION AND CONDUIT • • E D I TALL ALL OWNER SUPPLIED MATERIALS, AS SHOWN IN USE THIS DETAIL ONLY IF BUILDING AUTHORITIES REQUIRE G CONDUIT AND PULLSTRING DRAWINGS, DESCRIBED IN SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. THAT PARTITION STUDS BE INDEPENDENT OF TOP TRACK • • THE G.G. IN RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE, LOSS, THEFT OR DESTRUCTION OF ALL OWNER -FURNISHED MATERIALS. THE 15 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS • CONTRACTOR WILL BE BACK -CHARGED THE FULL COST OF REPLACEMENT MATERIALS INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGES. * THIS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE TAKES PRECEDENT OVER ALL DRAWING NOTES AND COMMENTS REGARDING RESPONSIBILITY. DEFLECTION DTL NON RATED SCALE 3' - 1'-0' I I I I i II i i i uul. ii � I I VARI FIELD RIFY TOP OF NLL HEIGHT WA L MALL DECK o� A ELEC. WORK, EQUIP. AND INSTALLATION MATERIALS (SEE ELE . RESPONSIBILITYSCHEDULE) W 3 NOTES: HEIGHT LIMITATIONS BASED ON A 5 PSF. LIVE LOAD AND A DEFLECTION LIMIT = L/240 REFER TO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, WWW.SSMA.COM, FOR FULL PRODUCT TECHNICAL INFO. STEEL STUD STANDARDSSMOKE NO SCALE CX> B MECH. WORK, EQUIP. AND INSTALLATION MATERIALS (SEE MEC4. RESPON IBILITY S(:HEDULE) AN OR TO TOP 4 EVERY 24" O.G. MAXIMUM G PLUMBING WORK, EQUIP. AND INSTALLATION MATERIALS (SEE MEC4. RESPON IBILITY SCHEDULE) BO M CHORDGo 0) O D FIRE PROTECTION WORK (SEE MEC 4. RESPON IBILITY HEDULE) 3 5/8" x 0 GA. 12'-0" O N E AUDIO SYSTEM (SEE ELM . RESPON IBILITYSCHEDULE) MTL. STUD 0 0 F PHONE DATA (SEE EL8% RESPON IBILITYSCHEDULE) BRACING @ " O.C. BOTTOM OF S EVACUATION SYSTEM WORK (SEE ME . RESPON IBILITY S HEDULE) BULKHEAD Ah REFER T ta 1"1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TV (SEE EL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE) 'CEILING PL N' I SECURITY ACCESS CONTROL (SEE ELE(',. RESPON IBILITYSCHEDULE) RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE NOTES 11 SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT SCREW BRACING LL A SEN50RMATIC EQUIP. AND INSTALLATION (SEE ELEM. RESPON IBILITYSCHEDULE) STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREW 8 ALUMINUM SHIELDING COLUMNS 4 WALLS • • Cpp► EXTERIOR SIDE OF WALL Vol 1. NON SALES ROOMS INCLUDE RESTROOMS, OFFICE, STOCK AREA U.N.O. SALES ROOMS INCLUDE PORCH, DUDE'S SALES, BETTY15 SALES, LOCKER ROOMS AND ENTRIES 4 LOUNGE 22. ALL OWNER SUPPLIED MATERIALS (OSM) ARE FURNISHED TAILGATE DELIVERY ONLY. THE G.G. IS RESPONSIBLE TO UNPACKAGE, COUNT AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE OF ALL OSM. THE G.C. SMALL TRANSPORT ALL OWNER -SUPPLIED MATERIALS FROM THE POINT OF OFF-LOAD TO THE JOBSITE. MATERIALS WILL BE DELIVERED TO THE CLOSEST AVAILABLE TRUCK DOCK OR OTHER LOCATION AS COORDINATED WITH AND DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD. REPORT DISCREPANCIES, DAMAGES OR MISSING ITEMS TO OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITHIN 48 HOURS OF RECEIPT. MATERIAL OF QUESTIONABLE QUALITY IS NOT TO BE INSTALLED. OTHERWISE IT WILL BE REPLACED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE G C 18 TO RECEIV AN NS p G = ALUMINUM SHIELDING cABETS • • O TO BE SHEATHED WITH 12 CONDUIT HOME RUNS ANDDPULL STATIONS • • LAY -IN CEILING - 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE 13 VIDEO WALL i,',i •• SEE DETAIL A/A0.3 F.R.T. PLYWOOD WITH A I MONITOR, PLATE BRACKET AND FRAME W/ BEZEL • • W 14 SATELLITE W N A DISH, CABLE AND RECEIVERS • • p Z _ U— � 0 TOP OF STUD 20 GA. "DEEP LEG" TRACK SECURE TO STRUCTURE ONLY AS DELINEATED IN LANDLORD'5 CONSTRUCTION MANUAL t.: ...� I NOTE: DO NOT ATTACH GYP. BOARD TO TOP TRACK B ROOF PENETRATION AND CONDUIT • • E D I TALL ALL OWNER SUPPLIED MATERIALS, AS SHOWN IN USE THIS DETAIL ONLY IF BUILDING AUTHORITIES REQUIRE G CONDUIT AND PULLSTRING DRAWINGS, DESCRIBED IN SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. THAT PARTITION STUDS BE INDEPENDENT OF TOP TRACK • • THE G.G. IN RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE, LOSS, THEFT OR DESTRUCTION OF ALL OWNER -FURNISHED MATERIALS. THE 15 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS • CONTRACTOR WILL BE BACK -CHARGED THE FULL COST OF REPLACEMENT MATERIALS INCLUDING FREIGHT CHARGES. * THIS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE TAKES PRECEDENT OVER ALL DRAWING NOTES AND COMMENTS REGARDING RESPONSIBILITY. DEFLECTION DTL NON RATED SCALE 3' - 1'-0' I I I I i II i i i uul. ii � I I VARI FIELD RIFY TOP OF NLL HEIGHT WA L MALL DECK o� DC W 3 H CX> J � AN OR TO TOP 4 EVERY 24" O.G. MAXIMUM Z t BO M CHORDGo �L O j W � — T� 4 O G Itu O � Q z �I ci o u SEC E TOP TRACK TO D K USING A MIN. OF (2) 2 2" STUD INFILL 45 /8" TYPE '5-12' SCREWS AN OR TO TOP 4 EVERY 24" O.G. MAXIMUM BO M CHORDGo 0) O � O 3 5/8" x 0 GA. 12'-0" O N MTL. STUD 0 0 o BRACING @ " O.C. BOTTOM OF S BULKHEAD Ah REFER T ta a 'CEILING PL N' O 0 C SCREW BRACING LL STUDS W/ 3 #8 SCREW O N N Cpp► EXTERIOR SIDE OF WALL Vol p O O TO BE SHEATHED WITH LAY -IN CEILING - 1/2" EXTERIOR GRADE •• i,',i •• SEE DETAIL A/A0.3 F.R.T. PLYWOOD WITH • • W Ld t- a W 3/4" FOAM BOARD AS 3 5/8" x 20 GA. M . STUDS PART OF E.I.F.S. W N @ 16" O.C. WITH LAYER ASSEMBLY. REFER TO 'X' p 5/8" TYPE P. BOARD DETAIL C/A8.1 FOR W W INTERIOR 51D ONLY COMPLETE EXTERIOR c Of z o a FINISH SYSTEM SECURE B TRACK TO ASSEMBLY. c � SLAB US G POWDER DRIVEN ASTENERS MIN. W .145"0 MAX. SPACING OF 4" O.G. _ m iii 0 Lu U NOTE: FOR POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS (SILL ANCHOR A E) USE: ERICO ca TOOL 4 FASTENERS - ICBO #ER 4546; HILTI INC. - ICBO R 1280; #ITW RAMSET/ RED HEAD - ICBO #ER 1147 OR EQUAL (TYP.) Y 3 oc J a EXTERIOR WALL SECTION o00 SCALE 3/8044" C/% W Z � i O N z SAFING INSULATION %fop Z v th N W W c W BOTTOM OF EXISTING Q DECK OR FLOOR � z Z in G ABOVE W FIRE SEALANT EA. SIDE O 00 00 J NOTE: PROVIDE HILTI FIRESTOP D F:- W LL SPRAY AT TOP PF WALL TYP. w DRYWALL SCREW @ 6' O.C. 0 JQ Z 00cc 'FIRE TRAK" ST.. RUNNER C.G.. CO yZ F- O � TO MATCH MALL REQUIREMENTS Z LL, Q zLi DRYWALL SCREW EACH SIDE O W O Q V (ATTACH ONLY BOTTOM LAYER u. = N N OF GYP. BOARD t0 STUD) DRYWALL SCREW TO STRUCTURE @ EACH STUD 3 5/8" X 20 GA. MTL. STUDS @ 16" O.C. 5/8" TYPE "X' GYPSUM WALLBOARD USE THIS DETAIL ONLY F BUILDING AUTHORITIES REQUIRE THAT PARTITION STIRS BE INDEPENDENT OF TOP TRACK UL DESIGN NO. U465 -PER LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL USE DETAL SIMILAR TO UL*HW-D-0024 CLASS II CAPABILITIES, 50% COMPRESSION. MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET K DEFsc 'ALE (01 0LECTION DTL (1) HOUR RATEDI A0.4 ' 104'-6 3/4" m Lo cr T er N I_� 7*7 .i —.— ,_,_... '',------- ---- I 1 — ---- -- — — — — ------- —•-- -- , WSx67 COLUMN - - - _ 1 I I I I WSx67 I E I 1 _ "-JJ COLUMN I �- J I W8x48 COLUMN d - I f'j_ . 12 -10 1 2 I ::_i L r I I H,I- TYPICAL DEMISING WALL -3-5/8" M.S. @ o I tL_ LJ I I II 1 16" O.C. N/(I) 5/8" GWB EACH SIDE TO - 1 , . 3'x0 N.C. WOOD 1OUBLE DOORS O s DECK ABOVE € : I I ;> 1 I ! 10 (4) 24 x24 R.A. OPNG PAINTED P-13 WITH PASSAGE b.F B,' {} I I f W/ F.D.MO LOCKS ET VE TO 1IEW I ET HANDLEIw/ SATIN NICKEL DEMISING WALL) FINISH. NOTE: G. TO ALIGN DOOR _ I IN BARRICADE WlfH CENTERLINE OF � 1 I I f 1 11 `, .__ _ I d _ _ TRUCK DOCK 11 S/ I ` �3 VAV41 PORCH OPENING R FIXTURE #7 (NIC __ 3 @ 13'- li I I I I E TI 'LIMITED TO ' I : I DELIVERY AFTER MALL HOURS. I D11 ( ) 2=— -- , 1" N I 1 O SPACE #N06 I ifs .... I • I . - L I 12 3 CW ALES CEILING 24 META CATWALKS 14'-0" LAY-[ STOCK CEILING ABOVE CI�ILING TO BE I d I I _ " n n .____.�....._..._�r._�_., I � I• 1( ��!.REMOVED 48 4 24"64" MALL EXIT .................•,..................................... E DOORS �, w.._..... x_ .........:.........__..11 C4 MALL X I EXISTING VAV BO AND e I1 , 4" SPRK OVER DUCTWORK TO BE REMOVE:DI € : ....._.._..., ..__ _........_ _..__._. 1 w.- MAIN S.A. THEN @ 1 THEIR ENTIRETY ACK TO (1 `1 (NIC) 1 . : I Ing . I_ II \ ,_ n .......w_..........:..m...... E 12 7 TO SPACE MALL SUPPLY DU TWORK 2 1/2 _ I .__................_......................._.... I — - _ \ I 11;IFT_ - - � ONLY REFER TO MECHA ICA SHr � L SWEETS I I I 11 3;.. I EXISTING VAV BOX AND I I 7\ I .. ... I -1✓ _ _. I I I I 1 FOR ADDITIONAL I FORMATION 1 DUCTWORK TO BE R MOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY ACK TO I I TEL. CO. CLOSET TO „ _..�.:: ' ... "I MALL SUPPLY DUCT ORK - I I � : _ LL REMAIN NIG I 1 1 , REFER TO MECHANIC L I 1 d � \ 1 1 1 1 I �„ M I SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL I : \/AV -1 t11 lt.� t �I INFORMATION \ I I T n 13 -4 e CARPE CERAMIC ° d "d" e 1 I I, I L I EXISTING VARY BOX AND ! L_ ,•..prs§� a . z. ._..• I M. --- -- I Li I I TILE 1 € = I EX. W LS TO BE I I DUCTWORK T BE REMOVED IN - FLOOR { I. I I REMOV D THEIR ENTIR TY BACK TO 1 1 I I. MALL SUPPL DUCTWORK - n I EXISTING GWB ALCOVE CEILING @ q'-011 I I If I I i I ) I REFER TO M CHANI 24 META CATWALKS ... ! . CAL SHEETS ABOVE C ILING TO I I I FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION I ( BE 2" MALL CONDENSATE DRAIN @ 15'-3" 1 ... 11 I I / I J I I I - 1 I 11- - I I I. I REMOVED I .. .. 3/4" DCW TAP TO SPACE �, I �� 1 .. 1 10 1... 1-1/4 EC FEED I _ I r __ _ I 1 I I I `- -- �- - I I 1 " /-NO DIRECT ACCESS- VERIFY -� I I I f TO SPACE I -1-- — I -� I I I ! r6 AT DEMO I- T d: a. 4 VENT UP 4 DOWN W/ 41' 0 i I i TAPS @ 15'-0" I , 116„rq „ I LU �.__.___...... s. , 4 CI VENT U 4 DOWN W/ I ” 1 n 1 EXPANSION JOINT THRU BLDG = _.••..•. m # \ I 1 \ 4 TAPS @ 15 0 — - q I ,�1 � � w _ � _�� ,�d E1o�E E ��.�' �, , � E.I./ 1 T I � �' e e t 1 �� I. N 1 b'` I I I 1 n... W867 COLUMN t . �71 E GAB. HTR- 0 -MARK EXISTING P UM51NG FIXTURES 1 1 - - - - - LI 77 - € - - - 1- - - - I � ._ / AND ASSOC AT 1 WSx48 COLUMuj #CUW-SFF-1218-W00008, 208/3ph, 2KW ED PIPING TO 1 = _ ; W8x67 "; 24" AL CATWALKS m BE REMOVE TYP. -REFER 1 - I / /_f (8/lgg5) ( ) 1 n " I 3'-4 3/411 COLUMN ABOVE CEILING TO BE „ 1 124 xqb META CATWALK I TO PLUMBI ' G SHEETS FOR I I \ eJ i I / ADDITIONA I RMATION I ft l d /V REMOVED I ,: I " 1 , ABOVE CEILING TO REMAIN 1 I _ 1 w E ; I E I ( d VENT FROM SPACE '- / . �(CT ?CARPET 2 1 1 I 2-1/2 DCW @ IV -1111 1 _;.; II 1- 1 f %—. ! 1 / "`I a `'••I 1.. IE d 1 1 I I I. I ip If c 0 BARRICADE CLEARANCE NOTE G.C. SHALL MAINTAIN 10-0" MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM ,ONSTRUCTION BARRICADE TO NEAREST PERMANENT 71XTURE IN MALL CONCOURSE TO MAINTAIN THIS 3UILDING'S EGRESS REQUIREMENTS, IF MINIMUM EGRESS :LEARANCE CANNOT BE OBTAINED G.C. SHALL :OORDINATE WITH LANDLORD TO TEMPORARILY :ELOCATE KIOSK OR FIXTURES. IF KIOSK OR FIXTURES :ANNOT BE RELOCATED G.C. SHALL NOTIFY OWNER'S :ON5TRUCTION MANAGER AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. 10'-0" MIN CLEAR TO ANY OBSTRUCTION (PROPOSED RELOCATED EUTRAL PIER OCATION BY G.C. - G.G. TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FIELD REPRESENTATIVE `60x10 S.A. @ 13'-4" TO MALL DIFFUSER IN BULKHEAD ABOVE _�>— EX. STOREFRONT TO BE REMOVED L" z 18x16 S.A. @ 13'-4" a 60x10 S.A. @ 13'4" TO MALL DIFFUSER IN a* O BULKHEAD ABOVE _ O co* W8x48 COLUMN mm=J z ==J N Q u.J> i 18x10 S.A. RE-ROUTED UP i 4 OVER TOP OF DIFFUSER W BOX TO CLEAR GRILLE O w MOTOR j EX. STOREFRONT TO BE REMOVED i z G 1 60x10 S.A. @131-41 TO oC MALL DIFFUSER IN ck BULKHEAD ABOVE � 'uLu LEASE LINE 4 BULKHEAD _ COINCIDE v 60x10 S.A. @ 13'4" TO MALL 4 CO MALL DIFFUSER IN BULKHEAD ABOVE 18x10 S.A. @ 13'-411 '............•..•.. F W8x48 COLUMN I d 1 � NQ Z 1" EXPANSION JOINT I THRU BLDG ci 1 60x10 S.A. @ 13'-4" TO _i MALL DIFFUSER IN I l BULKHEAD ABOVE > EX. STOREFRONT TO BE REMOVED I 30x12 S.A. @ 13'-4" a 1 i i co 1 v C14 'FIXED' KIOSK 'FIXED' KIOSK —{24A o L" z V� a DC W a* O H O co* O mm=J z ==J N Q u.J> z � C+j U BASE L" z a a a* O me O N O 25 c z N Q u.J> O C+j U W p O w W Vi > uVu�.� c Q � z G • • wat oC c=n N ck g � 'uLu G _ z v /� 6 •V Z /p W i m v Z � NQ Z m d ci u _i J CL •, Lo Y C/) BASE ---7 a a a* O me O O O 25 c z N O C+j O p W W Vi W Q � o G • • wat c=n N W g i G w SURVEY NOTES: * RIGHT DEMISING WALL DOES NOT EXIST. SHOWN HERE IS THE PROPOSED LOCATION FROM THE LOD BASED ON SQUARE FOOTAGE. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR EXACT LOCATION. * EXISTING NEUTRAL PIER CAN BE RELOCATED TO THE NEW RIGHT WALL. * BOTH EXISTING STORES WERE BUILT IN lgg4-lgg5. CONDITION OF EXISTING FIXTURES, DOORS ETC. SHOW 12 YEARS OF WEAR. TOILETS FLUSH SLOWLY - RECOMMEND DRAIN CLEANING OF MAINS. * EXISTING METAL CATWALKS NOTED ARE IN GOOD CONDITION, BUT DUE TO LOW DUCTS, CAN NOT ACCESS MOST OF THEM. MALL VAV BOXES 4 FIRE DAMPERS AT DEMISING WALLS RETURN AIR OPENINGS NEEDS ACCESS. ACCESS PANELS OR SOME FORM OF CATWALK IS REQUIRED. * COULD NOT DIRECTLY ACCESS THE EXISTING CAST IRON VENT THRU FLOOR IN SALES AREA AT COLUMN D-25. RECHECK LOCATION AT DEMO. * RODENT PROBLEM AT REAR OF SPACE ALONG LARGE STORM PIPE (SEE PHOTOS) ALOS, INSECT PROBLEM THRU SANITARY PIPING 4 FIXTURES. (UNUSED PLUMBING FIXTURES WERE DRY - TOLD STORE MGR'S TO KEEP WATER IN TRAPS) * EXISTING 'EXPRESS' STORE ELECTRIC SERVICE IS ON THE FAR RIGHT 51DE OF THEIR SPACE. BRANCH FEEDS TO LIGHTS 4 RECEPT. FOR AREA TO BE REMOVED WILL NEED CUT. MAIN ELECTRIC FEED FROM MALL PANELS TO REMAIN FOR THAT SPACE USE. * EXISTING 'EXPRESS' STORE TOILET ROOM 2" CAST IRON VENT IS NOT CONNECTED TO THE MAIN - OPEN TO PLENUM!! (SEE PHOTO 'M-771) DOOR LIST: 421144" FIRE RATED METAL DOOR, FAIR CONDITION (OLD) HAS PANIC BAR 8� 421144" FIRE RATED METAL DOOR. FAIR CONDITION (OLD) © 3044" FIRE RATED METAL DOOR IN FAIR TO GOOD CONDITION. ALL EXISTING INTERIOR DOORS TO BE REMOVED LANDLORD COMMENTS I. CATWALKS ARE TO REMAIN IF T14E EQUIPMENT REQUIRING THEIR USE REMAINS IN THE AREA FOR THE SERVICE. 2. ANY CATWALK BEING USED TO SERVICE LANDLORDS EQUIPMENT MUST REMAIN. 3. ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENT IN OR PERTAINING TO THE PREMISES THAT IS BEING ABANDONED MUST BE DEMOLISHED COMPLETELY AND PROPERLY REMOVED FROM PREMISES. 4. ALL ABOVE GROUND UTILITY LINES NOT TO BE RE -USED MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. ALL UNDER SLAB UTILITY LINES TO BE CUT, CAPPED AND SEALED PER CODE. S. ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT ABOVE THE LEASED PREMISES NOT TO BE RE -USED MUST BE REMOVED BY TENANT G.G. AT TENANT EXPENSE. ROOF MUST BE PROPERLY PATCHED BY MALL REQUIRED ROOFER. ROOF CURBS MUST BE REMOVED AND PATCHED - DO NOT CAP, COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH MALL OPERATIONS DIRECTOR. 6. ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS MUST BE CORE BORED AND SAW CUT. G.C. MUST X-RAY OR OTHERWISE VERIFY THAT THERE ARE NOT EXISTING UNDER SLAB CONDITIONS OR UTILITIES THAT WILL BE AFFECTED PRIOR TO CORING / CUTTING CONCRETE. 7. OPENINGS ON ELEVATED SLABS MUST BE SLEEVED, SEALED, FIRE STOPPED, AND WATERPROOFED. 6. ALL PIPING SLEEVES MUST EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 41, OR TO THE HEIGHT OF THE BASE. q. COORDINATION OF CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE AND DUMPSTERS IS TO BE COORDINATED WITH MALL MANAGEMENT ON SITE. � ---7 a a a* O ti C O C O O 25 c N10.4.o O C+j O p W W �— a � W Q � o G • • wat c=n N W g i G w co /� 6 •V Z /p W i Z � m � J CL •, Y C/) v Z 0 V) U Z 0 o 0 Lu ♦ 1� V cc J V J Z LU �pCN Z N C% WU� 0 DEMOLITION NOTES Rm V Lu Q NOTE: W Lu 0 CL 0 � . Z W � 3 WITHIN 8 HOURS OF COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE SITE AND REPORT TO THE OiNNERS CONSTRUCTION O L) O MGR. ANY DISCREPANCIES IN THE LEASEHOLD DIMENSIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE PHYSICAL SPACE AND THE INTENT OF THE WORKING DRAWINGS. Z V O J (G.C. TO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO POP-UP CEILING AREAS, CEILING HEIGHTS, AND STOREFRONT DESIGN INTENT.O F. LV LL L THIS SECTION 15 INCLUDED FOR GENERAL REFERENCE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ('G.C.'), APPLIED A5 NEEDED TO �.�1 U1 W z 0 STORE. ■� J ow 2. G.C. 15 TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING LEASEI4OLD IMPROVEMENTS NOT REQUIRED TO REMAIN AS SHOWN ON PLAN. DEMOLITION INCLUDES BUT IS NOT - O O O LIMITED TO THE REMOVAL OF SPECIFIED INTERIOR WALLS PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, FLOOR COVERINGS, PLATFORMS, DISPLAY SHOW WINDOWS, CABINETS, O j Z LL ETC. DEMOLITION ALSO INCLUDES THE REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL AND PLUM51NG FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED ON J Z J MECHANICAL 4 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS BOTH WITHIN THE LEASE SPACE AND ON THE ROOF. G.G. 15 TO CONTACT OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF W O W 0 Q < THERE ARE ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION. Q = N N co N 3. ALL ABANDONED ELECTRICAL/TELEPHONE CONDUIT, PLUMBING LINES, DRAIN LINES, AND MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AS THE RESULT OF DEMOLITION SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO THE ORIGINATION POINT. 4. G.C. 15 TO COORDINATE THE REMOVAL, DISCONNECTION AND/OR CAPPING OF ANY UTILITIES WITH LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. S. IN ORDER TO CAUSE THE LEAST AMOUNT OF INCONVENIENCE, G.G. IS TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD A CONVENIENT TIME TO PERFORM DEMOLITION WORK, G.C. IS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL TEMPORARY PROTECTED MEANS OF EGRESS, TEMPORARY LIGHTING, AND ALL SAFETY DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL (OSHA), STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. 6. G -C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING AND/OR REPAIRING EXISTING FLOOR SLAB, DEMISING WALLS, AND ROOFING AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL DEMOLITION AND PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF NEW CONSTRUCTION. G.G. IS TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE IN PERFORMING ANY AND ALL ROOF WORK, G.C. 15 TO PATCH, REPAIR AND LEVEL EXISTING FLOOR SLAB AND INFORM OWNER OF ALL SEVERE IRREGULARITIES IN EXISTING SLAB IMMEDIATELY. ATELY. 7. G.G. IS TO EXERCISE EXTREME CARE DURING DEMOLITION 50 AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR DISRUPT ALL UTILITIES OR SPRINKLER LINES WHICH ARE NOT TO MAY 0 6112008 BE RELOCATED AND MIGHT PASS THROUGH T14I5 SPACE TO SERVICE OTHER MALL SPACES OR OTHER TENANTS. G.C. WILL BEAR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DISRUPTION OR DAMAGE. A B F H L O 15 5 8. WHERE APPLICABLE, G.C. 15 TO COORDINATE THE REMOVAL, DISPOSAL AND/OR RETURN OF ALL EXISTING SECURITY SYSTEMS WITH OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ITS REMOVAL. FAILURE TO DO SUCH COORDINATION WILL RESULT IN G.C.'S MONETARY FINE IN THE EQUIVALENCE OF SHEET' THE COST OF REPLACEMENT VALUE OF THE EXISTING SECURITY SYSTEM. q. DISRUPTION TO OTHER TENANT'S IN THE MALL BY 14OL.LISTERIS CONSTRUCTION CREW IS NOT PERMITTED. I Alml �n i I O TENANT SIDE �; LINE of MALL BULKHEAD ABOVE C Ai .2 CE OF DOOR ------------------------------------- ----- _ --- - -- ------ — — - ----- -- -- ---- - - -- �i FF --_- ------------- F ----- --- -- ---- — -- --- -- —_-_— _-- ----- I ------- FF � II II II II II II II II NUETRAL PIER � � I I II in iI II I II II II I I II I( I I D11 I I II II I I I I II (I II �° in I I I I I J C� II II II II I I I I I I I I o L W � 77 BARRICADE CEILING: 5/8" GYPSUM D BARRICADE WALLS: 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD INT OR 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE ( ) Al 2 BOARD(INT)OR 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE CDX PLYWOOD(EXT) ON 3 5/8"x 25 GA. coo CDX PLYWOOD(EXT) ON 3 5/8"x 25 GA. METAL STUDS @ 48" O.C. METAL STUDS @ 24" O.C. 38'-11/2n 6'-0" 21'-71/2" � 3 Z mmmj MALL SIDE 0. B u. A1.2 CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE PLAN A 1/2' = 1'-0" TEMPORARY BARRICADE NOTES 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND CONSTRUCT A TEMPORARY BARRICADES) OF G 3'x0H.C. WOOD DOUBLE DOORS PAINTED P-13 GRAPHIC INSTALLED BY 3-5/8" METAL STUDS @ 24" O.C. WITH ONE LAYER OF 5/8" GWB (MALL SIDE) TAPED, > A1.2 WITH PASSAGE LOCKSET HANDLE w/ SATIN NICKEL FINISH. NOTE: G.C. TO ALIGN DOOR IN BARRICADE GRAPHIC vENDOR SPACKLED AND SANDED SMOOTH. INSTALL A GWB BACK TO MALL BULKHEAD TO CREATE DUST -PROOF CONDITION. BARRICADES ARE TO BE ADEQUATELY SECURED AND BRACED TOa to > 1= m WITH CENTERLINE of PORCH OPENING FOR FIXTURE DELIVERY AFTER. MALL HOURS. FOLD LINE MALL BULKHEAD FRAMING FOR LATERAL STABILITY AND MUST BE STRUCTURALLY SOUND A o FOLD LINE NOTE: FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS (EXPOSED TO WEATHER) G.C. TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL 5/8" a ., EXTERIOR GRADE CDX PLYWOOD ON VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SURFACES (TO REPLACE o -t3 GYPSUM BOARD). Ly - 2. PAINT -ONE COAT PRIMER AND TWO COATS (P-13) q o u in m FOLD LINE 3. G.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF GRAPHIC WITH OWNER'S VENDOR 10 4. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING BARRICADE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 5. G.C. TO CONSULT WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE FOR HOURS IN WHICH WORK ON BARRICADE 10 CAN OCCUR. a� as ao 6. REMOVE BARRICADE WHEN 100% OF STOREFRONT IS COMPLETE OR A MINIMUM OF TWO N m c 10 NIGHTS PRIOR TO OPENING. CARE IS TO BE TAKEN WHEN DISASSEMBLING AND REMOVING 2 o c c 10 BARRICADE. PAPER WINDOWS WITH CRAFT CONSTRUCTION PAPER OVER GLAZING ONLY. TRIM S Lu0 Q a s 1/2" OFF EDGES AND TAPE CONTINOUSLY AROUND PERIMETER WITH WHITE TAPE. / X 7. G.C. TO RESTORE MALL FLOORING AND BULKHEAD TO A 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION AND FINISH. o 0 0 0 P-13 / P-13 p N N OO O EHI G NIC B IND RAP c I 8. ALL DELIVERIES TO SPACE DURING MALL HOURS SHALL BE MADE THROUGH SECONDARY c c c // / EXIT. BARRICADE DOORS FOR FIXTURE * OVERSIZED MATERIAL DELIVERY AFTER MALL 10 / I HOURS. .. ";; W / q. IF BARRICADE IS EXISTING, G.C. IS TO PREPARE FACE OF BARRICADE PER OWNERS H c Q c c w ccn STANDARDS FOR GRAPHIC INSTALLATION.00 c c �— // i' 10. BARRICADE IS TO BE 100 % COMPLETE AND READY FOR OWNERS GRAPHICS TO BE INSTALLED NOT MORE THAN FIVE DAYS AFTER CONSTRUCTION START. G.C. TO CONTACT G.M. UPON COMPLETION TO COORDINATE GRAPHIC INSTALL WITH GRAPHIC VENDOR. W � W IL z W a 3'-6" 38'-1 1/2" 6'-0" 21'-7 1/2" 3'-(O" 00 L0 m V U ' CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE ELEVATION CO NB 3/8" 1'-0" cr) .. Q 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD(INT) OR 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE CDX n BLOCKING WLu E .... ,.., PLYWOOD(EXT) ON 3 5/8"x 25 GA. METAL STUDS @ 48" O.C. 1/4" SHIM SPACE J r ur— .__ --------- _.:._._.. 12'-11 I/2" 3' X T N.C. WDOD cl LW h' .. ZULK BOT MALL BEAD ....������► ►�� n Q Z V cq N W V o z W <C I '— BRONZE HINGE Q z CL 2 x 4 PLATE " 5/8 GWB J Z W 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD(INT) OR CL 3 0 V 0 SECURE FRAMING AS 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE CDX PLYWOOD(EXT) ON 3 5/8"x 25 OUTWARD SWING V LL .. n ~ W 25 REQUIRED FOR i GA. METAL STUDS @ 24 O.C.� Q � Z � LATERAL STABILITY. Q W WJca .?�O O O oc ILI:Lu Z �"_ LU j .. '� JZ OW O 'a Lq v LEASE LINE -�� o BLOCKING m _ 0) N (a y ++ " 1/4" SHIM SPACE HINGE BRONZE 3' X 7' N.C. WOOD DOUBLE DOORS 3/4" PLYWOOD WITH NON-ABBRA IVE 1/4111 CUSHION BACKING (I.E. ST ROFOAM, METAL TRACK, SECURE TO 2 x 4 PLATE 7. CARPET, CARPET PADDING, ETC) TAPE JOINTS TO PREVENT DUST PAS T14RU VB -2 5/8" GWB MAY 0 6 2008 2 x 4 PLATE - SECURE TO INWARD SWING FLOOR SLAB MAU TILE PLYWOOD FROM UNDERSIDE. FASTENERS TO BE SET FLUSH. ABFHL0155 SHEET REFER r0 PLAN C1/2" CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE SECTION D DOOR DETAILAlm2 = 1'-0" 3" = 1'-0" 37'-5 1/211 (FIELD VERIFY) 301_011 -1_ 30'-0" 51-010 11 0 G.C. SMALL SLEEVE, FIRESTOP, FLAS4, CAULK, ADJACENT SPACE •NO" NOTE: ETC. ALL PENETRATIONS THRU 5LA8 5) AND / 'EXPRESS' ALL CONSTRUCTION PLAN SEE DETAILS ON SWEET [RIESTROOMS. C. TO USE MOISTURE OR ROOF DECK 50 THAT LIQUIDS AND/OR ODORS DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN FROM Al2.7 FOR HANDICAP LAV. ESISTANT GYP. BD. IN SHALL NOT PENETRATE. G.C. TO MAI TAIN ANY FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD, NOT DIMENSIONS AND NOTES EXISTING FIRE ASSEMBLY RATINGS. FROM TRIM, CABINETS, ETC. 1 II II 11 1 - n 0 _41 41 3 TO VERIFY THAT ADEQUATE CLEARANCES SHALL BE MAINTAINED •BETWEEN Hollister STOREFRONTAND ALL MALL ARCHITECTURE AND/OR KISOKS PER CITY REQUIREMENTS. • •CLEAR) i 1 i Y Cir l.' !MmI 1.. R11111....n 11.11.1!.1.11 P10. ..1. AIIAAIIIIAIR IRIr.l.l4�ll•. R■ ... IIIIIUIIII.IfIRIR.!l.l.l.. 111111. AI.11111!!1l A1111 R..MR 1I11R Il.. R1111191.IIR...I.II.Iilfllll. •1111. Pl1P111!�I.IIIIII AIIIIAIIII. AI.1., .. t.1...1..R.!•1.f...I.MR. ! 1 � •�� i '•. - 1 i .♦♦♦♦♦♦♦v..v.rr...•.rrrr.•♦•r•vr..rrrr�rn♦.r♦r••♦v•...rrrrr. rrrr rr r r •n ♦ ♦ r r!I- --1 -! v rr ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ . ♦ ♦♦vnv , . .1 1.. v.♦rr.r.r...rry•r♦♦r..rrrvrr.r♦�♦nrrr♦rr,r,rrr'�rrvr r - ♦ ♦ 1 i � v rr rrrr♦r♦♦ vrry rrr..rr.rrrrvr.rr.vrvvr.rrr•r�Y !, i 11.•.•.........1..1.•.11..•••.1.1.•.•.••..•.........••.1.1.....•..1......•.....1•.....•...1....1•..•111........•e•1•..••.•......1.1♦1.r...1..a....11.•.1........1.....11....... •..•.... •••. ••e1 7ddddd. AW d A7AFA AT.•.r.T•1°.•.4•i°D.4•d•'.•PJ.'Od.•Je•J.9°.L•J.❖.°.•.°.•.°.r.•� f. dd.•0.°di.•.LS•.•.L°.4°dOP•°JdJ.'J.L'.•J•°OJJ.°JdP.•.'.°•L'P. J.•� J.❖.'.°.:• &LL°.1T:�r•.4••.NJ.•i❖.•J0J••dd0.•i9°iii°.r. J. °�.4 0.•.4°Jr ri h•J.❖dOJJh•J.°0..•i 1 , % . ® ..!dd•4rdddc i i••.•..'ddd..°0••P.N•°•'.L•.°.°.1°•L❖.4°dJd.•OJ.°.•JJO.Ord.15•e•JJJ1e°Ji•J.°.•J.•P••J.r.•y,4°.r.•J.°JJJ.°JJ.•JJeA%ee'.9°.i.d4•.•.°P� �. dh'd.1 I Iwo lax=•JOdddP.°.' \go I ....._..___ / / %•� I / _ _ )TRAL PIER �� • _ Rte::,,. � � �� • i/ � w. �� All AIR i 7 ETTY'S SALES #2 BETTY'S SALES #1 ///lSIi %%i//'i.I%�'I//////////% iiiiiiii iio� • r MalIC14 G)_ -151 M Ilii �ijil y - �! • I/%�/ UT "i rid //r i� ■ •Al ��,�, _ � �� nom■ : • u��l% Q • ® ©46SHP101/ 46 36 • % I ji� I i Ell 11 ICENTER OF II�I i /PO TRUCK 'I II j /►. DOCK millii Ail7 N mil III ■ �� ;HIM i �I /i YX LOUNGE 22 r • % /aaii iiia /iiaaiiiq LOCATION OF FUTURE F_ LINE OF PORC� D ROOF ABOVE _0© � t J . • \� L0 7 III \I' ''--- - - -III_ j///=///7/�////�% %j//te///////% I�_��iI ■��'iI %j///////_% _- O � `•" so mum ////777/// -7//,,, • ,• ®` u �_ i/I i/� ii//�/ • u DUDES SALES #2 All Q) ��% - - 1PROCESSING DESK - _ ka BULKHEAD , A50VE jj • • '11/aaaa/� n I 1: /i �5 per► .. .. _ j - • _ ®% it n ii n I / //.. _ r • _ � , j _ ..__. j _ - • - % % . - I • r � � II�III II .II�®I � j I�:' I�( �I�� • �� �-� � I • • � � �\\-LEXISTING III :HIS I REFER TO DET . - • r % •� Wim. � % % % � � j j FOR r 31-011 V STOCKROOM 'A$ ' ;:.. • ANNpz • //722 X111 i i � III�� . �•�r�•. \ � I = : : o�oororrorrovr�oo�oo�000�0000000 / / -'-"- / / . . rrr r•r.•r.•r.rrvrr..•n..r.•rrnrr.rr.vr..r......v . L�������������1�1♦L1�N���1�1��1�11 u. euee.leuuuuuu.e•......u.....uu...u..u.u..uuuuuuull.u..uusauuu.luuuue.....uuuu�.0 ..uuu•uu...euue..uuu•uu.0.. ..♦ululuu.1u11..u...o.uu..uuuuu.uueuueul.. u.e......uuuu. u...uu rr...ru..•rru•r•♦.re...•a. ur •• r.ru u r. u u.. u .• u•r u.. u •u.•n..re ur u..� uuunuu u u u u u .r1n . •• r v vr•r••rrrrrr.• r rrrr•rr.rr•rrnr•n.nrrrnr rr. u... u u 1 u. a ea. u. u.. • u... u.. a u. u. e� e.� e... e. e.. di ,..0°ddddd.4rdddidddddirirdddJJJdddd.441♦ddi°ddddddOddhddiL•ddArdi4♦.Cdi4ri°ddddd.9re4•ddidiirddi°irdi♦i°dri i• •. r. r• r r• r• v. v r� /�� L- I�I�_I IILI 1111111111111111.11111111111111111..11 . � � �� �' .141e....-.�YL �', • NOTE: NOTE: REFER TO STOREFRONT SWEETS G.C. TO VERIFY ELECTRICAL (ABA SERIES) THIS SET FOR OUTLET LOCATIONS V41TH DIME • 51OTES A r EE ELI 11. TENAT 15 RESPONS15LE TO FIELD VERIFY ALL EX15TING CONDITIONS AND DIMEN5101l IN SPACE. FAILURE TO PROPERLY FIELD SOUND ATTENUATION WALL NOTE VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS DOES NOTOF OR RESPONS151LITY RESULTING FROM NOTHING2. PERMITTED • BE ATTAC14ED •SUSPENDEDFROM,•- - -•• DECK.• PROVIDE r •• •• • r •• CHORD OF • OR TO THE STRUCTURAL• • • BE --•- r IN THIS MANNER. NO ATTENUATION FIRE 5ATT/MINERAL WOOLINSULATION WELDING OR SHOOTING INTO THE STRUCTURE 15 PERMITTED. PERIMETER WALLS TO DECK ABOVE. FRICTION FIT BATT INSULATION BETWEEN METAL STI BUTT INSULATIONr r EDGES REINFORCING3. STRUCTURAL DETAILS MUST BE PROVIDED BY A REGISTERED - • TENANT COORDINATIONOR EQUIPMENT SUPPORT OR SUSPENSION, SERVICE PLATFORMS, DECK PENETRATIONS, ETC. CL05E TOGETHER• r FILL ALL VOIDSADDITIONAL INSULATION. 4. ANY LANDLORD e OR COMPONENT T14AT 15 EXISTING IN THE SPACE MUST REMAIN V1515LE AND ACCESS15LE TO THE ALL PROVIDE r - :• -r FROM FLOORr •-rTENANT •NECESSARY,r PROPERLY COORDINATE WITH MALL •- • r - •- • r ABOVE,• NEEDED • ELIMINATE ALL • -•• • -•AREA.r••- r • • -•• HOLES.= r :• • • r •- TRACKS . TENANT'S PERMANENTLYRESILIENTAUTOMATIC CLOSURE. WITH NON-HARDENING4 6. ALL REAR ENTRIES MUST HAVE A r••-- •- DELIVERIES.RUBBER - • -• r 7. ALL CONCRETE PATCHING MUST BE • - ••- ..ZVC9 h J V c NOTE: CLQ THIS STOREFRONT 15 SELF SUPPORTING. ANY ATTACHMENT Z W ~ D p TO MALL STRUCTURE ABOVE IS3 FOR LATERAL BRACING ONLY. �_ L:: 0 CONSTRUCTION PLAN W v W �.III 1/4 1'-001 E W W0 IN j � CC- - M N Z !"- U. Q GENERAL NOTES CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES -STANDARD PARTITION LEGEN D (REFER TO STUD CHART SHEET A0.41 Z - co Z O O W O Q a �� DOZ ABOVE- S' METAL JOISTS WITH 3140 F.R.T. PLYWOOD DECK. FIDE OF DOOR OPENING W/ TRANSOM (INCLUDING TRIM) AND 16' W. OPERABLE S UTTERS NTERM PARTTIONS V IMPORTANT NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND UNDERSTAND DESIGN UPDATE CHECKLIST PROVIDED BY O DOCK 0 7"-6' A.F.F.(U.N.O.). INSTALL ONE LAYER OF 510' GNB ON TOP 4 BOTTOM 12 AUDIO CABINET -SEE E3.1 1 E'1.Z FOR ADDI IONAL INFORMATION HOLD FRAMING SO THAT BACK SIDE OF GYP. BAARD IS TIGHT TO C XUMN. ®AT E/AC♦1 JAMB SUPPLIED BY OWNER'S MILLWORK MANUFACTURER AND TO BE ^ 0 _ w N N y OWNERS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION, AND COMPARE NOTES IN DESIGN OF JOIST, REFER TO DETAIL K/Al2A. INSTALLED ON SITE BY G.C. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, A03 L� - EMOTING INTERIOR PARTITION - G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING WALLS TO 'LIKE NEW' CONDITION UPDATES WITH THIS SET OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. IF THIS SET OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CONTRADICTS 13 STAINLESS! STEEL CORNER GUARDS, SEE DETAL C/Al2.7 ® ALIGN NEW WALL w1T EDGE OF EMOTING CONSTRUCTION AS REQUIRED TO ACCEPT NEW FINISH CA9FIWRAP/BACKWRAP INSTALLED BY G.C. G.G. TO FLASH SKIM NBII OR RUBBER WATERPROOF MEMBRANE (REQUIRED LINER MEN TILE FLOORING IS ANY INFORMATION IN C.M. PROVIDED DESIGN UPDATE CHECKLIST GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT O ' �,VANMED STOP, WAINSCOT PAWS, SEX DETAL, DIll7 LINE OL,L,� ROCQVER •IXEp p11 3 TRIM AND MIOUNfED 36 1/20 A.F.F. 2 EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB TO A MAXIMUM 'TOLERANCE OF V4 IN N2'-0' At SPECIFIED IN RWMOOM3 WITH TENANT OCCUPATION ON LEVEL BELOW). REFER NEW FULL HEIGMT INTERIOR PARTITION- 3 11a' METAL STUDS 0 160 O.C. (MAX.) WITH 5/0' TYPE W IMMEDIATELY TO BEGIN CLARIFICATION AND COORDINATION OF CORRECTION. G.C. SHALL CONTACT OWNER'S C.M. TO CAeNwRAPn�cW1RAP AREA 14 Sr1-z 1 (INDICATED WffW HEAVY LINE) TO TE C!' M OF TSE ROCOIVER (GUY$ `SIDE ONLY) - SUPPLIED BY OWNER 4 TO DETAIL F/Al2.7 ® GYPSUM BOARD. PROADE GYP BD ONE OR DOTH SIDES AS ROOUIRED. NOTE: WALLS, TO SUPPORT OBTAIN CURRENT DESIGN UPDATE CHECKLIST PRIOR TO POSSESSION. SECURITY DETECTION CABLE INSTALLED IN T146 AREA BY OWNER'S VENDOR. � INSTALLED BY G.G. G.C. TO COORDINATE GIRLS SIDE WITH � NON -SALES PARTITION STANDARDS ARE TO RECEIVE 16 GA. METAL STUDS (TYPICAL UNLESS NOW O REFER TO R ACTRICAL DRAWINGS. SEE DETAIL J/A6.5 15 TOUCH TUNES KIOSK - G.G. TO PROVIDE SHELF AND ENCLOSURE. SEE DETAIL MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ® DREAM STEAMER OTHLEiWISE). PROVIDE DIAGONAL BRACING At 46' O.C. REFER t0 DETAIL UA0.4 1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD TO FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED O VIDOo WALL SEE SHEET Au i, 16 PROVIDE SHELVING STANDARDS III O.G.) AND SHELVES AT ALL OPEN WALL. ® BULLETIN WARD All 46 360x ', BO'T'TOM OF WARD TO BE MOUNTED • 50 A.F.F. ® POS, CABINET (PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY Ml- NNW PULL HEWFit EXtERIAt PARTITION All 35/0' METAL STUDS 1 K' O.C. FULL 1EN:Ht WITH (I) LAYER OTHERWISE. O AREAS IN NON -SALES ROOM S OFFICE AREA. SEE SFIEET Al2A 6/80 TYPE 'X' GYP BD ON INTERIOR SIDE, (1) LAYER 1/T EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD ON EXTERIOR SIDE 2. FOR CABINETS, SHUTTERS, PREMANUFACTURED TRIM ASSEMBLIES, AND SALES DOOR OPENING/TRAN•' O DOOR OPENING W/ ED Or IM ER% MILL TRIM) AND IS' W. FNWRAN 8TO 59 AT LOCATE HIGH POINT OF SLOPE IN FLOOR FOR BO4#AARK OF T-0' A.F.F. FOR EMPLOYEE LOCKERS - 7Z'W x Ib"D x 7TH BRIDGE UNIT ® �- PROVIDED AND INSTALL® BY G.G., 314' RIPS APPLIED OVER PLYWOOD. REFER f0 DETAIL F/A0.4 ASSEMBLIES OWNER'S MILLWORK MANUFACTURER IS TO SUPPLY ALL SHOP DRAWINGS MATERIAL SAMPLES 5 EACH ' M SUPPLIED BY OWNER'S MILLWORK MANUFACTURER AND TO BE T.V.AND - G.G. TO MOUNT AT 6 6 A.F.F. TO CENTER OF MOUNTING BRACKET ® - NEW ONE HOUR FlRE PROTECTED WALL. - 35/0 METAL 8'TUDS S K O.C. WTH (1) LAYER 510 TYPE 'X' / , NOTALLED ON SIZE BY G.C. SEE SHEET DOOR 904MULE A0.3 17 VERITIAL ALWNNENT OF CABNL'.ts AND TRIM WITHIN ALL 800116. SEE GENERAI. • r • NOTE 3 FOR CLARIFICATION OF LOUNGE 22. EAS, ALUMINUM SHIELD BMIND �/.�/./ STRUCTURAL DETAILS, AND FIRE RATING/FLAME SPREAD REPORTS A5 REQUIRED TO LANDLORD, BUILDING LOCKER ROOM MI COAT HOOKS AND TRIM - G.G. TO PROVIDE IN -WALL ® DRYWALL, SEE DETAIL K/A6.5 41 HARDWARE BIN -SEE DETAIL A/AI2.6 GYP BOARD EACH SIDE TIGH"I' t0 DOCK PER DESIGN WITS. REFER TO DETAIL C�.4 FOR FULL HEIGHT I DEPARTMENT AND CONTRACTORS. SEE A4.1 FOR EXTENT. Q O WALLS, REFER TO DETAIL (A/1M) FOR SECTION TI�I>7OUGH TUNNEL. � BLOCKING AS RMIRW, REFER TO SHEET Al2.1 18 DRAWING TUBE BY G.C., REM TO DETAIL B/Al2.4 S. AT LOUNGE 22, FIN1514 FLOOR ELEVATION ■ 1 1/8' +/- LOWER THAN ADJACENT SALES ROOM FINISH FLOOR ® G.C. TO PROVIDE 510' GYP. BWD ON TENANT SIDE OF 3-111 METAL STUDS AT ® BAR BIN - SLB DETAIL B/Al2.5BATT INSULATION 16' O.C. WITH 4' SUP TO BOTTOM OF DOCK.. TO ELEVATIONS OT - NEW PARTIAL RMCM wALLs� 3 SW MTL. STUDS AT K' O.G. (UNLES6 NOTED OTHERWISE) REFER All ALL VERTICAL CABINET, TRANSOM, TRIM, AND OPENING ALIGNMENTS ADJUST CABINET O ROOM BONCH - REM TO DETAIL D/AI2.1 WOOD THRES iq HOLD. EE DETAIL EI 'OCK. ® DETAIL E/AO.4 O SAPPIWINATE LOCATION OF MU EXtINGJL9FER5. G.C. T10 INSTALL PER NFPA 10 . MAY 0 6 2008 HEIGHTS AT BASE). METAL WALL PANELING - TO RECEIVE BPOGAL FlNI9H, SEE SHEET AI1.1 FOR® -TRAVEL DISTANCE NOT TO IXGIXD 75' SIDE ONLY) G.C. TO INSTALL FR - SOUND ATTB�NIATION WALL - 3618' METAL STUDS • K .00C. (MAX.) WITH 516 TYPE 'X' GYP. 8D. TO 4. NO INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION MAY BE ATTACHED OR FASTENED TO THE ROOF DECK JOIST BRIDGING JOIST O FRAM W^4 L=NG INFO MOVABLE STORAGE UNITS. G.G. TO PLASH $KIM NEW OR EMOTING CONCRETE SLAB 31 APPLICATION KMK - REFER TO DETAIL WAI1.1 DOZ (91AI.O$ FRICTION FIT SOUND AT'TENtaTION INSULATION FROM FLOOR 1 1 ® TO A MAMMUM TOLERANCE OF VO" N 10'-O' AT STORAGE UNIT. SEE SWEET AI2A ® PROCOSSING DE:°JK - (2) OR (9), SEE PLAN, 32'D X .bPW X +W60i1 FREE STANDING SLAB TO DECK ABOVE. CROSS-BRACSHOOT' OR SCINIII REW INTO STRUCTURAL PIPING, S OR JOISTS.DUCTWORK OR ANY �USE CLAMPSHER ,T�-W RE, ITEM. T RU -BOLTS NOT WELD, DRILL, 0 NEW � SI ACCESSIBLE � LS G.C.INFWWO �isTALLLL LAVATORY ACCEMMIED I ® EMPLOYEE MKR24AVE AM REFRIGERATOR sHELVEO, SEE DETAIL DVA12.4 ABFHLO155 REFER TO LANDLORD'S CONSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR METHODS OF ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE. AND PROVIDE IN -WALL BLOCKING AS REWIRED. SEE DETAIL DVA12.7 21 w 301+ FREE SIMSINGS a mum ow D NQ WALLS 24' x 24' FLOOR MOUNTED MOP SINK BY MOC141ANICAL. CONTRACTOR. SEE ®3 WOOD TROS1101A. SEE DETAIL A/A4.1 WMI PA -8-0111111111116 11-111-1.14 0-1111-1110-1 0-0 ftamil: oeovmA- S. DO NOT USE COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS SUCH AS WOOD BLACKING PVC PLASTIC M. IN CEILING PLENUM OR 0 - EMOTING DEMISING WALL - G.C. TO PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING 5/6' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM WARD TIG14T SHEET DEMISING WALL. � � � 10 M6GIANICAL DRAWINGS. G.C. TO PROVIDE FRP PANELS AT WALLS ADJAGFCNT' TO ELECTRICAL AND PHONE PANELS, REFER TO ELECTRICAI. DRAWINGS SINK TO DECK ABOVE (TENANT SIDE ONLY) PER UL�I U465. MOP TO 4'-0" A.F.F. ®MIANUIGQi'S OFFICE SAFE ®8FIJTTER ACTUATOR ROD INSTALLATKINI SIDE 6. G.C. TO PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS RWD BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. MINIMUM EXTINGUISHER RATING UL WALL MOUNTED HANDICAP 14VWW ACCEISSIMA DRINKING FOUNTAIN, SUPPLIED BY FLOOR DRAM - NEW DEMISING WALL All 3 5/0' METAL STUDS 0 16' 01C. WITH WS' TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD TIGHT TO 2AAOB:C SPACED NOT TO EXCEED 75' TO ANY AREA WITHIN STORE. 11 OWNER AND INSTALLED BY M1 OMICAL CONTRACTOR. GG TO PROVIDE FRP ® MANAGER'S DESK - (3) 30' x 36' x 42'14 FREE STANDING SHELVES - SEE ® ABOVE (TENANT SIDE ONLY) BY G.G. TO MAWAIN A 1 HOUR RATING PER U.L. DESIGN U465, 8EE Al2mlPANELS AT WALLS ADJACW TO DF TO 4'-0' A.F.F. - 90 A/AI2.7 DETAIL D2/AI2.4 LOCATION OF FUTURE CASIi1WRAP. SEE SHEET ELI FOR WIRING INRW41TAICN CONSTRUCTION PIAN NOTE'S I11 !1 1 11 Hill! 11 1 A.7 A.9 C VAULTED CEILING NOTE p E REFER TO DETAIL F/Al2.2 FOR SPRINKLER NOTES INFORMATION ABOUT SCREW PATTERN AND PANEL INFORMATION REGARDING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS VAULTED METAL CEILING IN LOUNGE 22. SHOWING SPRINKLER LAYOUT SHALL BE DESIGNED AND SUBMITTED UNDER �-ADJACENT SPACE #NOS-� SEPERATE REVIEW AND IS NOT INCLUDED 'EXPRESS' DASHED LINE REPRESENTS LINE OF CROWN AS PART OF THI5 SET ABOVE - REFER TO DETAIL A/Al2.3 PROVIDE SPRINKLER PROTECTION ABOVE ARMSTRONG 2' X 4' NON -DIRECTIONAL l0i_8u 7i_pu LAY -IN CEILING MAIN TRACK RUNNER @ C OF JAND BELOW PORCH ROOF FI55URED TILE AND GRID TO BE WHITE, CABINETS. SEE SHEET A4.1 FOR LOCATION OF CLASS 'A' RATING -INSTALLED AT H P-2 CABINETS LAYOUT POINT FOR SALES AREA CEILING. 5ALE5 ROOM CEILING 2' x 2' M.D.F. A3.1 M.D.F. • 12'-0" A.F.F. OR MAX. LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEM @ 10'-8" 18'-0" CEILING VAULT G O (TOP OF VAULT @ 12'-01) I A3.1 I . ...................._..... I 10 o A2 I I w I 121 12. I m I I � I 14'-6" TRACK i I ►n TYP. O WaC I I 4 4 I 101'-01" L. t AO 0 I u I 1 w 4 W ��_p TYP. 2._ � I- _ LEASE LINE I I 51-011 Id SF -4 I J 2n I I 14'-6" TRACK I u�i I I m I EQ SEE J/Al2.1 EQ I 11 w I EQ EQ 1. _, I 2�_ �� I o co �o I I "' '-0" d 101 -q L. EQ. Lu EQ.T ACK ------ ---- -------- '-4° o '-4" I 6'-01" L. ACK _ _.................... Z WIRELESS AGGE S - - 1 I SEE ELEC. DWGS. FOR J w I P INT L ATION I I I I v 1 I 1 / I I I I w I I MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS Q II 0. WAP I I I I w 4 4' I 0 "' 0 I I I m EQ EQ I P-3 I I N LINE OF CROWN M.D.F. 18'-7" L. TRACK - - H 101'-01" L. T AGK I I G G G I I BIL FL�li�4u i_4n _.._� a PORCH ROOF FRAME I 24 START POINT OF B w K K I I 8 CEILING GRID LAY I I " '_6�� O SUPPLIED BY OWNER, 1 2 - L. TR GK f I i 7 INSTALLED B G.C. 101'-01" L. TRACK I I I 5EE SHEET A8.6. 1 1-q 1/2" C1 0 P-3 = K o P. BD. :._....____..... ...__..__,___. ® I - CL OF PORCH L ---- a I :n 71-011 I -- -- -- -- - -- -- 4� 6n ........................ E� TRUCK DOCK I' '6 I _ J I P-2 ST T PO NT OF �---- --- --- -- ---- I K CEI I G GRID LA OUT #7 (NIC) _....,..._. ` H. -- ---- -- ---- --- ---- -� EQ EQ tu EQUAL EQUAL 6131.._.... _ I > 1 2' L. TRACK 6 '-o" co w........_ M...w MALL 'c' a K K ( SENSOURCE DEVICE O ;... w ....................... ......... ...,.,., E ....,....................... Tnll\�i............... J�.� f : I 101'-01" L. TRACK I V TO BE CENTERED ON ?_ .................._.._......:.._............._...... 1, 11..... 10!^IN .w....w,.w: I I ' -4" i _4u I - - BEAM I N PORCH I _...__......._...._......_..._..._...._.._ ....v.. S ....._....____...______....Ww.___.___. (NIC) 3 ----- ----1 Y I-- N - 0 _....... w. _.... ..........._..............__ ....._..:..._.___.._._..._.. I I I I I I 10'-8" -, I I 1 '-7" L. T GK 1 €_ _ _._._._.._..._.._..._.........._...............__...__... , 1- I _... I I I I G G P-3 G I I I 2X8 LOGGIA CEILING RAFTERS Q Gi u .... _......_ \ n w I I I G I U) I @ 12 O.C. SUPPLIED BY tD H <7 w, I 1011-°I" L. T ACK I I Im EQ EQ I M.D.F. 12. 1 4 WAP 1 I I OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. w- ''3, I � I II ; WIRE E55 A GE55 I I I v I m 0 I i ( 6'-q" L. T ACK Lu POINT LOCATION 1� 71-011 - .:;:-;:::; gym., WAP I P-2 N I WIREL 55 A E55 2_ u I EQ EQ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - I POINT LOCATION I TRACK LIGHT SUPPORT SPACING TO 8E AS NOTED WITH END SUPPORTS NOT MORE O O THAN 2'-0" FROM ENDS. AT SALES ROOMS, j0 -q" LOCATE SUPPORT RODS AT RECESSED Y _L. TRACK GRooVE5 IN CEILING TILES ONLY. ZO 4 I I I `t' I I 14'- 6" L. TRACK I I I __.... _._......... a O p a I EQ SEE J/Al2.1 EQ I 0 = 0 4 I I 10' _8" 21-0" - uj 18'-0" L. TACK - - �, I P-2 ' a `�I a un 2" A.1 14'-6" L. TRACK I I I TYP. 1 aD Flow O O 4 I C>, - - - - - -I - - 25 O p O N 0.1 O I __. 14'-6" L. TRACK ``• - I SALES ROOM CEILING 2' x 2' I .. .. .. 4' L- -- - -- - -- -- - -- -- 0 4 4 4 4 4 4 I I LAY -IN CEILING SYSTEM @ 10'-81� I w C 18'-0" CEILING VAULT E W 4 i_ u - i_ n 1 ` < •• V WIRELESS A CESS 10 8 (TOP OF VAULT @ 12 0) -LINE OF MALL I � Q W H POINT LOCA ION P-3 0 BULKHEAD ! D w Q ce M.D.F. IL _j W 4' WAP I W Z p Q -- -- I 1 _ o_ �i m 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 I I --- 4' T 4' T ARMSTRONG 2 X 4 1 �% m 4 I NON -DIRECTIONAL FISSURED �- - '............................ I i I TILE AND GRID TO BE WHITE, HATCHED AREA INDICATES I I I CLASS A RATING �� , Y APPROXIMATE LOCATION I 4 4 1 I 4 4 4 I 1 INSTALLED AT 12'-0" A.F.F. OR _ STORAGE BIN I I MAX. OFj _1 I � U ---- V . I 5/8" G.W.B. CLG. BENEATH ? .. Z DECK @ 7'-6' A.F.F. 3 STORAGE BIN NOTE CE IF A STORAGE PLATFORM IS CONSTRUCTED ABOVE ARMSTRONG 2' X 4' NON -DIRECTIONAL FI55URED RESTROOMS PER DETAIL K/Al2.5, G.C. SHALL CONSTRUCT A STORAGE BIN CAGE ON THAT TILE AND GRID TO BE WHITE, CLA55 'A' RATING NOTE A.F.F. DEFINITION Z PLATFORM IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAIL J/Al2.5 -INSTALLED AT 12'-0" A.F.F. OR MAX.. Lu SPACE #NO�� ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO BE SUSPENDED NOTE: REFERENCE FLOOR HEIGHT OF 0'-0" Q J r J LIGHTS MTD ON GYP. BD. CLG. 'CHINA BUFFET' FROM STRUCTURAL STEEL ONLY. FOR BEAMS, ANCHOR TO TOP OR A.F.F. 15 RELATIVE TO THE TOP OF THE WOOD �-ADJACENT SPACE #N07-� J BELOW TYPICAL @ PLATFORM. FLOOR. CERAMIC TILE IN LOUNGE 22 AND VITAMIN WORLD W •• BOTTOM FLANGE. FOR STEEL TRUSSES, GIRDERS, AND JOISTS, a. ' � % � ANCHOR TO TOP CHORD OR IF NECESSARY t0 SUSPEND FROM OTHER AREAS 15 INSTALLED BELOW 0'-0" A.F.F. I- N Z 5/8" G.W.B. CLG. BENEATH BOTTOM CHORD HANG ONLY FROM PANEL POINTS AND BRACE TO ALL CEILING HEIGHT ELEVATIONS ARE RELATIVE r R Z C.� co 0 DECK @ 7'-6" A.F.F. TOP CHORD. DO NOT ANCHOR TO DECK PIPES, DUCTS, ETC. TO THE TOP OF FLOOR EXCEPT FOR LOUNGE ".� W p 22. SEE GENERAL NOTE #3 4 CODED NOTE #17 ON SHEET A2.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. S �' V W w J W �« p � GENERAL NOTES PENETRATION NOTE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1. GC TO START LAYOUT OF BORDER AND CEILINGS IN SALES ROOMS AT CABINET CENT1r:RLINE BETWEEN SALES Z 0 FLOAT, ALLOWING FULL 2' x 2' TILES. SEE M. AA0.1 ANY HOLES GUT I N DECK ABOVE LARGER THAN 12"x12" MUST BE AUDIO EQUIPMENT 174g = 1' -O �� E I.IJ Z W � 3 ROOMS. PERIMETER BORDER T F , G N `� 2. ALL CEILINGS ARE AT 100-0 ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. REINFORCED WITH STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PROTECTED AS REFER TO AUDIO PLAN (SHEET E3.1) FOR � O 0 O � S. LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE CENTERED IN TILE U.O.N. REQUIRED BY CODE. CONTACT OWNER'S G.M. AND LANDLORD FOR PULL AUDIO EQUIPMENT DEVICE LOCATIONS Q V � APPROVAL.. G.G. REQUIRED TO CONTACT ARCHITECT FOR AND INSTALLATION INFORMATION ~ W � 4. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, WIRING METHODS, ETC. WITHIN A PLENUM CEILING MUST BE PLENUM APPROVED' PER STRUCTURAL. DESIGN. W LOCAL. ORDINANCES. W F- W W Z 5. VERIFY ALL CLEAR HEIGHTS WITH A SITE SURVEY. � � J 6. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS AT STOREFRONT TO BE CONCEALED HEAD TYPES. Lu y o o Q 7. BACK OF "EXIT SIGN SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE FROM THE MALL COMMON AREA J J Z LL 8. ALL CEILINGS MUST PROVIDE ACCESS TO LANDLORD EQUIPMENT, PULL DOM, J - BOXES, DAMPERS, VALVES, ETC. LL J2�Z W 5 Lu OWo4 4 q. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGER FOR ACCEPTABLE METHODS TO ATTACH TO MALL STRUCTURE. f� =C/�NN V) CEILING LEGEND DIMENSIONS ARE FROM THEI as FOR H FACE REFIXTURE WALANDLS U.N.O. LAMP EcIFICATIONS: G.C. SHALL INSTALL RETURN AIR __.__ GRILLES SO THAT FINS ANGLE PREP FOR FAUX FINISH: TOWARD REAR OF STORE OR SYMBOL. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL. DESCRIPTION - NEAREST ADJACENT WALL 1. G.G. TO UNPACK ALL SALES' AREA (FACTORY FINISH BLACK) GRILLES AND PREP FOR PAINT Q SURFACE MOUNTED SPOT LIGHT B CEILING MOUNTED EXIT LK�1I4T p 2. G.C. TO PAINT ALL GRILLES P -IA d \ w G.C. SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL Q SURFACE MOUNTED GIMBAL RING CEILING MOUNTED EXIT/EMERGENGY LIGHT (NON -SALES AREA) (] FAUX FINISH ON AIR DEVICES p 00 o _ - N (SALES AREA ONLY). BRUSH N FAUX FINISH: MONOPOINT FIXTURE MOUN'T'ED ON RECIM6� CEILING MOUNTED � LIGHT _ R H STROKES SHALL RUN IN A H 1. MIX 10% WATER INTO COLOR (SF -4) 410:� © 4x4 JWtION BOX CEILING 'T" BAR - - LINEAR DIRECTION, AND THAT 2. USE 211 CHIP BRUSH (THROW AWAY BRUSH), DO NOT USE A HIGH DIRECTION SHAL.I. B£ QUALITY BRUSH © CROWN MOLDING - PERPENDICULAR TO STOREFRONT. w 3. DIP ONLY TIP OF BRUSH INTO PAINT (Y4' OF BRUSH) MAY ZaO RAIL MOUNTED SPOT LIGHT - SEE SHEET E2.1 FOR LOCATIONS 0 EMERCiENGY LIGHT I I SUSPENDED EMBOSSED © RAIL MOUNTED MINI PAR LIGHT FIXTURE - SEE SHEET CEILING MOUNTED MOT/EMERGENCY LIGHT (LOUNGE 22) METAL LOOK CEILING � � 1 1/211 _ _ � � 4. DRAG THE BRUSH LIGHTLY OVER SURFACE OF DIFFUSER 50 PAINT IS E2.1 FOR LOCATIONS % PREFAB CASING SUPPORT, DUSTPROOF STRIKE N STREAKED, UNEVEN 4 HAS BROKEN LINES, LONG STROKES WORK BEST A B F H L O 155 ANCHORED TO CEILING GRID 5. DO NOT. BLEND (DO NOT GO OVER THE SAME AREA) SUSPENDED TRACK LIGHT FIXTURE WITH a ROUGH OPENING. RAIL MOUNTED SPOTS TOILET ROOM EXHAUST BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PERIMETER ANGLE I/e" SUPPLY GRILLE RETURN GRILLE SHEET it BELOW GRID - USE SPACER WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE W/5 LAMPS ® SUPPLY DIFFUSER BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SALES CEILING CROWN DETAIL R DUSTPROOF STRIKE LOCATION CEILING AIR DIFFUSER FINISH DETAIL q 4 SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHT RETURN REGISTER BY MECHANICALSCALE: 3 CONTRACTOR A ' • P-0' w SCALE: 1 1/2' ■ P-0' SCALE: I' ■ 1'-& A3ml � I.,..-.ms,,..,...µ,- ._.. .. .,,.;.�....,.�.�,...e....��-gymJi FEATHERr1 • • I 'I ` I • STRI TO FLOOR SLAB 1:48 • ' \, , *,A- �! � I III III � � � � �■ � lokm - _- II II II II ''� . , . • �I II II II II I t► Lu 10. Sim. ills, Lu BETTYS r BETTYS #2 • . �_ _D3b 752 SID.FT. C x x x x x �srsa'sasrsra ► r � . ���::4y4y444.441 • YY -••••-•-•••x - • - - • • ._•�wAw4w�wew4. i•••--••----j•ixsxsxixsxa� • \ • • • • --• - •s4s4x4x4x4 • r •••••••rrrrra - �_-FEATHER DOWN FROM-:•:-:-:-:•:•:•0-0-O-4e4pA7.1 A7.11 •IIIogo TRANSITION- r••••••••••-••••�leee° �. 4-•-•-••e-•-•••-�°x" FLOOR ` i i -•-•-••--•-•-•-•-•-- D1 D1 m - 7. - A7.1 � � A7.1 - - - - - - FC -2 C 1 K C 1 I q' -(o 1/2" 13'-0 1/2" I 7. 1 10 ,..,.• A.3 .11........._11.. 11'-10 3/4" 11'-10 I/2" ci A4.1 LOUNGE 22 ,------- -- MI -1 A.2 10. 883 SO.FT. PORCH • . `+ I A4.1 I F`_pl ......... .. TRUCK DOCK' _ C2 C2C1 1-011) C1 1 243 SOFT. #7 INICI :•.•.•.....•........•...... MAINTAIN ZONING / CODE E III A TYP FC -1 \ CLEARANCE FROM ANY .■ A7.1 -- - - - - - - MALL FIXTURE OR KIOSK ... C2 ((0 -011) C2 A.1 11; C W1 W1C 2 :.,,...,._.,_,,.•...,,:, I 'I `? A.1 G F C 2 I A4.1 A/B D 15 C2 I „1111 �M1 A7.1 A7.1 E 10. I MALL�+ ....,..:.,._,.__w_..,w.,.`...,.:,.,..,....,.._...�:..,.... 4, ` ,...,..,_,.�.,..,.__ T�25�... \.r 1 .1 Ci 1 A7.1 r___• ,_ra_ •. ; !I ,.N OPP. ---------- DUDES #2(NIC) G - A7.1 si 111 597 SOFT. FEATHER DOWN FROM ._.............................•..,..........•......,..,,.....................•............... :::::::::::::: :::::::.:. IN OF MALL 11 I :::::::::::::.: <:::' I B LINE -. x FG -1 :::: ....... E TRANSITION STRIP TO A7.1 DBULKHEAD _ _..._13.._....,__...,_,.,..,.,_,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_...,.,_._ . 1_2 z i \ :::::: 12. FLOOR SLAB 1:48 MAXDi ........... •.Ay/:•:::. �. • ........ a ueeeee ••-•-•`DUDES #1 rsssxsxsxsa ••••••••••� r r r r r e-•••• _'___ = ii4u4M44y4My-• • •�• • J���Imlf�_� � �� , 752 SQ.FT. 0- zr_ 1 -9 1. m__ 91 1 11-6-H M2 ITC -H M2 IC1..- .:.:...:.:.:.:.:.:. - < .7. A7.1 > ® = III, _____:•' , / • . . / rte• -� ••�•�•�•�, ,` �� • •Sim. 5 � D17a~'- IM AM ':� , .. \\\ ~I � ■ ��r 1111.. �� � e � II I II II I�:�.I =a r �I EXISTING I" BUILDING REFER EXPANSION JOINT TO DETAIL FOR DETAILS . . A r �� ■ r Aq LAVATORY FINISHES MANA ERIS DESK. ���� L/,�. ��.■ ��11 M Mi M Mi mi IF M11 mi M WALL TILE LAVATORY FINISHES MI P-4 I WALLS (ABOVE TILE) - 2781 ft. 'B� SF -12 WALL TILE 1-- GTB-1 TILE BASE MH FG -5 I FINISH FLOOR M P-4 I GWB CEILINGS P"5 DOORS 4 FRAME MARKETING IMAGE # 3 - SEE DETAIL D/AI2.3 FEATHERr1 • • I 'I ` I • STRI TO FLOOR SLAB 1:48 • ' \, , *,A- �! � I III III � � � � �■ � lokm - _- II II II II ''� . , . • �I II II II II I t► Lu 10. Sim. ills, Lu BETTYS r BETTYS #2 • . �_ _D3b 752 SID.FT. C x x x x x �srsa'sasrsra ► r � . ���::4y4y444.441 • YY -••••-•-•••x - • - - • • ._•�wAw4w�wew4. i•••--••----j•ixsxsxixsxa� • \ • • • • --• - •s4s4x4x4x4 • r •••••••rrrrra - �_-FEATHER DOWN FROM-:•:-:-:-:•:•:•0-0-O-4e4pA7.1 A7.11 •IIIogo TRANSITION- r••••••••••-••••�leee° �. 4-•-•-••e-•-•••-�°x" FLOOR ` i i -•-•-••--•-•-•-•-•-- D1 D1 m - 7. - A7.1 � � A7.1 - - - - - - FC -2 C 1 K C 1 I q' -(o 1/2" 13'-0 1/2" I 7. 1 10 ,..,.• A.3 .11........._11.. 11'-10 3/4" 11'-10 I/2" ci A4.1 LOUNGE 22 ,------- -- MI -1 A.2 10. 883 SO.FT. PORCH • . `+ I A4.1 I F`_pl ......... .. TRUCK DOCK' _ C2 C2C1 1-011) C1 1 243 SOFT. #7 INICI :•.•.•.....•........•...... MAINTAIN ZONING / CODE E III A TYP FC -1 \ CLEARANCE FROM ANY .■ A7.1 -- - - - - - - MALL FIXTURE OR KIOSK ... C2 ((0 -011) C2 A.1 11; C W1 W1C 2 :.,,...,._.,_,,.•...,,:, I 'I `? A.1 G F C 2 I A4.1 A/B D 15 C2 I „1111 �M1 A7.1 A7.1 E 10. I MALL�+ ....,..:.,._,.__w_..,w.,.`...,.:,.,..,....,.._...�:..,.... 4, ` ,...,..,_,.�.,..,.__ T�25�... \.r 1 .1 Ci 1 A7.1 r___• ,_ra_ •. ; !I ,.N OPP. ---------- DUDES #2(NIC) G - A7.1 si 111 597 SOFT. FEATHER DOWN FROM ._.............................•..,..........•......,..,,.....................•............... :::::::::::::: :::::::.:. IN OF MALL 11 I :::::::::::::.: <:::' I B LINE -. x FG -1 :::: ....... E TRANSITION STRIP TO A7.1 DBULKHEAD _ _..._13.._....,__...,_,.,..,.,_,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,_...,.,_._ . 1_2 z i \ :::::: 12. FLOOR SLAB 1:48 MAXDi ........... •.Ay/:•:::. �. • ........ a ueeeee ••-•-•`DUDES #1 rsssxsxsxsa ••••••••••� r r r r r e-•••• _'___ = ii4u4M44y4My-• • •�• • J���Imlf�_� � �� , 752 SQ.FT. 0- zr_ 1 -9 1. m__ 91 1 11-6-H M2 ITC -H M2 IC1..- .:.:...:.:.:.:.:.:. - < .7. A7.1 > ® = III, _____:•' , / • . . / rte• -� ••�•�•�•�, ,` �� • •Sim. 5 � D17a~'- IM AM ':� , .. \\\ ~I � ■ ��r 1111.. �� � e � II I II II I�:�.I =a r �I EXISTING I" BUILDING REFER EXPANSION JOINT TO DETAIL FOR DETAILS . . A r �� ■ r Aq LAVATORY FINISHES MANA ERIS DESK. ���� L/,�. ��.■ ��11 M Mi M Mi mi IF M11 mi M WALL TILE M --- M GTB-1 TILE BASE FG -5 FINISH FLOOR P-4 I GWB CEILINGS NOTE: G.C. TO PAINT PLYWOOD P-5 DOORS *FRAME BEHIND ELCTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND AUDIO CABINET P-4. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE NOTE THE G.C. SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL A LANDLORD APPROVED WATERPROOF MEMBRANE UNDER CERAMIC TILE (FC -5). MEMBRANE IS TO BE WATERPROOFED AT ALL PENETRATIONS 4 15 TO EXTEND 6" UP PERIMETER SEE DETAIL F/AI2.7 NON -SALES FINISHES P-4 I WALLS VB -1 BASE ADJACENT SPACE #NO9-4 FG -3 FINISH FLOOR 'CHINA BUFFET' P-4 I GWB CEILINGS P-5 I DOORS 4 FRAME STOCKROOM SHELVING NOTE INDICATES A# STOCKROOM SHELVING DETAIL NUMBER, SEE SHELVING DETAILS ON SHEET AI2.4. NOTE: ALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS SHALL BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH LANDLORD COMMENTS I. ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS MUST BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. THE USE OF PLASTIC, VINYL, OR RUBBER TRANSITIONS STRIPS 15 STRICTLY PROHIBITED. TENANTS MUST UTILIZE A HARD SURFACE TRANSITION. 2. NO RUBBER VINYL BASE 15 PERMITTED IN THE SALES AREA OF THE PREMISES. II ADJACENT SPACE #NO7•� 'VITAMIN WORLD' zi� FIXTURE SCHEDULE AREA INFORMATION GENERAL NOTES 3/4" WOOD FLOORING 61 SALE BENCHES M1 SAM FLOOR MIRROR OVER 3/4" PLYWOOD 62 LOCM ROOM BENCHES) SEE DETAIL D/AI2.1GAS - "m nft' SUBFLOORING M2 LOCKER ROOM MIRROR -SEE DETAIL C/AI2.1 CABINET INSTALLER TO INSTALL SHUTTERS AND CABINET 6„ B3 LOUNGE 22 BENCHES) TOTAL SALES - 4444 �q,}'t. BASES BEFORE FLOORING 15 INSTALLED. WOOD THRESHOLD MI -1 MARKETING IMAGE # I - SEE DETAIL B/AI2.3 FLOORING INSTALLER TO SCRIBE 51[8 FLOORING AND C1 42' W. x 21' D. CABINET WITH (2) MATCHING 21' W. SHUTTERS ABOVE MI # DUDES 4 BETTYS SALES - 2781 ft. 'B� FLOORING TO BASES. � 1-- 0 MH MH M M M F M IM M M --- M GTB-1 TILE BASE FG -5 FINISH FLOOR P-4 I GWB CEILINGS NOTE: G.C. TO PAINT PLYWOOD P-5 DOORS *FRAME BEHIND ELCTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND AUDIO CABINET P-4. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE NOTE THE G.C. SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL A LANDLORD APPROVED WATERPROOF MEMBRANE UNDER CERAMIC TILE (FC -5). MEMBRANE IS TO BE WATERPROOFED AT ALL PENETRATIONS 4 15 TO EXTEND 6" UP PERIMETER SEE DETAIL F/AI2.7 NON -SALES FINISHES P-4 I WALLS VB -1 BASE ADJACENT SPACE #NO9-4 FG -3 FINISH FLOOR 'CHINA BUFFET' P-4 I GWB CEILINGS P-5 I DOORS 4 FRAME STOCKROOM SHELVING NOTE INDICATES A# STOCKROOM SHELVING DETAIL NUMBER, SEE SHELVING DETAILS ON SHEET AI2.4. NOTE: ALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS SHALL BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH LANDLORD COMMENTS I. ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS MUST BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. THE USE OF PLASTIC, VINYL, OR RUBBER TRANSITIONS STRIPS 15 STRICTLY PROHIBITED. TENANTS MUST UTILIZE A HARD SURFACE TRANSITION. 2. NO RUBBER VINYL BASE 15 PERMITTED IN THE SALES AREA OF THE PREMISES. II ADJACENT SPACE #NO7•� 'VITAMIN WORLD' zi� FIXTURE SCHEDULE AREA INFORMATION GENERAL NOTES 3/4" WOOD FLOORING 61 SALE BENCHES M1 SAM FLOOR MIRROR OVER 3/4" PLYWOOD 62 LOCM ROOM BENCHES) SEE DETAIL D/AI2.1GAS - "m nft' SUBFLOORING M2 LOCKER ROOM MIRROR -SEE DETAIL C/AI2.1 CABINET INSTALLER TO INSTALL SHUTTERS AND CABINET 6„ B3 LOUNGE 22 BENCHES) TOTAL SALES - 4444 �q,}'t. BASES BEFORE FLOORING 15 INSTALLED. WOOD THRESHOLD MI -1 MARKETING IMAGE # I - SEE DETAIL B/AI2.3 FLOORING INSTALLER TO SCRIBE 51[8 FLOORING AND C1 42' W. x 21' D. CABINET WITH (2) MATCHING 21' W. SHUTTERS ABOVE MI # DUDES 4 BETTYS SALES - 2781 ft. 'B� FLOORING TO BASES. � 1-- 0 -2 MARKETING IMAGE 2 -SEE DETAIL uAl2.3 DUDES SALES nft. - 1349 q, mmj iE C2 MATCHING 21' W. SHUTTERS ABOVE 63' W. x 21' D. CABINET' WITH (3) MATCH MI -3 MARKETING IMAGE # 3 - SEE DETAIL D/AI2.3 BETTYS SALES - 1432 nft. FLOORING CONTRACTOR TO RUN 6" WOOD THRESHOLD, 1111,, CH SURFACE MTD COAT NOOK, MTD. 9 48" A.F.F. U.O.N. - SEE DETAIL C/AI2.1 MI MARKETING # 4 �� - 243 nft. SUPPLIED BY OWNER AT ALL PA55-THRU DOOR ta.l -4 IMAGE -SEE DETAIL C/Al2.3 L1 LOCATIONS WHERE THE ROOM IS WOOD GOING TO A WOOD V CW1 LOUNGE 22 CASHWRAP/BACKWRAP COUNTERS x _j LOUNGE 22 - 883 nft. ROOM W ccW G- S1 PORCH SIGNAGE LOCKER ROOMS - 617 nft. CW2 SALES ROOM CASHWRAP/BACKWRAP COUNTERS 82 r STOREFRONT COLUMN SIGNAGE (DIRECTIONAL) - 5 -6 A.F.F. TO Z�M G.C. TO ADJUST SETTING BED UNDER EACH Y� GB GO BACK CABINET - SEE DETAILS ON A10.2 W 0 BOTTOM (CENTER HORIZONTALLY) NON -SALES - 2240 nft. FLOOR MATERIAL TO ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION. SM -1 STEEL WALL PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.G. - SEE 83 LOCKER ROOM WALL SIGNAGE - 2' FROM RAIL TO BOTTOM OF SIGN, TILED AREA - 294 nft. Z O o DETAIL C OR E/A11.1 z CENTERED ON WALL - SEE MAIL J/Al2.1 STOCK - 1946 $%ft. O 3 VW VIDEO WALL - SEE DETAILS ON AI2.6 A SALES AREA DOOR THRESHOLD DETAILS W UJ JUL SCALE: 6' - 1'-0' SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER A.1 1 1/4 4 3/4" D1 LEASE LINE 24 I o Y cm>} O DC W LU � 1-- 0 CAA J � mmj iE w � Z V -TENANT FLOORING INFILL. SEE SHEET ABA S W PRESENTATION PLAN N LAYOUT POINT CENTERLINE OF CABINETS - WOOD THRESHOLD FROM _)3 CENTERLINE Y c r O O o W Y 0.. 0 _ 25 � w a o V 1111,, o z ta.l d L1 D V _i W x _j J a w -TENANT FLOORING INFILL. SEE SHEET ABA S W PRESENTATION PLAN N LAYOUT POINT CENTERLINE OF CABINETS - WOOD THRESHOLD FROM _)3 CENTERLINE 45; MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET A4.1 00 co O cc c r O O O Y 0.. 0 _ 25 oN� V W z ta.l d H (J! W x _j J a w W ccW G- Z oco m Q x z O Z�M Y� I-- W 0 OC 45; MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET A4.1 Y U V Z Q z D J a �v� W z ��N z O Z�M I-- W 0 OC Q W e[ O�V W Z O o z : O 3 V � . . W UJ JUL I= GC z L` Uj W _ cr)o°o co J Z V- z Z J O uw C) o Z a w LL =V�N0 cn 45; MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET A4.1 BASE, WALL 4 TRIM (A)TO T-0' A.F.F. MALL 5ULK14EAL I' G.W.B. BY G.0 FINISHED TO MATC1 TYPICAL MALI PAINT COLOF NEUTRAL PIEF MALL TILE BAST BY G.0 0 BASE BASE, WALL 4 TRIM TO 7'-0" A.F.F. 1ALL BULKHEAD " G.W.B. BY G.C. FINISHED '0 MATCH TYPICAL MALL 'Al NT COLOR IEUTRAL PIER 1ALL TILE BASE 3Y G.G. am SHUTTERS BASE, WALL 4 TRIM TO 7'-0' A.F.F. BASE WALL SHUTTERS TRIM BEYOND DIC P-3 P -3A I I P-2 I P -q I P-3 DO, P-3 CD)I P-3 Dl P-3 E_2 BASE * WALL TRIM SHUTTER ROD ADJUSTERS, TYP. THIS ELEVATION P-2 BASE ELECTRONIC DOOR OPENER RU514PLATE @ H.C. ACCE5515LE DOOR. PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.G. SEE DETAIL H/E4.1 - �J ISI camel) ;ILII u I■ W DOOR FRAME �� L -SHAPED I� BLOCKING - oil OPEN TO BEYOND II CROWN I u��!j1I Oallu� Lu I a 111111 ' 11, 1 ' ■ O O I IC N S O MINIM MIMIM MINIM F- W � 'a G W y W S1 � �. eil � vii 'I IrlalIIA 'III A�Ipf CID UP LIGHT P-t0I F7F=-3 BASE, WALL 4 TRIM TO 7'-0" A.F.F. BASE, WALL 4 TRIM TO 7'-0' A.F.F. TRIM SURFBOARD PRESENTATION TRIM ITEMS - PROVIDED BY OWNER, r,SM -1 ( P -3A P-3 P-2 $'7 IW PI Ars: RY r"mrQ SHUTTERS P -3A P-2 BASE BASE BASE FINISH NOTES I. SEE 'FINISH SCHEDULE' ON SHEET A0.2 FOR PAINT TYPES. 2. SEE PRESENTATION PLAN SHEET A4.1 FOR CABINET TYPES AND ARRANGEMENTS. 3. G.C. TO INSTALL WOOD BASE PROVIDED BY OWNER ON ALL SALES AREA COLUMNS AND WALLS NOT COVERED BY CABINETS. SCRIBE WALL BASE TO TOP OF FINISHED FLOORING. DOOR FRAME ASSEMBLY BOOKCASE CROWN MOLD AT TOP OF DOOR FRAME WOOD CASING DOOR FRAME CEILING camel) ;ILII oil VIIIOPEN TO BEYONDMIMIM W DOOR FRAME H L -SHAPED V� BLOCKING - UNDER OPEN TO BEYOND II CROWN I u��!j1I Oallu� Lu a a 'I ' I � ' ■ O O N S O MINIM MIMIM MINIM F- W � 'a G W y W S1 � �. W � �� ���� BASE, WALL 4 TRIM TO 7'-0' A.F.F. TRIM SURFBOARD PRESENTATION TRIM ITEMS - PROVIDED BY OWNER, r,SM -1 ( P -3A P-3 P-2 $'7 IW PI Ars: RY r"mrQ SHUTTERS P -3A P-2 BASE BASE BASE FINISH NOTES I. SEE 'FINISH SCHEDULE' ON SHEET A0.2 FOR PAINT TYPES. 2. SEE PRESENTATION PLAN SHEET A4.1 FOR CABINET TYPES AND ARRANGEMENTS. 3. G.C. TO INSTALL WOOD BASE PROVIDED BY OWNER ON ALL SALES AREA COLUMNS AND WALLS NOT COVERED BY CABINETS. SCRIBE WALL BASE TO TOP OF FINISHED FLOORING. DOOR FRAME ASSEMBLY BOOKCASE CROWN MOLD AT TOP OF DOOR FRAME WOOD CASING DOOR FRAME o CEILING camel) CROWN BUTT TIGHT TO W DOOR FRAME H L -SHAPED V� BLOCKING - UNDER J1L CROWN Oallu� Lu a a WALL o oom camel) s T!� W � H V� J1L OC Oallu� Lu a a a 495L MAY 0 G 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET A7.1 oom T!� Z 0 > H OC Oallu� Lu a a a O O O 495L MAY 0 G 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET A7.1 oom Z 0 N Lu a a a O O O N S O H F- W � 'a G W y W ~ OJ G W CID V coY V 3 0 W J ~ Z Z Z V co) 0 O Lu o W a a UJ 0 W0 3 W V 0 3 MJ VO .. W W �25 CC 111= W WZO LL. O~-'3OC oC ca0�0 Z LL. W "J -Ja0Z OWOQ z ._. sViN(a V) 495L MAY 0 G 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET A7.1 NOTE - RUN PURLINS INTO all P-� CROWN ASSEMBLY DETAIL B/A8.1 BULKHEAD AND LAY 3/4" X 1 1/2' TRIM ON TOP, P-7 5/8" G.W.B. THIS WILL FRAME OUT A ::�; TRIANGULAR AREA ON SOFFIT UNDER ROOF P-2 3/4" X 1 1/2" TRIM P-2 CROWN ASSEMBLY DETAIL C/A8.1 r r UPPER CROWN #1 CORNICE s LOWER GROWN #1 A55EMBLY Z B 3 CROWNASSEMBLY \ r 1 r I I I CANVAS CLOSURE \ I ' P-7 BY OWNER PORCH - BALUSTRADE SUPPLIED SEE ODETAWNERIL IA A8.5LED BY G.C. \ / 1 P-7 OPENI PORCH TEXTURED = ^\ / I BALUSTRADE n " ' I .� _ I SEE A/A8.5 x � WOOD � ._ OPEN =N 33/4,1 TRIM A8.1 P-2 3/411 T*G WOOD FLOORING OVER I' P-2 a0 \ 3/4" WOOD I 3/4 FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD r TEXTURED / \ FL RING OVER I , SUBFLOORING OVER 5/8 TYPE I I II I 8" x 18 GA. METAL 'X" G.W.B. (WHERE REQUIRED BY WOOD BLOCKING / \ I I SU8 LOOR D JOISTS AT 12" O.G. CODE) I ' / \ \ ' vt UPPER CROWN MOULD #2 / \ ++ ++ ++ 1 SHOE MOLDING + - TYPICAL II s2 1 f r € ge, •r3', x R ad a'3: 3a�taii g,, ixC aSa,Fj ++ ++ I +' ''•'nIIva`X �:a. A,,,,iv14 v,�$ .yea: BEA MOULDING PORCH BALUSTRADE -° STOP BASE AT 3 5/8" STUD WITH EXTEND COLUMN EXISTING MALL P-2� SEE A/A8.5 WALL BEYOND WITH BOTTOM PLATE FRAMING AND FIRST FLOOR SLAB L3 WOOD aril= EDGE OF NOSING (TYP. U.N.O.) LAYER OF 5/8" G.W.B. 8.5 } RETURN BASE TRIM .'. - TO SLAB (BEYOND). m ~ ' ... INTO ITSELF AT EDGE OF BULLNOSE u u u u u u OPEN \ /\ \ TEXTURED \ A8.1 OPEN P^2 \ TEXTURED / \ P-2 WOOD BASE LEA51 LINE PIER TO REMAIN A STOREFRONT ELEVATION 1/2' + 1'-0' OPEN A NOTE: PREFINISHED �— EXISTING MALL FACADE TO REMAIN COATING (BY VENDOR) ON PORCH ROOF WOOD tU � W � QL FLAME SPREAD. USE "FLAME CONTROL NO. 166 o cl _ Q O MALL MGMT - EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN CLASS 'A' FIRE RETARDANT' OR EQUAL so s �o co 401 CROWN ASSEMBLY P-2 DETAIL B/A8.1 NOTE: LANDLORD'S BULKHEAD AND NEUTRAL "LIKE o ci u 24 N m H J � � PIER SHALL APPEAR TO BE NEW" WON C �— EXISTING MALL FACADE TO REMAIN COATING (BY VENDOR) ON PORCH ROOF WOOD (FAKE SHUTTERED WINDOW - TYPICAL) STRUCTURE ONLY TO OBTAIN CLASS 1 MINIMUM L TO COORDINATE WITH FLAME SPREAD. USE "FLAME CONTROL NO. 166 o o O MALL MGMT - EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN CLASS 'A' FIRE RETARDANT' OR EQUAL so Go co 401 CROWN ASSEMBLY P-2 DETAIL B/A8.1 NOTE: LANDLORD'S BULKHEAD AND NEUTRAL "LIKE N p � � PIER SHALL APPEAR TO BE NEW" WON C W P-7 5/8" G.W.B. CONDITION AT CONSTRUCTION TURN OVER. 0 S O H a a a W 2lz P-2 13/4" X 1 1/2" TRIM � W NEW OR RELOCATED NEUTRAL PIER - G.C. L TO COORDINATE WITH o o O MALL MGMT N N O � � O W � O H y V7 W 2lz 0 W N 1 m I 0. _le.. ~ _ z 3Z u- OK oil U o o � u- a z a i N cl) Z uJ 0 r �— LSI .. a zE5) 0 Lu J W a Lu W Z o Lu � 3 I- ci o o NEGATIVE SPACE - G.G. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL MALL BASE AND WALL Z 0 0 J uJ LL • • FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT MALL SPEC. CC Z (COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGER) W ui U. W Co000 w JZ U. 0 z W F- 0uwoQ ca 10 cm cc MAY Q 8 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET A8.1 18" 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" '-12 ll-q FRAMING 1 -q n i 1 -109 n 10I4n 1041n i n 1 -10 i_ 1 q8" LINE OF CROWN ABOVIll E (TYP) ��LINE OF GROWN 3" X 1/2" THICK TRIM 7 e -SALES ROOM 1FI1N SHED FLOOR 1'-6" R.O. 1i_2n 6" ABOVE (TYP) AT CORNERS (TYP.) 1i" 2" 211-5(BENCHMARK ELEV. LEVEL) Y211" 22" Ii" 5ENSORMATIC LOOPS (SEE DETAIL J/A8.5) 2- ----------------------- --- -- � I 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. 80. OVERI 3" X 1/2" THICK TRIM 3 5/8" MTL. FRAMING i ���fV - - - A7 CORNERS (TYP.) _ 3" X 1/2" THICK TRIM AT INTERIOR I N • CORNERS (TYP.) Ln `n r jE O NOTE -DOOR #I 70 BE FIXED WITH A I I i T I 8' NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE 70 ' FIRST LAYER OF GYP BOARD 2" OPEN GAP, NOT AN EXIT. DOOR m� - - - - m`t UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED STOPS AT TOP OF DOOR SUPPLIED BY I) I �� III OWNER INSTALLED( i " " .4'-6 I 1 11 i n , BY G.C. LOCATE I 1 -1 10 i n I STOPS AS REQUIRED FOR A 2" OPENING III 4 _6 - 10� - 1 -10 III WOOD THRESHOLD �I FAUX FINISH BEHIND FIXED SHUTTER @ WOOD THRESHOLD i I III I H I III I I DIA. OPERABLE ENTRY DOOR (TYP.) — WOOD THRESHOLD i 8.5 Z F III I G =icy (FACE OF GYP BOARD TO O III I A8.1 I WOOD THRESHOLD III 8.5 (2) 3-5/8" X 16 GA. METAL c� EDGE OF TRANSITION. TYP W III I 1�� i I I I I I I STUDS MECHANICALLY m @ STOREFRONT DOORS) G 1' -1 " I i_ d 1 I 1 LINE OF COL. BASE 1 2 I � � III I FASTENED TOGETHER TO I I Q PORCH ROOF STEEL FRAME I STOP BASE @ EDGE OF I I I I I SUPPORT JOISTS ABOVE q V G.W.B. OVER All METAL III SUPPORT - SEE SHEET A8.6 i NOSING. SEE SHEET A8.5. III I I (TYP. OF 4 LOCATIONS) C4 a = I I STUDS @ 16" O.C. WITH 3Y" EXISTING COLUMN I I DZ I FIBERGLASS SOUND -------- - III I EXISTING MALL III D2 I �' w In - _ I I ATTENUATION INSULATION. — i COLUMN i I I i N = -HC4 – -- ��------------_+ -- – –�-- -- — -- _ - _ _ �–-----�--- _ n –-----------� A. = — - — - - (DI _ _ _ ----_ D, _ _ - O ' 2 8"X16Of I a --- --- - - --- ------ i �N uaQa �� i Mi GA METAL $ASE INE F -in � cnbo 11 - - Q ` JOISTS AB E *2" TYP I 2" TYP I �n HE n� I TRIM ! �; 6$ k _ -"� — _ — 0. _ - _ _ , _ 12 F" �- -- ------ - -- --- ---- -- --------I ---- -- , --- -- - o ' T - - ---- _ I Q� � - - - _ ---- --_ - --- ---- -- ---- -- - --- / I---- - _ --- - �__ -----Z I'-0111 41-1111 110111 3'-(1511 �� II I I_ 111 �� 111 ' ( I ' m / I \ 8. I I I J Off. F. 2 2 2 4 1 02 41-4511 41 02 3 q2 1 -02° 3'-q2" 3'-q2" 1'-10211 2'-1211 1'_1211 �' q'-12" 1'-1211 2'-12" 1'-102111 3'-q2" 1'-0211 3'-(1211 1'-02 2'-10" 1'-0211 F.D. LINE 0 , 111 0'-0" A.F.F. (1 1/2" SLAB) ao 3" X 5/8" THICK GYP. BD. TEXTURED FINISH OVER 5/8" 2 COLUMN BASF. I -0 i B i _ B ❑ STOP BASE At EDGE OF 8.5 ° do I / SALES ROOM FIN. FLR. - I 1' 211 8.5 NOSING, SEE SHEET A8.5. m TRIM @ CORNERS W/ m / I (BENCHMARK ELEV. LEVEL),,, TEXTURED EINISH TYE! 5/8" MTL FRAMING TYP. TEXTURED FINISH 0 5/8" TYPE ° - - p - - ._. - I I TENANT'S CERAMIC TILE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" MTL. ° _ _ I A8.1 _ - - - _ - FLOORING (FC -2) -Fid R(I (TYP. _ _ _ - - - - - - - — '-'� - - i ° 1'-0" ABOVE MALL SLAB EXISTING LANDLORD TENANT'S CERAMIC F LINE OF EDGE TRIM OR I -� I �� i �' WOOD THRESHOLD I ❑ PORCH FINISH FLOOR ' F NEUTRAL PIER / 4`�_..._ TILE FLOORING (FC -2)—]12' PORCH PLATFORM ° ° ❑ -ill. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ (Y11�i 12 EXISTING MALL FLOORING, PATCH I NG/LAC I NG/REPLACEMENT OF REMAIN WALL TO MISSING OR DAMAGED TILES BY G.C. REMAIN I - - - - 1" AB. SLAB LINE OF SKIRT BOARD (BELOW) 3" �� MALL FINISHED FLOOR (BY G.C.) 1" E �� FAUX FINISH PAINT TECHNIQUE F1 n ,LMALL FIN. FLR. A8.1 TO BE APPLIED TO SIDE WALL 14 LINE 4 8.5 EXIST MALL FINISHED FLOOR (F.V.) \ NOSING OF PORCH of FRONT OF ALL STOREFRONT NG w ~ � REFRONT NOSING _ _ PILASTERS (TYP.) 011 CONTINUOUS G w 3'-1411 10 4'-2" 4'-2"T 3'-10i" '14,111BALUSTRADE W 07Lu o 5i_1111 5i_12u Q p > 2 et LINE OF PORCH 11 " ROOF STRUCTURE _ W 16-24 ABOVE =, at O OFi" NOTE: G.C. TO FIX SHUTTER STOREFRONT a -1 AFTER FAUX FINISH HAS BEEN CO IH 13APPLIED.. T ORCH AREA LAYOUT V -12u POINT TEXTURE GYP.FINISH ON 5/8" 30'-0" OVER 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING (ONE LAYER GYP. BOARD AT CENTER AREAS, 2 A TWO LAYERS GYP. BOARD 311 Z `F AT CORNERS - SEE PLAN # TYP. O O O DETAILS) N e r co C 3/4" BEVEL FROM 3/4" 7 0 N THICK 'A' GRADE PLYWOOD, p C �! BY CONTRACTORcc O Lu co r4ft cc a a a pp w O O O OO cry p� O Z N r = .:• .••; Q v O r O C TEXTURED FINISH ON z o .. 3/4" PLYWOOD OVER O a .. W W o Lu 5/8" G.W.B. (TYPICAL)— ENLARGED TYPICAL) QENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN _ SCALE: 1/2' 1'-0' 3-5/8" MTL. STUD w C4 p Q FRAMINGz a� Lu p p H � o Z p y TEXTURED FINISH TO W o y �w S m MEET BASE 0 - i 1/2' WOOD BASE m AND TOE STRIP 0 � � m LINE OF CROWN ABOVE 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING @ 16" O.C. Y TENANT FINISH FLOOR _ - LINE OF 6" BASE WITH TOE STRIP .,, U BELOW SECTION ELEVATION 0 1/2 7R,' M ON INTERIOR CORNERS - 3" FACE U.N.O. (TYPICAL) D2 _I HALF MOON SLIDE BOLT WITH Z DUSTPROOF STRIKE Q H- a ------ - - - BOX BEAM ABOVE ------ � ,�\ ----- , SECTION THROUGH W _ OUGH COLUMN ENCLOSURE o LINE OF COLUMN ----- ----- -� �- D BASE BELOW _ SCALE: I I/2' 1'-0' _ ,. r 0 J } m NN i' � ♦ ♦ � J TEXTURED FINiSN O p 11„ 1'-10" 1'-q" Z W OVER 3 x 5/8 GYP. p }- p N Z X = ::•: BD. TRIM TYP. ON r V z v N , — :'i 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS 2" 1'-6" R.O. 2211 1" 11-2116" Z C7 EXTERIOR CORNERS Q ^ w :: ::. V.I6 MAX AT oc. Z W TEXTURED FINISH - - - - - - - - - - ~ Q V p OVER 5/8" GYP. BD. �cibo -� - - - - - - - - - - - - J � W 0 ON 3 5/8" METAL EQ. EQ. cn STUD FRAMING 3 N - - - - 04 3u X 1/2" WOOD W o Y I TRIM A7 CORNERS z LINE OF COLUMN - icv m "- , ; BASE BELOW ';' w I I I -- - - - - ?- I v I (TYP.) 0 W Ll. Z STEEL POST - co DOOR FRAME, DOOR AND D1 I �+ SEE A8.6 `r`r n I SHUTTER SUPPLIED BY 8. I I I m`r I W J 3 _ I OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G. I ti \ - - - - - - / r' I ~ �nbo = I I I I 1- - HALF MOON SLIDE Lu 0 0 0 >. BOLT Z --d I-- - _LL FACE OF GYP. I r FIXED SHUTTER I �� - - - - _ _ \�I H Ir� / \ _ \ I DOOR D2 IN OPEN 0 J Z W oo ... ,. ABOVE I / I- - - I - - - - - - - - I I 5/811 WITH 8.5 I I POSITION I- 0 W 0 Q Q LINE OF GROWN —j j— I _ BOX BEAM ABOVE I - I TEXTURED ABOVEII " 4 n - ------- \� �/ - ----- - - \� FINISH 5/8 GYP. BD. w/ 5/8 GYP. BD w/ 1_0111 31-q 11 LINE OF BASE TEXTURED FINISH 1'-1211 U.O.N. TEXTURED FINISH 2 1 -02 WITH TOE STRIP BELOW DUSTPROOF 1'-3" NOMINAL U.O.N. 5/8" GYP BOARD WITH TEXTURED LINE OF 6" BASE WITH FINISH TOE STRIP BELOW 5/8" X 3" G.W.B. BELOW. LINE OF CROWN ABOVE TRIM WITH p2 TEXTURED FINISH TEXTURED FINISH OVER 3" X 5/8" 8' LINE OF CROWN ABOVE GYP BOARD TRIM ON EXTERIOR CORNERS WOOD THRESHOLD I I ( DU5TPROOF STRIKE I I I i I 5/8" GYP BOARD WITH TEXTURED ABOVE 4 BELOW. FINISH DOOR D2 IN CLOSED POSITION I I - LINE OF CROWN ABOVE MAY ABFHL0155 8.5 SHEET TYPICAL COLUMN DETAIL PORCH ENTRY PLAN B A DETAIL LOGGIA IMAGE WALL DETAIL SCALE: 1 In' - 1'-0' SCALE: 1 1/2' - 1'-0'/� A :_ SG SCALE: 1 I/2+. 1 0" _. _ _ ... -- � �I_ _ _ � _ __ i i �_ it ' � Il i � �' �� ' III Ii i� I _- _ __ =5= G.C. TO INSTALL ONE LAYER OF GYP. BD. TO BACK 51DE OF MALL BULKHEAD TO DECK ABOVE IF NOT ALREADY EXISTING * REQ'D BY CODE. MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE AND SMOKE SEALS AS PER LOCAL CODE. G.G. TO COORDINATE STOREFRONT CONNECTION TO MALL CONSTRUCTION WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE 0-1/� '-w WOOD CROWN #2 SALES ROOM LAY -IN CEILING— SYSTEM PAINT P-3 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER METAL FRAMING HALF MOON STRIKE PLATES AT TOP, TYP., AND q0° TO HOLD DOOR OPEN 7'-0" A.F.F. ,PAINT P-2 HALF MOON STRIKE PLATES AT BOTTOM, TYP., AND q0° TO HOLD DOOR OPEN TRIM SEE M/AI2.5 WORD BASE OVER TRIM 1" X 1/4" TOE STRIP (TYPICAL) 0-0" A.F.F. SECTION THRU STOREFRONT V 1 / \ \ / o iL W j_ 0 Ck r� p s a a p O ti J \ G.C. TO INSTALL ONE LAYER OF GYP. BD. TO BACK SIDE OF MALL BULKHEAD TO DECK ABOVE IF NOT ALREADY EXISTING 4 REQ'D BY CODE. MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE AND SMOKE SEALS AS PER LOCAL CODE. G.G. TO COORDINATE STOREFRONT CONNECTION TO MALL CONSTRUCTION WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE SCREWS AT 12" O.C. EA. LEG OF TRACK. +�\ ATTACH EACH END TO JACK POSTS WITHIN DECORATIVE COLUMNSi +-I- I n � I3,6 WOOD CROWN ASSEMI LY C/AB.1 + I+' + ROUTE SECURITY SYSTEM + + I + + CABLE THROUGH DOOR FRAME q 1/4 B /8" 1' 6 1/B EXIT SIGN — WOOD CROWN #2 I +- Le + + A - / D2 \ \ / NOTE: DOORS TO BE IN OPEN POSITION \ \ / DURING BUSINESS HOURS. \ \ \ ® ® \ \ / LIN OF \ \ / FIRST LAYER \ \ / 00 GYP. @ \ \ / COL. BEYOND 3/4" WOOD FLOORING OVER LINE OF FIRST LAYER OF GYP. 3/4" PLYWD SUBFLOOR @ COL. BEYOND — EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLAB ROUTE SECURITY SYSTEM CABLE IN PLYWOOD 5UBFLOOR WOOD THRESHOLD SEE E/Al2.3 2 1/2" 11-211 3/�►" FIXED GYP. BD. TRIM WITH TEXTURED FINISH WOOD HOLD—OPEN. LOCATE AT EXTERIOR CORNER OF SHUTTER, 3/4" X 1 1/2" GRAY, FIX IN PLACE W/ #10 SCREWS EA. END GYP. BD. PANEL WITH TEXTURED FINISH WD DOOR ASSEMBLY W/ TRANSOM SEE PLAN FOR TYPE DOOR STOP SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. STUCCO FINISH ON 5/8 G.W.B. @ WALL BEHIND SHUTTER STUCCO FINISH ON WALL BEHIND SHUTTERWOOD @ 20" BASE (BEHIND SHUTTER) EQUAL -HOLLI "HOLLISTER CO." LOGO VINYL GRAPHIC ON THIS FACE EACH 7 SIDE OF PORCH FEATHER CERAMIC TILE TO PROV I D£ MAX 1:20 SLOPE 4'-1" FC -2 TENANT FLOORING TER Cl' EXIST. MALL BULKHEAD UP (SOME LOCATIONS HAVE FAKE SHUTTERS) EXIST. MALL BULKHEAD (GWB ON FRONT OF 3-5/8" M.S.) —MALL DIFFUSER* DUCT MALL BULKHEAG LEASE LINE 12'-0" AB. MALL FLRAL TOP OF CROWN 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. ON SUSPENDED METAL FRAMING. PAINT TO MATCH MALL BULKHEAD BALUSTRADE SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.G. SEE DETAIL A/A8.5 COORDINATE LAYOUT WITH OWNER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER co WOOD PLANK FLOORING BY OWNER i 10'-0" CLEAR a TO OBSTRUCTIONS 0 EQUAL TOE STRIP (TYP.) 0'-0" MALL FLOOR "'\-12. F MALL FLOORING TRANSITION STRIP G.G. TO MATCH MALL FLOORING lk EXISTING MALL FLOORING G.C. RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING / LACING / REPLACEMENT - OF MISSING OR DAMAGED TILES N� O O CD O .� � a a O 0 O p N N W LLI IW— Q o o LU p cl H L nW. m m Y U U Z Q O W J �. or 0 h, Z cc N Z Z co) y 0 0Wa W W O a co) Z W� 3 1— o�`vO z yoW� Lz O ZLL.w u. W ui �00oc �ZO LL O Jloz J Otw0a 44 C/) = Co) N Co) MAY 0 6 ZDOp ABFHL0155 SHEET o iL W j_ 0 Ck r� p s a a p O ti J N� O O CD O .� � a a O 0 O p N N W LLI IW— Q o o LU p cl H L nW. m m Y U U Z Q O W J �. or 0 h, Z cc N Z Z co) y 0 0Wa W W O a co) Z W� 3 1— o�`vO z yoW� Lz O ZLL.w u. W ui �00oc �ZO LL O Jloz J Otw0a 44 C/) = Co) N Co) MAY 0 6 ZDOp ABFHL0155 SHEET PORCH BALUSTRADE - SUPPLIED BY OWNER, 3/8" MDF SLATS OVER 5/8" FRT INSTALLED BY G.C. 21-2113 L. 5/8" MTSTUD L. PLYWOOD OVER 5/8" GYP. TYPE "X" ON STOREFRONTTO FRAMING SUSPENDED MTL. FRAMING (SECURE TO COLUMN STUCTURE ABOVE STRUCTURE ABOVE) -PAINT P-2 (NOT TO DECK) ATTACHED TO COLUMN 3n 5" oBORED MORTISE BY °1 MILLWORK VENDOR � • TENNON q'-7 1/2n A8. FIN. STORE 3/4 x 7 1/2 FLR. TO BOT. OF BRACKET_ WOOD BASE WOOD TRIM GROOVED PANEL. � .+. + 3/4" x 1 1/2" + + WOOD TRIM HANDRAIL WOOD BA5E - o TOE STRIP q'--0" -TOP OF CROWN - (TYP.) Z[FINISW r� ABOVE FIN. STORE FLR. FACE OF G.W.B. PARTITION BEYOND �= W FLOOR WOOD CROWN #2 '~ CO2 BALUSTRADE ELEVATION RABBET BRACKETS SEE DETAIL A/A8.5 FOR INTO RAILS 50 ALL ADDITIONAL ATTACHMENT 0. FINISHES ARE FLUSH DETAILS Q 5/8" GWB ON 3 5/8" MS @ 16" O.C. t7 z z Lu ATTACHED TO 0 COLUMN w E Y nac ❑Y o _ ram ❑ �r - o TENNON ❑ w BRACKET ❑ -icv > u u Laao ❑ FLOOR SLAB a , ix Ck TRIM AS B E RAIL Q BACK AT COLUMN El J BASE - ±1". F.V. Q J luEl ❑ H SECTION AT VESTIBULE SHUTTER ,• ,• , 4jII 1 1/2" = 1'-0" , 90 H 0 1:1 TYP. -1 ALIGN THIS BASE WITH FIRST BALUSTER IN \ / BOLT TNRU O.G. 11 FRONT OF STOREFRONT. RAILS INTO ❑ COLUMN ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ BASE RAIL 2'-2" O e PROVIDED BY OWNER, C N O PREFINISHED, ASSEMBLED N o C O BALUSTRADE PLAN DETAIL AND INSTALLED BY G.C. TWO PIECE BASE ASSEMBLY: 1.ANCHOR BOTTOM PIECE TO DECK s W a a a 2. ANCHOR TOP PIECE TO F c UNDERSIDE OF BASE RAIL 3/4" = 1'-0" 5EN50RMATIC RATED CABLE o c o 0 3. SEAT TOP PIECE / BASE RAIL OVER BOTTOM AND SCREW SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER, ROUTED THROUGH DOOR TOGETHER JAMB. G.C. TO COORDINATE O O WITH OWNER AND SENSORMATIC N �u 3/8" MDF GROOVED PANEL OVER 5/8n FRT PLYWOOD OVER 5/8" GYP. TYPE ::::::•::•::::::::•::•:::•:::::•::•::•:::•::::::::•::•::•::•:::::•:::: •::•::::. ................ 10 -8 A.F.F. FOR INSTALLATION. O 1- r �[ O O A31 BALUSTRADE ISO -METRIC ' 1'-0" "X" ON SUSPENDED MTL. FRAMING ABOVE FIN. IV 9 o Lai (SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE) - STORE FLOOR lup o W to PAINT P-2SALES ROOM LAY -IN W a w CEILING SYSTEM W o a SENSORMATIC ELEVATION y �. m N.T.S. BALUSTRADE AND BASE - WOOD CROWN #2 0) 3" 21l' ABOVE TENANT FLOOR TO BOTTOM _ OF M.D.F. CLG. LID 2 1/4" W. x 3/4" WOOD PLANK CONT. 8" X 18 GA. METAL ca 00 FLOORING AND 5 1/2" NOSING TRACK AT PERIMETER ON FMETAL q'-0" A.F.F. 3 Va" X 20 GA. STUDS AT J _ OVER 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD TRACKS AT FLOOR 16" O.C. TO STRUCTURE U LEVEL (MAINTAIN LEVEL JOIST _ crnv19t ABOVE. PROJ ECT SPECIFIC PLAN R AND ADJUST METAL TRACKS�� ih FOR ANY EXISTING UNEVEN W FLOORING LEVELS) %RAFTER 2x6 LOGGIA CEILING �� 8 DP. 18 GA. METAL 3/4" POPLAR END PANEL (PAINT P-2) ROUTE SECURITY SYSTEM CABLE IN TRANSOM FRAME. Z J015TS AT 16" O.C. 1„ 14 BALUSTRADE TOP RAIL 3/4" x 7 1/2" WOOD TRIM - 1" X 1/4" TOE STRIP (TYP.) PAINT P-2 THE EAS ALUMINUM SHIELD PANELS ARE INSTALLED BEHIND THE DRYWALL SHIELDS ARE INSTALLED ON THE TWO CORNERS Q C ADJACENT TO BOTH W FINISH FLOOR 3/4" x 1 1/2" WOOD TRIM PAINT P-2 BENEATH DRYWALL. SECURE WITH PORCH ENTRANCE DOORS. THE SHIELDS ARE SUPPLIED AND ® NAT RLEAST J r CD USE 2 SCREWS PER INSTALLED BY G.C. z V W #10 TEK SCREWS @ 12" CONT. 3 5/8" - 18 GA. MTL. WOOD GROWN, #2 w r PANEL PER STUD. MEASURE AND CUT OPENINGS 0 � � N z 0/G (TYP. EACH SIDE) n II TRACK W/ 2 LEG AND 0.145 DIA. i" SHOT PINS @ 12" 0/C FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIRED SPECIFICATION N0 SUBSTITUTES. OR TELEPHONE ACCESS BEFORE Z M N x INSTALLING THE PANEL. ALUMINUM 5052-H32 m THICK IN 4' x 8' W o .032 SHEETS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY GC.:4 W �I W o _ START 4' x 8' SHEETS, BOTTOM SHEET FIRST,W W o Z Z — c CL c o ALIGNED WITH THE Q Q 0 PORCH EDGE DETAIL INSTALL 4' x 8' DOOR SIDE OF FRONT o COLUMN AND BEND IT Z 0 V 0 j III--. W LL" = 1 1/2 " 1 �' 0 " il�� 4 1'-2" 6� SHIELDING BOTTOM PANEL FIRST. THE TOP PANEL OVERLAPS THE IN THE FIELD AROUND THEz CORNER TO RUN SHIELD PANELS ARE OUT ON BACK WALL. INSTALLED BENEATH DRYWALL. SECURE � �' W W z 0 111..ix 6 BOTTOM PANEL BY P. WITH STANDARD W cf) 1" 12 ANCHOR BASE INTO WOOD AND FRAMING W/ 5n DRYWALL SCREWS. USE AT LEAST 2 0 Z II-_ LL J NEW LLFLOORING J a Z SCREWS PER PANEL 0 J 111 24 L. (MIN.) BOLTS (114"+1- DIA.) ACCEPTABLE PER STUD. MEASURE 0 uj Q Q V -ANCHOR AT CORNERS, ENDS, ALTERNATIVE TO AND CUT OPENINGS _ N y AND APPROX.. EVERY FOURTH BENDING THE METAL FOR ELECTRICAL OR BALUSTRADE -BOLT TNRU DOWEL HOLES FOR CONCEALED LINE OF FIRST LAYER IN THE FIELD WOULD TELEPHONE ACCESS m FASTENING (DRILL DOWEL OF G.W.B.BEYOND BE TO ORDER 2" x BEFORE INSTALLING 2" x 8' H ANGLES THE PANEL. HOLES LONGER TO OUT OF THE SAME ACCOMMODATE BOLT HEADS) MATERIAL AND BUTT rn ROUTE SECURITY SYSTEM THRESHOLD THE PIECES IN THE INSTALL 4'X8' PIN INTO RAIL AND FLOOR TNRU POST CABLE IN PLYWOOD 5U5FLOOR„SHIELDING 3/4 WOOD FLOORING OVER 3/4” PLYWD SUBFLOOR ON NEW CABINETS WILL HAVE SHIELDING BUILT ELF CORNER AND COVER SHI DIBOTTO TOP WITH THE ANGLE.000 PANEL OVERLAPS THE EXISTING FLOOR SLAB BOTTOM PANEL -=icv FINISH of 1 1/2" WOOD POST INTO THE CABINET FOR ADDITIONAL SHIELDING. BY 1" FLOOR _ =�N • EXISTING MALL NEW SHEET ISSUED MAY 06 2008 ABFHLO155 FLOOR SLAB SHEET C OMITTED ® GUARD RAIL 3" oil -00 SECTION G SECTION DOOR #2 1 1/2" - 1'-0" K METAL SHIELDING N DETAIL A8m5 .T. 5 TAPERED RAFTERS 1 X 3 PURLINS, 7" O.G. TYP. 18" SBM CLAY FIELD TILE SET WITH NATURAL MORTAR 1 3/4" FRT PLYWD BEAM i ENCLOSURE SUPPLIED BY OWNER. NOTCH PLYWOOD RAFTERS - TYP. - $'-0" CLEAR WOOD CROWN 8" ABOVE MALL FLOOR RAFTER SPLICE TRIM G/A8.1 5" x 5" TUBE STEEL w/ 3/4" NAILERS SUPPLIED BY 5/8" GNB ON 3 5/8" MS i OWNER FRAMING @ 16" D.C. 1i 3n CENTER LINE OF STEEL R SECTION �+ SCALE: 1 1/2 - 1-0' 1/4" ANGLED STEEL RIDGE BRACKET (W/ FLANGES) AT RIDGE - ATTACH TO STOREFRONT WALL (OVER FINISHED WOOD BLOCKING AND STEEL ANGLE REINFORCING) � r / 1\ IN, SUPPLIED BY OWNER, J \ \ INSTALLED BY G.G. i 100, All .000, /, ,ii , x 1/4" PLATE BETWEEN NIP _ RAFTERS. SECURED WITH 3/8" THRU BOLTS LLcRIDGE BRACKET PLAN DETAIL SCALE: 3" . 11-01 TO INSTALL ONE LAYER OF GYP. BD. TO BACK E 'ALL FASCIA TO DECK ABOVE IF NOT ALREADY "ING t REQ'D BY CODE. MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE :E SEALS AS PER LOCAL CODE. EXIST. MALL BULKHEAD UP (SOME G.C. TO COORDINATE STOREFRONT CONNECTION TO MALL ] LOCATIONS HAVE FAKE SHUTTERS) CONSTRUCTION WITH MALL REPRESENTATIVE € F EXIST. MALL BULKHEAD 3 5/8" MTL. STUD FRAMING ] (GWB ON FRONT OF 3-5/8" @ 16" D.C. W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. M.S.) (BOTH SIDES) TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE TO OBTAIN AT ....... ............... ................... ... ......... ...... , (1) HOUR FIRE RATING MALL DIFFUSER* DUCT OPORCH ROOF STEEL FRAME POST AN] SUPPORT SYSTEM SUPPLIED BY OWN] INSTALLED BY G.C. - INSTALL BEFOR INSTALLING ANY STOREFRONT METAL FRAMING (INSTALL METAL FRAMING AFTERWARDS AND BEFORE IN5TALLIN BRACKET). ATTACH P05T5 WITH AN, BOLTS DIRECTLY TO CONCRETE FLOO - SEE VENDOR SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS AND COMPLETE INSTALL/ DETAILS. USE ADDITIONAL BEAM IN SEISMIC ZONES 2A OR GREATER OR AT EXTERIOR STOREFRONTS x 5" x 1/4" TUBE STEEL AMING POST FEL SLEEVE MOUNTING PLATE - TAGH TO SLAB WITH 4 ANCHOR LT5 (SEE MANUFACTURER'S SHOP AWINGS FOR COMPLETE DETAILS) 12 -II 1/2 A . MALL FLR. ` ANCHOR BOLTS MALL BULKHEAD , 1 (e1 1 ReSF eI\1rLJn>P nP-rAll J14121-011 V A.F.F. CROWN ASSEMBLY 5/A8.1 ARMSTRONG 2' X 4' NON -DIRECTIONAL FISSURED 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TILE AND GRID TO BE 3/4"x1 1/2" WOOD TRIM - PAINT P-2 WHITE, GLASS 'A' RATING X10-8" ABOVE I#IN. `1• STORE FLR. I LEASE LINE 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. PD. ON 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS @ 16" U.C. MODIFIED DOOR JAHB AND HEADER n TRANSOM SHUTTER r FROSTED TRANSOM] LIGHT GYP. BD. TRIM WITS TEXTURED FINISH ALIGN W/ 3" TRIMt: E HOLD OPEN 5TIGKS GYP. BD. PANEL WITH TEXTURED FINISH I I, 16'-qu w j ASSEMBLED PORCH STRUCTURE (BEFORE INSTALLING PURLINS)CENTER ON PURLIN BETWEEN J -BOX FOR 'B' LIGHT FIXTURE. STUCCO FINISH ON 15/8" G.W.B. @ RAFTERS (TYP, ALL INTERIOR Laao WALL BEHIND SHUTTER 0 o I STORES). GC TO LOCATE SHUTTER DOORS j EXACTLY AS ILLUSTRATED. z j =� a I STUCCO FINISH ON PLYWOOD @ WALL HH IHHHH dH H HH Lu BEHIND SHUTTER j APPLIED FRENCH D60R DECOR APPLICATION I I G TRANSITION VARIES 12. STRIP FC -3 FLOORING 1'-2" F -2 TENANT FLOORING 10-0" CLEAR TO " 1:20 MAX. SLOPE 1:48 MAX. SLOPE OBSTRUCTIONS FEATHER CERAMIC TILE TO PROVIDE MAX 1:48 SLOPE SECTION THRU STOREFRONT DOOR @ NON -SALE G S SCALE: AS NOTED I I , SEE A8.2 FOR ACTUAL CONDITIONS @ COLUMNS USE ADDITIONAL BEAM IN SEISMIC ZONES 2A OR GREATER. a� RIDGE BRACKETFACE OF I A \ STOREFRONT 1 a= / 4 PORCH SUPPORT \ o POSTAND BEAM y O PLYWD BEAM STRUCT. SYSTEM / ENCLOSURE METAL STUD FRAMING BUILT AROUND PORCH P05T AND BEAM SYSTEM \ 101-311 ROOF OUTLINE ROOF RAFTERS COME IN (4) PREASSEMBLED PIECES TO BE CONNECTED ON SITE BY G.G. ASSEMBLED PORCH STRUCTURE WITH PURLIN5 A PORCH ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/2' w V-0' 0 J FINISHED ROOF ASSEMBLY WITH TILES PORCH ROOF ASSEMBLY PHASING: lU - ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE # 1. INSTALL OWNER -SUPPLIED STEEL FRAME POST AND BEAM SUPPORT SYSTEM BEFORE INSTALLING ANY STOREFRONT METAL STUD FRAMING (INSTALL METAL FRAMING AFTERWARDS AND BEFORE INSTALLING RIDGE BRACKET). 2. ATTACH RIDGE BRACKET DIRECTLY TO STOREFRONT METAL. FRAMING AND SUPPORTING BLOCKING. 3. ATTACH PREA55EM5LED / PREFIN15HED RAFTER ASSEMBLIES. 4. INSTALL PLYWOOD ENCLOSURE OVER STEEL POST AND BEAM FRAME SUPPORT SYSTEM. 5. INSTALL PURLINS V x 3". 4 EQUAL SPACES AT LOWER SECTION, AND SPACED AT 7" O.C. +/- AT UPPER SECTION. 6. ASSEMBLE ROOF TILES OVER PURLINS, OWNER'S MILLWORK MFR. TO PROVIDE KIT OF PARTS FOR ASSEMBLY ON SITE BY TENANT'S G.G., INCLUDING BEAMS, CONNECTING PLATES, PREASSEMBLED RAFTERS, PURLINS, AND BOLTS, ETC. F MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET - � O O V J' � v O MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET - � O O V J' It1 F- V J, O O O z ;w _O O O O p N N O O .... W Lai D a C o W H y. CLco m m J � Q .. le Woa U U cri 3 Z < Q � J W C.� h W J .. Z �-N z .�� ZVC4 W y Q 0 CL LL uj ZW � 3 3 I- 0 v 0 Z V O � � 4Z W W-J�O LL.w LL W IOO� �z~� w o H J�oZ Oujo< .. W MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET - � — END PANEL — — — — -� EXTEND TO I WALL cs I B I 10. 10. I NOTE: COORDINATE W/ PRESENTATION PLAN A4.1 CABINET SIZES VARIES 1 LINE OF GROWN MOULDING I I LINE OF CROWN MOULDING AT TOP OF CABINET I AT TOP OF CABINET ^f' �4 LINE OF CABINET BASE SHUTTER FRAME LINE OF CABINET BASE I AT CEILING AND CASING i i AT FLOOR r; a I i A 10. LINE OF ARCHITRAVE INFILL CASING TRIM MOULDING AT CEILING LINE OF GROWN MOULDING AT CEILING j �, I I I I i A 10. O — — L-- - — — ------ — — — — — --------- WOOD INFILL PROVIDED— I BY OWNER, INSTALLED I t e I BY G.C. I, I II I 4 ---------- ------------ i I co r---- -----— — — — — — — — — — — — ------ II — — II I FACE OF 5/8" G.W.B. I ` 4 0 I I —------------------- — ) PARTITION 11� 6: 1tl-!! 1{M 681 1R bd! !! 31! J ____---___-- -_- __-_-- I BASE AND SHOE _ BELOW ._ -- ----- ---_— --- — ---- (TYP) CAPITAL 2'-0 5/16" 11. 9" II-9' I'-w9" 11_9!! EQ, V-0" OR 6!_0!1 OPENING EQ. 3 5/161f 1d-g11 11_ 1" ,I_�11r II-91' 1' -9:! EQ. 5l-0lI OR 6'-0° OPENING EQ. 81-9 5,/16" (HOLD) 31-9 5/161' (HOLD) REFER TO PLAN SHUTTER PLAN DETAIL - SALES TO SALES CABINET PLAN DETAIL - SALEST O SALES SCALE: 3/4' - 1'-0 - B SCALE: 3/4" - 1'-0 31-9 5/16" (HOLD) tu 2'-0 5/16"1 11-9d! 11_g11 1!_d! 11_9" 3'-6" OR 5'-3' SEE A4.1 W i- p END PANEL TO WALL 7/8" (HOLD) 11-q1' 11-911 (MIN) S u l H �� -- _------------- 1'-61 3 A, 1'-6" o o ci ; ---------- --- m rr ........... ................................................................................................................................................... .:.................................................................................................:...............:....:........................................................... —I TYP WALL CONST m I a I !cn SEE PLAN A2.1 - SHUTTER FRAME _ I .. O O co AND CASING Z N — Cc o LINE OF CROWN MOULDING AT TOP OF CABINET ------------- ------------------------- S Q a a — — — — — — — - — - — — — ----------------------J L------------------------ J ! I LINEOF GROWN MOULDING AT CEILING CAPITAL O O O S II PANEL WALLLINE N o OF CABINET BASE A7 FLOOR CABINET ENCLOSURE 4" CABINET BASE LINE OF CROWN. BASE FRAME VERTICAL CAP I RUN TO WALL AT ASSEMBLY LINE OF CROWN MOULDING.. W � W I END CONDITION. AT TOP OF CABINET H Q D _ 10. END PANEL EXTEND 70 WALL C Inw .. y C 0 W JccCL m CD m C SHUTTER _ PLAN DETAIL (WALL TO WALL) A CABINETS PLANCZ-0VI� D CABINET PLAN DETAIL - COLUMN CONDITION) : 3 ■ 1-0 SCALE /4 r ,AT SCALE: 1 1/2 - 1-0 r V-0' SCALE= i - .. Y 3 CABINET ENCLOSURE, SECURE TO 1'-8 7/8" (HOLD) 11_90 1'-911 1'-9" V MENSIONS SPACING 3" DIIMENISIONSI ARE CRITICALD AND ARE I'-6' 1'-6'e. V-9 5/16' (HOLD) TO BE HELD, SEE A4.1 3 5/16 \` I a � 1{-6lI 31 11-6" 1'-01 31 1d_b1 c ` ` 3 5/16' I W V W • • .� 7 SHELF UNIT I N Z covat z is ----------------- ------_ ----- --- Lu o ., -0.019 L — I UJ �- — — — — - -- - --- --------------� - -' E c 3 cn ' co, I I CAPITAL W o VO 0 v J .. `•� cr .v I I CAPITAL i _ I I I Q I— = = I I %AT LINE OF GROWN MOULDING TOP OF CABINET I I I 'cn i I PANEL PANEL WALL PANEL— EXTEND t0 WALL W .. Zin ta. ( LINE OF CROWN MOULDING z ("/� 0 O O LINE OF CABINET BASE AT CABINET CROWN: INSTALL A7 TOP OF 6 I I AT TOP OF CABINET Z ..� z LL _ I I FLOOR CABINET ENCLOSURE, _ _ I J O Z J I END PANEL EXTEND TO WALL4 END PANEL. RUN TO WALL SECURE TO TOP OF VERTICAL. -- I LINE OF CABINET V Q W O Q = (a N N Q I AT END CONDITION I I BASE AT FLOOR V)SEE A7.1 AND A7.2 FOR 1 BASE FRAMING, SCRIBE B 10• ELEVATIONS. SEE F/AI0.1 FOR ASSEMBLY DETAILS. TO FLOOR � �.VERTICAL CAP FITS OVER 5 in I I I SEE A7.1 AND A7.2 FOR ELEVATIONS. SEE F/A10.1 ;� I i �`�.�\ CABINET EDGING (SIDE TO i I FOR ASSEMBLY DETAILS. SIDE). B I I'All 10. ' I Poo END PANEL - SAY p 2f�Q EXTEND TO WALL -, ' 2 FLOOR BASE. AFTER INSTALLATION BACK OF CABINET OF VERTICAL CAPITALS, INSTALL — — -- — — — — — — -� ABFH`LO155 --. ,SEE PLAN. BASE TRIM, SCRIBE t0 WOOD FLOOR. LINE OF WALL END PANEL EXTEND TO WALL SHEET CABINET PLAN DETAIL - (WALL TO WALL) TYPICAL CABINET ASSEMBLY NO SCALE CABINET rit PLAN DETAIL - (6c1--vN CORNER WALL CONDITION)SCALE: AlOolSCALE: 3/4" - V-Or 1 + 1-0 o� O Ic= LAJ 9 1— t/7 z J g Q Z REFER TO DETAIL A/Al2.3 FOR CROWN DETAIL AND MTL FIRE STOP LOCATE TIGHT BETWEEN MTL FIRE STOP LOCATE TIGHT BETWEEN CEILING GRID LAYOUT INFORMATION WALL STUDS. LOCATE AT CEILING LINE AT WALL STUDS. LOCATE AT CEILING LINE AT SALES/NON SALES WALL. SALE5/NON 5ALE5 WALL. > OF SHU W — ASSEMBLYER 12 GA GALV STL 12 GA GALV STL HANGER WIRE. ANCHOR HANGER WIRE. ANCHOR CEILING "T" TO EXIST STRUCTURE TO EXIST STRUCTURE p u1 p CENTERED ON WALL - NOT DECKING v NOT DECKING p > p 10'-8" 10'-8" A.F.F. 10'-8" A.F.F. ci ci u SUSPENDED SUSPENDED EMBOSSED SUSPENDED EMBOSSED m J EMBOSSED METAL METAL LOOK CEILING METAL LOOK CEILING LOOK CEILING PREFAB MTL SHUTTER HOLDER 4 CASING SUPPORT, ANCHORED GROWN #2 TO MAIN RUNNERS OF CEILING GRID SHUTTER ACTUATOR RODS TO BE GROWN #2 - (SEE DETAIL A/AI2.3 FOR CROWN #2 - (SEE DETAIL A/Al2.3 FOR INSTALLED ON THE SHUTTERS DIVIDING TRIM DETAIL AT SALES AREAS WHERE TRIM DETAIL AT SALES AREAS WHERE DUDES 4 BETTYS SALES ROOM AS FOLLOWS SHUUTERS DO NOT OCCUR.) SHUTTERS DO NOT OCCUR.) (SEE A2.1): O O O - CABINETS PERPENDICULAR TO Z N 1D STOREFRONT ON THE RIGHT SIDE FROM THE PREFAB MTL SHUTTER HOLDER O FRONT TO REAR OF SPACE -_ S O O O aaa - CABINETS PARALLEL TO STOREFRONT ON v rN SHEET METAL ANCHOR THE SIDE NOT FACING LOUNGE 22 (EXCEPT in m m w CABINETS SHARING THE WALL WITH LOUNGE PROVIDED BY MILLpp WORKER INSTALLED BY 22) WOOD SHUTTERS AND FRAME/TRIM FOAM SHUTTERS AND WOOD FRAME/TRIM O O O O G.G., STRAP CABINETS PROVIDED BY OWNER ASSEMBLED, PROVIDED BY OWNER ASSEMBLED, TOGETHER (2 PER CABINET WOOD SHUTTERS AND FRAME / INSTALLED BY G.C. INSTALLED BY G.C. O N g AT ENDS OF CABINET) TRIM PROVIDED BY OWNER p�o ASSEMBLED, INSTALLED BY G.C., O O SCREW ANCHOR TO PREFAB MTL. .. SHUTTER HOLDER 4 CASING W TOP FILLER SHELF PAINT WALL BEHIND SHUTTERS P-9 VjW SUPPLIED BY OWNER SUPPORT (LT GREEN) in a INSTALLED BY G.C. SHUTTER ASSEMBLY TO 51T ON G W y FULL HEIGHT DOOR JAMB FILLER C C Q PANEL AT DOOR OPENING BEYONDcc (CUT NOTCH IN FILLER PANEL AS uW REQUIRED). 7'-0 1/2" A.F.F 7'-0 1/2" A.F.F 7'-0 1/2" A.F.F a m TOP OF CABINET «. ..'` TOP OF CABINET """TOP OF CABINET ..... ..... CROWN ASSEMBLY CROWN A55EMBLY CROWN ASSEMBLY :.:....... ...................... ......................................................................:,.................................................................................................• ,............................ ................... ..................... ........................................................................:::::::.:::.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::............... TOP FILLER SHELF TOP FILLER SHELF SUPPLIED BY OWNER 4 SUPPLIED BY OWNER 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. INSTALLED BY G.C. Y CONT 2' x 2" ANGLE CONT 2" x 2" ANGLE U 3'-8 1/8" SUPPORT FOR SHUTTER SUPPORT FOR SHUTTER r ASSEMBLY, MOUNT 3'-7 1/2" ASSEMBLY, MOUNT V-7 1/2" CL BELOWCEILING BELOW CEILING Y Z VERTICAL CAP 3 ASSEMBLY SEE SHEET METAL ANCHOR, SHEET METAL ANCHOR, F/A10.1 FOR PLAN PROVIDED BY MILL WORKER PROVIDED BY MILL p LAYOUT INSTALLED BY G.G., ANCHOR WORKER INSTALLED BY TO STUD AND CABINET (2 G.C., ANCHOR TO STUD PER CABINET) AND CABINET (2 PER J CABINET) J CABINET ASSEMBLY, CABINET ASSEMBLY,O N cq � REFER TO F/A10.1 .# REFER TO F/A10.I Z W 0 (n 0 ASCABSEMBLY, x Y 14 AD W . 2 1/4n REFER TO F/A10.1 c VERTICAL ASSEMBLY VERTICAL ASSEMBLY Q Z 3 SEE F/AI0.1 FOR PLAN SEE F/AI0.1 FOR PLAN W LAYOUT LAYOUT O W0 0 { ;: V W W 25 ELF ASS M 5HELF A55EMSLY SHELF ASSEMBLY LY W 3 0 PROVIDED 4 PROVIDED 4 ui PROVIDED 4 INSTALLED INSTALLED BY INSTALLED BY OWNER BY OWNER W m00 a OWNER Z Z °g -� ~ .. _I OZ DEMISING WALL/ DEMISING WALLANTERIOR Q O W O Q V N N cc INTERIOR WALL SEE WALL SEE SHEET A2.1 SHEET A2.1 CABINET FRAME 3 1/4" CABINET FRAME WITH 3 114" CABINET FRAME WITH WITH GROSS CROSS FRAMING, SECURE CROSS FRAMING, SECURE FRAMING, SECURE 1'-8 7/8' TO FLOOR. 1-87/8' TO FLOOR. TO FLOOR. CABINET BASE CABINET BASE TRIM CABINET BASE TRIM SCRIBE TO SCRIBE TO FLOOR MAY p TRIM SCRIBE TO FLOOR FLOOR FINISHED WOOD FLOOR FINISHED WOOD FLOOR :............................................................................................................. ......... ....... ............................... .........................., ..................... FINISHED WOOD TOP OF SLAB TOP OF SLAB A B F H L O 155 FLOOR SHEET CABINET SECTION BWALL CABINET SECTION cWALL CABINET SECTION r i M ���■� , SII i i 3' -q4n 3'-81" 2 v O E W � lo. A.. ` 5loo 2" 4n i 4111 I STACKING METAL MESH B I BINS, SCREW TO BASE A4.. _ 10. I D AND SIDE WALL �- = I I ' I I 31 1111 "2 511 I I HOLD TRIM 5/8" OFF - I I OF FITTING ROOM -,, ti<r ,;' ::•. *::,,: y ,...::::r.:...;, , MIT I WALL PANEL. COVER GAP WITH 3" TRIM. — - — — CUSTOM HANGER 111tl 2 I i BIN 2 211 5211 211 211 q1I 211 n g2nn g2nn I ! TYP. TYP. o o ... cn I i°I 1c.13 41n A G i0. I CN GC 10. o I I O W GC TO INSTALL GO BACK CABINET, SUPPLIED BY OWNER, IN PLACE OF L s Z — 101 1 ° I j V THE FIRST FITTING ROOM STALL AS DESIGNATED ON THE PRESENTATION I I ° I I ° 1 � u PLAN (TYPICALLY THE BETTY'S SIDE FITTING ROOM). ONE HANGBAR IS I I I 1 I FOLDING W TO BE PLACED AT THE LOCATION SHOWN IN SECTION B. THREE (3) BOARDS O O METAL MESH BINS PER CABINET AND CUSTOM -SIZED ROLLING HANGER _ I �, •` SUPPLIED BIN WILL BE DELIVERED TO STORE SEPARATE FROM GO BACK CABINET. cnlV Iol I°I BY STORE 0 ~ V f 1'- 11 I°I 1'—gn 1°I �Cl" 1- vo :f)I sC ""ii o o ft 1 1 1 1 — — — - - � Ll Ll tV _1 CABINET ELEVATION CABINET ELEVATION CABINET PLAN DETAIL CABINET SECTION ' I_ n , ' . I_ N SCALE: 1 1/2' - V-0' D SCALE: 1 1/2' = 11-0' A SCALE: 11/2 ■ 1 0 tai SCALE 11/2 1 0 4 N O O O 9. Z N C 3„ O VN 4LuN O O O S If 411 � a N O� O O 10. O O v - O F O C4. 3'-11 C r O O \ mlv 281 10. G.W.B. P TITION •• O HANGBAR, SUPPLIED BY STORE _ FIXED SHELF BI -FOLD FAUX SHUTTER DOOR ml�t MAGNETIC STOP dN NN 1 -c,1 cnl�r rN 53112a1 GC TO INSTALL GO B CABINET, SUPPLIED BY OWNER. ONE HANGBAR HOLD TRIM 3 2 OFF IS TO BE PLACED T14E LOCATION SHOWN IN SECTION B. THREE (3) OF LOCKER ROOM WALL. COVER GAP 3" X" W D TRIM.W W H W '� a © .. n _ 3" X 2" WOOD R�n NN et TRIM 53112a1 R,�n _ 4 N icy co 511 2161 in m1 co1 cn HANGBAR, SUPPLIED Vol _1 r BY STORE 2'-0" all 211 511 �n 10 N m`r G INS 0 12. END CAP DETAIL SCALE: FULL SCALE 1-40 N-0° 1 v 211 ID FIXED SHELF IN ° --Ii N N J II GC TO INSTALL GO B CABINET, SUPPLIED BY OWNER. ONE HANGBAR HOLD TRIM 3 2 OFF IS TO BE PLACED T14E LOCATION SHOWN IN SECTION B. THREE (3) OF LOCKER ROOM WALL. COVER GAP 3" X" W D TRIM.W W H W '� a © .. n �11 3" X 2" WOOD TRIM R,�n _ 4 N icy 511 2161 in co1 HANGBAR, SUPPLIED Vol BY STORE all 211 511 �n N m`r G 12. END CAP DETAIL SCALE: FULL SCALE N-0° v ID FIXED SHELF 1 J lo. 31-54" - 5`r --I BI -FOLD FAUX SHUTTER DOOR ° 31-311 1 LINE OF In WAINSCOTTING crHb- N r D WALL �N 11-011 11-8" 5211 " N RA mmir y a MAGNETIC STOP G.W.B. PARTITION .. VOID___. Cy N 1� 211 11" n 51111211n "LOCKER ROOM K 2 2.2'N''10 2 1211 WAISCOTTING TO DIE 10.11 g2nn q2n n INTO SIDE OF TRIM 10. TYP. TYP. 3" X 2" WOOD TRIM. 1111 i rN ffll GC TO INSTALL GO B CABINET, SUPPLIED BY OWNER. ONE HANGBAR HOLD TRIM 3 2 OFF IS TO BE PLACED T14E LOCATION SHOWN IN SECTION B. THREE (3) OF LOCKER ROOM WALL. COVER GAP 3" X" W D TRIM.W W H W '� a © .. n o o w (n W � W W Z Q _ m m RUN " X 2" TRI UP Qi m SID S AND AC 055Ito TO OF .. C INER Y 2 U CL Y •• 3 a Q W c� JINN � J V' D uj Lu,= 0- �' z cv) CD r uj 0 W V W Z UJI- a a- m ZZ� 3 Q o3W0 r V0 j V I. W LL :} z m v W LU J3° m `t Q CO) 000 a 0 JW0Q a o � U =traNCO) cn ti MAY Q 6 2008 METAL MESH BI PER CABINET AND CU5'101-1-51ZED ROLLING HANGER WITH 3" TRIM. BIN WILL BE IVERED TO STORE SEPARATE FROM GO BACK CABINET. A B C H L O 1 5 C 1� �7 SHEET CABINET SECTION CABINET PLAN DETAIL CABINET ELEVATION CAB NET SECTION WALL SECTIO r 1_ ' : 1 1'• V-0" SCALE: 1 1/2' V-0" SCALE: 1 1/2 1'-0' '- 1_ n A10m3 E SCALE: 11/Z X 1 0 SCALE /2 SCALE: 1 I/2 i 0 R,�n _ 4 r icy 511 2161 co1 Vol N m`r E r N-0° v m 1 Y.,• --I ° 0 1 In N r 0 ' �N N o o w (n W � W W Z Q _ m m RUN " X 2" TRI UP Qi m SID S AND AC 055Ito TO OF .. C INER Y 2 U CL Y •• 3 a Q W c� JINN � J V' D uj Lu,= 0- �' z cv) CD r uj 0 W V W Z UJI- a a- m ZZ� 3 Q o3W0 r V0 j V I. W LL :} z m v W LU J3° m `t Q CO) 000 a 0 JW0Q a o � U =traNCO) cn ti MAY Q 6 2008 METAL MESH BI PER CABINET AND CU5'101-1-51ZED ROLLING HANGER WITH 3" TRIM. BIN WILL BE IVERED TO STORE SEPARATE FROM GO BACK CABINET. A B C H L O 1 5 C 1� �7 SHEET CABINET SECTION CABINET PLAN DETAIL CABINET ELEVATION CAB NET SECTION WALL SECTIO r 1_ ' : 1 1'• V-0" SCALE: 1 1/2' V-0" SCALE: 1 1/2 1'-0' '- 1_ n A10m3 E SCALE: 11/Z X 1 0 SCALE /2 SCALE: 1 I/2 i 0 , CABINET END PANEL BASE AND SHOE BELOW DOOR JAMB - DOOR JAMB ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY BY OWNER --------- :,•<<:: LINE OF CABINET ------ 2'-q' f I' -q' I'-0" f f Lu wL L :3 O 1 f cr 1�-011 A.D.A. WRITING --own ------ ----- SURFACE WITH NON-COM - - -I SURFACE MOUNTED BLOCKING 5/8" F.R.T. PLYWOOD OVER 3 5/8" 18 GUAGE • — METAL SLIDERS METAL STUDS AT 16" ON CENTER I G.C. TO ATTACH STEEL PLATE TO BLOCKING AND L L o Iii WALL STUDS AS REQUIRED. MAINTAIN A FLUSH FLUOR. LIGHT STRIPS �� g I I TRANSITION TO ALLOW TUBES TO FIT TIGHT TO I I =Li 5/8 GYP. BD. — G.C. TO INSTAL OVER 3 5/8' _ 18" LONG, 3/4" DIA. SOLID STEEL RODS I I PANELS (USE DOUBLE STUDS) WITH METAL CLIPS G.G. TO SCRIBE MTL. FRAMING 9- 0- SET INTO 6" x 2' STEEL TUBE PROVIDED BY OWNER CASING TO FIT o I I I I STEEL PLATE UNITS, AND TUBE STEEL BOLT TUBES THRU BLOCKING AND WALL II SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY o 1/4" TK. STEEL PLATE OVER 5/8" I I STUDS AT ALL PREDRILLED LOCATIONS I I G.G. - ALSO SEE E/All.l " " IL m I I p 3 X 1/2 WOOD F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING. EXTEND STEEL Iii I i I co m TRIM TYP. PLATE DOWN TO BACKWRAP COUNTERTOP I I 7 AND UP TO CROWN AT CEILING, PROVIDED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY G.G. WASHER AND ALLEN HEAD CAP BOLT 3" TRIM AT ENDS OF ALL STEEL RODS 3" 3' EQUAL EQUAL EQUAL 3" 3" TRIM BASE AND SHOE BELOW 'Nl\_ BAGKWRAP SUPPLIED BY OWNER, 0-5 1/2" R.O. INSTALLED BY G.G. 0-5 1/2" R.O. OR 5'-5 1/2" R.O. OR V-5 1/2" R.O. GYP. TO GYP. EQUAL 12'-7" EQUAL GYP. TO GYP. SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN SEE CONSTRUCTION PLANlk (1'-3" MIN) ^c: (1'-3" MIN) A11.1 CASHWRAP SECTIONBACKWRAP PLAN DETAIL B A • -a' SCALE: 1 1/2' • 1' O INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING ON MTL STUDS 20 INSTALL STEEL PLATES ON WOOD BLOCKING NOTE: INSTALLATION OF STEEL WALL TOBE PRIOR TO WOOD TRIM ASSEMBLY AT w o �1 3O INSTALL STEEL TUBES AS REQUIRED ADJACENT WALLS. > 1/4" STEEL PLATE (TYP. OF 3) EXTEND STEEL p O ® INSTALL GROWN ABOVE AND WOOD TRIM ON ENDS PLATE DOWN TO BACKWRAP COUNTERTOP AND Ca p L „ UP TO CROWN AT CEILING. PROVIDED BY OWNER _ 5/8 PLYWOOD OVER METAL STUDS AND INSTALLED BY G.G. SECURED TO EACH WALL STUD WITH #10 SELF -TAPPING SCREWS 6" O.C. STEEL END TUBE (TYP. OF 2) G.G. TO u A — QC 0 ATTACH AS REQUIRED ci o u ° ° ° O O ° ° O ° ° ° ° ° EQ EQ EQ ° ° ° ° ° ° D ° ° METAL SURFBOARD I " �, „ „ I I I ( O° 00 O° ° c WALL, PROVIDED I 6 6 6 6 BY OWNER ANDI I ° I I o i ° o INSTALLED BY G.C.- SURFBOARDS .C. SURFBOARDS BY I I I o ° Z N o n OWNER 0 O O ° 0 0 9.o 6' WIDE x 2" I ( I ° ° ° ° p O DEEP CHANNEL S WITH 18" LONG I I I I o I ° o ° d W a A A RODS I I I M OPEN TO LOUNGE 22 18ga. COLD ROLLED AP SUPPLIED BY �► STEEL TOP I I CASHWRAP I i o° o° o � OWNER INSTALLED BY G. I o ° ° ° 0 W _. •• 0 N. F D N 1--- ----- ---------------- -- - o o w � 00 ,.. o W -' C I W z o a IL------------------ c ----Imo• CD m STEEL TUBE (TYP. OF 2) W/ 18" LONG, BACKWRAP (SHOWN DASHED FOR CLARITY) ., 3/4" DIA. SOLID STEEL RODS. G.C. TO N ATTACH AS REQUIRED f Y %NNW _ U BACKWRAP E(121-711)CASHWRAP ELEVATION(121-711)CKWRA LEVATION STEEL WALL ASSEMBLY CL SCALE= I/2' • I' -a' D SCALE= I/2 • 1-0 E N.T.S. Q .. Z W 3 p � D q" x q" ACCESS I1.1 PANEL 12'-7" FACE OF COLUMN TO FACE OF COLUMN FILLER A5 12'-3" CASHWRAP WORKSURFAGE OUT TO OUT REQUIRED A 11.1 KIOSK (REFER TO A2.1) --e- rLiL II LiL II LL II CV MAGAZINES MAGAZINES MAGAZINES KIOSK (REFEZ A.D.A. SURFACE TO A2.1) LINE OF WORK COUNTER 2'-11" ol 3'-q 7/16" A.F.F. (ABOVE) 12'-9"+- CASHWRAP TRANSTOP OUT TO OUT G 11.1 FINISHED TRIM SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY OWNER I'-3-3/8"14. X I'-014. VIDEO MONITOR SUPPLIED Il INSTALLED BY OWNER KEYBOARD DRAWER SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY OWNER. 0 a W a �jTm 93 1'-2 1/ " N Z MIN. i z V c uj C9 y � G ---� NOTE - PROVIDE VERTICAL NON-COM BLOCKING Q Q EACH 51DE OF VIDEO MONITOR FOR MOUNTING W a Z Q CL W cc 3 FINISHED TRIM SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY OWNER 0 0 (� O G.G. TO PROVIDE NON-COM BLOCKING TOP W L AND BOTTOM OF ROUGH OPENING FOR VIDEO Q ILL. MONITOR MOUNTING. a= W J 0 I I 13 5/6" H. x 1'-3 3/8" W. ROUGH OPENING. G.G. r ~ O c TO GUT 11/16' xi/8" RABBET AT INSIDE OPENING I = Q �' (I OF 3" TRIM FOR KIOSK MOUNTING � J ~ LL FINISHED TRIM SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY OWNER J Q Z J Q 0 Lij 0 'Q oc I' -3-3/8"H. X 1'-6"W. VIDEO MONITOR V = N y ~ SUPPLIED * INSTALLED BY OWNER �w 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER METAL FRAMING i oc to 1'-4 1/8" H. x 1'-3 3/8" W. ROUGH OPENING i Lo cL — �r G.G. TO PROVIDE NON-COM BLOCKING. TOP AND BOTTOM OF DRAWER ROUGH OPENING AND c%, KIOSK SCREEN ROUGH OPENING mAY o A 2nng �xouP��I � G INl HZ x: secnox ABFML0155 HI ELEVATI x exp F CASHWRAP PLAN G CASHWRAP�ELEVATION (12".71") H APPLICATION KIOSK DETAIL Allol m m e m e m e ^m OPEN TO CASH/BACKWRAP CASHINRAP SUPPLIED OWNER INSTALLED ■MINNIE ME m■ ■ FINISHED TRIM SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY OWNER I'-3-3/8"14. X I'-014. VIDEO MONITOR SUPPLIED Il INSTALLED BY OWNER KEYBOARD DRAWER SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY OWNER. 0 a W a �jTm 93 1'-2 1/ " N Z MIN. i z V c uj C9 y � G ---� NOTE - PROVIDE VERTICAL NON-COM BLOCKING Q Q EACH 51DE OF VIDEO MONITOR FOR MOUNTING W a Z Q CL W cc 3 FINISHED TRIM SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY OWNER 0 0 (� O G.G. TO PROVIDE NON-COM BLOCKING TOP W L AND BOTTOM OF ROUGH OPENING FOR VIDEO Q ILL. MONITOR MOUNTING. a= W J 0 I I 13 5/6" H. x 1'-3 3/8" W. ROUGH OPENING. G.G. r ~ O c TO GUT 11/16' xi/8" RABBET AT INSIDE OPENING I = Q �' (I OF 3" TRIM FOR KIOSK MOUNTING � J ~ LL FINISHED TRIM SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY OWNER J Q Z J Q 0 Lij 0 'Q oc I' -3-3/8"H. X 1'-6"W. VIDEO MONITOR V = N y ~ SUPPLIED * INSTALLED BY OWNER �w 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER METAL FRAMING i oc to 1'-4 1/8" H. x 1'-3 3/8" W. ROUGH OPENING i Lo cL — �r G.G. TO PROVIDE NON-COM BLOCKING. TOP AND BOTTOM OF DRAWER ROUGH OPENING AND c%, KIOSK SCREEN ROUGH OPENING mAY o A 2nng �xouP��I � G INl HZ x: secnox ABFML0155 HI ELEVATI x exp F CASHWRAP PLAN G CASHWRAP�ELEVATION (12".71") H APPLICATION KIOSK DETAIL Allol DfAmmmL VHDL I CEILING WOOD SHUTTERS SHUTTER SILL 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" o MTL. FRAMING � ac ------------------------- LOUNGE 22' SALES ARE I G.C. TO INSTALL 5/8" 1 V-6 1/4" MDO FULL WEIGHT OF 1 5'-3" (CABINET BOX) WALL BETWEEN CABINETS I _ ----------- - - - - - - - - - - - - -----------�I r 'I � I CENTER LOUVER PIVOTS I I v I I LINES OF WALL BELOW SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER, _ - - - - - - - _ - - - . CENTER IN BAND BOARD, MIRROR I��' -"�t�R1 REFER TO MECH. PLANS FOR \ ADDITIONAL INFO 1/2" X 3" TRIM TYP. 10 3/8' I 10 5/8" 1 5/8' I 10 5/8" 10 5/8' m 10 5/8" 10 5/8" LINE OF BASE BELOW I P-0 1/8" 2'-2 1/2" I 1'-10" I V-2 1/2" 1'-10" m 2'-2 1/2" 1'-10" 4'-i" 9 3/8" lo to to 10 z LINE OF G.W.B. SOFFIT-� �� 1" X 3" TRIM AT LINE OF PRE -MANUFACTURED MDF G.C. TO INSTALL HOOK CENTERED G.C. TO INSTALL NOOK AT 7'-0 1/2 A.F.F. I I BIFOLD DOOR BASE BELOW PILASTER WITH 3 TOP AND G.G. TO INSTALL HOOK " CENTERED ON TRIM AT 48" O.G. �� 0 ON TRIM AT 48 O.C. I (NO BASE) SIDE TRIM. AND 5 TRIM. G.C. CENTERED ON TRIM AT 48 O.C. TO INSTALL BOTTOM 3" TRIM AND BASE _ 6 6 � E _ _ B CONDITION BELOW 1%0" A.F.F. 12. �■i NI IN I•,.C. LOCKER ROOM BENCH ' EQUAL ' EQUAL ' EQUAL TOP AT 18" A.F.F. - SEE 0. DETAIL D/Al2.1 WOOD PANEL (FROM 7'-0" TO $'-0"A.F.F.) OVER LOCKER ROOM ELEVATION I ------------------ ----------- I 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" MTL. FRAMING 77 SCALE: 1/2' ■ P-0' n I TYP. CASING FOLLOWS VAULT CURVE 5/ 2,,3/ " CENTER LOUVER PIVOTS 21 3/ " LOUVERED SHUTTER TO BARREL VAULT - 5/ " LINES OF WALL BELOW TYP. (FINS FIXED AT 90') BACK OF CABINET 3 3/4" 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING - ----------------------14 --------------------------------- -- ------------------ -- -- F-M mm `� -'�MIMI LOCKER ROOM MIRROR ------------------------------------------------- _ _ m m CONT. 8" WIDE 26 GA SHEET TRIM, TYP. (4 SIDES --------------- ---------- - -- --------------------------- ) METAL SECURED TO CRO55 - PAINT P-2. ATTACH n LINE OF SHU- TTER IN 4 L 0 E F PILASTER R 'T's EVERY 12 O.C. SECURELY TO 3/4 " - • SILL BELOW 3/4 CAP BELOW 4" - 'I CABINETRY WITH 5'_8n 1 3/8 6i_8u 1 3/8' n 5/8" G.W.B. (2) 1/2° x 3" CONT. BLOCKING FINISH NAIL ABOVE SHUTTER 5-8 PARTITION BELOW C N�10,� CORRUGATED STEEL PANELS O D N AB VE - 0 7 0 A.F.F. SECURED t0 CEILING GRID, , vi• . r.o G CONCEAL SEAMS BY LAPPING 12. •: + w CORRUGATED PANELS BEHIND COAT HOOKS SMED50 1— SHUTTER JAMB -SEE F/Al2.2 ��`� •�.� •::: 8248 TRIPLE GOAT Lu <j > VARIES NOOK W/ POL BRASS FINISH (GC VER QTY wM BEFORE ORDERING) a A LOCKER ROOM/SALES PLAN DETAIL Q w MOUNTED ON TRIM > A AT 4'-0" A.F.F. - SCALE: 1' ■ 1'-0' a ARCHED SHUTTER FRAM p u E REFER 70 A4.1 FOR a � ~ W/ TRIM EA. SIDE EXACT LOCATION ----------------------- ------------- -- _� LU LU U CENTERLINE _` \ [a EQUAL OF VAULT EQUAL \ i - I o o WOOD SHUTTERS NOTE..: PIVOT HARDWARE TO BE '' `.� PRE -FABRICATED F :. MDF PILASTER LOCATED ON LOCKER ROOM SIDE OF � • .�. •. - o j � 12• 12. SUPPLIED BY SHUTTER. PIVOT TO BE PAINTED TO OWNER INSTALLED o a[ SHUTTER SILL MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES > BY G.C. LINE OF BASE 31 Q 1 BELOW G.C. TO m m I co cc ao r A m INSTALL BOTTOM z i I .O y O O O S 1 V ` O 3 TRIM AND - 6"x ib GA. HORIZONTAL METAL � I � r- O TRIM IS ALL OTHER STUD LOCATED BETWEEN AND w PRE -APPLIED u- w FASTENED TO WALL STUDS - �v S LOCATE FULL WIDTH AND 51DE OF ! P- 0 1Y a Q a 0 IE HANDICAP FITTING ROOM BENCH w �, O ONLY p' o ` a� i. aD p 1/4" CLEAR MIRROR SILICONED TO G.W.B., " n ti - - - - - - - - - - DPP. O O O O WOOD LOUVERS, FRAME AND SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. CONTINUOUS 2 x 2 1/4 WOOD _ IM. �. TRIM SUPPLIED BY OWNER, SHUTTER SET IN MIRROR ACROSS FROM H.G. BENCH IN CLEAT BY G.C. SECURE TO _� B O p o INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE G/Al2.2 OPEN POSITION ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM SHALL BE 18"W WALL ALONG REAR OF BENCH. ac o / / //�p / / 1210, / 8 O 8 , O 2 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 / co p r O MIRROR & HOOK DETAIL NAUGAWYDE WRAPPED o 5 '/�r 5 '//r o .. .. OVER I PADDING w 1 5 5 / •• w SCALE: 3' ■ i'-0' N.C. LOCKER ROOM i/ 1/ \ w ~ _ - BENCH' TDP AT 18" ~ a v>t �/ �� / / to a p W — _ BENCH WITH STAINLESS `4 o A.F.F. SEE DETAIL o / O• . 0 STEEL LEGS BY OWNER - ' D/Al2.1 // r r Dab H O Q _ r �� % r r W J O w ARCHED SHUTTER FRAME BEYOND EXTENT OF PLYWOOD N o ' o w 3/4 X 1 1/2" WOOD BLOCKING - / LI HOLDER @ EA. f1l r �� cb Q END OF SHUTTER - NOTE: CLOTHING 6 �� 0111 m ?e NOTCHED TO FIT SILL. 1. G.C. TO PROVIDE IN -WALL 3/4" OPTIONAL �ON/`1L 2�_on STAINLESS STEEL F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING - / / o _ LEGS (G.C. TO 0) �/ / \ m S„ MECHANICALLY FASTEN TO WALL - � cVON D •' � .� SECURE TO FLOOR _ �, � STUDS BEHIND DRYWALL o BEYOND WITH (2) 1/4" 1 Ll UPSIDE DOWN BASE ' WOOD SCREWS .. SHUTTER SILL TRIM - ALIGN W/ 2. LOCKER ROOM SIGNAGE WITH - THIS POINT PER LEG) s 3 3 s 3 Y 8 7/8" 10 3/8° _ CROWN ASSEMBLY FAUX RUST SCREWS SUPPLIED BY 4i_1n I " i n i n " n D4 U @ CABINETS ON EA. OWNER 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. FINISH FLOOR 1 -10 2 -2 1/2 11-101, 2 -2 1/2 1 -10 2 -2 1/2 glih 7'-0" A.F.F. SIDE SEE FINISH ----------------------------------------------- CALIFORNIA STATE BEACHES INVERTED EXTENT OF PLYWOOD SCHEDULE Qi WALL -MOUNTED MIRROR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED 0 5" TRIM P�2 I to GYP.Bp, 3" x 1/2" WOOD TRIM INTERIOR BASE BLOCKING BY G.C. - SEE C/Al2.1 ------ -------------TRIM-------------------------------- — — — — — O 3" TRIM M.D.F. PILASTER G.C. TO INSTALL BOTTOM O WAINSCOTING P�2 J 11 NOT USED • 1 -3 P-2 I g 12 WOOD TRIM P-2 t2 #5 PAN HEAD COMBINATION DRIVE I" SCREW W Z ' ;�� 3 TRIM BOARD AND BASE AND 70P CAP. O �� E /FAUX RUST. I LOCKER ROOM BENCH DETAIL LOCKER ROOM ELEVATIO O 3" WOOD TRIM P-2 I q - � 13 #5 PAN HEAD, COMBINATION DRIVE 2" SCREW W/ FAUX RUST. a SCALE= 1 1/2' ■ I'-0' SCALE: I/2' ■ I'-0' O LOCKER ROOM SIGNAGE WITH FAUX RUST O MOUNTING BRACKETS I TAIL O4 GYP. BD. P-� SCREWS SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED 14 G.C. TO PROVIDE IN -WALL 3/4" NON-COM PLYWOOD p FOR MARKETING IMAGE ICN DE „ - BY G.C. SEE DETAIL K/Al2.1 BLOCKING MECHANICALLY FASTEN TO WALL STUDS BEHIND COAT HOOKS AT 48 A.F.F. CENTER ON TRIM, - SEE A/Al2.3 ! SCALE= 3" ■ I'-0'' r ; 0 SIDE OF MIRROR CLOSEST TO VESTIBULE (COATHOOK DRYWALL. W 1 REFER TO VENDORS SPOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE 46" A.F.F. BEHIND H.C. BENCH ONLY J J PILASTER PANEL BEYOND 3" DEEP WOOD LEDGE AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR 4'-0" '_ "41-011 40 J V1` WALL CABINETS 70 BE 1 CONTINUOUS AT TOP INTERIOR PARTITIONS AT LOCKER ROOMS. W 1` INSTALLED ON THIS SIDE ! SUPPLIED BY OWNER N Z OF WALL ONLY INSTALLED BY G.C. ! \ Q Z O E CEILING SUSPENDED 1/2" THREADED BELL W p 1 TRACK LIGHT q nC BED MOULDING - P/AI2.3 12. GPS SUPPLIED BY H W (� \ INVERTED INTERIOR OWNER INSTALLED W BASE TRIM _ I i/2" DIA. PIPE FOR o Q IIn Q E BY G.C. G 2° ATTACHING LIGHT > W H Q WOOD BLOCKING 12. 12. 2„ Z p FIXTURES w cn Z W OC I 12. 12. 4 - a t- O O O LOCKER // �;�� . �� ., .... .. °�� m m _ V .. LOUNGE 22 SIM. _ _ Z p V ROOM : •.. �- U. ! .. 5/8 GYP. BD. ON ... : � .. �:.. .' . ,. .. •• .... .. ... � .. • � _ � o, � W - ! 3 5/8 METAL / - .: FIELD. DETERMINE - .MAX. , LENGTH HOLD END OF ,TRACK 2" FROM .CEILING '» oIM Z C6 STUDS e: _ a 0 8 0 a EQ ... -EQ I I : = w �" V= .W r2 I I U.• o uw W F— O� 1/2" MDF VERTICAL - O : ! SLAT WAINSCOT , t .. .. "� oc Z O O. � V J w . 3,.LL Ind 4 HOZ N _ q -': - _ / n a MIRROR BY G.C. SEE C/Al2.1 - � ' � � • . •. Q O W O Q ! VIDEO WALL ! cn °° °° 2 / / 2 V o 13 G O O ac p ! = 12.r 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3 5/8" MTL. • : • _ .... • 14 • p ! 12, cv to .. STUDS @ 16" O.C. �� I :--�-� �•. t 5 o w 5/8 MDO PANEL OVER o w 3 5/8"METAL w / STUDS t nc / ac o g A7 VIDEO WALL. SEE � _ _ • • .. _ SN _ Al LOCKER ROOM MIRROR SWEET 2.6 o � r TRIM, TYP. (4) SIDES - PAINT P-2 I . o zLL 6 6 p ! INTERIOR BASE WOOD TOE STRIP - ! TRIM - P/AI2.3 0 // 1 P/Al2.3 INTERIOR BASE TRIM - � � � � � � MAY ' INTERIOR BASE _ P/Al2.3 ' cr a 200 TRIM OVER MDF `. WOOD TOE STRIP FLAT STOCK CERAMIC TILE OVER i P/AI2.3 G.C. TO 3 _ 3 ABFHL0155 CONCRETE SLAB FINISH FLOOR INSTALL 3/4" P-2Cr H.C. MIRROR LEVELER I'-9" V-2 1/2" I'-9" 18"x54" MIN SHEET SALES/LOCKER ROOM SECTION LOCKER ROOM WAINSCOT LOCKER ROOM ELEVATION LOCKER ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1 1/2' ■ P-0' SCALE= 1 1/2' ■ P-0' Hr ■ �_ ' SCALE: 1/2 1 0 SCALE= 1/2' ■ P-0' Al2.1 MDF TRIM FILL C 12. ------------------------- LOUNGE 22' SALES ARE I G.C. TO INSTALL 5/8" 1 V-6 1/4" MDO FULL WEIGHT OF 1 5'-3" (CABINET BOX) WALL BETWEEN CABINETS I _ ----------- - - - - - - - - - - - - -----------�I r 'I � I CENTER LOUVER PIVOTS I I v I I LINES OF WALL BELOW SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER, _ - - - - - - - _ - - - . CENTER IN BAND BOARD, MIRROR I��' -"�t�R1 REFER TO MECH. PLANS FOR \ ADDITIONAL INFO 1/2" X 3" TRIM TYP. 10 3/8' I 10 5/8" 1 5/8' I 10 5/8" 10 5/8' m 10 5/8" 10 5/8" LINE OF BASE BELOW I P-0 1/8" 2'-2 1/2" I 1'-10" I V-2 1/2" 1'-10" m 2'-2 1/2" 1'-10" 4'-i" 9 3/8" lo to to 10 z LINE OF G.W.B. SOFFIT-� �� 1" X 3" TRIM AT LINE OF PRE -MANUFACTURED MDF G.C. TO INSTALL HOOK CENTERED G.C. TO INSTALL NOOK AT 7'-0 1/2 A.F.F. I I BIFOLD DOOR BASE BELOW PILASTER WITH 3 TOP AND G.G. TO INSTALL HOOK " CENTERED ON TRIM AT 48" O.G. �� 0 ON TRIM AT 48 O.C. I (NO BASE) SIDE TRIM. AND 5 TRIM. G.C. CENTERED ON TRIM AT 48 O.C. TO INSTALL BOTTOM 3" TRIM AND BASE _ 6 6 � E _ _ B CONDITION BELOW 1%0" A.F.F. 12. �■i NI IN I•,.C. LOCKER ROOM BENCH ' EQUAL ' EQUAL ' EQUAL TOP AT 18" A.F.F. - SEE 0. DETAIL D/Al2.1 WOOD PANEL (FROM 7'-0" TO $'-0"A.F.F.) OVER LOCKER ROOM ELEVATION I ------------------ ----------- I 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 3 5/8" MTL. FRAMING 77 SCALE: 1/2' ■ P-0' n I TYP. CASING FOLLOWS VAULT CURVE 5/ 2,,3/ " CENTER LOUVER PIVOTS 21 3/ " LOUVERED SHUTTER TO BARREL VAULT - 5/ " LINES OF WALL BELOW TYP. (FINS FIXED AT 90') BACK OF CABINET 3 3/4" 3 5/8" METAL FRAMING - ----------------------14 --------------------------------- -- ------------------ -- -- F-M mm `� -'�MIMI LOCKER ROOM MIRROR ------------------------------------------------- _ _ m m CONT. 8" WIDE 26 GA SHEET TRIM, TYP. (4 SIDES --------------- ---------- - -- --------------------------- ) METAL SECURED TO CRO55 - PAINT P-2. ATTACH n LINE OF SHU- TTER IN 4 L 0 E F PILASTER R 'T's EVERY 12 O.C. SECURELY TO 3/4 " - • SILL BELOW 3/4 CAP BELOW 4" - 'I CABINETRY WITH 5'_8n 1 3/8 6i_8u 1 3/8' n 5/8" G.W.B. (2) 1/2° x 3" CONT. BLOCKING FINISH NAIL ABOVE SHUTTER 5-8 PARTITION BELOW C N�10,� CORRUGATED STEEL PANELS O D N AB VE - 0 7 0 A.F.F. SECURED t0 CEILING GRID, , vi• . r.o G CONCEAL SEAMS BY LAPPING 12. •: + w CORRUGATED PANELS BEHIND COAT HOOKS SMED50 1— SHUTTER JAMB -SEE F/Al2.2 ��`� •�.� •::: 8248 TRIPLE GOAT Lu <j > VARIES NOOK W/ POL BRASS FINISH (GC VER QTY wM BEFORE ORDERING) a A LOCKER ROOM/SALES PLAN DETAIL Q w MOUNTED ON TRIM > A AT 4'-0" A.F.F. - SCALE: 1' ■ 1'-0' a ARCHED SHUTTER FRAM p u E REFER 70 A4.1 FOR a � ~ W/ TRIM EA. SIDE EXACT LOCATION ----------------------- ------------- -- _� LU LU U CENTERLINE _` \ [a EQUAL OF VAULT EQUAL \ i - I o o WOOD SHUTTERS NOTE..: PIVOT HARDWARE TO BE '' `.� PRE -FABRICATED F :. MDF PILASTER LOCATED ON LOCKER ROOM SIDE OF � • .�. •. - o j � 12• 12. SUPPLIED BY SHUTTER. PIVOT TO BE PAINTED TO OWNER INSTALLED o a[ SHUTTER SILL MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES > BY G.C. LINE OF BASE 31 Q 1 BELOW G.C. TO m m I co cc ao r A m INSTALL BOTTOM z i I .O y O O O S 1 V ` O 3 TRIM AND - 6"x ib GA. HORIZONTAL METAL � I � r- O TRIM IS ALL OTHER STUD LOCATED BETWEEN AND w PRE -APPLIED u- w FASTENED TO WALL STUDS - �v S LOCATE FULL WIDTH AND 51DE OF ! P- 0 1Y a Q a 0 IE HANDICAP FITTING ROOM BENCH w �, O ONLY p' o ` a� i. aD p 1/4" CLEAR MIRROR SILICONED TO G.W.B., " n ti - - - - - - - - - - DPP. O O O O WOOD LOUVERS, FRAME AND SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. CONTINUOUS 2 x 2 1/4 WOOD _ IM. �. TRIM SUPPLIED BY OWNER, SHUTTER SET IN MIRROR ACROSS FROM H.G. BENCH IN CLEAT BY G.C. SECURE TO _� B O p o INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE G/Al2.2 OPEN POSITION ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM SHALL BE 18"W WALL ALONG REAR OF BENCH. ac o / / //�p / / 1210, / 8 O 8 , O 2 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 / co p r O MIRROR & HOOK DETAIL NAUGAWYDE WRAPPED o 5 '/�r 5 '//r o .. .. OVER I PADDING w 1 5 5 / •• w SCALE: 3' ■ i'-0' N.C. LOCKER ROOM i/ 1/ \ w ~ _ - BENCH' TDP AT 18" ~ a v>t �/ �� / / to a p W — _ BENCH WITH STAINLESS `4 o A.F.F. SEE DETAIL o / O• . 0 STEEL LEGS BY OWNER - ' D/Al2.1 // r r Dab H O Q _ r �� % r r W J O w ARCHED SHUTTER FRAME BEYOND EXTENT OF PLYWOOD N o ' o w 3/4 X 1 1/2" WOOD BLOCKING - / LI HOLDER @ EA. f1l r �� cb Q END OF SHUTTER - NOTE: CLOTHING 6 �� 0111 m ?e NOTCHED TO FIT SILL. 1. G.C. TO PROVIDE IN -WALL 3/4" OPTIONAL �ON/`1L 2�_on STAINLESS STEEL F.R.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING - / / o _ LEGS (G.C. TO 0) �/ / \ m S„ MECHANICALLY FASTEN TO WALL - � cVON D •' � .� SECURE TO FLOOR _ �, � STUDS BEHIND DRYWALL o BEYOND WITH (2) 1/4" 1 Ll UPSIDE DOWN BASE ' WOOD SCREWS .. SHUTTER SILL TRIM - ALIGN W/ 2. LOCKER ROOM SIGNAGE WITH - THIS POINT PER LEG) s 3 3 s 3 Y 8 7/8" 10 3/8° _ CROWN ASSEMBLY FAUX RUST SCREWS SUPPLIED BY 4i_1n I " i n i n " n D4 U @ CABINETS ON EA. OWNER 4 INSTALLED BY G.C. FINISH FLOOR 1 -10 2 -2 1/2 11-101, 2 -2 1/2 1 -10 2 -2 1/2 glih 7'-0" A.F.F. SIDE SEE FINISH ----------------------------------------------- CALIFORNIA STATE BEACHES INVERTED EXTENT OF PLYWOOD SCHEDULE Qi WALL -MOUNTED MIRROR PROVIDED AND INSTALLED 0 5" TRIM P�2 I to GYP.Bp, 3" x 1/2" WOOD TRIM INTERIOR BASE BLOCKING BY G.C. - SEE C/Al2.1 ------ -------------TRIM-------------------------------- — — — — — O 3" TRIM M.D.F. PILASTER G.C. TO INSTALL BOTTOM O WAINSCOTING P�2 J 11 NOT USED • 1 -3 P-2 I g 12 WOOD TRIM P-2 t2 #5 PAN HEAD COMBINATION DRIVE I" SCREW W Z ' ;�� 3 TRIM BOARD AND BASE AND 70P CAP. O �� E /FAUX RUST. I LOCKER ROOM BENCH DETAIL LOCKER ROOM ELEVATIO O 3" WOOD TRIM P-2 I q - � 13 #5 PAN HEAD, COMBINATION DRIVE 2" SCREW W/ FAUX RUST. a SCALE= 1 1/2' ■ I'-0' SCALE: I/2' ■ I'-0' O LOCKER ROOM SIGNAGE WITH FAUX RUST O MOUNTING BRACKETS I TAIL O4 GYP. BD. P-� SCREWS SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED 14 G.C. TO PROVIDE IN -WALL 3/4" NON-COM PLYWOOD p FOR MARKETING IMAGE ICN DE „ - BY G.C. SEE DETAIL K/Al2.1 BLOCKING MECHANICALLY FASTEN TO WALL STUDS BEHIND COAT HOOKS AT 48 A.F.F. CENTER ON TRIM, - SEE A/Al2.3 ! SCALE= 3" ■ I'-0'' r ; 0 SIDE OF MIRROR CLOSEST TO VESTIBULE (COATHOOK DRYWALL. W 1 REFER TO VENDORS SPOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE 46" A.F.F. BEHIND H.C. BENCH ONLY J J PILASTER PANEL BEYOND 3" DEEP WOOD LEDGE AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR 4'-0" '_ "41-011 40 J V1` WALL CABINETS 70 BE 1 CONTINUOUS AT TOP INTERIOR PARTITIONS AT LOCKER ROOMS. W 1` INSTALLED ON THIS SIDE ! SUPPLIED BY OWNER N Z OF WALL ONLY INSTALLED BY G.C. ! \ Q Z O E CEILING SUSPENDED 1/2" THREADED BELL W p 1 TRACK LIGHT q nC BED MOULDING - P/AI2.3 12. GPS SUPPLIED BY H W (� \ INVERTED INTERIOR OWNER INSTALLED W BASE TRIM _ I i/2" DIA. PIPE FOR o Q IIn Q E BY G.C. G 2° ATTACHING LIGHT > W H Q WOOD BLOCKING 12. 12. 2„ Z p FIXTURES w cn Z W OC I 12. 12. 4 - a t- O O O LOCKER // �;�� . �� ., .... .. °�� m m _ V .. LOUNGE 22 SIM. _ _ Z p V ROOM : •.. �- U. ! .. 5/8 GYP. BD. ON ... : � .. �:.. .' . ,. .. •• .... .. ... � .. • � _ � o, � W - ! 3 5/8 METAL / - .: FIELD. DETERMINE - .MAX. , LENGTH HOLD END OF ,TRACK 2" FROM .CEILING '» oIM Z C6 STUDS e: _ a 0 8 0 a EQ ... -EQ I I : = w �" V= .W r2 I I U.• o uw W F— O� 1/2" MDF VERTICAL - O : ! SLAT WAINSCOT , t .. .. "� oc Z O O. � V J w . 3,.LL Ind 4 HOZ N _ q -': - _ / n a MIRROR BY G.C. SEE C/Al2.1 - � ' � � • . •. Q O W O Q ! VIDEO WALL ! cn °° °° 2 / / 2 V o 13 G O O ac p ! = 12.r 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3 5/8" MTL. • : • _ .... • 14 • p ! 12, cv to .. STUDS @ 16" O.C. �� I :--�-� �•. t 5 o w 5/8 MDO PANEL OVER o w 3 5/8"METAL w / STUDS t nc / ac o g A7 VIDEO WALL. SEE � _ _ • • .. _ SN _ Al LOCKER ROOM MIRROR SWEET 2.6 o � r TRIM, TYP. (4) SIDES - PAINT P-2 I . o zLL 6 6 p ! INTERIOR BASE WOOD TOE STRIP - ! TRIM - P/AI2.3 0 // 1 P/Al2.3 INTERIOR BASE TRIM - � � � � � � MAY ' INTERIOR BASE _ P/Al2.3 ' cr a 200 TRIM OVER MDF `. WOOD TOE STRIP FLAT STOCK CERAMIC TILE OVER i P/AI2.3 G.C. TO 3 _ 3 ABFHL0155 CONCRETE SLAB FINISH FLOOR INSTALL 3/4" P-2Cr H.C. MIRROR LEVELER I'-9" V-2 1/2" I'-9" 18"x54" MIN SHEET SALES/LOCKER ROOM SECTION LOCKER ROOM WAINSCOT LOCKER ROOM ELEVATION LOCKER ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1 1/2' ■ P-0' SCALE= 1 1/2' ■ P-0' Hr ■ �_ ' SCALE: 1/2 1 0 SCALE= 1/2' ■ P-0' Al2.1 5/8 11 GYP BD ON ATTACH TO EXISTING STRUCTURAL 5USP MTL FRAMINGMEMBERS ABOVE (BEAMS, JOISTS) B DO NOT ATTACH TO DECK o � / PROVIDE 3 5/8" MTL. STUD FRAMING TO 12 5/8" MTL. STUD FRAMING AT 16" �`-- STRUCTURE ABOVE O.C. - SECURE TO STRUCTURE (NOT ( OT t0 DECK) TO DECK) 10'-8" A.F.F. +AA + + + 101_01 1/2" CORRUGATED STEEL PANELS Ilk ABOVE(SUPPLIED 4 INSTALLED BY G.C.) CERAMIC OVER BARREL VAULT GRID / �� �� ++ ++ 10-8" A.F.F. SUSPENDED 101_ 1 M + + + + + + -I- + SUSPENDED CEILING OFF WOOD FLOOR SHIM WOOD CROWN SO } WOOD TILESYSTEM. FLOOR ✓` 4' CRO55 'T' CEILING OFF WOOD FLOOR ABOVE MATCH ADJACENT SLAES FLOOR IT PROJECTS AHEAD 5/8' GYP. BD. CROWN #2 @ 12" O.C. CERAMIC CEILING HEIGHT OF STEEL PLATE OVER METAL- 2X4 SUSPENDED METAL ( TILE FLOOR • FRAMING CEILING GRID �� MDF PLANKING 1/4' TK. STEEL PLATE o/ 3/4' x 6" WD. BLOCKING. 3 5/8" MTL. STUD BRACING @ 48 O.C. iv 5/8" GYP BD ON SUSP MTL FRAMING , 'V 1 ch EXTEND STL. PLATE DOWN - - 5/16 THREADED ROD , m WOOD GROWN #2 TO BAGKWRAP COUNTERTOP. WOOD SHUTTERS (SEE E/A11.1) � a -o A.F.F. .� � CORRUGATED STEEL PANELS SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. WOOD SHUTTERS AND FRAME/TRIM " 5/8 GYP BD ON AND FRAME/TRIM ' RADIUS TRACK OPTIONS w/ SELF -TAPING S.M.S. REFER TO ' MTL STUDS 5/8II GYP BD ON 3 5/811 FRAME WITH METAL STUDS - BEND ON SITE WITH TrackBander 1 F/Al2.2 FOR SCREW PATTERN (SUPPORT FOR LIGHT - REFER TO I 1 MTL STUDS @ 16' O.G. O yl -o' A.F.F. -AVAILABLE FROM RADIUS TRACK CORPORATION WWW.RADIU5TRACK.COM (888) 872-3487 OR (888) 772-3487. Lu1/2" THREADED BELL GAPS CEILING PLAN FOR TRACK LIGHT 1 - ARMSTRONG PRE-RADIUSED CEILING GRID SYSTEM SUPPLIED BY OWNER 4 LOCATIONS AND REFER TO TRACK / INSTALLED BY G.C. PIPE LIGHTING DETAIL SHEET E2.1 r GASI-•IWRAP AREA - REVERSE DORMER LINE OF CABINET OR E2.2 THIS SET. I 1 o E 1 EN 12. i LINE OF CABINET'pis 12.V i d 1 W SIM. I I 1 REFER TO SHEET A2.1 1 8'-0" A.F.F. Z 1 THIS SET FOR WALL CABINET - SEE ( CONSTRUCTION ==j � 3" W. TRIM OVER 5/811.. LOUNGE 22 z DETAILS ON A10.1 GYP. BD. OVER MTL. FRAMING 1 I I E 4 0. 1I I A.F.F. DEFINITION 1 � SIM II - NOTE: REFERENCE FLOOR HEIGHT OF 0'-0" A.F.F. IS I ... _...,..., ...., , ... < ....... •....:.......:-0 7' A.F.F. — — — — — — RELATIVE TO THE TOP OF THE WOOD FLOOR. CERAMIC 1 1 1 1 TILE IN LOUNGE 22 AND OTHER AREAS IS INSTALLED 1 GYP SOEIGHT I BELOW 0 -0 A.F.F. ALL CEILING HELEVATIONS ARE 1 �WWRAP I FOR COLUMN ENCLOSURES AT FACES RELATIVE TO THE TOP OF FLOOR EXCEPT FOR LOUNGE SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN 1 AREA AND REVERSE I OF CASHWRAP INSTALLATION, 22. SEE GENERAL NOTE #3 4 CODED NOTE #17 ON SHEET e. DORMER AREAS I LOCATE 3" TRIM AT TOP OF WRAP A2.1 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 1 AS SHOWN AND OMIT TRIM AND 1 1 1 BASE ONLY AT AREAS WHERE 1 CONGEALED BY WRAPS CERAMIC TILE FLOORING 1 OVER CONCRETE SLAB I PLYWOOD SUB FLOOR 1 1 1 A LOUNGE 22 SECTION B CEILING DETAIL W SCALE= 314' ■ 1'-0' SCALE: 11/z' • 1'—a W > u EXIT SIGN REVERSE DORMER FRAMING - 0 DORMER CEILING SLAT OVER 1 n 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. Ca 5/8" GYP. BD. AND 3 5/8" MTL. 11-1 1/4 SECURE TO STRUCTURE - t rz STUD FRAMING II 6 REVERSE DORMER FRAMING - 11 3 5/8 METAL STUDS @ n 3/8" TK. MDF PLANKING OVER n n 5/8 GYP, BD, ON 3 5/8 MTL. ♦ p — 3 5/8" MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C.. - D SECURE TO STRUCTURE 16 O.C.BEYOND ANCHOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE EXISTING DEMISING WALL OR NEW STUD FRAMING „ „ (2) 1/2 x 3 CONT 3/8" x I" WOOD TRIM BLOCKING ABOVE SHUTTER i- L1 12. PARTITION, SEE PLAN •� 90 1- 0 CORRUGATED STEEL PANELS % NOTE - VAULT HEIGHT ALL SHUTTER PARTS ARE SUPPLIED BY OWNER AND CONT 8" WIDE, 26 GA SECURED TO CEILING GRID - VARIES PER FIELD INSTALLED BY TENANT'S G.G. - ., 10'-8" A.F.F. SHEET METAL SECURED TO CRO55 'T's EVERY 12' O.G. SEE A/AI2 2 ,� ♦ `� � r � CONDITION. G.C. TO MAINTAIN MAXIMUM VAULT HEIGHT CENTER OF PIVOT CENTER SHUTTER FOR NOTE - G.C: TO VERIFY FIELD DIMENSIONS BEFORE �/ ASSEMBLY. 1 CEILING %/ 1 rmwoiimFmli INSTALL PIVOT ON LOCKER 1 -- — _ ROOM SIDE OF SHUTTER BOOKCASE CROWN MOLD MDF PLANKING ON AT ♦ REVERSE DORMER. SEE ®� �i N O O O 1..........o...... WOOD CASING ` C/AI2.2 TYPICAL CORRUGATED STEEL PANELS SECURED TO CEILING GRID - " �r O ; O /D 3/8" x I" WOOD TRIM 3/8" TK. MDF PLANKING SEE F/Al2.2 O O O OVER 5/8" GYP. BD. ON cn W a Q Q I � 3 5/8 MET STUD FRAMING " � in CORRUGATED STEEL PANELS SECURED TO CEILING GRID - OPERABLE GLASS TRANSOM WINDOW w/ - '- � 7'-0" A.F.F. o N N o O SEE A/Al2.2 WOOD FRAME 4 TRIM \ m OPERABLE .. 8" FIXED FIXED N W NO BUTT JOINTS IN PLANKS I 11 11 I PROVIDE 3/4 X 1 I/2 WD \ / REVERSE DORMER SECTION 181-0" WOOD SHUTTER ASSEMBLIES 4 p W V v1 BLOCKING TO FIX IN OPEN POSITION. SECURE EACH \ � AREA (OPEN t0 3 ,5/,$" �'� WITHIN FRAMING BANDS 2n W 0 Q Q W fdL 8'-0" A.F.F. i END W/ #10 x 3' WOOD SCREWS, TYP. � OPEN r DOOR OPENINGS BEYOND) 'co � � W v Z h Q N 1 -9 47/1 WALL BEYOND _ / \ 1 N 5 -8 1 II 6 -8 5 -8 1 v 181-0" m 0) 7'-0" A.F.F. 71-0" A.F.F. .. Y I I I I 1 v D LOCKER ROOM/LOUNGE 22 SECTION G SHUTTER ASSEMBLY a Y 1 I SCALE: 1/2' � 1'-0' SCALE= 1/2' � 1'-a Z GYP BOARD WALL BEYOND ARMSTRONG DRYWALL Q GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM CENTER LINE CENTER LINE D EQ EQ EQ EQ W TYP PIER TRIM 1 CORRUGATED STL • • • e • • e lol • • e e CORRUGATED METAL 26 GA. 2 1/2" CENTERS i � W V .. SEE M/Al2.3 PANELS ON BARREL • e •1 el • e • el • e 1/2" DEEP, PREPRIMED (BURGUNDY) N z VAULT GRID SYSTEM Q °1 •I 1o1 o °1 • SCREWS ARE 12-14 x 1 1/4" TEK SCREWS a Z � V>t LOUNGE 22 SALES AREA e • •, • • e • • • o • (PRE -FINISHED) WITH WASHER -PRE-DRILL J W O U • • •, • • •, • ,•I . . . . el . . HOLES FOR SCREWS TO AVOID INDENTATIONS. Q W 1 1 1 of •1 101 01 •1 26" WIDE CORRUGATED PANELS WEIGHT 1.79 �' W D a INTERIOR BASE I 1 A.F.F. A.F.F. • • • e • • e EQ o • • • EQ EQ EQ r e e • LB5. PER LINEAL FOOT. W Z Z CC O 3 TRIM - P/AI2.3 1 j.1_ j BAND BOARD TRIM PANELS /Al2.3 Q • • D w > 7d 01 • • • a • e e e e el ° ° CORRUGATED METAL AND SCREWS ARE W O i Cl- • e I • 1 • 11 e e 1 e e SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. N 0 Z CERAMIC TILE FLOORING OVER FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND, 1 1 WOOD THRESHOLD ALIGN W/ WALL _ .� m a 0 0 p — � � • • � (n 01 • I a — • • el v -- — • e I lel — --�-- — e 101 e� o •I • 0 • of e o • e e �"�' W U. w w L6 FLASH DOWN TO FLOOR SLAB 1 BEYOND SEE E/AI2.3 1 1 WOOD PANEL ON z w I ALIGN SEAM WITH LU • • e1 e • •1 a 1.1 a el e e •I • o CENTER OF ROOM ,�� oc W LV W cc IN MINIMUM OF 48" AT 1:48 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER 0 O MAX. SLOPE 1 i _ i WOOD FLOORING 09 o Q e e e e e e e e e "'Z ca 0 01_011 METAL FRAMING n iL �. • • I • • • I • • I I • • •1 • • •) • • c � � ;g 1K1 LIGHT FIXTURE. • e •I • • •I • lel • • • I e •I • • m O i Q Z �% Q .. J CENTER MOUNTING t� • e •I e • •I • 101 • • e •I • e = V N co) U oel BRACKET ON PANEL e o • • • • • 101 o • • e NNNNJ 3" X 1/2" WALL BASE W/ SHOE BELOW u�i + • el 01 • • • el • • COW 4M VALLEY WOOD T-0 • • •1 01 • lel • • r • TRIM. TYP. NON-COM j e • • • r e • • °I • e opo BLOCKING s i �n cn ,.. : . .......: :... m :Ns 3/4" x 3/4" WOOD TRIM z z Q o z O WALL BASE W/ nc CL SHOE BELOW :.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:. I 1 3' TRIM n 5/8 GYP. BOARD H 3 3 �' N Hw 3 N til q) = w ~ �' Q w 3 U4 0) = F Q ~ w a. 3$ 3 _ _ ~ 3 3 3 z 3 F o 1-2 1/2 n OVER METAL FRAMING 369 w $ � Lu m cn w cn u�1 u� La � SHUTTER IN FIXED SCRIB � I J a � f o �- � � bi >- u- " � � � cnlill o � � Zi w OPEN POSITION CASING Lut0 c� z � t� z � z � N ei j cn � `� at � ac �' FIT "� Z"W+- �� aa�ii' �W LQ a� a� sZ 0Q r� �w �� a� �W a �� MAY 0 200 a� a� a� o ABFHL0155 PLAN DETAIL @ JAMB WOOD THRESHOLD SHEET C LOUNGE SCALE: 1 1/2' • I'-0' 22 PASS-THROUGH SECTION TRIM DETAIL SCREW PATTERN FOR VAULTED METAL CEILING 2 A 2 SCALE: 3' 1'-a SCALE= 114' ■ I' -al . AA8. +L2 AB. 24i4 1'-8" MIN. 1'4' MIN. 1 1/2" X 3/4" TRIM 2'-8" MAX. V-6" MAX. _ 10'-8" A.F.F. 10'-8" A.F.F. / J 1� BAR AT TOP OF - IMAGE EXPOSED 3"t °�° CENTER RID FROM EDGE OF °�° CENTER RID FROM E OF G DG G EDGE BAR AT TOP OF I - CROWN, NOT EDGE OF WALL i CROWN, NOT EDGE OF WALL N a EXPOSURE BED MOULD At PILASTER I • Q o GROWN #2 TRIM CROWN #2 TRIM - CLAMP MOUNTED ON FRT WOOD ONLY \ CLAMP MOUNTED ON FRT WOOD CROWN ASSEMBLY @MARKETING 2n CROWN ASSEMBLY @MARKETING BLOCKING IN WALL, CONTINUOUS BLOCKING IN WALL .-. 4 1/16 n IMAGE - SHUTTER ASSEMBLY IMAGE - SHUTTER ASSEMBLY MOUNT BRACKET CROWN @CABINET LOCATIONS @ CABINET LOCATIONS TIGHT TO CROWN MOULD MARKETING IMAGE CLAMP MARKETING IMAGE CLAMP MARKETING IMAGE # 10 52 EG 3" x 6" MOUNTING PLATE, 3" x 6" MOUNTING PLATE, 8'-q" W X 0-7 1/2"H, AND IMAGE SUPPORT ROD AND IMAGE SUPPORT ROD TOP AND BOTTOM FURNISHED BY OWNER, FURNISHED BY OWNER, / BAR 8'-q" L. \ BAR AT F30TTOM (OF O INSTALLED BY G.G. INSTALLED BY G.G. INTERIOR BASE IMAGE BEHIND SMALL AT IMAGE LOCATIONS AT IMAGE LOCATIONS TRIM - P/AI2.3 ® ® CASHWRAP ONLY) MARKETING IMA E # 4 - V x 6' I NON-COMBUSTIBLE BLOCKING I NON-COMBUSTIBLE BLOCKING I EXPOSED 3"t I AT IMAGE LOCATIONS AT IMAGE LOCATIONS DEMISING WALL/ INTERIOR WALL DEMISING WALL/ INTERIOR WALL co SEE SHEET A2.1. SEE SHEET A2.1. CABINET MARKETING IMAGE BY OWNER, MARKETING IMAGE BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE B 4 C/Al2.3 \ / INTERIOR BASE TRIM MARKETING IMACE # 2 - 6' x 8' INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE B 4 C/Al2.3 \ / - P/AI2.3 '.."HIP, F 1 i} F'.. i a': "3 1Y >,£a2'., F l i a 1,.:t '� `5 t b ,:Y v a Y Y '`gib ,l xa e 1a i 3 a i"Yi a :£ 3 ::• £ as a a i g t <.is x £a! F },: as a ,..':;, iv . Y ., :' : 'i, .,'..', t .w.•: a<� L F .,.,..,vs:'.: ., ,,.:;., ,>,,,,,,; ,,,,, ,„ .: .. „• > ; is i .. ....,:;, :.......: .. ....a,. ': ,1 x os::{:.x.. :}• 'n: :c .a1 ,,;L k8: � ,lr....;,. u:aa Y.aucp,::': wawa .rz4ax i , ..$.x :' FY va,@„ A NOTE - 2" GAP BETWEEN IMAGE AND 1'-9" HIGH BASE I'-q" HIGH PLYWOOD AT FRONT SALESROOMSAT REAR ALE M S S 2 SALES ROOK S WAINSCOT N.. WALL SECTION FOR CROWN B MARKETING IMAGE #1 (VESTIBULE)C MARKETING IMAGES # 2 & 4 (SALES AREA D NOT USED SCALE: 1 1/2" 1'-0" SCALE: 1/2' ■ V-0' SCALE: 1/2' ■ V-0' 14" 20 2" ERRAllO STRIP FG-2 ING OVER 1/8" 1/2" FELT EXPANSION JOINT 1 1'-7 13/16° 21 5 3/16" EXTERIOR C BED ON EXISTING LANDLORD'S NEW PAD BY G.C. SIDEWALK CENTER PATTERN IN TILED AREA d d FLASH DOWN TO FLOOR WOOD THRESHOLD SLAB IN MINIMUM OF 48" FLASH DOWN TO FLOOR SLAB I N METAL THRESHOLD MINIMUM AT IMPORTANT NOTE: ALIGN TOP OF BOTH : ° d ° ° A. • � 4 AT 1:48 MAX. SLOPE OF 48" 1:48 MAX. SLOPE TENANT BLACK # WHITE TILE TO RUN AS FLOORING MATERIALS WITH DIVIDER STRIP TOP OF METAL O NOTE - ADJUST SETTING BED UNDER EACH LOUNGE 22 FLOOR MATERIAL AS REQUIRED TO NOTE - ADJUST SETTING BED UNDER ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION „ EACH FLOOR MATERIAL A5 REQUIRED SALES SALES EXTERIOR INDICATED LEASE LINE (VARIES) „ , 1/S STAINLESS STEEL METAL STRIP - NO GROUT JOINT I 1 G.G. TO SLOPE TILE NO GREA THAN 1:20 TO ADJACENT DI 51DEWALK � 4u > > u � � w / MALL 3/4 WOOD FLOORING TO ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION 21 � m OVER 3/4' PLYWOOD SLOPE CERAMIC TILE AT SUBFLooRI NG 1:20 TO FINAL HEIGHT n 20 3/4 WOOD FLOORING WOOD THRESHOLD I OVER 3/4" PLYWOOD SUBFLOORING 1' -7 13/16" CERAMIC TILE FLOORING N METAL THRESHOLD TRANSITION OF TENANT STOREFRONT TILE TO LANDLORD STOREFRONT TILE CERAMIC TILE FLOORING REFER TO DETAIL F/Al2.3 FOR PATTERN FLASH DOWN TO - EXISTING MALL FLOORING :.::....:: ; . .:.. •..:, •.. , • ..: '•; p o W � J - z J Q - a H T TO SIDEWALK TRANSITION SCALE: 6' ,• 1'-0" IMPORT NOT _ ANT E: ALIGN TOP OF BOTH = cn Gr 12. :.::' ,. FLOOR SLAB AT :..::.• .... ..i MAX. 1:48 SLOPE ;. FLOORING MATERIALS WITH TOP OF METAL DIVIDER STRIP ~ i o u J _o •.: , : , .. :... .. :., ... ... :... .. ... : :. � ...... •.• .. ':; • .: :..:... :' • •: ;. :.:.....: : •... :.STAINLESSEL �� SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED 1/4 SHIM UPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER BY OWNER a v ° a 1/4" SHIM LANDLORD'S FL GORING G.C.G C TO ADJUST SETTING BED UNDER EACH FLOOR MATERFLUSH IAL TO TI ACHIEVE NOTE IF EXISTING LANDLORD FLOORING DOES NOT HAVE A TRANSITION STRIP At EDGE, PLACE TENANT FLOORING TRANSITION STRIP MAX. 1/8° FROM EDGE OF LANDLORD FLOORING AND SEAL BUTT BOTH FLOOR FINISHES TIGHT TO 1/8 �� �� 3/4 WOOD FLOORING OVER /4 STEEL STRIP RI - 0 GROUT JO D SUBFLOORIN ' N UT INT PLYWOOD G VINYL FLOORING- G.G. TO ~ G.C. TO ADJUST SETTING BED UNDER EACH FLOOR G.G. TO ADJUST SETTING BED GAP WITH SILICONE SIMILAR TO DETAIL SHOWN. FEATHER @ 1:48 MAX SLOPE ,. ,.:::.::.: :.. , . •• :` `.. MATERIAL TO ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION. USE A 114" UNDER EACH FLOOR MATERIAL TO ` :: ; :: ;.. 4 m THICK SHIM UNDER THRESHOLD TO GREATS A 1:20 SLOPE ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION. USE A = FLASH DOWN TO FLOOR SLAB •• 4 1/6" THICH SHIM UNDER THRESHOLD0-00- IN 1 u r :. MINIMUM OF 6 -0 : ` .. `: ':.:. oo ao 00 TO TO CREATE A 1:21 SLOPEvm ..........: :..:. :..... .. ,• . .. N O O O G.C. TO ADJUST SETTING BED UNDER Z < p EACH FLOOR MATERIAL TO ACHIEVE 0 FLUSH TRANSITION N p E THRESHOLD DETAIL CT FLOORING DETAIL G TILE TO TILE TRANSITION VINYL TO WOOD T 00 TRANSITION W N SCALE: 6' ■ 1'-0' NO SCALE SCALE: 6' ■ 1'-0' SCALE: 6' ■ V-0' n O O O oo O GWB COLUMN ENCLOSURES TO ECIEVE METAL CORNER FADS- SPACKLE SAND TO 3" TRIM AT n n 1 3 n 7 15/16" 3 1/4 2 2 /4 /4 3/4 3 1/16111 3/4 1 1/2 7/8 I/4" - p r C N N 'c'm g O M KE SMOOTH (TYP.), CORNERS IN SALES NO E - NO CORNER BEAD AREAS. SEE M/AI2.3 �_ " BE W 7 0 A.F.F. PAINT ; P-4 TYP. FOR COLUMNS TYP. FOR COLUMNS „ _ / : _ : �'-�`'"'•,''._`, .:`: •'':: -' N `y - W • • W Q o W - - - :..... n OVER 18 " 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP.. BD. i8 AND UNDER 2 T P. _ _ Q o METAL STUDS OR METAL ( I OVER METAL FRAMING. .. Q9 Z p o w N - CLIP F TENERS, SECURE m Lu Q TO COL N t. w CAULK ENDS WITH CLEAR La Ld - SILICONE (TYPICAL) II -� 111 4-0"14 ILIA a 2 x 16 GA.x 4 -0 H STAINLESS STEEL z J : / / / m cc W Z p m 4 MALL STRUC URAL COLUMN - �u . = h j 'c0 CORNER GUARDS SUPPLIED BY OWNER / REFER TO STRUCTION E INSTALLED BY GC. SCRIBE TO VCT o `- ...- PLAN' FOR SHA E I I z FLOORING WHICH NEE05 TO RUN Q /17 m ; / / _ ❑ :. cv UNDERNEATH GUARDS. ADHERE TO WALL WITH LIQUID NAILS. USE STRAPPING TO HOLD IN PLACE UNTIL ADHESIVE SETS. / / a{4:•. / / / 1/4 2" 2" 13/16" 3/16" c m L FIELD DETERMINE L � STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARDS TYPICAL i� CROWN #2 5.5" X 144" TYPICAL LOCKER ROOM CHAIR RAIL ASSEMBLY _ ` I SUPPLIED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY NOTE: THIS Is A CROWN MOULD v ji GC. SEE DETAIL J/Al2.4. I / 2-PIECE ASSEMBLY - - - - NON-SALES // — I CL Y / 1 15/16" 3/4"9/16L.1 3/16" /16" Ilk 5/811 1 I (1) LAYERTYPE X G 12" MINI UM FROM FLOOR SLAB TIGHT T DECK ABOVE TO CREATE A 1-HOUR FIRE RATED NOTE - PROVIDE VERTICAL NON-COM 'r.J V CROWN #1 UPPER CROWN CORNICE ��` _ Z m �' 00 z 3 p ENCLOSURE 11 HOUR FIR RATED COLUMN DETAI UL # X528 CROWN TRIM #2 PAINT P-2, NOTE OMIT GROWN AT LOUNGE 22 BLOCKING EACH SIDE OF VIDEO MONITOR -- Z 5 q/16' llv_^w _ LLI FOR MOUNTING - J J STRUCTURAL COLUMN MAY OCCUR. SEE m FLOOR PLAN. ' SEE PLAN VIDEO MONITOR I'-O-I/2"H. X I'-4'W. 1/4" STEEL FRAME, 3/4" 3 1/16" 1 3/411 „ i/4XA - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3/4" 2 3/4" 1 I/2" BED MOULDING 1/4" V LU CC '- z INTERIOR BASE TRIM FINISH OPENING N z ROUTE BACK SIDE 511 Z (,� VOID - P/Al2.3 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER I � CASHWRAP _ `" "LOUNGE 22" CENTER SALES AREA R�C�Iv1E To � I _ T - - _ _ � _ _ _ _ r _ .� _ _ _ r _ � 3 3/16" 01 TOE STRIP BOOKCASE CROWN MOULD I I I I ==� Q W (� � W � 3 5/8" MTL. FRAMING I / GWB COLUMN ENCLOSURES TO II I I 3/4 TRIM - , �� / I I \ I I , I I -� z W Z Z p 3 RECIEVE METAL CORNER BEADS- SPACKLE SAND TO 3' TRIM A7 MAKE SMOOTH ORNERS IN SALES „ I 3 TRIM AT CORNERS - - - - - o, f/ l / VIDEO MONITOR AND FINISHED - ° o w I I I I DORMER CEILING SLAT 0 _ W O •• (TYP.), NOTE - NO CORNER BEAD A EAS. SEE M/Al2.3 BELOW 7'-0"A.F.F. - _ r77- n 11 5/8 TYPE X GYP. BD. OVER METAL o r in TRIM - BY OWNER I I 1/4" STEEL FRAME ROUTE _ I I m I 2" 6 7/8" " v8 11 2 1/2 (� _ V 0 'J W LL ir Z ;. . t • .. :::'.:: :. METAL STUDS OR METAL I I FRAMING.uj `i' BACK SIDE OF TRIM TO RECEIVEI \3" TRIMCLIP r i I iv iv 11614 Q J FASTENERS, SECURE _ zBLOCK 71/211 I- O O TO COLUMN NG ASALLi REQUIRED ON ALL z �2 311 �- co Z H 0 = �' FOUR SIDES OF a NOTE: THIS IS A STORE FRONT BASE LOCKER ROOM CHAIR RAIL TRIM Z J — LL •• MALL STRUCTURAL COL U N - 'CONSTRUCTI COLUMN 5" TRIM o r 5/8" GYP. BD. OVER METAL FRAMING 2-PIECE ASSEMBLY m „ 3 5/8 11 5 3/8 1 5/8" 1 1/2" V J 0 Z W Q = N Vli J Q y REFER TO N I `� 1 PLAN' FOR SHAPE :' ,, : I I ".' E _ ❑ O 12" MINIMUM _ ( 3" TRI o o , - - m cv N _ o iD %r CASING 6" L CROWN #1 LOWER CROWN ASSEMBLY PARTITION MAY OCCUR. SEE PLAN FOR CONDITIONS INTERIOR BASE TRIM SCRIBE TO FLOOR - N 7/16„ i 13/16„ " " 1/16 3/8 1/16' 1/16 N 7/16„ INTERIOR BASE TRIM 3/4' 2 3/4" I ALL INTERIOR WOOD PLAN FINISHES SIMILAR, SEE ELEVATION N 1" 3/4" I I - - - 1" ■ 1'-0" INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1/2" 1'-0" - 7/16' 2 3/4" A 5 8n 2 LYE / TYPE X " GWB FR FLOOR SLAB 12 MINIMUM TIGHT DECK ABOVE TO SALES .9 LOCKER RM. MIRROR TRIM VERTICAL MULLION z 3 1/2" PROFILE -11 SALES TO NON-SALES 1 3/4 m MAY a 6 2108 CREAT A 2-HOUR FIRE RATE ENCLOSURE (2) HOUR FIRE-RATED COLUMN N1 ELEVATION N2 SECTION DOOR LOOSE TRIM 1.75" X 144" BAND BOARD TRIM ABFHLO155 DETAIL- UL # X528 SHEET RATED COLUMN ENCLOSURE DETAIL SCALE: 3' 1'-0' M s ■ INTERIOR COLUMN/PIER DETAIL IN TOUCH TUNES KIOSK DETAILS TRIM PROFILES Al2m%03 ■ SCALE: AS NOTED SCALE: I" ■ 1'-0"SCALE. 6 1 ' ■ '-0 ' G.G. TO ELIMINATE TOP SHELF IF CODE REQUIRES ADDITIONAL CLEARANCE To CLC. (NO CHANGE TO , STANDARDS OR OTHER SHELVING) TYPICAL. � II VARIES VARIES VARIES VARIES VARIES FIN. CL G. (TYP OF 7) FIN. CLC. FIN. GLC. Z (TYP OF 3) FIN. CLG. FIN. CLC. VARIESjjk VARIES Z,: z FIN. CLC. FIN. CLG. aC _ w w (TYP OF 2/ > n 5 3 3w Z 3 C4 o (TYP. OF 3) * (TYP. Q OF 4 OF 5) 4 n iN _ N 3 ! 2C4 C4 z �. 4 2 0 _ N — (TYP OF 4) FRP PANEL p C.1% 1 (TYP OF 2) Q Q 2 _ 2 m 1 _ 7'-6" TYP. MOP RACK 2 Of N OL :KI of 4 2 q 1 2 0 U 0 � - i 1 �O 3 � z 4� o 1 - C-4 I,— 1 1 4 1 co 1 1 in u _ o N m 5 a Cgfl w _ 6 (TYP. _ O co 1 1 li —I(Y 1 1 O — Q �` i lZ OF 2) 2 MOP RACK o �;- - - - - -- - - - - -------- - - - - -- -- 1 I 1 N - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C14 CUT TO LINE OF FRP - - - - - SM -2 r LENGTH" BEYOND - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - -- Z ►n 2 - - - - - - - - - iv Q _ .GUT TO - - - - ---- - - - - -- OD • o . . iv b -, 1 . cv o m f -� LENGTH - - - - - - - - - - - - `t �I u~i VB -I 0. 1 n NOW i -1 - - -- - - - - -- m I Lu NON- NOW SALES cv - - - - - - - - c SALES SALES i MOP SINK - - - - - - - - - _ MOP SINK ; LL - i TYP. WALL STANDARD WALL MOUNTED WALL MOUNTED HANG BARS ADJACENT T MOP SINK CLOSET MOP SINK CLOSET A l A Z PROCESSING 0 MOP SINK CLOSET I A3 SS G DE K s A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 MANAC�, ER S MOUNTING SECTION STORAGE SHELVING HANGRODS DREAMSTEAMER SHELVING SHELVING SHELVING A10 SHIPMENT STAGING DESK BRACKET AND HARDWARE BIN BREAK SHELVING AROUND HARDWARE BIN, BAR STORAGE BOX - PROVIDED BY BIN AND / OR REFRIGERATOR -MICROWAVE COMBO NON -SALES SHELVING AND NON -SALES FURRING AND WALL STANDARD OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. AS REQUIRED; REFER To colvSrRucTloN PLAN HANGBAR CODED NOTES SHELVING DETAILS S INSTALLATION DETAIL FIN. CLG. O 1x4 GRADE A WOOD FURRING INSTALLED CONTINUOUSLY PEG -BOARD TO ALIGN PEG -BOARD CUT TO FIT AND BOLTED TO BEHIND ALL WALL STANDARDS, REFER TO SHELVING SECTION ' LAMINATED SHELF SM -2 METAL WAINSCOT WITH TOP OF RACK FRAMES (ONE ON EACH SIDE OF SECTION) DETAILS. PROVIDED 8Y OI�NER E � sru � TYPICAL - BOTH ENDS OF RACK m 0 8' LONG HEAVY DUTY WALL STANDARD WITH I" SLOTS, 2" O.C., w ui CUT TO LENGTH AS NOTED. 1 a,a + « ..iii+ + + ..•. SHELF DEPTH VARIES — 1 . ...•+•+`+•a•.`.. +`+•+ a REFER TO SPECIFIC .'••.•++'•..,•. •a'a++++ O DEEP x 96" LONG WHITE PRE -FINISHED SHELF. .•i'a'+'+'. ++,+�+�+ 3 16" DETAIL _� +•+`..'.•a'+`+•... . • a BOLT TOP AND • 1 '+'+'•'•'•'+:a:+:;:+:•'�'++•' BOTTOM OF CUT-OUT :r Q ++++•+•+ • • • • • •.'.',•. 14 HEAVY DUTY SHELF BRACKET WITH TWO(2) SHELF CLIPS HEAVY DUTY USE 3 EQUALLY SPACED 0 W 2 TYP. cv o • . � .'a•a•. + +�..,'.••.`.`+`+ HANDLES " C4 •'•' :::• :•:`:•'` 5„ O4 AND TWO(2) SHELF CLIP SCREWS PER CLIP N CLIP ALL OUTSIDE WALL STANDARD �- SCREWS (ACROSS THE WIDTH ' — ..+ 4 CORNERS OF THE FURRING) TO FASTEN — 1 x 4 FURRING I FURRING AT EACH STUD p Q • ........... ~ .,. i ; • ii••`+ i HANGROD BRACKET WITH SADDLE END HANGROD AND END _ z ,i .. as (V + «', a .. +aaa .. a •• 2'-6 LO `c' •a•, .•...'a',«.` • • a +', O CAPS., ..F,'. — • •.+•+' s GENER I ai ALN T 0 ES _ . INSTALL CROSS +,:�;;:,:�:,:•: . �n BRACING BOTH 3/4 LAMINATED SHELF • ' ' — SIDES OF EACH •::, SCREW CLIPS TO ROTI SHELF 1. WALL STANDA LF a SECTION ''''•'' - _ RD5 BRACKETS BRACKET CLIPS cel - � _ r r L PS WITH r : •+ :: •+'a:: : : o AND BRACKET SINK SCREWS FLUSH WITH # o 1 +:. + + �I USE 14 FLATHEAD WOOD — • `:•:•: + + ..'+'+ `,•.•a•a SCREWS NANGBARS HAN BAR END -C G APS HANGBAR I - _ .,,,a, + : = 1 : � r r BUT NOT LOWER THAN SCREW 2 LONG IN EACH in , ,n i••t +•+•,•; .+ N ADAPTER BRACKETS, PRE -FINISHED WOOD SHELVING AND THE SURFACE OF H .................... ++++ l"1 T E HOLE THAT ALIGNS WITH A « .... a , , ... , « . Z BENCH -TOP PROVIDED BY OWN FURRING. INSTAL _ ER INSTALLED 8Y G.G. G.G. L RUN OF FURRING '1'x - aa•,••aa+++a w / RNG TYP. 6 0 n ':'+'•`••.•.'+'.. `.•.•,• � I 1 WASHERS A • • •.`.•.'.'.•.�:'+•+`+`:� TO FURNISH ALL 1x4 RADE A ER t SCREWS .................................. , , , , , , n m G WOOD FURRING AND ALL SCREWS PER STANDARD) • • ••,•,•, • + + + • • • p 1 q FACE OF WALL STANDARD WHERE FURRING 15 5 INSTALLATION SCREWS AND FASTENERS REQUIRED TO UNUSUALLY SOFT GD aD tXl MICRO \I%� � u, . «,a,.,., • �+;a - COMPLETE THE TOTAL INSTALLATION.. •• O O O .............................. WAVE / _ - • +i;.F i'++`+'i'. .� ................................. Z v n o +++,.'•' •+•.•. u 2. ALL EXPOSED EDGES OF WHITE PRE -FINISHED SHELF EDGES N HARDWARE ,. _ C r 1 i ,.,.,'.a a + CAPITOL # 2051 BRACKET W/ 0 BIN \ = N ! + .... +•::::: ; ::� ; „�, _`4 ARE TO BE SANDED SMOOTH PRIMED AND FINISH PAINTED T O y \ , .`..`.+.•F•i.... 4 P-7(RUEHL), P-2(A4F,KIDS),� P-4(HOLLISTER). O# E ON'I5HELF O O • — ,l,�« , + • , ..,'+'+`.. N 2 2041 SCR W- % • ....''•'•'''� •.'.,+;+,+,+ CLIPS FOR ALL NON-S'ALE5 W .- N 3. ALL FIELD CUT WALL STANDARDS AND HANGBAR5 ARE TO SHELVES (BRACKET GRIP BY a a a fA YAR BII� o % �- 1 ' I •''''``''.••f+•'+''•''`''++• 1 OWNER) ' FRIDGE I ' - m ` •'•a '''''f:�;:: HAVE CUT ENDS DEBURRED AND FILED SMOOTH. CUT HANGBARS ARE TO HAVE HOLE DRILLED AT CUT END TO aD o oD p O O S ' ALLOW FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE END -CAP LOCK -IN / / I 611 2'—Op I— II. 111 611 0 0 — ',aa•.�. i�+�'i ,�.�.',�•�.« GUT TO �. i x 4 FURRING - I I O p N 21-011 21-011 21-011 q 11 11 11 1.71 Ll - 2 LENGTH SNAP BUTTON. PAINT P-4 WALL NOTE: STANDAR O O O REFRIGERATOR 4 MICROWAVE 4. SHELF STANDARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 24" O.G. MAX. O WALL MOUNTED CUT—OUTS FOR PUSH SHELVES TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY ALONG STACKED. REFER TO PLAN FOR Al2 TYPICAL STANDARD DIMENSIONS TYPICAL ROLLING RACK/ PULL ACCESS SHELVING FOR STORAGE WALLS AND AT INSIDE CORNERS. G.C.•• ., A14 W A11 STORAGE SHELVING LOCATION FOR STOCK ROOM SHELVING A�3 PEG BOARD DETAIL ROOM OFF L N TO PROVIDEWOO an o UA AT ALL SEAMS KEEPING SHELF TOP W ~ / 5 Q o D SUPPORT SPLICE, FLUSH. ALL SEAMS ARE TO STOP AT W til A BRACKET. p Q to � p � m T S OCK ROOM DETAIL vs S m SCALE N.T.S. Iii Y UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST RUN A NEW BLUEPRINT V li SET FOR THE COMPLETED STORE DRAWINGS (ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND 9 0 ; 9 '' o d. vt v Y ELECTRICAL) AND PLACE BLUEPRINTS INTO THE PLAN TUBE HOLDER. ;; 8 8 8 9 9 9 mom• ' 9 t 9f qP q G.G. TO PROVIDE /INSTALL HANDLE ON THE TOP GAP TO EASE THE REMOVING OF q THE CAP. COORDINATE HANDLE SPEC WITH OWNERS CONSTRUCTION MANAGERof i o g g $ 0 9 $ $ o 91 Z 9 N P t 9 e e 1/4" DIAMETER THRU BOLT t 9 t v 0 WITH TOGGLE (TYP OF 2) 9e% W to t 1 0 9 e Y GYPSUM BOARD : 3'-0" OR 4'-01I J PAN HEAD SCREWS TO SECURE 3'-0" SHELF ON BOTTOM J STRAP SLOTTED HOLE uj M N w NOTE: TYPICALLY (2 OR 3) DESKS TO A RUN. ADDITIONAL SHELF Z V � z 3/4"x 2" POPLAR PLYWOOD TRIM THESE DESKS CAN BE 3'-0" OR 4'-0" WIDE. y SCREWED TO 2 x 4 a D1 PROCESSING DESK NOTE: THIS DESK WILL ALWAYS BE (3) 3'-0"W DESKS W W D METAL STRAP (TYP OF 2) � a ' LOOSE PVC CAP—7 x 4 �� Z UJ 6 DIA. TUBE e W� 3 • ev q O O � O � 0 , t! 110, ; O of 9 � N W LL oc 9 9 , P M i 48" A.F.F 1/2" DIA. HOLE PUNCH LIST 9 _ Z 9 to uj TUBE HOLDER a • 9 9 ; m LU J30 no N BOTTOM CAP' 9 a �""' "000 9 • to q • 0 9 9 Z F000t e •U. LU w SECTION THRU TUBE' p o Z ,�.� ,'� Z of en E— LABEL E2 I • ,. O 0 Lu ve 9 AA Q aC G.C. MUST PROVIDE AND ATTACH A LABEL (WITH A O CLEAR TAPE) STATING: s s — M v 9 FOR 8' DIA TUBE: "THIS TUBE CONTAINS STORE DRAWWGS AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED 9 EXTENT OF THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER'WITHOUT q t t t in :--HOOD HOLDER FOR S" DIA TUBE: "THIS TUBE CONTANIS PUNCH O LIST AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER" 3'-0" OR 4'-0" m PVC BOTTOM CAP GLUED IN PLACE, G.C. TO DRILL 1/2" DIA. HOLE IN CENTER OF NOTE: MAINTAIN 36" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTE: TYPICALLY 2 OR 3 DESKS TO A RUN. BOTTOM CAP DIRECTLY IN FRONT AND BEHIND PREP DESK ( ) MAY 0 6 2008 TUBE ELEVATION NOTE: THESE DESKS CAN BE 3'-0" OR 4'-0" WIDE. E1 ENTIRE A55EMBLY 15 CONSTRUCTED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN FIELD. G.C. TO PAINT ALL HARDWARE P-4. D3 PREP DESK ABFHLO155 . SHEET DRAWING TUBE DETAIL NOT USEDSTOCKB ROOM DESK DETAILS SCALE 1" • 1'-0" � SCALE. D SCALE I/2' - t' -o" Al2m4 I 4'-0" FULL 3/4" PLYWOOD (BACK) MOUNTING BELOW SHELVES: G.C. MOUNTING FLUSH TO WALL: TO INSTALL 3/4" FURRING SCREW BACKSIDE OF UNIT 3/4" PLYWOOD DIVIDERS* BEHIND STANDARD AND 3/4" SECURELY TO HORIZONTAL END PANELS BLOCKING BETWEEN STANDARD WOOD FURRING OR WALL BEHIND ORGANIZER STUDS ALONG TOP AND MIDDLE � OF UNIT i ADDITIONAL 3/4" BLOCKING , � I SCREWED TO FURRING @ 8" O.C. Lo� I 1 3/4" FURRING SCREWED TO I EVERY WALL STUD WIITH MIN. I OF 2 SCREWS PARTIAL 3/4" PLYWOOD (FRONT) I / 2 x 4 (TYP. EA. CORNER) \ PLAN VIEW \� 4 EQUAL SPACES 1 (TYPICAL) 1 [3/411 431R" 11/2 11/2" - ISOMETRIC 1/2"ISOMETRIC VIEW NOTE: THIS UNIT 15 PROVIDED BY OWNER, G.G. TO PAINT OUTSIDE (P-4) AND INSTALL. G.0 TO ENSURE THAT STAINLESS STELL WAINSCOT IS INSTALLED BEHIND BIN. ao 3/4" 16" 3/4" _ C ELEVATION END ELEVATION FULL HEIGHT DIVIDERS (TYP) G.C. NOTE: BACKSIDE OF BIN MUST BE SCREWED TO EACH AVAILABLE WALL STUD ALONG TOP EDGE OF UNIT (USE MIN. 2 SCREWS) ISOMETRIC VIEW 10�� BAR BINS NOTE: T14I5 UNIT IS PROVIDED BY OWNER, G.G. TO PAINT OUTSIDE (P-4) AND INSTALL. G.0 TO ENSURE THAT STAINLESS STELL WAINSCOT IS INSTALLED BEHIND BIN. A HARDWARE BIN SCALE:. NTS OR- BACKER BOARD FOR- R V BAR SCALE: 3/4' BIN 5/16" STAINLESS STEEL CERAMIC TILE FLOORING MOUNTED TO WALL — aD ABOVE CEILING RATINGS BOARD TRANSITION STRIP. THEN BOLT SAFE TO FLOOR DUPLEX OUTLET -PHONE W/ ROLODEX FOR POWER SUPPLY- UPPLY--CPU -CPU SCHLUTER - RENO -U OR LATEX -PORTLAND CEMENT IMPORTANT NOTE: ALIGN TOP OF BOTH 0 OF DOOR MONITOR FOR CPU APPROVED EQUAL. INSTALL MORTAR BOND COAL SUSPENDED CEILING— EILING- T� PER MANUF. SPECIFICATIONS. FLOORING MATERIALS WITH TOP OF METAL C E FOR DVR t0 RUN t0 DATA ABL wco p DIVIDER STRIP p NETWORK CABINET, INSTALLED BY _ MEMBRANE BOND COAT CROSSCOM OR CONTINGENT VINYL TILE ;� FLOORING 0 BUTT BOTH FLOOR FINISHES TIGHT TO METAL STRIP - NO GROUT JOINT 3/4" WOOD FLOORING OVER 3/4' PLYWOOD SUBFLOORING :........ . •. .:: . •.. •:. •.. ....... CERAMIC TILE FLOORING - t- c'rp a Q . Qa G.G. TO FEATHER @ 1:48 G1 L1 V 4 a MAX SLOPE N m ,.j m I_ aft a FLASH DOWN TO FLOOR SLAB �....: . ` a a IN MINIMUM OF 4-0" ''' "' d a d o G.C. TO ADJUST SETTING BED UNDER w Q W EACH FLOOR MATERIAL TO ACHIEVE o o ACTUAL OFFICE PLAN CONFIGURATION FLUSH TRANSITION W z o EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB a s a DVR FOR CCTV CCTV MONITOR (MTD.) 4n F_ �3 ELEVATION ea .41-011 24" x 24" PLYWOOD OR- BACKER BOARD FOR- .41-011 24" x 24" PLYWOOD OR- BACKER BOARD FOR- -(4) -(4) CRATES MOUNTING POWER SUPPLY BOX CLIPBOARD HOLDER MOUNTED TO WALL — aD ABOVE CEILING RATINGS BOARD THEN BOLT SAFE TO FLOOR DUPLEX OUTLET -PHONE W/ ROLODEX FOR POWER SUPPLY- UPPLY--CPU -CPU SCANNER P CONDUIT ACTIVE — 0 FEEDS MONITOR FOR CPU - PRINTER SUSPENDED CEILING— EILING- FILE CABINET FOR HIGH VOLUME 5TORE5 FILE CABINETS HISTORY FILES 3) 30"D x 36"W x 42'H GARCY FREESTANDING SHELVES 1. 3'-0" SAFE SCALE ` >, E TILE TO VCT TRANSITION TILE ,TO WOOD TRANSITION D3 _ ' - �_0 " F SCALE: 6 - I -0 / 12. I I I� D2 / CORRIDOR / EXTERIOR NON -SALES SIDE DOOR DOOR JAMB T14RESWOLD --NOT TO EXCEED 1/2" oo MAX. SLOPE I : 2 lo FLOOR FIN15H 2 SEE FINISH PLAN CAULK i SLA5 ° a v SLAB .° a' a. CONTROL JOI NT THRESHOLD TO FIT DOOR JAMB HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME - SEE 'DOOR SCHEDULE' 12. / 5/5" GNB EACH SIDE OF 3 5/8" METAL \ STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. (TYP) MAINTAIN 5'-0" CLEAR � TURNING RADIUS OFFICE PLAN DI -3 5/6" METAL STUDS 2x F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING FRAME FASTENER AS NEEDED SECURE DOOR FRAME AT FLOOR SLAB AND HEAD AS REQUIRED VIDEO CABLES RUN TC DVR (OUTSIDE WALL) TO 2"X4" J -BOX G ADA Ti RESHOLD.. DETAIL I DOOR JAMB DETAIL I n I MANAGER'S OFFICE DETAIL ® SCALE: N.T.S 4'-0" 8" X 8" J -BOX FOR CCTV CAMERAS (ABOVE CEILING) TO COLLECT ALL CAMERA CABLES (1) 2" X 4" J -BOX FOR CAMERA FEEDS TO RUN INTO DVR i QUAD J -BOX WITH COVER PLATE FOR ADDITIONAL DATA EQUIPMENT SUCH AS PRINTER AND SCANNER, WITH 2X4 MUD RING QUAD J -BOX WITH COVER PLATE FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL DATA CABLES QUAD RECEPTACLES W/ DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL DUPLEX J -BOX WITH COVER PLATE FOR FUTURE USE TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET QUAD RECEPTACLE FOR CCTV � U- J U- SAFE SCALE ` >, E TILE TO VCT TRANSITION TILE ,TO WOOD TRANSITION D3 _ ' - �_0 " F SCALE: 6 - I -0 / 12. I I I� D2 / CORRIDOR / EXTERIOR NON -SALES SIDE DOOR DOOR JAMB T14RESWOLD --NOT TO EXCEED 1/2" oo MAX. SLOPE I : 2 lo FLOOR FIN15H 2 SEE FINISH PLAN CAULK i SLA5 ° a v SLAB .° a' a. CONTROL JOI NT THRESHOLD TO FIT DOOR JAMB HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAME - SEE 'DOOR SCHEDULE' 12. / 5/5" GNB EACH SIDE OF 3 5/8" METAL \ STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. (TYP) MAINTAIN 5'-0" CLEAR � TURNING RADIUS OFFICE PLAN DI -3 5/6" METAL STUDS 2x F.R.T. WOOD BLOCKING FRAME FASTENER AS NEEDED SECURE DOOR FRAME AT FLOOR SLAB AND HEAD AS REQUIRED VIDEO CABLES RUN TC DVR (OUTSIDE WALL) TO 2"X4" J -BOX G ADA Ti RESHOLD.. DETAIL I DOOR JAMB DETAIL I n I MANAGER'S OFFICE DETAIL ® SCALE: N.T.S 4'-0" 8" X 8" J -BOX FOR CCTV CAMERAS (ABOVE CEILING) TO COLLECT ALL CAMERA CABLES (1) 2" X 4" J -BOX FOR CAMERA FEEDS TO RUN INTO DVR i QUAD J -BOX WITH COVER PLATE FOR ADDITIONAL DATA EQUIPMENT SUCH AS PRINTER AND SCANNER, WITH 2X4 MUD RING QUAD J -BOX WITH COVER PLATE FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL DATA CABLES QUAD RECEPTACLES W/ DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL DUPLEX J -BOX WITH COVER PLATE FOR FUTURE USE TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET QUAD RECEPTACLE FOR CCTV FOR LOCATION OF SAFE 4 0 aD W/DEDICATED, I.G. CIRCUIT, LOCKED -ON THEN BOLT SAFE TO FLOOR yj ' AND TERMINATED IN A SPLIT -CORE a ua 0 5EN51NG CIRCUIT BREAKER > T� C E FOR DVR t0 RUN t0 DATA ABL wco p p NETWORK CABINET, INSTALLED BY _ CROSSCOM OR CONTINGENT 0 lu t- c'rp G1 L1 V O N N O ,.j m I_ aft G.C. TO REFER TO PLAN FOR LOCATION OF SAFE 4 0 aD co THEN BOLT SAFE TO FLOOR yj ' e a 0 lD m wco aaq _ 0 O N N O VINYL BASE W W � W ND ELEVATION o o w 2 NOTE: SEE 'CONSTRUCTION' PLAN FOR W ~ o o ACTUAL OFFICE PLAN CONFIGURATION y W z o a s a m Lei m Y V Y z Q DC D NOTE: G.G. TO REFER TO MECHANICAL SWEETS FOR LOCATION OF 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD - W WATER HEATER. WATER HEATER CAGE TO SURROUND HEATER AND PAINT I P--1 I CIS j r J ALL ASSOCIATED PIPES. SIZE 15 F.O. SAND SMOOTH ALL jU EDGES (TYP) 3/4" F.R.T. PLYWOOD - W LAY -IN CEILING PAINT P -i Q N z REMOVED FOR `. PAINT P-4 EDGES (TYP) W G SAND SMOOTH ALL Z N 0 CLARITY S" (16 GA.) W METAL JOISTS @ :.,Zzzzlzlz 1x4 WOOD TRIM..:....:........•... I,LI a 16" O.C. (CLEAR PINE OR , ..:.._. : ; PAINT W Q a POPLAR) - RUN8" (I6 GA.) z 3 CONTINUOUS ALONG METAL JOISTS @ Z 70P EDGE OF WALL 16" O.C. 1" x 4" WOOD TRIM O W �: SECTION THROUGH DECK (CLEAR PINE OR UN p O V Q --1 OUG C POPLAR) -RUN V FULL HEIGWT WALL CHANNEL (UNLESS TOP EDGE OF WALL L6 16 GA. METAL CONTINUOUS ALONG �,.. W DC — NOTED OTHERWISE) _ W W Z O -. LINE OF LAY -IN :r. WATER ac O CEILING 7'-6" A.F.F. OR : '.y':.:::•: ,•:...::.. I— J ' 6 1/8" CAGEHEAT0 V-0' - SEE REFLECTED 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD - 0 O p CEILING PLAN PAINT P-4 16 GA. METAL Z ~ LL LL t p 7'4" A.F.F. OR ,:. -.', .,:' •. ' : ' .:.:..:.. ; CHANNEL (UNLESS Z J 0 Z W V-0" - SEE REFLECTED J REFER TO FIN15H 3 5/8" x 16 GA. METAL NOTED OTHERWISE) O Q GEILNG PLAN O W Q Q STUD @ 16 O.C. Q PLAN " BOX BEAM HEADER V = N ch y PARTITION -ALIGN REFER TO FINISW WITH 8" X 1690. STUDS DIRECTLY UNDER JOIST (TYP) PLAN STUDS AND 3-5/8" X l6ga. TRACK TOP PARTIAL CONTINUOUS 3 5/8" X 16ga. DEEP AND BOTTOM LEG TRACK - FASTEN TO HEIGHT WALL EXISTING CONCRETE FLOORING FULL WEIGWT WALL WITH POWDER ACTUATED 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD - FASTENERS @ 4'-0" O.C. PAINT P-4 I S.: TYPICAL DECK PLAN NOTE: ALL FRAMING FOR 'DECK a, . BEAR HEADER ON DOUBLE STUD 3-5/8" BIN' TO BE PAINTED P-4 . ° • . , a <° : °. x i6GA. FRAMING AT EAGW END. DECK SECTION SECTION THROUGH HEADER AT DECK MAY 0 6 2008 ISOMETRIC FRONT ELEVATION ABFHLO155 SHEET STORAGE CAGE DETAILSECTION THRU DECK J SCALE: NONE K SCALE 3' - P-0' 1 T. A 5 C D 12. 12. VIDEO DISPLAY PROVIDE ADDITIONAL 4 ' 5/8" GYP BOARD 350# MAX STUD AS REQ'D AT EDGES OF MDO z 6 r--------------------------------� PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STUD GYP. BD. • AS REQ'D AT EDGES OF 5/8" MDO ���.__._�..___-_--___._._.�.�._._�..�...__�.�.... i ....���.�.�.....�..-.... � 3625162-33 µ� MDO 4 GYP. BD. � � � BO BOXED POST EA END W/ (2) 362TI25-33 W.....aaa...�... �....,..............�_.......,...............a......:.:exm.:.m..a � ._.,.,...,...»�...._..,........,.........,...,._ ......_ .._.,__..._........ .. R..a,.,..a..,.:a:. «�.....,....,,,...,...wM.. .......xiaaa_.wnaa...nnaai;.aaa�.: - - - - - �� - - -- .. .,......,....a......s.........:.:aca..:. .:.:�..:... i�%.aamia.,....'.�':.......�... �•..�.:„�cwa.....u,.:.a..._.R..._w.a _.....__..�,._,m,< _� .kw.�,.`• .............�............a..........."""" �:::........M....,.......mow" STUD WALL TYP. 1 � 1 I� CO 3 t i C l A VIDEO WALL SUPPORT PLAN NOT USED SCALE: 1" - I'-0' q PANEL LCD SCREEN ASSEMBLY SUPPLIED AND I INSTALLED BY OWNER 1 ' 362TI25-33 =4 ' MIN (2) #8 SCREWS EA SIDE OF POST (TYP) I + + 7'-0" A.F.F. + Lu 7'-0" A.F.F. 0 lu a� t— VE CONT 3627125-68 BOXED BEAMBEYOND t a1 H -i OS 5 AN BOX P T EE PL ` 3" 18 GA STRAPPING -loll 11-1011 OWNER SUPPLIED CLAMP MOUNTED ON WOOD BASE INSTALL Low VOLTAGE CONT (2) 10003162-54DUPLEX BOXED BEAM W/ _ BY G.C. TYP. OF 2 AT WORK BOX WITH BLANK COVER .. � O O ao O 362TI25-68 TRACKS EACH VIDEO WALL z C4 p� �p TOP AND BOTTOM 61" FLOOR BASE _ 81 O O O W INSTALL 5/8" MDO (INSTALL W/ LONGSEAM UPSIDELED DOWN EQ. EQ. a a a HORIZONTALLY) CONNECT d0 A W O MDO TO STUDS WITH #12 ° "�� SCREWS AT 6 O.C. SUPPLIED BY OWNER, INSTALL U DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR s CENTER RECEPTACLES AND J-BOX AT 6'-10" A.F.F. ON WALL BEHIND CABINET O p V o N N O N -.1 o p �` INSTALLED BY G.C. VIDEO SCREENS. an LY to Lu Q• .. Q .. W CENTERLINE _ Q 0 • w y Ln VIDEO FRAME V I DEO DISPLAY 350# MAX MOUNT PER MANUF (14) #10 SCREWS MIN 3 6 N Lb w CL Z �J p m Q 3625162-33 AT 16" C MAXUD WALL O.C. AX INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TOP 807 TYP TO f STUDS SIMPSON STRONG TIE �+ U) m * * 14 1/4" MIN. 'S/HTT14" TENSION TIE OR INTERIOR BASE TRIM DUPLEX RECEPTACLE + + ++ �+ + APPROVED SUBSTITUTION W/ - P/Al2.3 AT 14" A.F.F. .. Y G VIDEO WALL ELEVATION EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB + + } MIN (14) #10 SCREWS TO + + + STUD SCALE: 3/4' - 1'-0' CONT 362TI25-68 W/ PAF 70 FLOOR SLAB 5/8" DIA HILTI K83 2'-0" MIN. EXPANSION ANCHOR WITH LOUDSPEAKER, REFER TO AUDIO PLAN .. Z 3" EMBEDMENT DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Q -- G.C. TO REMOVE 36" WIDE PORTION OF PLATFORM ON TOP OF CABINET AS SHOWN FOR INSTALLATION W OF LOUDSPEAKER it VIDEO RECEIVER 'G2' CABINET CD -i J N J VIDEO WALL SECTION ® WALLc VIDEO- WALL FRAMING SECTION SCALE: 1 1/2' • -i'-0" SCALE: 1 1/2' - I'-0' 3'-0" 10" CABINET GROWN Q ~ W N W (, z O W Q 3"x18 GA x 0'-4" STRAP W/O 4 #10 SCREWS UJ ~ 7'-0" A.F.F. z O Z Z W C 3 V WLL 3 5/8"xl 5/8"x14 GA — — — — — Lu Q J � CcMETAL TRACK (362T162-68) 0000 ~U. Z J= � JOZ � SHUTTER WALL ASSEMBLY O O ui 0 < 10 x1 5/8 x16 GA RECEPTACLE FOR FANS = CO) N METAL STUDS (10005162-54) P FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FROM RECEIVER TO J-BOX 3 5/8"x1 5/8"x18 GA METAL LOCATED IN WALL BEHIND VIDEO WALL TRACK (362T162-33) (1) #10 TEK SCREWS IN EA LEG AT 12" O.C. MAX, TYP. 3 5/8"xl 5/8"x18 GA METAL I.G. RECEPTACLE FOR VIDEO RECEIVER. #10 TEK SCREWS @ 2" O.C. STUDS (3625162-33) BOXED HEADER SEE PLAN FOR 16" EA END THEN 12" O.G. THEREAFTER (1) #10 TEK SCREW IN EA LEG AT I6AO.C. MAX, TYP SIMPSON L30 W/ (2) #10 SCREWS EA LEG VIDEO RECEIVER PLACED ON TOP OF CABINET 3 5/8"x1 5/8"x14 GA METAL TRACK 3 5/8"x1 5/8"x18 GA METAL BOXED POST, SEE PLAN SINGLE GANG J-BOX FOR VIDEO CABLE TO RECEIVER (362T162-68) TRACK (362T162-33) MAY 0 6 2008 SOX BEAM P EA D ER DETAIL TYPICAL POST DETAIL SALVAGED FROM PLAORM10" F RCA5INET MOUNT NGUOF LOUDSPEAKER. RE ER TO AUDIO .C. ABFHLO155 PLAN 4 DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SHEET E VIDEO WALL INSTALLATION DETAIL VIDEO SCALE: 3' 1'-0'H WALL INSTALLATION DETAIL CABINET CUT-OUT PLAN DETAIL SCALE: 3/4' 1'-0" NOT USED 1 2 A 6 SCALE: 3' - 1'-0"F - - ■ ��T. METAL BRASS PLATE AS MANUFACTURED BY 1. ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SPALL BE IDENTIFIED AS REQUIRED AND BE VISIBLE LAMBERT SHEET METAL 3 FROM APPROAGWING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. (614.237.0384) SUPPLIED G.C. TO ADJUST " AND INSTALLED BY G.G. - SETTING BED 2. ALL ACCESSIBLE DOORWAYS SHALL BE 3'-0" x 7'-011 . FAUX FINISH TO MATCH UNDER TILE TO FLOOR BOX COVER PLATES ACHIEVE FLUSH TRANSITION 3. HAND ACTIVATED DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH SINGLE EFFORT TYPE CERAMIC TILE FLOORING HARDWARE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. EXISTING MALL FLOOR SLABZL\4. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED AT 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 5. FIN1S14ED FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2 FROM THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. a °• d A 6. MAX. EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS, AND 5 L55. FOR INTERIOR DOORS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE G.C. TO INSTALL G.G. TO FILL VOID U.L. APPROVED WITH ROCK WOOL REQUIRED MAX. EFFORT SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE LOCAL AHJ. FIRE CAULK FIRE SAFING TILE FLOOR 7. FLOORS TO BE SLIP -RESISTANT. 5. CENTER OF GRIP OF OPERABLE DEVICE OR SWITCHES SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 3'-0" NOR MORE THAN 4-0" ABOVE TPE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. CONT. METAL BRASS PLATE AS MANUFACTURED BY q. GRAB BAR FASTENERS AND MOUNTING SUPPORT SHALL BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND LAMBERT SHEET METAL 250 L55. POINT LOAD BEARING SHEAR AND TORSION. (614.237.0384) SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY G.G. - FAUX FINISH TO MATCH 10. WATER CL05ET FLUSH VALVE SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE APPROACH SIDE OF TOILET. FLOOR BOX COVER PLATES PLYWOOD SUB�� THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE THE FLUSH VALVE SHALL BE 5 LBS MAX. FLOOR 1 EXPANSION JOINT WOOD FLOORING 'I'I` 11. LAVATORIES ADJACENT TO WALL SHALL BE CENTERED 15" MIN. (15" MIN. IN EXISTING MALL USG. #Oq3 ZING CONTROL CALIFORNIA) FROM 51DEWALL WITH RIM OF COUNTER NO HIGHER THAN 34" FROM FLOOR SLAB JOINT PAINT TO MATCW METAL STUD FRAMING FINISH FLOOR. ADJACENT FINISH DRYWALL SCREW 12. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISM (OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND) a SHALL BE OF THE TYPE NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING °Ido. OF THE WRIST AND AN OPERATING FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 5 LBS. d p- d CONT. STAINLESS STEEL 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BOARD ON 13. SELF-CLOSING VALVES TO REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. PLATE AS MANUFACTURED MTL. STUD FRAMING G.C. TO INSTALL G.G. TO FILL VOID BY LAMBERT SHEET METAL U.L. APPROVED WITH ROCK WOOL (614.237.0384) SUPPLIED 14. WATER COOLER SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE ADA ACT Igg2 ffQfz FIRE CAULK FIRE SAFING AND INSTALLED BY G.C. CALIFORNIA STORES, THIS NOTE SHALL READ.... WATER COOLER SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF TWE CALIFORNIA BUILDING AND PLUMBING CODE SECT. WOOD FLOOR GYP. BD. 11175.1 AND CPC SECT, 1507.31 Iwr nimiLa"cu"n uiw" " NOTE: ANY CHANGES 1 1/2" X 3/8" WHITE MARBLE MOISTURE RESISTANT "GREEN - IN FLOOR LEVEL NOT THRESHOLD WITH AN 1/8" BOARD" LAID HORIZONTALLY TO EXCEED 1/4° BEVELED EDGE, SUPPLIED AROUND PERIMETER OF TOILET BATHROOM WAINSCOTTING -CERAMIC AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ` '' ROOMS AND JANITOR'S CLOSET SUBWAY TILE: 3"4" CERAMIC SUBWAY "vY, ---`^ `�"-- 3"x6" 6" EDGE #1qO (TYP. AT TOP ROW) TILES, #Iq0 PLINER SUBWAY TILE 1_ GROUT: BOSTIK STANDARD SERIES - - CERAMIC TILE COVE � WAINSCOT CERAMIC TILE FLOORING "HYDROMENT" DRY TILE GROUT UN5ANDED COLOR "WHITE" #14152 OR '"" MEMBRANE BOND GOAT ( )� _ 2"x2" STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD. VINYL TILE LATEX -PORTLAND CEMENT " 1• „ - EQUAL. (ALL GROUT JOINTS TO BE 1/8) M. GUT TO FIT, FILE EDGES SMOOTH, FLOORING 1 1/2 MORTAR BOND COAT CERAMIC TILE FLOORING I -�N��N-�����[�...�� w INSTALL GUT EDGE DOWN. MOUNT _ �� MEMBRANE BOND COAT 51 BOTTOM AT TOP OF COVE BASE RADIUS � 1/$ LATEX -PORTLAND GEMENT " L. L -1" _", _ ac (APPROX. 1/4" AFF) AND RUN ENTIRE MORTAR BOND COAT- HEIGHT TO TOP OF BULLNOSE EDGE. m CERAMIC TILE -PORCELAIN MOSAIC - --• 1„x1„ D E I..__..�... u FLOOR TILE: ALTIL "KEYSTONE "" a ' ° ...._"......"" T_ ADHERE 0 TILE WITH CL IG DN E .N (TYP. AT ALLOUTSIDE CORNERS) a d a d MOSAICS UNGLAZED FLOOR TILE", COLOR Q. d "CYPRESS D452" GROUT BOSTIK4 Q ""� _. STANDARD SERIES "HYDROMENT" ISL #190 4x6 COVE BASE 4 a' Q° a °d v CERAMIC TILE GROUT (SANDED), COLOR v "NATURAL" #14146 TYP. AT BASE v v a . EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB - CUT Q #190 4x6 COVE ANGLE TYP. AT OUTSIDE 4 TO FLOOR DRAIN v 4 AS REQUIRED ACHIEVE SLOPE CORNERS. (SPECIFY LEFT OR RIGWT AS . N REQUIRED) EXISTINr- CONCRETE SLAB - WHITE TEXT AND FIGURES ON FEDERAL BLUE COLOR #15080, FEDERAL STANDARD 5%. 1/4" THICK IN FEDERAL BLUE COLOR #15080, FEDERAL STANDARD 5q5. 6" �4 1ry CV cj 77\ W lll�_ll MEN GRADE II BRAILLE TACTILE ROOM SIGN APPLIED NATIONWIDE (TYP.) T --GEOMETRIC SYMBOL DOOR SIGN SPECIFIC TO CALIFORNIA (TYP.) c - G. @ V-0" A.F.F. NOTE: CONTRAST SHOWN AT UNISEX FOR EMPHASIS. CONTRASTING COLORS ASSUMED AT ALL OTHER ILLUSTRATIONS. 0 Ln TOILET ROOM SIGNAGE WITH GEOMETRIC DOOR SYMBOLS 1. GEOMETRIC SYMBOL DOOR SIGNS MUST CONTRAST WITH DOOR (DARK ON LIG14T OR LIGHT ON DARK). 2. FOR UNISEX DOOR SIGNS, TRIANGLE MUST CONTRAST WITH CIRCLE, WHICH MUST CONTRAST WITH DOOR. ENTIRE BACKGROUND COLOR OF GEOMETRIC SYMBOL SIGN MUST CONTRST WITH DOOR. IT IS NOT ALLOWED TO HAVE A TWIN CONTRASTING BORDER AROUND SYMBOL, WITH REMAINDER OF SIGN BACKGROUND IN A NDN -CONTRASTING COLOR. 3. ISA, CONTRASTING WITH BACKGROUND, MAY BE ON DOOR SIGN. 4. JE A GENDER PICTOGRAM 15 DE5IRED ON THE GEOMETRIC SYMBOL SIGN, IT MUST BE REPEATED ABOVE RA15ED CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE ON TACTILE SIGN ADJACENT TO DOOR, 5. ISA MAY BE INCLUDED ON EITHER TACTILE SIGN NEXT TO GENDER PICTOGRAM, OR MAY BE ONLY ON GEOMETRIC SYMBOL SIGN, AS DESIRED. 6. NO RAISED TEXT OR BRAILLE IS TO BE INCLUDED ON GEOMETRIC DOOR SIGN 7. TACTILE SIGNS MUST BE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO THE SPECIFIC DOOR THEY IDENTIFY, AT 60" D.G. AFF. B. PICTOGRAMS, TEXT, AND ISA SYMBOLS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE ON GEOMETRIC DOOR SIGNS. q. STANDARD CHARACTERS MUST BE RAISED i" MIN. ON TACTILE SIGNS CUT AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SLOPE TO FLOOR DRAIN P-4 18"66" TILT 3X6 BULLNOSE TILE FRAME MIRROR E TILE THRESHOLD DETAIL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE SF_12 SCA6' 1'4' F SCALE I' - 1'-0" TOWEL DISPENSER LE 1 I/2" DIA 18" VERTICAL Z �w N Item Description - cnO zo GRAB BAR WITH 1 11 50RIGKI 5-6806 X 42 - BY G.C. R WAINSCOTTING DETAIL ■■�����■■■■■■i��CLEARANCE (WHERE■■■■■■■ice■■■■�■��■■�� 18' X 1 1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR, EXPOSED MOUNTING �,�N 50 V ommmmmmmmmm�mmmm REQUIRED BY CODE) mi WATER COOLER NOTE: '-5 5/8" 1'-4" BY OWNER I PER EA. LAVATORY ■ I■ ■ IN ■■ /M BOBRICK, B-293 18 X 36 - BY G.C. Z 2" - NON -SALES AREA CORNER GUARDSLo BOBRICK, B-165 20 X 58 - BY G.G. -- SOAP DISPENSER BY OWNER �• 1■��■■ 2■■■� ---�s■■■r: • ���■ r •SIDEill��ll■■■■ 1!I ■ � WATERIF THE • • - • r - • • COAT NOOK MCMASTER CARR #1760A3, ALUMINUM - BY G.G. �■■■ ■�-■:.r ■■■■■■■■■ 17 ■-� BAR WITW 1j" CLEARANCE TRAVEL, A TEXTURED AREA 11-011 AROUND THE FOUNTAIN, I PER STORE 36' MOP SINK NOSE HOLDER BY OWNER c`ry iO CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE BY THE BLIND 15 REQUIRED. BY G.C. 11.1 1j" DIA, 36" LONG BUBBLER 15 TO BE ACTIVATED BY A HANDICAP PUSH BAR INSTALLED BY G.C. MOUNT BOTTOM � W vs SIDE BAR WIT14 1j" ON FRONT FACE OF UNIT. WATER COOLERS ARE TO BEr U ON FINISHED FLOOR AND BUTT VINYL CLEARANCE■mi ■������■ ��■■■■■ LOCATED WITHIN ALCOVES 50 AS NOT TO BE IN THE 50" MIN. BASE TO EDGES- SEE DETAIL 14/12.5) ME 1 ■■■■ ■■■ik �I■mmmMM■ Immo mm1 _ • . r _ • • _ APPROACHED • _ _ r • _ COOLERS _ • i i�i�ii r ■■■■■■■■■ ■■ffl ■■■■■ _-gym FRONT.- COOLER . z 3 ADA APPROVED HI/LO SEE SEE 'CONSTRUCTION PLAN' FOR N BLOCKING F.- ■�.■■M l►.■■�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■m■■�■■m■■ REQUIREMENTS OF DISABILITIES oocc _, ,_ __,_ ®7�L A 71 (CODE APP-. . 0 J WATER COOLER 'OILET ROLL 4"x6ll COVE BASE 44OLDER Q N N -�G.C. TO PROVIDEAND GYP. BD. - PAINT 1- ZVM INSTALL F.R.P.8 fWAINSCOT • W�� o o DRINKING r �a S..rte- -: HC o" ELEVAT10"NS LAVATun �r- C. 3 'TW00O V I-- W LL cc ,n �• � C� �� w ILL. Z �w N Item Description - cnO zo SHEET METAL PANELS TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO BASE; INSTALL PANELS WITH CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE 50RIGKI 5-6806 X 42 - BY G.C. R WAINSCOTTING DETAIL BOBRICK, 5-6806 X 36 - BY G.G. 1 PER EA. LAVATORY 18' X 1 1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR, EXPOSED MOUNTING �,�N 50 V SCALE 1/2 - 1-0" BY OWNER CAULK ENDS WITH CLEAR SILICONE (TYP) '-5 5/8" 1'-4" BY OWNER I PER EA. LAVATORY 18" X 36" FRAMED TILT -MIRROR BOBRICK, B-293 18 X 36 - BY G.C. Z 2" - NON -SALES AREA CORNER GUARDSLo BOBRICK, B-165 20 X 58 - BY G.G. I PER EA. LAVATORY SOAP DISPENSER BY OWNER �• 2"x 2"x 18 GA.x 4'-2' LONG BRUSHED BY OWNER I PER EA. LAVATORY COAT NOOK MCMASTER CARR #1760A3, ALUMINUM - BY G.G. 2 PER STORE STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD BY OWNER I PER STORE 36' MOP SINK NOSE HOLDER BY OWNER c`ry iO ANGLE PROVIDED BY OWNER, " BY G.C. 11.1 a W o INSTALLED BY G.C. MOUNT BOTTOM � W vs U ON FINISHED FLOOR AND BUTT VINYL 50" MIN. BASE TO EDGES- SEE DETAIL 14/12.5) 0- ADWERE TO WALL WITH CLEAR SILICON. {. z 3 ADA APPROVED HI/LO SEE SEE 'CONSTRUCTION PLAN' FOR N oocc LOCATIONS- (PART #XXX) (INSTALLATION CLEARANCE) 0 J WATER COOLER ILLUSTRATION: Q N N z GYP. BD. - PAINT 1- ^ WATER COOLER DETAILS I C NON -SALES CORNER GUARD � p LAVATORY DETAILS I SCALE N.T.S. TYP. OUTLET LOCATION SOAP DISPENSER /--FIRST AID KIT _ i mmol Lu z wa v �LL.i� N C m atrlm Quantity Item Description (dolog Number 1 PER EA. LAVATORY =42' X 1 1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR, EXPOSED MOUNTING 50RIGKI 5-6806 X 42 - BY G.C. 1 PER EA, LAVATORY 36' X 1 1/2" AIA. GRAB BAR, EXPOSED MOUNTING BOBRICK, 5-6806 X 36 - BY G.G. 1 PER EA. LAVATORY 18' X 1 1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR, EXPOSED MOUNTING 505RICK, 5-6806 X 18 - BY G.G. 1 PER EA. LAVATORY TOILET ROLL HOLDER BY OWNER 1 PER EA. LAVATORY PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BY OWNER I PER EA. LAVATORY 18" X 36" FRAMED TILT -MIRROR BOBRICK, B-293 18 X 36 - BY G.C. 1 PER EA. LAVATORY 20' X 58" CHANNEL FRAMED MIRROR/DOOR MTD BOBRICK, B-165 20 X 58 - BY G.G. I PER EA. LAVATORY SOAP DISPENSER BY OWNER PER EA. LAVATORY FIRST AID KIT BY OWNER I PER EA. LAVATORY COAT NOOK MCMASTER CARR #1760A3, ALUMINUM - BY G.G. 2 PER STORE 36' MOP RACK BY OWNER I PER STORE 36' MOP SINK NOSE HOLDER BY OWNER 1 PER EA. LAVATORY 1-1/2" MARBLE THRESHOLDS BY G.C. w CK al_n" 1�i w 0 otmo 0 0 MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET Al2.7 fA o CID O 7 �L co j Lu - O OC O 0 u HCk p O C :iii O O w 0 otmo 0 0 MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET Al2.7 fA o CID O 7 Go O co h Too OJ O OC CL m O C :iii O O N N m d 0 r � O 11.1 a W o � W vs w 0 otmo 0 0 MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET Al2.7 0 o w h w OJ 0 CL m :iii m m Y U 0- z 3 oocc 0 J cr) J Q N N z 1- ZVM 0 W�� o o �a z Woo ZZ� C. 3 O 'TW00O V I-- W LL cc � W w ILL. �- �J cn000 � I la ZJ=LL I 0 J20Z Ouwo4c W Rj 0 _ to N CO) V, w 0 otmo 0 0 MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET Al2.7 DA O NON -SALES e-: n A(D B - PROCESSING DESK (TIE) coI A-20 41 D (TIE) �. 7'-7" FUTURE (2) REGISTER A.I CASH/WRAP CONNECT TO CIRCUITS 5-31, B-33 A-20 (TIE) 7'-7" ALCOVE 8-14 it LOCKER 1' CONDUIT 5'-6' 5-26 39 3t LOUNGE 22 �7 I6 j I o A -IS B-19 (TIE) 4'-6" 29 ' 1 le 0 o 459 E4.1 G r• A (4) REGISTER 12 E4.1 CASN/WRAP CONNECT 8-3 TO CIRCUITS 5-21, 8-23, 5-25, 5-27, 8-29 i" CONDUIT SOUND SYSTEM CABINET T B-16 LOCKER ROOM POWER PLAN 1/4' - 1'-0" O 8-13 (TIE) EDGE PASS THRU ME 2 BETTY'S SALES 1 A rTIE1 58 A 4.2 VAV-1 47 (TYP•) TIE) B-41 E4.1 14 I C (TIE) 38 E4.1 E4.1 4 5 � E 13 E4.1 S 20 27 35 DUDE'S SALES 1 Z- A-20 -�' (TIE) 5-4 �.0 Ti N A-21 POWER - GENERAL NOTES NON -SALES 35 4 C E4.1 FOR ASSOCIATE TRAINING DVDNIDIb PLAYER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TELEPHONE AND LIGHTING. P.O.S. CABINET LIGHTING CONTACTOR B �_6M A. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE JUNCTION Box AND TIME a CLOCK (ABOVE PANELS) A 6 OUTLET AND CONTROL. BOX TO BE MMWW ABOVE CEILIW, FOR SENSORMATIC. FIELD < B-28' DISPLAY RACK FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FURNISHED BY OWNER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO 'C' C DREAM STEAMER (7.38KW, 208V, 30, UL CERT_ 8EI61lW E.C. TO PROVIDE NEMA 1.15-30R SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK 8- ,36 8-24- 64 DISCONNECT ® MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AND CONTROL WITH ZONE LIGHTING. ELECTRICAL HVAC 15 1q 30 AMP, 3 POLE, 4 WIRE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT 24' A.F.F. WIRE TO RECEPTACLE Cif It. B-17 (TIE) coI A-20 41 D (TIE) �. 7'-7" FUTURE (2) REGISTER A.I CASH/WRAP CONNECT TO CIRCUITS 5-31, B-33 A-20 (TIE) 7'-7" ALCOVE 8-14 it LOCKER 1' CONDUIT 5'-6' 5-26 39 3t LOUNGE 22 �7 I6 j I o A -IS B-19 (TIE) 4'-6" 29 ' 1 le 0 o 459 E4.1 G r• A (4) REGISTER 12 E4.1 CASN/WRAP CONNECT 8-3 TO CIRCUITS 5-21, 8-23, 5-25, 5-27, 8-29 i" CONDUIT SOUND SYSTEM CABINET T B-16 LOCKER ROOM POWER PLAN 1/4' - 1'-0" O 8-13 (TIE) EDGE PASS THRU ME 2 BETTY'S SALES 1 A rTIE1 58 A 4.2 VAV-1 47 (TYP•) TIE) B-41 E4.1 14 I C (TIE) 38 E4.1 E4.1 4 5 � E 13 E4.1 S 20 27 35 DUDE'S SALES 1 Z- A-20 -�' (TIE) 5-4 �.0 Ti N A-21 POWER - GENERAL NOTES 949 s"APPLY POWER - CODED NOTES Q FOR ASSOCIATE TRAINING DVDNIDIb PLAYER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH FURNAY LIGHTING. U CABLE BY OTHERS. A. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE J. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INQUIRE WITH THE O"0 REGISM 14 OUTLET AND CONTROL. BOX TO BE MMWW ABOVE CEILIW, FOR SENSORMATIC. FIELD 31 DISPLAY RACK FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FURNISHED BY OWNER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO 'C' ® DREAM STEAMER (7.38KW, 208V, 30, UL CERT_ 8EI61lW E.C. TO PROVIDE NEMA 1.15-30R SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE ON ANY FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS IN USE CONTR. 11 VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ® MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AND CONTROL WITH ZONE LIGHTING. ELECTRICAL U 30 AMP, 3 POLE, 4 WIRE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT 24' A.F.F. WIRE TO RECEPTACLE AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. AT THE MALL AT T145 TIME OF THE BID. IF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT ADEQUATELY DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE O MOUNT RECEPTACLE ON TOP OF CABINET FOR FANS. CONTRACTOR t0 RUN CIRCUIT DOWN 15 TEMPERATURE AND LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL FURNISHED BY 14OLLISTER CO. AND INSTALLED UZZER B CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL LIGHTS AND METAL CLIPS FOR MOUNTING. Q SHALL BE (3) 810 AND (1) 810 GND. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INFORM THE GENERAL .. W N WALL TO J -BOX AT 6'-8' A.F.F. EXTEND V -O' OF MC CABLE TO SURFACE MOUNTED DAAM1121t BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A 120 VOLT, O POWER AND DATA FOR FUTURE REAR SAM CASHWRAP. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO ® WAC UNITS - SEE POWER RISER ON SHEET 154.2. WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR AND INCLUDE THE COST AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN 45 RECEPTACLE ON TOP OF CABINET. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH CONSTRUCTION _ SINGLE PHASE DEDICATED AND ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT t0 THE CONTROL PANEL. 13 PERFORM ALL WORK AS INDICATED IN THELES FUTURE REAR SACASNWRAP/AACKWRAP O DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR RECESSED TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR AT 60 A.F.F. INSIDE COLUMN. SCQWECT THE BID. NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SMALL BE AWARDED FOR TIE-IN ®INSTANTANEOUS MANAGER IN FIELD. RECEPTACLE AND COVERPI.ATE9 IN 'SALES' AREA TO BE BROWN IN MOM 3 PHASE AND INSTALL A LOCK -ON DEVICE ON DREAM. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH KER OWNER DETAIL ON SHEET 54.1. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. ® PLENUM AIR SENSOR - SEE MECHANICAL PLAN ON SHEET MI.I. B. CIRCUITING INDICATED ON PLAN IS PARTIALLY DIAGRAMMATIC FOR CLARITY. CIRCUITING SHALL. BE 'THRU-WIRING' WHERE AND WHENEVER REQUIREMENTS t0 A LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THAT IS IN EXISTENCE At THE TIME OF THE BID WITHOUT A SEPARATE LINE FOR CEILING, EXHAUST FAN COLOR FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL WI'T'H ZONE � � � OWNER INSTALL 1 1/4' CONDUIT FROM T 149 CONTROL PANEL TO ABOVE CEILING. ELECTRICAL � FOUR TWISTED PAIR WIRE) FROM BROIL I CONDUIT O WATER HEATER (MOV, ISOOW)= PROVIDE TOGGLE SWITCH AT UNIT PER N.E.C. FIELD VERIFY COM.COVERPLATE� Z � 'rAE A LIGHTS. DUPLEX RECEPT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE (WITH (4) ' EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO BID. NONSALESs 4EVINWH W141T5 COVERPIATEi LEV8070M WHITE.o POSSIBLE. AND REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF THE BID. O RECEPTACU S AND COVERPLATES IN 'NON -SALES' SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR, FURNISHED CONTR. TSE .JACK ON SIDE IO CONTROL. PANE1. TO TELEPHONE BOARD. REFER t0 SHEET ML1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ®ECIC 126V 556 WATTS 115' A.F.F. C. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION ELECTRICAL K. NO FLINGERS SUPPORTS JUNCTION BOXES ETC. SHALL 8E � � � OWNER AND INSTALLED 8Y ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MOUNT ALL RECEPTACLES VERTICALLY AT Ib DATA H �0 � � 50 O 0 ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH MEtJNANIC,AL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ATTACHED TO ROOF DECK. J -BOX OR GANG am A.F.F. TO CENTER EXCEPT AS NOTED ON FLOOR PIAN. Ib SECURITY SYSTEM OUTLET. ELECTRICAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ABOVE CEILING WITHIN TWO (2) FEET OF AIR DEVICE ABOVE CASH WRAP. O SENSORMSTAT AT 48' A.F.F. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR t0 RUN 3/4' CONDUIT WITH PULL CORM VERY EXACT LOCATION AND TYPE REQUIRED WITH LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORI'LY.� D. UP TO 100'-0' SHALL UTILIZE 812 L. REFER TO AUDIO PLAN FOR SPEAKER LOCATIONS MOIJN I ED ON TOP OF CABINETS. ® INSTALL A DELIVERY BELLAN=ER SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. HOLLISTER CO. SHALL LOWERED COVERPLATES) AND RECEPTACLE FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. WIRE TO CONTROL SECTION OF HVAC UNIT. PROVIDE 3/4' CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE FROM CONTROL SECTION OF UNIT TO HVAC CONTROL PANEL. 51 2 SERVICE, POWER/ ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FURNISH PUSFIDATM, TRANSFORMER, WLL=ZZERS (WITH W/BRASSCOVERPLATE ( ) AND BRASS BLANK COVERPLATE (58813). OWNED ® SMAAANU�ALL MOTOR ER ., CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0' TO IW -0' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE 810 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL M. COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE LANDLORD. WRITTEN ANY TWIST LOCK RECEPTACLES TRANSFORMER MOUNTING PLATE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NOCESBARY JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT AND WIRE TO COMIPLETELY INSTALL THE DELIVERY 17 PROVIDE QUAD RECEPTACLE AT 24' A.F.F. FOR MICROWAVE AND REFRIGERATOR. O RECEPTACLE SHALL BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY (CENTERED ON FACE OF BASE TRIM). TIE cam. © RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS 151'-0' UP t0 250'-0' IN LENGTH SMALL UTILIZE PLERM119810N FROM THE LANDLORD SHALL BE RECEIVED PRIOR TO WORK BEING PERFORMED. OWNED BELL BUZZER SYSTEM. STOREFRONT PUSHBUTTON TO BE 1 3' UP AND 3' OVER FROM 3' 18 IJN uBOX AND 3/4' CODUITSSCONTROLS FUA�ON INTO PORCH LIGHTING CIRCUIT. 52 NO PAPIPER:AIGRINGSTAT A* 491 A.F.F. 56MMMIG& CORRAGM TO RUN imill Go"! 88 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS ABOVE 250'-0" SHALL UTILIZE 86 ®RELATIVET�F�I� TY TRIM ON PORCH COLUMN. LOCATE DOOR BUZZER LOOSE ON TOP OF RETURN AIR GRILLE. 3© TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET At 48' TO CENTER. DATA CABLE AND JACK BY OTHERS. Com. . CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. N. CEILING SPACE TO BE USED AS A RETURN AIR PLENUM. ALL LOW O TELEPHONE OUTLET, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN A 1' ENF"1'Y CONDUIT WITH DUlCT MOUNTED �- COM. 53 T E. PLACEMENT OF ALL RECEPTACLES IN THE 'SALES' AREA SHS LL BE OR WALL FEATURES). VOLTAGE WIRES SHALL BE PLENUM RATED OR IN CONDUIT. WIRELESS ACCESS PULLWIRE, BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. TELEPHONE WIRE AND JACK BY REFER TO' SYSTEM SCHEMATIC' ON SHEET E4.1 FOR ADDITIONAL 1q ELECTRICAL CONTRAC'T'OR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL 3/4' PLYWOOD BACKBOARD BEHIND O REFER TO SENSORMATIC WIRING DETAILS ON SHEET 54.1 FOR ROUTING OF SENSORMIATIG CABLES . INTENTIONAL (I.E. - CENTERED ON COLUMNS — OWNER FIELD VERIFY EXACT PLACEMENT OF RECEPTACLE WITH HOLLISTER COMPANY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. REFER t0 0. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SMALL MAINTAIN CLEAR AREA ABOVE NON -SALES STORAGE PLATFORMS. ROUTE ALL CONDUITS DOWN FULL INFORMATION. MOUNT TELEPHONE OUTLET ON SIDE OF CABINET AT 54' TO CENTER UNLESS NOTED OTWERWISE. ENTIRE LENGTH OF ELECTRICAL. EQUIPMENT. BOTTOM OF BOARD At FINISHED FLOOR. TOP OF BOARD MINIMUM 111-0" A.F.F. ® E.C. TO PROVIDE J -BOX AND I-GANX• MUD RING FOR KIOSK COMMUNICATION OUTLET. ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS FOR MORE DETAILS. HEIGHT WALLS AND THROUGH DECK STRUCTURE. O (1) LAYER OF 8-14 X 2.5 w X 3/4 PLYWOOD TELEPHONE BOARD MOUNTED ON WALLBY O SENSORMATIG SPEAKERS LOCATED LOOSE ON TOP OF RETURN AIR GRILLE. SEE COMMUNICATION COMMUNICATION CABLING FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. J-BODX SURFACE MOUNTED . i UP ON WALL IN COLUMN VOID SPACE AT i8 A.F.F. STUN I CONDUIT FROM ABOVE WW;W' F. ELECTRICAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS GENERAL. CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE DEDICATED QUAD RECEPTACLE AND CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATED GROUND. VERIFY SYSTEM GROUNDING AND ALL OTHER REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL AR041TECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING FLAN FOR FINAL LOCATIONS. E.C.ODX I CEILING. PROVIDE PULL STRING AND BUSHINGS AT END OF CONDUIT. C. TO PROVIDE AN O REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. TELEPWONE COMPANY. EXTEND SERVICE CONDUIT FROM SERVICE ENTRANCE AT DEMISING 2) 7EL5PHONE AND DATA OUTLET AT 72' TO CENTER. DATA CABLE AND JACK BY OTHERS. ISOLATED GROUND QUAD RECEPTACLE FOR POWER TO KIOSK. W RECEPTACLE IS SURFACE , G. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE 'SALES' AREA TME WALL TO TELEPHONE BOARD. SEE DETAIL 'A' ON SHEET 54.2. I IT POWER A961ST'ED DOORS MOUNTED ON WALL IN COLUMN VOID SPACE AT 54' A.F.F. . ELECTRICAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SMALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACGL'S5 PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. FIELD COORDINATE WITH 14OLLISTER GO. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE LAY -IN CEILINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE. H. EQUIPMENT LABELED GENERAL ELECTRIC SFIALL BE FURNISHED BY HOLLISTER CO. AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO CODED NOTES, ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE, PANE_ SCHEDULE AND POWER RISER DIAGRAM FOR SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION. 22 120V, 20 AMP C RCCA FOR 40 MOUNT SINGLE -GANG JUNCTION BOD( AND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ON TOP OF CABINET FOR c,�, O ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR To FURNISH AND INSTALL (1) 4 GANG BOX WITH (2) DUPLEX O ra mw magma wjG; IV IFF :A 16 MOM iANIGA6 . RECEPTACLES AND COVERPLATE. PROVIDE A TOTAL OF (2) 20AMP CIRCUITS WITH ISOLATED 23 QUAD RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT CENTER OF DEVICE IN BACKWRAP AT 25 3/4' A.F.F. VIDEO RECEIVER. CONTRACTOR TO RUN I CONDUIT FROM DATA BOARD -G SINGLE -GANG GROUND AND DEDICATED NEUTRAL. PROVIDE LABEL STATING THAT R5ClB'tALCES ARE JUNCTION BOX ABOVE LOUNGE CEILING. RUN (2) I CONDUITS TO SINGLE -GANG J -BOX ON SEPARATELY CIRCUITED.DATEREFER L. AUDIO FLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE DETAIL 24 DUPLEX JUNCTION BOX WITH COVER PLATE AT 48' A.F.F. TO CENTER FOR FUTURE USE. TOP OF CABINET. EXTEND V FLEX CONDUIT IN WALL TO VIDEO WALL JUNCTION M. REFER 5� CONDUIT FOR SLMSOURCE PEOPLE COUNTER. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN i' CONDUIT 'A', SHEET E4.2 FOR DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS. EXTEND 1" CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE TO ABOVE CEILING. TO DETAIL F/54.1 AND A/E4.2 FOR MORE INFORMATION. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH FROM TELEPHONE CABINET TO THE MAIN ENTRY OF STORE AND FINISH CONDUIT WITH AN 25 TELEPHONE OUTLET 114 PULL HI ET O BO A.F.F. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN FIELD. RECEPTACLE AND COVERPLATES IN `SALES` AREA TO BE INSULATED BUSHING (INSULATED CAP) FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION OF TINE TRAFFIC COUNTER. OQUAD RECEPTACLES (HUBBELL 81Q-5362) WITH ISOLATED GROUND IN A SINGLE 3/4 CONDUIT BROWN IN COLOR, FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL. CONTRACTOR. To ELECTRIC PANEL FOR COMPUTER TERMINAL.. MOUNT RECEPTACLES AT 48' A.F.F. TO O LOCATION OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINT (WAP). GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN 1/2' CONDUIT CX LATER. FURNISH AND INSTALL LOCK OUT DEVICE ON BREAKER. 26 MOUNT RECEPTACLES ON TOP OF BODE( BEAM FOR SEASONAL LIGHTING. FIELD VERIFY HEIGHT. 41 FLUSH FLOOR RECEPTACLE. ROUTE CONDUIT UNDER FLOOR AND SEAL PENETRATIONS AS FROM EACH WAP TO PULLBOX LOCATED ABOVE T7<l.EPHONS CABINET AND FINISH CONDUIT CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY AT 14' A.F.F. TO CENTER RECEPTACLE REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FLOOR/CEILING RATING. RECEPTACLE TO BE LOCATED NEAR CHAIR WITH AN INSULATED BUSHING (INSULATED CAP) FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION OF THE WAP. IN EACH ROOM, REFER TO FINAL FIXTURE PLAN AND COORDINATE WITH CONSTRUCTION Oq PROVIDE 8' X 8' X 4' PULLBOX WITH COVERPLATE, ON WALL FOR TEL EPHO M CABINET, AND AND COVERPLATES IN SALES AREA, SHALL BE BROWN IN COLOR, FMIS M AND INSTALLED MANAGER IN FIELD FOR EXACT LOCATION. DOOR BUZZER LOCATED LOOSE ON TOP OF RETURN AIR GRILLE. 14' X 11' X 4' PULLBOX WITH COVERPLATE, ABOVE CEILING OVER TELEPHONE BOARD. REFER BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. RECEPTACLES TO BE CENTERED IN BETWEEN ARC141 I BC nAAL TO CASI•WRAP/5ACKWRAP PLAN ON SHEET 54.1 AND ER SCHEMATIC' ON FEATURES, BETWEEN CABINETS AND OPENINGS OR CENTERED ON COLUMNS UNLESS ® SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOX AND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 5'-3' A.F.F. TO CENTER FOR SHEET &4.1 FOR ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION. DATA CABLING BY OTHERS. OTHERWISE NOTED. EITHER PROVIDE 12' WHIP IN WALL OR CUT IN FINAL BOX LOCATION VIDEO SYSTEM MONITORS. RUN I' CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE TO DATA BOARD. REFER TO O RECEPTACLE LOCATED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING NEAR SUPPLY TRUNK AT MOC44INICAL INATS WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO DETAILS ON SHEET AL2 6 FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS UNITS SUPPLYING AIR TO SALES ROOMS FOR FUTURE USE CONTROL. WITH ZONE "C' 40x4' JUNCTION BOX AT 48' A.F.F. TO CENTER FOR COMTER PUTERMINAL. REFER TO SEMATIC' ON SHEET 54.1 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DATA CH 949 s"APPLY AFTER CABINETS ARE LOCATED. COORD ROUGH -IN. Q FOR ASSOCIATE TRAINING DVDNIDIb PLAYER. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH FURNAY LIGHTING. U CABLE BY OTHERS. O RECESSED JUNCTION 80Df FOR WALL MOUNTED FAN AT T-6" A.F.F. CIRCUIT TO BE tu ao to CONSTRUCTION hWNAGSR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONSTRUCTION bl DUPLEX OUTLET t0 BE MOUNTED FLUSH ON BACK SURFACE OF CABINET. RECEPTACLE AND i! NE JUNCTION BODE( AND 1' CONDUIT WITH PULL CONTROLLED WITH ZONE 'A' LIGHTING. O ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 8W►LL PROVIDE AND INSTALL i" CONDUIT FROM THE ROOF TO THE CONTR. COVER PLATE TO BE BROWN IN COLOR PER STANDARD HOLLISTER SPECS. 11 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ELEM4 WIRE TO LANDLORD PHONE ROOM FOR TELEPHONE CO. DEMWRK. ® FLUSH FLOOR RECEPTACLE. ROUTE CONDUIT UNDER FLOOR AND SEAL PENETRATIONS AS U REAR OF SPACE FOR THE SATELLITE FEED. EXTEND AND TERMINATE ABOVE CEILING AT 62 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE LOCATED AT 3'6' ON LEFT HAND SIDE OF PROCESSING/PREP DESK. SEE 12 LOUNGE 22 ROOM CASH WRAPAMCK WRAP COUNTER ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM 'CASH REQUIRED t0 MAINTAIN FLOOR/CEILING RATING. THE TWO RECEPTACLES LOCATED ON THE CENTERLINE OF THE CASMWRAP SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE CASHWRAP AND THE TWO SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE FITTING UZZER B THE IT/BOSE CABINET AREA AS SHOWN ON PLAN. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ROUTING OF CONDUIT AND ROOF PENETRATION WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID PROVIDE PRE -MOLDED Q DETAIL DI ON SWEET Al2A. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED IN CENTER OF DEVICE AT BACKWRAP At 28 314 A.F.F. W ALL WORK AS INDICATED IN THE WRAP/SACK WRAP DETAIL(S)' AS SHOWN ON SHEET .. W N RECEPTACLES CLOSEST TO THE PASS-T'HRU'S DAAM1121t PIPE FLASHING BOOT AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY ROOF LOCATION. OWNER DTRANSFORMERVOLTAGE E4.1. REFER t0 ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PIANS FOR EXACT ROUGH -IN INFORMATION. u ROOM WALLS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. E.C. TO VERIFY FLOOR RECEPTACLE TER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. ORIFMATION WITH HOLLISTER 45 ELECTRICAL. CONTRCTOR TO INSTALL ISOLATED GROUND QUAD RECEPTACLE AT MANAGERS _ Z 13 AIR DEVICE t0 BE USED FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE THE CEILING. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE t0 ENSURE THAT A MINIMUM UNOBSTRUCTED FREE O DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR RECESSED TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR AT 60 A.F.F. INSIDE COLUMN. SCQWECT DESK FOR 55CURITY CAMERA CONTROLS. CONNECT SPLIT -CORE SENSING CIRCUIT BREAKER ®INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER (208V -LPH 4.161CW). PROVIDE TOGGLE SWITCH AT UNIT PER NEC. FEILD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO IND. MOM 3 PHASE AREA OF 3 -FEST VERTICALLY AND 2 -FEET HORIZONTALLY IN ALL DIRECTIONS AROUND OWNER ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT 60' A.F.F. INSIDE COLUMN WITH 1' MOTORI PHASE TO TEMPERATURE CONTROL. PANEL. REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET 54.1 FOR ADDITIONAL OWNER ® CEILING, EXHAUST FAN EQUIPMENT IS MAINTAINED TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT. OWNER CONDUIT TAG AND IDENTIFY. SEE DETAIL 'F' ON SHEET 54.1. MOTION SWITCH INFORMATION. COM.COVERPLATE� Z IF THIS FREE AREA CANNOT BE OBTAINED, CONTACT CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IMMEDIATELY. DUPLEX RECEPT. SALTS, L5V535QB BROW COVERPLATEs L.EVW7038 ' v� 14 24) o 949 s"APPLY SYMBOL DESCRIPTION o FURNAY W U H � CO21 tu ao to j a (] mmj i! HUBBELL 81223 -COLOR SMALL BE WHITE Z 3 -WAY CONTR. ao a� ao 25 y ohm � N < 949 s"APPLY SYMBOL DESCRIPTION o FURNAY >lu U lu � Q tu ao to j a (] w4C4 HUBBELL 81223 -COLOR SMALL BE WHITE jVSWITCH 3 -WAY CONTR. FO 0 O 0 N fO Ll U � ao a� ao 25 y ohm � N < FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDI ICN5 PRIOR TO SID ui o Lr Lai ALL DATA/COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT! STALL BE INSTALLED WITH z o ULLWIRE FURNISHED. I rA Wg m C. ENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIF-f P1 IOR TO BID WITH PPLICABLE CODE AND LOCAL AUTHOPUTIES HAVING JURISDICTION IF 0) LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IS REQUIRED TO E INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. IF CODE DOES NOT REQUIRE LOW VOLTAGE1 WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT THE FOLLOWING WIRING (TO BE PLENUM RATED I GAN SE INSTALLED $ WITHOUT CONDUIT: LOUDSPEAKER WIRING, THERMOSTAT WIRING, MOTION DETECTOR 4 DOOR CONTACT WIRING. ALL OTHER WIRING IS REQUIRED BY OWNER TO BE IN CONDUIT, NO EXCEPTIONS. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FLOOR SLAB ASSOCIATED WITH ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS SID. HOLLISTER CO. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS 949 s"APPLY SYMBOL DESCRIPTION o FURNAY El BUZZER S � c 0 w4C4 HUBBELL 81223 -COLOR SMALL BE WHITE jVSWITCH 3 -WAY CONTR. FO 0 O 0 N 0 4N O 0 O FURNISH A JUNCTION BOX AND 3/40 CONDUIT CONTR. z 3 ZONE DAMPER TO ABOVE CEILING a UZZER B tll .. Q D Iii H 0 W QED!ARD PLATE .. W N FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDI ICN5 PRIOR TO SID ui o Lr Lai ALL DATA/COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT! STALL BE INSTALLED WITH z o ULLWIRE FURNISHED. I rA Wg m C. ENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIF-f P1 IOR TO BID WITH PPLICABLE CODE AND LOCAL AUTHOPUTIES HAVING JURISDICTION IF 0) LOW VOLTAGE WIRING IS REQUIRED TO E INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. IF CODE DOES NOT REQUIRE LOW VOLTAGE1 WIRING TO BE IN CONDUIT THE FOLLOWING WIRING (TO BE PLENUM RATED I GAN SE INSTALLED $ WITHOUT CONDUIT: LOUDSPEAKER WIRING, THERMOSTAT WIRING, MOTION DETECTOR 4 DOOR CONTACT WIRING. ALL OTHER WIRING IS REQUIRED BY OWNER TO BE IN CONDUIT, NO EXCEPTIONS. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FLOOR SLAB ASSOCIATED WITH ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS SID. HOLLISTER CO. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS 949 s"APPLY SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER FURNAY El BUZZER EDWARDS EDW MO OWNER BUTTON HUBBELL 81223 -COLOR SMALL BE WHITE jVSWITCH 3 -WAY CONTR. FO EQUIPMENT SERVICE LIGHT SEE DETAIL D ON SHEET 54.1 OWNER O T -STAT TO FURNISH A JUNCTION BOX AND 3/40 CONDUIT CONTR. z 3 ZONE DAMPER TO ABOVE CEILING a UZZER B EDW 730 W/ 5% TRANSFORMER OWNER m SYSTEM QED!ARD PLATE ® DAAM1121t OWNER DTRANSFORMERVOLTAGE UJ H' u W.P. WEATHERPROOF _ Z CAS,NATION INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 0 SCQWECT W V OWNER ® MOM 3 PHASE OWNER ® MOTORI PHASE OWNER ® CEILING, EXHAUST FAN ACME ACMFMEV= OWNER ® MOTION SWITCH SWITCHsLWY ODSIMI)IN WHITE COM.COVERPLATE� Z L WHITE. DUPLEX RECEPT. SALTS, L5V535QB BROW COVERPLATEs L.EVW7038 ' v� NONSALESs 4EVINWH W141T5 COVERPIATEi LEV8070M WHITE.o moo CEILING SALESs LEV53525 BROWN COVERPLATEs LEV80116B BROWN. CONTR. W DUPLEX RECEPT. NONSALES, LEV532W WHITE COVERPLATE, LEV80'/16W WHITE. TELEPHONE OUTLET - OWNER v DATA H �0 j OUTLEToWWER 0 ® J -BOX OR GANG am _ OWNER (CFI GF LET LEVITON LEV 8899W CORM ® LOCK EV o W �. RECEPTACLE LL23 WWITIPLEV 2 I CCEILICOOVEERR PLATE (BROWN)NTED y 2 SERVICE, POWER/ HUBBELL FLOOR BOX (84233) WITH BRASS CARPET FLANGE ® W/BRASSCOVERPLATE ( ) AND BRASS BLANK COVERPLATE (58813). OWNED ® SMAAANU�ALL MOTOR ER MANUAL MOTOR STARTERANSCONNECT OWNER TWIST LOCK RECEPTACLES TWIST LOCK NEMA L5 -20R (BROWN) _WALL LEV 2310 WIW LEV 80720 E COVER PLATE OWNER ® METER ELECTRIC METER cam. © FLOOR BOX HUDBELL FLUB 82527 WITH BRASS COVER PLATE OWNED ® ER TO IJN uBOX AND 3/4' CODUITSSCONTROLS FUA�ON CONTR. ®RELATIVET�F�I� TY FURNISH BOX AND 3/4 CONDUITSENS AD EJ LULLING Com. WAC DUlCT MOUNTED COM. SMOKE DETECTOR - WIRELESS ACCESS OWNER NT _ ® SENSOURCE — OWNER MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHLO155 SHEET E1.1 Y 2 U z 3 Q 0 W J �VTIN UJ H' u Nz Z V 0 W V o W a UJ a. 3 Z 03,0 Q v� moo W LLj ir z w LL. H �0 j 0 W JMINDZ U. O jmoz O Lu o a W �. = co) NN y MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHLO155 SHEET E1.1 II I I I 6 L. ..' .. ...., . _.._....._,..... _.._�_. LIGHTING - GENERAL NOTES A. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR TINE COORDINATION OF T4419 WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL CORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 5. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CIRCUITING SHALL BE 'THRU-WIRING" WHERE AND WHENEVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE 'TWW-WIRING', ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. C. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATIONS LENGTHS AND QUANTITY OF TRACKS. D. ELECTRICAL CONT'RACTOR'S BID SHALL INCLUDE T149 INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY HOLLISTER CO.. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUSTABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND AIM THEM. LIGHT FIXTURE SPECIFICATIONS MAY VARY. If T14I9 19 THE CASE, CONTRACTOR IS TO CALL HOLLISTER COMPANY FOR EXACT SPECIFICATION OF OWNER PROVIDED LIGHT FIXTURES. E. EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTS SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES. ALL EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE DUAL VOLTAGE WITH BATTERY BACKUP 120/277 VOLT INPUT. F. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0' IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE 7112 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0', TO 150'-0' IN LENGTH SMALL UTILIZE 010 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUIT'S 151'-0' UP TO 250'-0' IN LENGTH SMALL UTILIZE 06 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. CIRCUITS ABOVE 251'-0' SMALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. G. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 84ALL MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A FULLY COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM. H. WHERE DRYWALL CEILINGS ARE USED IN THE 'BALES' AREA, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS t0 AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS 94ALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANES AS LOCATED ON PLANS. JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING ARE ACCEPTABLE, I. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FIELD ADJUSTMENTS TO ALL TRACK, MONOPOINT, AND ADJUSTABLE RECESSED FIXTURES UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. THRs ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE MADE AFTER STORE FIXTURING AND DISPLAYS ARE INSTALLED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THESE ADJUSTMENTS WITH HOLLISTER R CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. A MOUNT TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLE 0 TO THE RIGHT OF THE CENTER LINE OF T14E TRACK AND EVEN WITH THE TRACK END FEED. RECEPTACLE AND COVE:RPLATE MUST NOT OVERLAP OR TOUCH THE GRID CEILING SYSTEM. CORDS FOR TRACK LIGHTS SMALL WRAP AROUND PIPE 3 TIMES. LIGHTING - CODED NOTES OELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL OCCUPANCY MOTION SENSOR SWITCH FOR CONTROL OF ROOM LIGHTS AS SHOWN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST SWITCH FOR MAXIMUM SETTINGS. O2 BROWN TWISTLOCK RECEPTACLES FLUSH MOUNTED IN WAIL FOR VAULT INDIRECT LIGHT FIXTURES. MOUNT RECEPTACLES VERTICALLY AT 7'-6' A.F.F. IN BETWEEN FIXTURES VERIFY DIMENSIONS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. TURN ANGLE SIDE OF FIXTURE BRACKET TOWARD CENTER OF FIXTURE AND LATCHES TO BE ACCESSIBLE AT FRONT OF FIXTURE. O3 EXHAUST FAN PROVIDED 9Y MECHANICAL. CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SMALL MAKE FINAL CONNECTION t0 UNIT THROUGH MOTION SENSOR IN ROOM. FAN SMALL BE WIRED TO TURN ON WHEN MOTION SENSOR 19 ON. PROVIDE DISCONNECT SNAP SWITCH AT EACH FAN. ® ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SMALL INSTALL CLEAR PLASTIC LAMP SLEEVES PROVIDED BY HOLLISTER CO. ON ALL FLUORESCENT LAMPS LOCATED ON CEILING THAT ARE 8'-0' A F f OR BELOW (I E. - LAV/MGR ) AND ALL LIGHTS ABOVE ROLLING RACKS AND STORAGE DECK. 5 Y . 6 BROWN TWIStLOCK RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN CEILING FOR MAIN CONNECTION POINT CONNECTION OF LIGHT TRACK (TYPICAL.). MOUNT RECEPTACLE 61 TO THE FOR PREWIRED FIXTUR EJ THE CENTER OF STORE OFF OF THE CENTER LINE OF THE TRACK AND EVEN WITH THE TRACK END FEED. RECEPTACLE AND r0%J=0I.A M MUST NOT OVERLAP OR TOUCH THE GRID CEILING SYSTEM. REFERENCE EMT PIPE / TRACK INSTALLATION DETAIL THIS SHEET. 7 NT ON 6 MOUNT FIXTURE TO UNDERSIDE OF MALL BULKHEAD, BALLAST TO BE REMOTE. OSURFACE MOUNTED TO J -BOX BETWEEN RAFTERS. F19L.D VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO BID. 10 WIRE EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING FIXTURES TO AREA LIGHTING CIRCUIT MEAD OF ALL LOCAL SWITCHING. 11 FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID SHADED FIXTURE INDICATES W ZONE (STOCKING CIRCUIT) TRACK AND PIPE LENGTHS IN LOCKER ROOMS TO BE w1THIN 211 of CORRUGATED CEILING LIun i mu rLAN 1/41 - 1'-01 SWITCH WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR CIRCUIT WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR NUMBERIPD(2 T2 LAMPPSS (4)- OF LAMPS AND 44 LAMPS BALLAST A WIRING PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER SATELLITE FIXTURES CONNECTED TO MAIN FIXTURE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN FIELD SALES AREA EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND LOCATED 6" AWAY FROM TWE FACE OF THE CROWN MOLDING LIGHTING CONTROLS THE ELECTRICAL. CONTRACTOR MUST INCLUDE IN HIS 010, TWO (2) HOURS OF COMMISSIONING FOR 714E LIGHTING CONTROL. SYSTEM. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO REPAIR/REPLACE COMPONENTS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE PRIOR TO RECEIVING A CONTROL NUMBER. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE COMMISSIONING THROUGH TRANS A MINIMUM OF SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF LIGHTING CONTROL. INSTALLATION. FAILURE TO DO SO MAY REQUIRE THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO RETURN TO TIME JOB SITE TO PERFORM COMMISSIONING ON A FUTURE DATE AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. LIGHTING CONTROLS TO CONSIST OF THREE (3) ZONES. ZONE 'A' FOR STOREFRONT AND SIGNAGE, ZONE 'B' FOR STOCKING AND ZONE 'C' FOR SALES AREA. B 4 C ZONES SHALL HAVE AN OVERRIDE SWITCH FACTORY MOUNTED ON THE FRONT OF THE TEMPERATURE MONITORING/LIGNTING CONTROL CABINET. CONTROL RELAYS TO BE FACTORY MOUNTED INSIDE THE CONTROL CABINET AND ARE TO 13E HARD WIRED TO A TERMINAL BLACK. FIELD WIRING FROM TINE CONTROL CABINET TO THE LIGHT FIXTURE CONTACTORS TO BE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. TERMINAL BLOCK TO BE LABELED WITH CONNECTION POINTS INDICATED ON TRANS PROVIDED TRACK / PIPE LIGHTING DETAIL TYPICAL LIGHT SPACMG AT TRACK / EMT ASSEI'MY TO BE 21' O.C. NUT 1 FONDER LLIGHTTWAPLAN � BERT LIGHTS (REFER TO ELECTRICAL U!w7 ��NG THREADED ROD AND ASSEMM UNIT BEOW CEILING LINE TO BE Ti. ri.K: E9UPPLIEp 1EY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY TENANT"S E.C. EMT PIPESUPPLIED BY E.C. ALT. TO BEIINSTALLED BY E.C. UTSEE CHART BELOW FOR EMT MOUNTING I� OM BY AREA DImm TO NG Ste; (METRUTNUT / FENDER WASHERWTV I IWC - MejoC ,..—, 'K' FIXTURES TO WALL WITH BRACKET LEGS TURNED IN TOWARD CENTER OF FIXTURES AND LATCHES AWAY FROM WALL INSTALLED 90 THAT CLAMP HANDLES FACE THE CENTER OF THE STORE. CORDS TO IBE WRAPPED AROUND BIT AND PLUGGED INTO TRACK �—CENTERLINE OF STORE / SHUTTER 6 CABINET ASSMIS.Y SEPARATING DUDES 1 SETI'YS SALES FOR TRAM RUNNING PERPENDICULAR TO THE STOREFRONT. FOR TRACKS M MINING EMT (LIGHT BAR) MOUNTING HEIGHTS OMNER-amum AgmtzLY1 C Lw HT. EMT AFF_ A. SAI .LB ROOM, LOCKER ROOM VESTIBULE, W -w 41_W CASH WRAP AREA H MODEL NUMBER AND DESCRIPTION � 12 -i MAX. II' -0' MIN. !!! a r ♦ _ tT- MIN.. tai 1171111 wT�� , ar �1.1 111 � 1111 1111 LL DESCRIP.r P14LCDM36PAR20MSP • ® ALTMAN SURFACE MOUNTED INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH A CORROSION PROTECTED STEEL YOU MOUNTING BRACKET .� J I �!1 TO A 2X4 JUNCTION BOT(, POWERED BY LOW VOLTAGE « • - ♦11-3 1121` 1!� . - - a • TRANSFORMER. DESCRIP.+ GELS5MRIGMTL MODEL NO./ ALTMRKODPN3 SURFACE MOUNTED HALOGEN LIGHT FIXTURE INCLUDES • © ALTMAN RROSIO ED SPOWFRLYOKETO OW cm z .SAI_ r:_... , .Ir= • _ (�pJl 36WATT ,..—, 'K' FIXTURES TO WALL WITH BRACKET LEGS TURNED IN TOWARD CENTER OF FIXTURES AND LATCHES AWAY FROM WALL INSTALLED 90 THAT CLAMP HANDLES FACE THE CENTER OF THE STORE. CORDS TO IBE WRAPPED AROUND BIT AND PLUGGED INTO TRACK �—CENTERLINE OF STORE / SHUTTER 6 CABINET ASSMIS.Y SEPARATING DUDES 1 SETI'YS SALES FOR TRAM RUNNING PERPENDICULAR TO THE STOREFRONT. FOR TRACKS M MINING EMT (LIGHT BAR) MOUNTING HEIGHTS OMNER-amum AgmtzLY1 C Lw HT. EMT AFF_ A. SAI .LB ROOM, LOCKER ROOM VESTIBULE, W -w 41_W CASH WRAP AREA H MODEL NUMBER AND DESCRIPTION B. BARREL VAULT AREA - LOUNGE 22 12 -i MAX. II' -0' MIN. !!! J v mw - BARREL. PEAK C. BARREL VAULT AREA - LOCKER ROOM tT- MIN.. tai 4'-0' PARALLEL TO THE STOREFRONT THIS IV prim WALL TOWARD INTING THE REAR OF TINE STORE REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - - 24 I CD INDICATES V. DC W � H MODEL NUMBER AND DESCRIPTION cn • 0 LUMIERE J SS WATT U® 0 � Z LL DESCRIP.r P14LCDM36PAR20MSP • HOLLISTER CO. LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE INDICATES DEVICE IS USED SYMBOL MANLIFACTUM MODEL NUMBER AND DESCRIPTION LAMP WATTAGE AND DESCRIPTIO • 0 LUMIERE SURFACE MOUNTED SPOT LIGHT MODEL NOa LU1720 SS WATT U® DESCRIP.r P14LCDM36PAR20MSP • ® ALTMAN SURFACE MOUNTED INCANDESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE WITH A CORROSION PROTECTED STEEL YOU MOUNTING BRACKET OD® TO A 2X4 JUNCTION BOT(, POWERED BY LOW VOLTAGE 36 WATT TRANSFORMER. DESCRIP.+ GELS5MRIGMTL MODEL NO./ ALTMRKODPN3 SURFACE MOUNTED HALOGEN LIGHT FIXTURE INCLUDES • © ALTMAN RROSIO ED SPOWFRLYOKETO OW cm z A GTI LOWTAGE 36WATT ZVcw) TRANSFORMER.K DESCRIP.1 GEL35MRQ9TL MODEL NO., ALTMR16100CN2 • Q ALTMAN RAIL MOUNTED SPOT LIGHT W/ INTEGRAL. POWER SUPPLY CORD FOR USE AS A TRACK POWERED LIGHTING FIXTURE. 3S WATT 0003 W a z MODEL. NOa ALTMR16100142 DESCRIP.i GELMRI6MTL • o ALTMAN RAIL MOUNTED SPOT LIGHT W/ INTEGRAL POWER SUPPLY CORD FOR USE AS A TRACK POWERED LIGHTING FIXTURE. 75 WATT DESCRIP.= 0O2 O uj (.)o M009L NO.: ALTPARWI42 GEL75PAR30LHSP10' • CL ALTMAN WALL MOUNTED PORTABLE BORDER LIGHT FIXTURE M LAMPS POWERED BY (5) LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER WATT O D IP.1 MODEL NO.1 ALTZ5114R20HRIGHT GEL3ORZN6PK Iwo WLL PANTOGRAF RAIL MOUNTED SPOT LIGHT WITH METAL 76 WATT • © ALTMAN EXTENDER MOUNTED TO A PIPE OR CEILING. DESCRIP.1 OO MODEL NO.1 ALT20OMP14PANTOGRAP GEL75PAIMOLUM0 0 SURFACE MOUNTED STRIP FLUORESCENT O • woo DURAY MODEL NO.1 DUFEQH1132-X 55 WATT Th i ~—" Z CLEAR SLEEVE GUARD FOR MANAGER'S OFFICE AND OESCR P 1 GELF32TOSP'J5 a BATMR0O'1-9LPST84 SEE PLAN FOR REMOTE LAMP BALLAST REQUIREMENTS J xcocmca SURE87170BLRC SELF-CONTAINED RECESSED CEILING -MOUNTED EMERGENCY EDGE -LITE EXIT SIGN FURNISHED WIN UNIT ( O2 • y SURE LITE (SINGLE/DOUBLEFAICE AND ARROW DIRECTION TO BE VERIFIED IN FIELD) WITH MAINTENANCE- FREE NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERIES AND RED LETTERS (SALES -AREA) WRLPX470RWWDW-SELF CONTAINED EXIT SIGN AND DOUBLE EMERGENCY FIXTURE HEAD WITH FURNISHED WITH UNIT OO SURE LITE MAINTENANCE -FREE LEAD CALCIUM BATTERY AND • KNOCKOUT DIRECTIONAL ARROWS. (NON SALES COMBO UNIT) • SURE LITE SURCM DOUBLE -HEAD SELF- CONTAINED EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE WITH MAINTENANCE -FREE LEAD CALCIUM FURNISHED WITH UNIT OO BATTERY. NON SALES RGl BLACK RECE9sm GIMBAL. SERIES EMERGMY LIGHT 8 WATT INCAN- FURNISHED LOTH • 3 SURE LITE FIXTURE WITH SEALED LONG LIFE LEAD BATTERY UNIT OO SURLRG 1BK SURE LITE NILBPSLEDURDSOM, BLACK POLYCARB HOUSING WITH 2 EGRESS HEADS, LEAD CALCIUM BATTERY (SALES FURNISHED WITH UNIT OO AREA COW UNIT • ® - MOTION SENSOR AS REQUIRED N/A NOTES: UI ALL FIXTURES AND LAMPS BY OWNER O2 ALL FIXTURES 120 VOLT ALL MRIG LAMPS WILL BE TWIST AND LOCK. /// MAY 0 B 2005 ABFHL0155 SHEET E2.1 Y 2 V 3 W W_MN cm z ZVcw) 0 WCC V o W a z W Z H Z o a. 3 O uj (.)o rz CL Iwo WLL Lu w z �-i3° �- woo Z TIL i Z "J O W"Q a J xcocmca y /// MAY 0 B 2005 ABFHL0155 SHEET E2.1 AUDIO GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL RETAIL SPEAKER HOME RUNS ARE TO BE RUN INCONSPICUOUSLY 7. ALL M5-4 SUBWOOFERS SHOULD BE CENTERED ON THE BASE DECK BACK TO RACK. LOCATION OF SPEAKER USED FOR HOME RUN IN IN THE CABINETS AND SET BACK AS FAR AS POSSIBLE. SAME ZONE MAY VARY FROM THE ONE SHOWN IN DRAWING TO SIMPLIFY AND MINIMIZE CABLE RUN LENGTH. 8. 14OLL15TER TO PROVIDE A MU51C ON HOLD INTERFACE UNIT MODEL 2. TWO DEDICATED 20 AMP 120V AC CIRCUITS ARE TO BE INSTALLED TX -IA BY RADIO DESIGN LAB. TELEPHONE VENDOR 15 TO INSTALL SUCH INTERFACE INSIDE DATA RACK AT TOP RIGHT. INTERFACE AT RACK LOCATION, MUST BE ON THE SAME PHASE, AND HAVE A SHOULD BE LABELED "MUSIC ON HOLD". IF INTERFACE 15 NOT DEDICATED GROUND RUN TO SERVICE PANEL. SEE DETAIL 'H' ON AVAILABLE FOR BOSE TECH, ROSE TECH IS TO SUPPLY PROPERLY E3.2 (VERIFY FINAL RACK LOCATION WITH GC ON SITE) LABELED 5' OF COIL CABLE FROM ROSE EQUIPMENT RACK MUSIC ON 3. GC IS TO CUT UPPER PANEL OF CABINET t0 ALLOW BOSS SPEAKER HOLD CONNECTOR, AND HANG OUTSIDE RACK. TO BE MOUNTED ONTO TOP OF CABINET. (SEE DETAIL D3 ON E3.2). CUTOUTS TO BE GIVEN TO MUSIC INSTALLER. THEY ARE NEEDED TO RAISE SPEAKER TO CORRECT MOUNTING HEIGHT. 4. LABEL ALL HOME RUNS ACCORDING t0 LOCATION AND SPEAKER THEY COME FROM AT THE RACK POSITION. 5. ALL DS -100F STOCK ROOM SPEAKERS SHOULD BE INSTALLED WITH PLENUM RATED ENCLOSURES AND TAPPED AT 50 WATTS. 6. REMOVE ALL 203-L AND 302-A SPEAKER GRILLS. ALL OTHER SPEAKER GRILLS TO REMAIN, AUDIO PLAN gal Me • 11'.0 AUDIO CODED NOTES �I HOMERUN TO AUDIO CABINET O2 AUDIO CABINET - REFER TO H/E3.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4 SERVICE CLEARANCES. SEE A/E4.2 FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS O3 STOREFRONT PORCH AUDIO EQUIPMENT - REFER TO DETAIL 5/E3.2 FOR INSTALLATION LOCATIONS O4 805E MODEL 302-A LOUDSPEAKER - MTD. TO TOP OF CABINET. G.C. TO CUT OUT SECTION OF CABINET TOP 4 USE AS BLOCKING FOR INSTALLATION OF CABINET. SEE DETAIL D3/E3.2 O 505E MODEL 203-L LOUDSPEAKER - MOUNT CENTERED ON TRIM BOARD. REFER TO DETAIL F/E3.2 O6 50SE M5-4 BASS MODULE - MOUNTED TO BTM. SHELF OF CABINET. REFER TO DETAIL E2/E3.2 O ROSE MODEL D5100 -F LOUDSPEAKER - FLUSH MOUNTED IN NON -SALES CEILING. REFER TO DETAIL A/E3.2 FOR INSTALLATION DETAILS O TOUCH TUNES MONITOR - REFER TO DETAIL G/E3.2 AND ARCHITECTURL DETAIL N/Al2.3 �l 7 � ~ ° ° 0 W s � � o J m Z N o Lu 40 Q a Q 0 0 0 $ O N N oO r � � O O O p Lu a o LLA 0 G H f19 V'1 W in W ce in al W Q �. CL m Y U Z a 0 W cc W c N ZC�M W c (.) W Q W �" p CL Z Lu 3 o VO Q C� Q W U. ce J � W a' W J � �- O O cc O �� �Z AUDIO EQUIPMENT SYMBOLS p 2 o Z J Sq BOSE FS -35 LOUDSPEAKER, WALL MTD. ATLAS SOUND AUDIO CABINET O W O Q U AUDI WA202-42B ON CASTERS (CT -2020K Q = co N 0 Q (SALES AREA PORCH VESTIBULE), CASTER KIT W/ PERFORATED, HINGED, FACTORY FINISH BLACK LOCKING DOOR (5042-195DV). BOSE MODEL 302-A LOUDSPEAKER, % DIMENN51ONS: 221" WIDE X 25j" DEEP x Q CABINET MTD. (SALES AREA) FACTORY ® FINISH BLACK - DISCARD COVER TAP @ 46�q" HIGH 50W BOSE MODEL 203-L LOUDSPEAKER, SII WALL MTD. (SALES AREA), FACTORY TOUCH TUNE MUSIC MONITOR FINISH BLACK - DISCARD COVER BOSE MODEL D5 -100F LOUDSPEAKER, WIRE LEGEND FLUSH MTD. (NON -SALES AREA), /IJAV0A. 2008 FACTORY FINISH WHITE TAP @ 50W LOUDSPEAKER WIRE 505E MODEL F5-38 SUBWOOFER I8 A.W.U. I PAIR (SALES AREA PORCH VESTIBULE), LOUDSPEAKER WIRE A 8 F H L 0 1 55 05143 FLUSH MTD., VENDOR TO PAINT ` 12 A.W.G. I PAIR GRILLE HOLL15TER BROWN TO MATCH SHEET MDF CEILING FINISH ��..,-- -- -- - LINE LEVEL WIRE, 22 A.W.G. BOSE MODEL MB4 SUBWOOFER (SALES I PAIR PLUS SHIELD SW4 ROOMS), CABINET MTD., FACTORY FINISH BLACK CAT 5 TYPE WIRE E3.1 s L MOTION SENSOR - MOUNT 2" BELOW CROWN MOLDING IN CORNER AS SHOWN. MOTION 5EN50R - MOUNT - 2" BELOW CROWN MOLDING IN CORNER AS SHOWN. WALL MOUNTED DETAIL FOR CAMERAS AT MAIN CASNWRAP/BACKWRAP B I 0000— CASNWRAPPLA/NBAGKWRAP DETECTORS LOCATED 1�, , SER A5 SHOWN LOCATE AS SHOWN AT EXIT DOOR TO STOCKROOM WHERE THE MANAGER'S AREA 15 LOCATED. NON -SALES DEVICE INSTALLATION SECURITY Doti NOLLISTER FRONT ROOM MOTION SENSOR INSTALLATION ICE MOUNTING ELEVATIONS I,u 3 NOLLISTER CASNWRAP / BACKWRAP MOTION SENSOR INSTALLATION WIRING DETAILS. i CCTV MONITOR - REFER TO DETAILS D/Al2.5 4 F/E4.1 FOR ELEVATIONS. SECURITY - CODED NOTES 1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN A IN W 8 _ CONDUIT WITH PULL. STRING (FOR 81AMESE CAN BY O ADT/SENSORMII►TIC FROM EACH CAMERA LOCATION To 8W JACTION 9W LOCATED TW MAN40R% DESK. )SIAMESE CABLE CONSISTS OF (1) P09 VIDEO CABLE AND (2j22 CiaM WIRES => USED FOR POWER, ALL YEiAPPED IN A JACKET, -PLENUM RATED. INSTALLATION OF CAMERAS, EQUIPMENT AND WIRES WILL TAKE PLACE THE WEEK BEFORE THE PUNCH DATE. ]L OCEILING* MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERA. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER% REPRESENTATIVE O j WRAPO3 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. > � �- WALL MOUNT', TOP OF DEVICE 2- !!FLAW BOTTOM OF CROWN MOLDING. VERIFY MOUNTING NEGNT � QC ;. WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR To INSTALLATION. p Z W A ® ELECTRICAL. CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 8000 JUNCTION NOX ABOVE CELIN�i AT lu A B H L 015 5 MANAGERS DM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION 1N FIELD K"W OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. E.C. TO s, RUN 10 CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING DOWN WAIL TO 2-X4- DOX MOUNTED ON WALL MOND TINE MOTION SENSOR - MOUNT 2" BELOW CROWN MOLDING IN CORNER AS SHOWN. MOTION 5EN50R - MOUNT - 2" BELOW CROWN MOLDING IN CORNER AS SHOWN. WALL MOUNTED DETAIL FOR CAMERAS AT MAIN CASNWRAP/BACKWRAP B I 0000— CASNWRAPPLA/NBAGKWRAP DETECTORS LOCATED 1�, , SER A5 SHOWN LOCATE AS SHOWN AT EXIT DOOR TO STOCKROOM WHERE THE MANAGER'S AREA 15 LOCATED. NON -SALES DEVICE INSTALLATION SECURITY Doti NOLLISTER FRONT ROOM MOTION SENSOR INSTALLATION ICE MOUNTING ELEVATIONS I,u 3 NOLLISTER CASNWRAP / BACKWRAP MOTION SENSOR INSTALLATION WIRING DETAILS. i CCTV MONITOR - REFER TO DETAILS D/Al2.5 4 F/E4.1 FOR ELEVATIONS. SECURITY - CODED NOTES 1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO RUN A IN W 8 _ CONDUIT WITH PULL. STRING (FOR 81AMESE CAN BY O ADT/SENSORMII►TIC FROM EACH CAMERA LOCATION To 8W JACTION 9W LOCATED TW MAN40R% DESK. )SIAMESE CABLE CONSISTS OF (1) P09 VIDEO CABLE AND (2j22 CiaM WIRES => USED FOR POWER, ALL YEiAPPED IN A JACKET, -PLENUM RATED. INSTALLATION OF CAMERAS, EQUIPMENT AND WIRES WILL TAKE PLACE THE WEEK BEFORE THE PUNCH DATE. BACK E OCEILING* MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERA. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER% REPRESENTATIVE WRAPO3 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MAY 0 6 ?008 WALL MOUNT', TOP OF DEVICE 2- !!FLAW BOTTOM OF CROWN MOLDING. VERIFY MOUNTING NEGNT ;. WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR To INSTALLATION. ® ELECTRICAL. CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 8000 JUNCTION NOX ABOVE CELIN�i AT A B H L 015 5 MANAGERS DM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION 1N FIELD K"W OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. E.C. TO RUN 10 CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING DOWN WAIL TO 2-X4- DOX MOUNTED ON WALL MOND TINE NOLLISTER REAR SALES CASNWRAP / BACKWRAP DVR ON &W IFOATl AT MANAGER1s DESK. REFER to DETAIL ON sr E4.1 FOR ADDITIONAL. MOTION SENSOR INSTALLATION ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR To INST&L N CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FROM NETWORK CMINET Q ONT SHEET LOCATION TO MANAGER DESK ® WALL MOUNT, CENTERLINE OF DEVICE 10-00 A.F.F. (WALL MOUNT, CENTERLINE 60 FROM CEILING IN CORRIDORS WITH A HARD CEILING). 3m5 O7 WALL MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERA. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGWT WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NOTE: ------------------ 120 VOLT AC. #12 AWG THHN � W I R I N DIA RAM - L I SIT I N CONTROL SYSTEM POWER RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES: A. HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE 'HACR' TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C. ROOF B. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT A.I.C. RATING OF LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 7% (+) BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. D. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.G. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CLG ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. F. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COLOR CODE FEEDER CONDUCTORS AT TENANT METER CENTER TO DESIGNATE PHASE, NEUTRAL AND GROUND. TENANT E.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL (3) #1 AND (1) #6 GND. IN 1-1/4' CONDUIT 1 -,opEXISTING LANDLORD 277/4801/ 3#, 4W SERVICE SWITCHBOARD NEW 20OA-3P FUSED SWITCH, FUSED WITH RK -1 125 AMP kr FUSES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY E.G. ANY NEW PANELS, TRANSFORMERS AND DISCONNECTS AS INDICATED ON THE POWER RISER DIAGRAM A5 IN 114E TENANT DEMISED SPACE ARE t0 BE FURNISHED BY HOLLISTER CO. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. JUNCTION/PULL BOX SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUM FOR BID PURPOSES, BASED ON ENTERING RACEWAYS. INCREASE BOX SIZE/DEPTH AS REQUIRED IF NUMBER OF CABLES/ CONDUCTORS EXCEEDS VOLUME LIMITATIONS IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NEC ARTICLE 314. ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE THESE WILL TERMINATE TO A luJ SCHEDULE 120/208V, 3P, 4W+GND.+ISI BUS RATING: 100A AIC RATING: 10,000 TYPE: 2" X 4" J -BOX AT END OF ►u BUS RATING: 100A TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL LCC -1 LCC -2 EACH WAP ABOVE CEILING GE OR EQUAL (NEMA1) MAINS RATING: 100A MCB MOUNTING: SURFACE 24' X 24' X 6" NEMA 1 SATELLITE DISH ON ROOF. TRK LOAD WIREWIRE SEE WIRING DIAGRAM FOR ZONE DESCRIPTION NOT Y' CONDUITS COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION HINGED COVER CUT OUT TR LEASE LINE CONTROL (TYP.) MAIN DISCONNECT/BREAKER 4 LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC GEAR AND REQUIREMENTS WITH CB/ P A B O JUNCTION .BOX N (KVA) LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID. NOT (FT.) DESCRIPTION �1 METER IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC GEAR FOR TENANT'S SPACE O IN CONDUIT WIRE 20/ 1 2"X4" BOX FOR AOR TO PROVIDE PRE -MOLDED 20A -1'P TOGGLE SENSOURGE ZONE ZONE 8.8 45 STOCK LTS.-DUDES SALES 1 TO L.L.ULL TO L.L. PHONE ZONE C LIGHTS -BETTY'S SALES 1 PIPE FLASHING BOOT AS REQUIRED. DISC. SW. BOA A B 12 12 0.975 ROOM 45 STOCK LTS: BETTY'S SALES 1 0 ELECTRIC SERVICE FEEDER(S) TO LEASE SPACE NF TENANT E.C. SHALL 20/=1 4 18"Hx15W"x4'D - :- __ YAC 1CAL=2 FOR CONTINUATION VLDL V�L� ) ( FURNISH AND INSTALL 3 TENANT LANDLORD MDP (MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL) LIGHTS - BETTY'S SALES 2 PULLBOX ABOVE I„ 20/'.1 I REFER TO DETAIL "F" ON 12 12 0.750 #1 AND (1) #6 GND, IN SPACE Ol TELEPHONE LIGHTS - LOCKER ROOMS �- - SHEET E4.1 9 10 1-1/4' CONDUIT 8 POLE 20 AMP 7.9 CABINET q 8 POLE LIGHTING CONTACTORS - r TT O 20/;1 11 12 O 2 CONDUIT --,,,,,i '11 441" 12.9 CONDUIT FOR VIDEO OUT TO i POWER PANEL(S) EX/EM/NL * (2N #1N AND (1) #12 20/'l ---------u To A-t-�, - To ZONE "G' C"u�-----T - O Y CONTRACTOR (TYP.) RECEPT. - STOREFRONT 8X8 J -BOX BY G.C. I RECEIVER LOCATIONS -SEE ELI 1 SALES LIGHTS 20/1 GND. 3/4 CONDUIT 2.3 ZONE ZONE C (3) #10 AND (1) #10 I (2) #12 AND (1) #12 TO A-3--------+-� �-----�--- TO 70NE 'Cl 17 18 B O FOR SATELLITE" ' I i GND. IN 3/4" CONDUIT POWER WIRING/CONDUIT/DISCONNECTS FOR ALL EQUIP. 4 FIXTURES FEED SPLIT 2" CONDUIT FOR ICONDUIT I 2 GND. + (1) #12 ISG. O 2" CONDUITS STUBBED IN 1/20 CONDUIT O O 9.0 •2 LIGHTING CONTACTOR C A TD A-5---r-----+�,�-a-----�--- 'IAO ZONA EI''Cl VERIFONE I 1I" ABOVE CEILING I O 6.0 JUNCTION BOX C cl FLOOR BOXES AND COVERS 120/ O CONDUIT FROM I O 0.200 SPARE I ' PROVIDE 200 AMP, DELIVERY BELL AND BUZZER SYSTEM LIGHTING CONTACTOR JUNCTION BOX Il 25 26 MANAGERS DESK FOR CCTV I 4.2 TV/CD/DVD PLAYER CASHWRAP #2 LO/IG 277/480V, 4W 1 O ___�_ TO A-9 --- +-'�-•--- TD .ZONE LOCKER ROOM EQUIPMENT DATA OUTLETS I1 N.T.S.cl SPARE �,x, 4.2 CHECK METER. 20/1 LIGHTS O 20/1 INSTANTANEOUS WTR. HTR. RECEPTACLE- BACKWRAP SPARE -- - i FIELD VERIFY - --- TO A-11 ----------+---- TO ZONE 'Cl 20/ 1 1 8"x8" PULL BOX ENCLOSURE ' SPACE 0.500 12 121 i �- -� EXACT LOCATION AND 1.000 20/ 1 ' COORDINATE DEVICE LOCATIONS iRANE i NOTE TO CONTRACTOR-- SPACE PA "A' cl I LIGHTS "G" I ,M i i REQUIREMENTS. J 6 21 G 7 I WITH CU OU IN A T T B CK OF PANEL CONTACTORS ARE SHIPPED WITH CONTACTS 1.000 12 12 TO A-15--A-----i f -•------I--- To ZONE VIDEO MONITORS ANEL COORD. W/ L.L. DUCT MTD. SMOKE DETECTOR �~ PHASE 'A' : E4.1 I EQUIPMENT RACK PRIOR TO 1 I u I DREAM STEAMER 120/205V 120/205V COORD. W/ L.L. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM/DEVICES Cc (.)0 o�v0 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CHANGE 39 40 ROUGH -IN 1 1 I TENANT E.C. SHALL fURNISH 3m, 4W + GND 30, 4W + GND 106A MCB AND ISO GND i I L ---- J CONTACT POSITION TO NORMALLY CLOSED. O O 1" CONDUIT FOR SENSOURCE I AND INSTALL (3) #1 AND (1) 100A MCB Lw a CL AUDIO SYSTEM/CABINETS ......... 8,790 KVA 0 2"x4' JUNCTION BOX FOR 458 FT. #6 GND. IN 1-1/4' CONDUIT SHEET 35.745 KVA PHASE 'B' : AUDIO SYSTEM WIRING I SENSOURCE EQUIPMENT DUPLEX OUTLET FOR TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: O 99.3 AMPS ZONE A PHASE 'C' : ZONE B SUB -WOOFER ENCLOSURES O 8"x8"x4" _ I SENSOURCE EQUIPMENT ST -SHUNT TRIP TYPE HACK„- HEATING, A/C AND REFRIGERATION IS NOT POLARITY SENSITIVE). CALL ZONE C I I RECESSED �, O I LIGHTING CONTRACTOR #LCC -I FURNISHED BY HOLLISTER CO. (4) #3 AND LIGIMNG CONTRACTOR #LCC -2 FURMIS14ED BY HOLLISTER 00. i TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM CONDUIT TELEPHONE z 8 POLE 20 AMP ELECTRICALLY HOLD OPEN i O (1) #8 GND. IN I CCTV SECURITY CAMERAS/MONITORS PULL BOX _ O O I 8 POLE 20 AMP 1 1/4' CONDUIT PROVIDE AND INSTALL 3/4" CCTV CONDUIT AND J -BOXES I-- O O ---- TO A-14 PLYWOOD BACKBOARD BEHIND TO ZONE '" - STOREFRONT TO A-2 cn TELEPHONE1 I NEW 200A FUSED I I ENTIRE LENGTH OF ELECTRICAL ----- -�,'�+-----�--- TO ZONE DISPLAY RACK AUDIO DISCONNECT WITH I cl I RECEPTACLE I EQUIPMENT. BOTTOM OF BOARD I I u I LIGHTS AND P.O.S. I NEW 125A FUSES i --- - r--- '�-.---- _-- TO ZONE 'A" -I STOREFRONT LIGHTS TO A-4 --- -----+-�,'�+ ___-- r I AT FINISHED FLOOR. TOP OF CABINET CAB I NET I O � I--- STOCKING LIGHTS I BOARD MINIMUM 10'-0' A.F.F. SENSOURCE PACKET CONVERTER(S) ALL BOXES TO BE RECESSED I GI --- I------ . f-*------ (4) #3 AND (1) #8 GND. u �-----+-�,�-►-----�- AND DATA COLLECTION SYSTEM BY (FLUSH WITH FRONT OF BOARD) + (1) #6 ISG. IN 1-1/4' O 1 OWNER. RECEPTACLE TO ZONE 'A' _ CONDUIT I II _ I TO A-22---1------44--+---- �--- TO ZONE'C' NOTES: 75 KVA TRANSFORMER 480V, 30, 3W DELTA TO 8-2 #2 GND. IN 2' CONDUIT, TO A-8 --- -- To --- T ♦-�,-----�--- TO ZONE "B' PRIMARY TO 120/208V, 30, 4W WYE CONNECT TO BUILDING STEEL TO 13-4 SEE SHEET ELI FOR O NOTES. SECONDARY STEPDOWN TRANSFORMER _ I TO 8-16 ----------------- TO ZONE "G" I I I if -0 I SALES LIGHTS A POWER R I SSR DIA RAM c1 LADE BFANS APPROXIMATE LENGHT OF RUN 1S 250 FEET. FIELD VERIFY PRIOR TO BID. STOCKING LIGHTS I I ZONEIGHTS i TO 8-20---------+�,'�-.------I--- TSAL O O TO B-6 -------- i�-----�--- NOTE: ------------------ 120 VOLT AC. #12 AWG THHN � W I R I N DIA RAM - L I SIT I N CONTROL SYSTEM POWER RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES: A. HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE 'HACR' TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C. ROOF B. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT A.I.C. RATING OF LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 7% (+) BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. D. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.G. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CLG ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. F. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COLOR CODE FEEDER CONDUCTORS AT TENANT METER CENTER TO DESIGNATE PHASE, NEUTRAL AND GROUND. TENANT E.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL (3) #1 AND (1) #6 GND. IN 1-1/4' CONDUIT 1 -,opEXISTING LANDLORD 277/4801/ 3#, 4W SERVICE SWITCHBOARD NEW 20OA-3P FUSED SWITCH, FUSED WITH RK -1 125 AMP kr FUSES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY E.G. ANY NEW PANELS, TRANSFORMERS AND DISCONNECTS AS INDICATED ON THE POWER RISER DIAGRAM A5 IN 114E TENANT DEMISED SPACE ARE t0 BE FURNISHED BY HOLLISTER CO. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. JUNCTION/PULL BOX SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUM FOR BID PURPOSES, BASED ON ENTERING RACEWAYS. INCREASE BOX SIZE/DEPTH AS REQUIRED IF NUMBER OF CABLES/ CONDUCTORS EXCEEDS VOLUME LIMITATIONS IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NEC ARTICLE 314. ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR luJ SCHEDULE 120/208V, 3P, 4W+GND.+ISI BUS RATING: 100A AIC RATING: 10,000 TYPE: SERVICE: ►u BUS RATING: 100A TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL LCC -1 LCC -2 TYPE: GE OR EQUAL (NEMA1) MAINS RATING: 100A MCB MOUNTING: SURFACE 24' X 24' X 6" NEMA 1 REMARKS TRK LOAD WIREWIRE SEE WIRING DIAGRAM FOR ZONE DESCRIPTION NOT AMP LOAD HINGED COVER CUT OUT TR B CONTROL (TYP.) MAIN DISCONNECT/BREAKER 4 LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC GEAR (FT.) NOTE AMP (KVA) 0 FN CB/ P A B O JUNCTION .BOX N (KVA) AMP NOT (FT.) DESCRIPTION �1 METER IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC GEAR FOR TENANT'S SPACE O 45 6.0 0.725 12 12 20/ 1 1 2 ZONE ZONE 8.8 45 STOCK LTS.-DUDES SALES 1 O ZONE C LIGHTS -BETTY'S SALES 1 45 6.7 0.800 12 12 20/':.1 A B 12 12 0.975 8.1 45 STOCK LTS: BETTY'S SALES 1 0 ELECTRIC SERVICE FEEDER(S) TO LEASE SPACE LIGHTS - DUDES SALES 2 40 6.9 0.825 12 121 20/=1 4 O 12 12 0.950 7.9 LIGHTING CONTRACTOR *LCC -4 �1 MDP (MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL) LIGHTS - BETTY'S SALES 2 O 20/'.1 7 $ O 12 12 0.750 FURNISHED BY HOLLISTER CO. 40 STOCK LTS: BETTY'S SALES 2 Ol STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED LIGHTS - LOCKER ROOMS O 20/11 9 10 O 8 POLE 20 AMP 7.9 38 STOCKING LTS: REG./LOUNGE 2 8 POLE LIGHTING CONTACTORS LCC -4 LCC -5 O 20/;1 11 12 O 12 12 1.544 12.9 PROVIDED BY HOLLISTER, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL �1 POWER PANEL(S) EX/EM/NL * O 20/'l ---------u To A-t-�, - To ZONE "G' C"u�-----T - O 12 12 0.180 CONTRACTOR (TYP.) RECEPT. - STOREFRONT Oj LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS LOUNGE LIGHTED CABINETS 3.0 0.360 12 12 O SALES LIGHTS 20/1 O 2.3 ZONE ZONE C RECEPTACLES, COVERPLATES, DEVICE LEVELER AND RETAINERS: SALES AND NON -SALES AREAS 3.0 0.360 12 121 TO A-3--------+-� �-----�--- TO 70NE 'Cl 17 18 O O C C C C POWER WIRING/CONDUIT/DISCONNECTS FOR ALL EQUIP. 4 FIXTURES I u I SALES LIGHTS 20/11 19 20 O O 9.0 RECEPTACLE- SALES (FLOOR) C A TD A-5---r-----+�,�-a-----�--- 'IAO ZONA EI''Cl 1.5 0.180 12 121 O 21 221 20/ 1 O 6.0 RECEPT. -LOUNGE 22 (FLOOR) C cl FLOOR BOXES AND COVERS 120/ O 23 24 20/ 1 O 0.200 SPARE TO A-7---I------+1f o ------I--- TO ZONE 'C' CASHWRAP #1 DELIVERY BELL AND BUZZER SYSTEM LIGHTING CONTACTOR JUNCTION BOX O 25 26 _ SALES I _ 1___ LIGHTS "G" O 4.2 TV/CD/DVD PLAYER CASHWRAP #2 LO/IG TELEPHONE OUTLETS AND WIRING 1 O ___�_ TO A-9 --- +-'�-•--- TD .ZONE LOCKER ROOM 20/1 2.5 N.T.S.cl SPARE LO/IG 4.2 DATA OUTLETS AND WIRING 20/1 LIGHTS O 20/1 INSTANTANEOUS WTR. HTR. RECEPTACLE- BACKWRAP SPARE 4.2 0.500 12 12 TELEPHONE CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE - --- TO A-11 ----------+---- TO ZONE 'Cl 20/ 1 31 32 O O SPACE 0.500 12 121 20/1 LOUNGE 22 1.000 20/ 1 33 34 O O NOTE TO CONTRACTOR-- SPACE 20/1 cl I LIGHTS "G" CEILING MTD. SMOKE DETECTORS J 20/ 1135 36 O CONTACTORS ARE SHIPPED WITH CONTACTS 1.000 12 12 TO A-15--A-----i f -•------I--- To ZONE VIDEO MONITORS 41 42 COORD. W/ L.L. DUCT MTD. SMOKE DETECTOR �~ PHASE 'A' : IN THE NORMALLY OPEN POSITION. THE O O I u I DREAM STEAMER COS - KELE MODEL #SCS1-5A SPLIT CORE COORD. W/ L.L. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM/DEVICES Cc (.)0 o�v0 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CHANGE 39 40 O - TO A -17 ---r----- - TO ZONE 'C' -------- PHASE 'C' : COORD. W/ L.L. AUDIO SYSTEM CEILING MOUNTED SATELLITE SPEAKERS CONTACT POSITION TO NORMALLY CLOSED. O O I-----�- VDEO MONITORS 10 2.460 #14 IN CONDUIT TO TEMPERATURE ---------- Lw a CL AUDIO SYSTEM/CABINETS ......... 8,790 KVA 0 O 458 FT. CONTROL PANEL AND CONNECT AS AS - POW ERLINK "AS" BREAKER SHEET 35.745 KVA PHASE 'B' : AUDIO SYSTEM WIRING I INDICATED IN TCP WIRING DIAGRAM TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: O 99.3 AMPS ZONE A PHASE 'C' : ZONE B SUB -WOOFER ENCLOSURES O 34.365 KW + ST -SHUNT TRIP TYPE HACK„- HEATING, A/C AND REFRIGERATION IS NOT POLARITY SENSITIVE). CALL ZONE C I I 0.500 KW O O LIGHTING CONTRACTOR #LCC -I FURNISHED BY HOLLISTER CO. TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 25.534 KVA LIGIMNG CONTRACTOR #LCC -2 FURMIS14ED BY HOLLISTER 00. I LIGHTING CONTRACTOR #L:CC-3 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM CONDUIT PA- HANDLE PADLOCK ATTACHMENT 8 POLE 20 AMP ELECTRICALLY HOLD OPEN 8 POLE 20 AMP O I FURNISHED BY 15TM CO. CCTV SECURITY CAMERAS/MONITORS GFCI - GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTER O O HACR - HEATING, A/C AND REFRIGERATION 8 POLE 20 AMP (ALL PHASES TO BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 7% USING ACTUAL LOADS TOTALS.) CCTV CONDUIT AND J -BOXES I-- O O ---- TO A-14 u -----.-'�-r- ---- TO ZONE '" - STOREFRONT TO A-2 u "B" I TO A-18---I------+-�,-.-----�- -- TO ZONE 'G' --- ----- -�,'�+-----�--- TO ZONE DISPLAY RACK O cl I RECEPTACLE I to STOCKING LIGHTS I I I u I LIGHTS O O TO A-16 --- - r--- '�-.---- _-- TO ZONE 'A" -I STOREFRONT LIGHTS TO A-4 --- -----+-�,'�+ ___-- r p -1 TO ZONE "B -------- if ---- I- I TO A-19 - - -- TO ZONE 'c' O O I--- STOCKING LIGHTS I I u PORCH LIGHTS SECURITY ACCESS SYSTEM O 1 TO A-21 I GI --- I------ . f-*------ TO ZONE 'A' STOREFRONT TO A-6 --- u �-----+-�,�-►-----�- -- TO ZONE IB' i t0 A-20---I------+�,' +-----�--- TO ZONE 'C" FIAOR RECEPT. WAP (WIRELESS ACCESS POINT) O 1 a RECEPTACLE TO ZONE 'A' u I STOCKING LIGHTS I I II _ I TO A-22---1------44--+---- �--- TO ZONE'C' SENSOURCE (PEOPLE COUNTER) TO 8-2 ---r-----+-�,-a-----�- TO A-8 --- -- To --- T ♦-�,-----�--- TO ZONE "B' FLOOR RECEPT. I I u TO 13-4 CI ---I------ 4f, -----d--- STtXKIWx LIGHTS TO ZONE 'A' TO A-10 ---+------+- 4f-* TO ZONE "B' _ I TO 8-16 ----------------- TO ZONE "G" I I I if -0 I SALES LIGHTS c1 LADE BFANS cl I STOCKING LIGHTS I I ZONEIGHTS i TO 8-20---------+�,'�-.------I--- TSAL O O TO B-6 -------- i�-----�--- TO ZONE 'A' SPARE p TO ZONE "B LO ES 0 TO 5-8 _- cl ---�--- *j f -. I BLADE FANS TO ZONE NA'SPARE I u - I SPARE TO ZONE 'B" I SPARE I I TO ZONE 'Co I SPARE I O ,'�-� I I I cl I GENERAL NOTE THIS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE TAKES PRECEDENT OVER ALL DRAWING NOTES AND COMMENTS REGARDING RESPONSIBILITY. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE CODED NOTES �1 SEE POWER RISER DIAGRAM IN THIS 514M FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. U2 G.C. TO PROVIDE AND PULL RG6 CABLE (COMMUNICATIONS SUPPLY CORPORATION #200201 OR EQUAL FROM BEL.DEN OR COMMSCOPE) TO 8-10 C! ---I------ -----�--- FANS TO ZONE 'A' SPARE I O � � I TOZONE"B" I I I SPARE ZONE 'G' BLADE FANS SPARE I I I I I I I I I -------I-�►- c�-r-------� L I GAIT I NG/I-IVAcI-- T - _7 J CONTROL PANEL 8 2 #14 AWG. IN I 7 LN - -------j CONDUIT TO SPLIT CORE BREAKERS IN I �o 3 -T----------------------------J PANEL 'B' BY E.C. I 5 4 I 4 N (---------------------------------� I I 3 5------------------------------------------------------� I 2 6 I IN-----------------------------------------------------------� NOTE: ------------------ 120 VOLT AC. #12 AWG THHN � W I R I N DIA RAM - L I SIT I N CONTROL SYSTEM POWER RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES: A. HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE 'HACR' TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C. ROOF B. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT A.I.C. RATING OF LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE ALL PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO 7% (+) BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. D. PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.G. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF CLG ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. F. TENANT'S ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COLOR CODE FEEDER CONDUCTORS AT TENANT METER CENTER TO DESIGNATE PHASE, NEUTRAL AND GROUND. TENANT E.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL (3) #1 AND (1) #6 GND. IN 1-1/4' CONDUIT 1 -,opEXISTING LANDLORD 277/4801/ 3#, 4W SERVICE SWITCHBOARD NEW 20OA-3P FUSED SWITCH, FUSED WITH RK -1 125 AMP kr FUSES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY E.G. ANY NEW PANELS, TRANSFORMERS AND DISCONNECTS AS INDICATED ON THE POWER RISER DIAGRAM A5 IN 114E TENANT DEMISED SPACE ARE t0 BE FURNISHED BY HOLLISTER CO. AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. JUNCTION/PULL BOX SIZES SHOWN ARE MINIMUM FOR BID PURPOSES, BASED ON ENTERING RACEWAYS. INCREASE BOX SIZE/DEPTH AS REQUIRED IF NUMBER OF CABLES/ CONDUCTORS EXCEEDS VOLUME LIMITATIONS IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NEC ARTICLE 314. ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE A luJ SCHEDULE 120/208V, 3P, 4W+GND.+ISI BUS RATING: 100A AIC RATING: 10,000 TYPE: SERVICE: ►u BUS RATING: 100A AIC RATING: 10,000 ITEM DEMAND TYPE: GE OR EQUAL (NEMA1) MAINS RATING: 100A MCB MOUNTING: SURFACE RE REMARKS TRK LOAD WIREWIRE (KVA) ZONE DESCRIPTION NOT AMP LOAD CB/ P TR B ZONE MAIN DISCONNECT/BREAKER 4 LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC GEAR (FT.) NOTE AMP (KVA) 0 FN CB/ P A B O O N (KVA) AMP NOT (FT.) DESCRIPTION �1 METER IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC GEAR FOR TENANT'S SPACE O 45 6.0 0.725 12 12 20/ 1 1 2 20/1 12 12 1.050 8.8 45 STOCK LTS.-DUDES SALES 1 O ELECTRIC SERVICE CONDUIT TO LEASE SPACE LIGHTS -BETTY'S SALES 1 45 6.7 0.800 12 12 20/':.1 O O 12 12 0.975 8.1 45 STOCK LTS: BETTY'S SALES 1 0 ELECTRIC SERVICE FEEDER(S) TO LEASE SPACE LIGHTS - DUDES SALES 2 40 6.9 0.825 12 121 20/=1 4 O 12 12 0.950 7.9 40 STOCK LTS.-DUDES SALES 2 �1 MDP (MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL) LIGHTS - BETTY'S SALES 2 O 20/'.1 7 $ O 12 12 0.750 6.3 40 STOCK LTS: BETTY'S SALES 2 Ol STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMERS AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED LIGHTS - LOCKER ROOMS O 20/11 9 10 O 12 12 0.945 7.9 38 STOCKING LTS: REG./LOUNGE 2 O LIGHTING PANE(S) LIGHTS - LOUNGE 22 * O 20/;1 11 12 O 12 12 1.544 12.9 NON -SALES LIGHTING * �1 POWER PANEL(S) EX/EM/NL * O 20/'l 13 14 O 12 12 0.180 1.5 RECEPT. - STOREFRONT Oj LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS LOUNGE LIGHTED CABINETS 3.0 0.360 12 12 O 15 16 20/1 O 2.3 1 LIGHTS - STOREFRONT * A C RECEPTACLES, COVERPLATES, DEVICE LEVELER AND RETAINERS: SALES AND NON -SALES AREAS 3.0 0.360 12 121 20/,1 17 18 O O 10.0 1 LIGHTS - DISPLAY RACK * C C POWER WIRING/CONDUIT/DISCONNECTS FOR ALL EQUIP. 4 FIXTURES 3.3 0.390 12 121 20/11 19 20 O O 9.0 RECEPTACLE- SALES (FLOOR) C A LIGI-ITING/TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL 1) CONTACTORS 1.5 0.180 12 121 O 21 221 20/ 1 O 6.0 RECEPT. -LOUNGE 22 (FLOOR) C LO/IG APPLICATION KIOSK FLOOR BOXES AND COVERS 120/ O 23 24 20/ 1 O 0.200 SPARE LO/IGI TELEPHONE SYSTEM CASHWRAP #1 DELIVERY BELL AND BUZZER SYSTEM 1 O 25 26 20/ 1 O 4.2 TV/CD/DVD PLAYER CASHWRAP #2 LO/IG TELEPHONE OUTLETS AND WIRING 1 O O 20/1 2.5 VAV-1, VAV-2, VAV-3 SPARE LO/IG 4.2 DATA OUTLETS AND WIRING 20/1 O O 20/1 INSTANTANEOUS WTR. HTR. RECEPTACLE- BACKWRAP SPARE 4.2 0.500 12 12 TELEPHONE CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE 35 36 20/ 1 31 32 O O SPACE 0.500 12 121 20/1 DATA CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE 1.000 20/ 1 33 34 O O 4.2 SPACE 20/1 39 40 1 CEILING MTD. SMOKE DETECTORS J 20/ 1135 36 O O 1.000 12 12 SPACE 41 42 COORD. W/ L.L. DUCT MTD. SMOKE DETECTOR �~ PHASE 'A' : 37 38 O O 20.5 DREAM STEAMER COS - KELE MODEL #SCS1-5A SPLIT CORE COORD. W/ L.L. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM/DEVICES Cc (.)0 o�v0 12.340 KVA 39 40 O O -------- PHASE 'C' : COORD. W/ L.L. AUDIO SYSTEM CEILING MOUNTED SATELLITE SPEAKERS 11,570 KVA O O Z 10 2.460 #14 IN CONDUIT TO TEMPERATURE ---------- Lw a CL AUDIO SYSTEM/CABINETS ......... 8,790 KVA 0 O 458 FT. CONTROL PANEL AND CONNECT AS AS - POW ERLINK "AS" BREAKER SHEET 35.745 KVA PHASE 'B' : AUDIO SYSTEM WIRING O INDICATED IN TCP WIRING DIAGRAM TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: O 99.3 AMPS PHASE 'C' : ... - - - . • . 8.539 KVA SUB -WOOFER ENCLOSURES O 34.365 KW + ST -SHUNT TRIP TYPE HACK„- HEATING, A/C AND REFRIGERATION IS NOT POLARITY SENSITIVE). CALL SPEAKER LINE TEST, SYSTEM PERFORMANCE/CHECKOUT, SIGN -OFF 0.500 KW O O J ODY SOWERS AT TRANE 1-800-495-5858 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 25.534 KVA 7% USING TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM CONDUIT PA- HANDLE PADLOCK ATTACHMENT TO CONFIRM OPERATION OF SWITCH. O O CCTV SECURITY CAMERAS/MONITORS GFCI - GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTER O O HACR - HEATING, A/C AND REFRIGERATION (ALL PHASES TO BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 7% USING ACTUAL LOADS TOTALS.) CCTV CONDUIT AND J -BOXES O O CCTV WIRING O O POWER ASSISTED DOOR ASSEMBLY O O SENSORMATIC SYSTEM AND CONTROLS O O SENSORMATIC ACCESS PANEL O O SECURITY ACCESS SYSTEM O 1 O WAP (WIRELESS ACCESS POINT) O 1 O SENSOURCE (PEOPLE COUNTER) O O SATELLITE ANTENNA, SATELLITE MOUNT RGII CABLE FROM ROOF TO 8X8 J -BOX # IT/BOSE CABINET ABV. CLG. O O CONDUIT FROM ROOF TO 8X8 J -BOX 0 IT / BOSE CABINET ABV. CEILING (INCLUDING J -BOX) O O CONDUIT 4 RG6 CABLE FROM 8X8 J -BOX 0 IT/ BOSE CABINET ABV. CEILING TO RECEIVER LOCATIONS 0 O O AS -BUILT DRAWINGS O GENERAL NOTE THIS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE TAKES PRECEDENT OVER ALL DRAWING NOTES AND COMMENTS REGARDING RESPONSIBILITY. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE CODED NOTES �1 SEE POWER RISER DIAGRAM IN THIS 514M FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. U2 G.C. TO PROVIDE AND PULL RG6 CABLE (COMMUNICATIONS SUPPLY CORPORATION #200201 OR EQUAL FROM BEL.DEN OR COMMSCOPE) B A ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULE 120/208V, 3P, 4W+GND.+ISI BUS RATING: 100A AIC RATING: 10,000 TYPE: SERVICE: 120/208V, 3P, 4W+GND. BUS RATING: 100A AIC RATING: 10,000 SURFACE DEMAND TYPE: GE OR EQUAL (NEMA1) MAINS RATING: 100A MCB MOUNTING: SURFACE RE LOAD TRK LOAD WIREWIRE (KVA) ZONE DESCRIPTION NOT AMP LOAD CB/ P TR B ZONE DESCRIPTION (FT.) NOTE AMP (KVA) 0 FN CB/ P A B C CB/ P10 N (KVA) AMP NOT (FT.) DESCRIPTION ZONE C LIGHTS - DUDES SALES 1 45 6.0 0.725 12 12 20/ 1 1 2 20/1 12 12 1.050 8.8 45 STOCK LTS.-DUDES SALES 1 B C LIGHTS -BETTY'S SALES 1 45 6.7 0.800 12 12 20/':.1 3 4 20/ 1 12 12 0.975 8.1 45 STOCK LTS: BETTY'S SALES 1 B C LIGHTS - DUDES SALES 2 40 6.9 0.825 12 121 20/=1 5 6 20/1 12 12 0.950 7.9 40 STOCK LTS.-DUDES SALES 2 B C LIGHTS - BETTY'S SALES 2 40 5.5 0.655 12 12 20/'.1 7 $ 20/ 1 12 12 0.750 6.3 40 STOCK LTS: BETTY'S SALES 2 B C LIGHTS - LOCKER ROOMS 83 12.4 1.485 12 12 20/11 9 10 20/ 1 12 12 0.945 7.9 38 STOCKING LTS: REG./LOUNGE 2 B C LIGHTS - LOUNGE 22 * 10.0 1.200 12 12 20/;1 11 12 20/ 1 12 12 1.544 12.9 NON -SALES LIGHTING * 1.650 12 12 20/1 EX/EM/NL * LO 8.3 1.000 12 12 20/'l 13 14 20/ 1 12 12 0.180 1.5 RECEPT. - STOREFRONT A C LOUNGE LIGHTED CABINETS 3.0 0.360 12 12 20/ 1 15 16 20/1 12 12 0,280 2.3 1 LIGHTS - STOREFRONT * A C RECEPT. - SCENT AIR SYS. 3.0 0.360 12 121 20/,1 17 18 20/ 1 12 12 1.200 10.0 1 LIGHTS - DISPLAY RACK * C C LIGHTS - PORCH* 3.3 0.390 12 121 20/11 19 20 20/ 1 12 12 1.080 9.0 RECEPTACLE- SALES (FLOOR) C A RECEPT. - STOREFRONT 1.5 0.180 12 121 20/;1 21 221 20/ 1 12 12 0.720 6.0 RECEPT. -LOUNGE 22 (FLOOR) C LO/IG APPLICATION KIOSK SPARE 120/ 1 23 24 20/ 1 27 281 20/ 1 12 12 0.200 SPARE LO/IGI TELEPHONE SYSTEM CASHWRAP #1 SPARE 1 20/;1 25 26 20/ 1 12 12 0.500 4.2 TV/CD/DVD PLAYER CASHWRAP #2 LO/IG SPARE 1 20/1 27 28 20/1 2.5 VAV-1, VAV-2, VAV-3 SPARE LO/IG 4.2 SPARE 20/1 20/ 1 29 30 20/1 INSTANTANEOUS WTR. HTR. RECEPTACLE- BACKWRAP SPARE 4.2 0.500 12 12 SPARE 35 36 20/ 1 31 32 W RECEPTACLE- BACKWRAP SPACE 0.500 12 121 20/1 SPARE 1.000 20/ 1 33 34 RECEPTACLE- COMPUTER 4.2 SPACE 20/1 39 40 1 SPARE J 20/ 1135 36 CAS 8.3 1.000 12 12 SPACE 41 42 1.000 SPACE �~ PHASE 'A' : 37 38 30/ 3 10 2.460 20.5 DREAM STEAMER COS - KELE MODEL #SCS1-5A SPLIT CORE PHASE 'B' : SPACE Cc (.)0 o�v0 12.340 KVA 39 40 LO - HANDLE LOCK -ON 10 2.460 -------- PHASE 'C' : .......... SPACE 11,570 KVA 41 42 Z 10 2.460 #14 IN CONDUIT TO TEMPERATURE ---------- Lw a CL PHASE 'A' : ......... 8,790 KVA AUX -AUXILIARY CONT, TOTAL FEET OFTRACK: 458 FT. CONTROL PANEL AND CONNECT AS AS - POW ERLINK "AS" BREAKER SHEET 35.745 KVA PHASE 'B' : ......... 8,205 KVA N.E.0 LIGHTING LOAD INDICATED IN TCP WIRING DIAGRAM TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: LO - HANDLE LOCK -ON DEVICE 99.3 AMPS PHASE 'C' : ... - - - . • . 8.539 KVA (150W/2 FT. OF TRACK) 34.365 KW + ST -SHUNT TRIP TYPE HACK„- HEATING, A/C AND REFRIGERATION IS NOT POLARITY SENSITIVE). CALL LIGHTING NOT TRACK* 0.500 KW IG - ISOLATED GROUND AUX - AUXILIARY CONTACTS J ODY SOWERS AT TRANE 1-800-495-5858 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 25.534 KVA 7% USING PA- HANDLE PADLOCK ATTACHMENT TO CONFIRM OPERATION OF SWITCH. ACTUAL LOADS TOTALS) TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 70.9 AMPS GFCI - GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTER PANEL AND FEEDER ARE SIZED PER NEC 220-12(b) (15OW/2 FT. OF TRACK+ ACTUAL LIGHTING LOAD NOT TRACK) HACR - HEATING, A/C AND REFRIGERATION (ALL PHASES TO BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 7% USING ACTUAL LOADS TOTALS.) IG- ISOLATED GROUND B [ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULE SERVICE: 120/208V, 3P, 4W+GND.+ISI BUS RATING: 100A AIC RATING: 10,000 TYPE: GE OR EQUAL (NEMA 1) MAIN RATING; 100AMCB MOUNTING: CONNECTED SURFACE DEMAND CONNECTED FACTOR LOAD WIRE (KVA) RE LOAD (KVA) ZONE DESCRIPTION NOT AMP (KVA) 0 N CB/ P A B C ICB/PWOIINI (KVA) AMP NOTE DESCRIPTION ZONE POWER ASSISTING DOOR 150W12 FT. 8.3 1.000 12 12 20/1 1 2 20/1 12 121 1.080 9.0 BLADE FANS - SALES A TOUCH TUNE SCREEN LO 4.2 0.500 12 12 20/1 3 4 20/1 12 12 1.080 9.0 BLADE FANS - SALES A SOUND SYSTEM LO/IG 10.0 1.200 12 12 20/1 5 6 20/ 1112 12 0.360 1 3.0 1 BLADE FANS - STOREFRONT A EWC - WATER FOUNTAIN 3.000 4.6 0.555 12 12 20/1 7 8 20/1 12 12 1.440 12.0 1 BLADE FANS - SALES A MICROWAVE/REFRIGERATOR 12.5 1.500 12 12 20/1 9 10 20/1 1212 0.890 7.4 BLADE FANS - SALES A W SOUND SYSTEM LO/IG 10.0 1.200 12 12 20/1 11 12 20/ 1 12112 1.260 10.5 RECEPTACLE- SALES NON -SALES RECEPTACLE 77.175 12.0 1.440 12 12 20/1 13 0 14 26/1 12 12 1.080 9.0 RECEPTACLES - SALES WATER HEATER LO 13.8 1.650 12 12 20/1 15 16 20/1 12 121 1.440 12.0 VIDEO MONITOR C TEMP. CONTROL PANEL LO/IG 6.3 0.750 12 12 20/ 1 17 18 20/ 1 12 12 0.360 1 3.0 LO RECEPTACLE- BACKWRAP SECURITY SYSTEM LO/IG 4.2 0.500 12,12 20/ 1 19 20 20/ 1 12 12 1.440 12.0 R VIDEOMONITOR C CASHIWRAP #1 LO/IG 4.2 0.500 12 12 20/ 1 21 22 20/1 SPARE CASHNVRAP #1 LO/IG 4.2 0.500 12 12 20/ 1 23 24 20/1 12 12 0.500 4.2 SENSOURCE CASH/WRAP #1 LO/IG 4.2 0.500 12 12 20/ 1 25 26 20/ 1 12 12 0.500 4.2 LO/IG APPLICATION KIOSK CASH/WRAP#1 LO/IG 4.2 0.500 12 12 20/1 27 281 20/ 1 12 12 0.200 1.7 LO/IGI TELEPHONE SYSTEM CASHWRAP #1 L0/lGI 4.2 0.500 12112 20/1 29 30 20/1 12 12 0.360 3.0 LO/IG SECURITY CAMERAS COS CASHWRAP #2 LO/IG 4.2 0.500 12 12 20/1 31 32 20/1 12 12 0.300 2.5 VAV-1, VAV-2, VAV-3 CASHWRAP #2 LO/IG 4.2 0.500 12 12 20/1 33 34 30/ 2 12 12 2.080 20.0 INSTANTANEOUS WTR. HTR. RECEPTACLE- BACKWRAP 4.2 0.500 12 12 20/1 35 36 2.080 W RECEPTACLE- BACKWRAP 4.2 0.500 12 121 20/1 37 38 20/ 3 12 12 1.000 8.3 VAV-4 WITH HEAT RECEPTACLE- COMPUTER 4.2 0.500 12 12 20/1 39 40 1 1.000 J ZCL SENSORMATIC - CAS 8.3 1.000 12 12 20/ 1 41 42 1.000 CD �~ PHASE 'A' : .......... 11,835 KVA _ � AS - POW ERLINK "AS" BREAKER COS - KELE MODEL #SCS1-5A SPLIT CORE PHASE 'B' : .......... Cc (.)0 o�v0 12.340 KVA Lu LO - HANDLE LOCK -ON CURRENT OPERATED SWITCH. RUN (2) PHASE 'C' : .......... 11,570 KVA ST-' SHUNT TRIP TYPE Z #14 IN CONDUIT TO TEMPERATURE W O Q Lw a CL co) cv co) y AUX -AUXILIARY CONT, MAY I) 6 2008 ABFHL0155 CONTROL PANEL AND CONNECT AS TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: SHEET 35.745 KVA PA -HANDLE PADLOCK INDICATED IN TCP WIRING DIAGRAM TOTAL CONNECTED AMPS: 99.3 AMPS GFCI GND. FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTER (TIGHTEN TO7IN-LAB TORQUE SWITCH HACK„- HEATING, A/C AND REFRIGERATION IS NOT POLARITY SENSITIVE). CALL IG - ISOLATED GROUND J ODY SOWERS AT TRANE 1-800-495-5858 (ALL PHASES TO BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 7% USING TO CONFIRM OPERATION OF SWITCH. ACTUAL LOADS TOTALS) ELECTRICAL LOAD SUMMARY- 480/277V SYSTEM LOAD ACTUAL POWER ACTUAL N.E.C. DEMAND N.E.C. DESCRIPTION CONNECTED FACTOR DEMAND CONNECTED FACTOR DEMAND I (KVA) (KVA) (K (KVA) LIGHTING @ 208V 5.974 1000/0 5.974 5.974 125% 7.468 TRACK LIGHTING 9.160 100% 9.160 458 FT. 150W12 FT. 34.365 RECEPTACLES 25.605 100% 25.605 25.605 1ST 10KW @ 100%17.803 REMAINING @ 50% ==J FIXED ELECTRIC 0. HEATING 3.000 100% 3.000 3.000 1000/0 3.000 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 5.810 1000/0 5.810 5.810 100% 5.810 MISCELLANEOUS 11.730 100% 11.730 11.730 1000/0 11.730 61.279 TOTAL KVA 61.279 61.279 TOTAL KVA 77.175 NOTES: Q � � D to O * USE GREATER LOAD OF THE TWO CATAGORIES ** 125%OF THE LARGEST MOTOR OF COMPRESSOR IN SYSTEM (APPLIED ONLY ON ONE UNIT) CO r-- 0 _ *** ACTUAL SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING IS INCLUDED IN TRACK LIGHTING AND LIGHTING SECTIONS O **** 200VA/FT REQUIREMENT MINUS ACTUAL INSTALLED SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING O N.E.C. DEMAND KVA x 1000 = MINIMUM FEEDER AMPERAGE O O SYSTEM VOLTAGE x 1.732 REQUIRED ELECTRICAL SERVICE S uj @ 480/277V -3P -4W 77.175 X 1000 _ 92.8 125 AMPS cc 480 X 1.732 24/7 TIMEGLOGK SHALL CONTROL THE -STOREFRONT SIGNAGE -SNOW WINDOW LIGNITN6 -SNOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES -ENTRY LIGHTING I lc= Q W � ==J 0. tu U tY Q � � D to O o a Q CO r-- 0 _ O O O O O 0 S uj 4q4 cc O O O O O N � O Ov- O O an Lu Wu a W H o o Lu V') W 0 W M N w Lou_ Z p in - �V~1 L0 L0 W J 0 W Z Q D J W J ZCL .j W V Q N z Z co CD 0 w X Z _ � � ZZ- CLQ o Cc (.)0 o�v0 Lu I- W LL wI Z W Lu o"Lo aw ZOO W Z (� W O Q Lw a CL co) cv co) y MAY I) 6 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET E4.2 I i ! 1� : : I I i i : : i I __ _ I 1 - ---' ____­__.__l­_­.,_._ DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 16000 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. NOTES J. PNAS I NG REQU I REMENTS 2. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MG TYPE GABLE MUST BE THE SAME SIZE D.5 THE IMG OR EMT CONDUIT TO J. GROUNDING 1. ANY REFERENCE TO TENANT'S, OR 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE I. FOR ANY PHASED STORE CONSTRUCTION, THIS CONTRACTOR 15 TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY WHICH IT 15 CONNECTED. BOTH THE FLEXIBLE METAL GTN ' REFERS TO HOLLISTER CO. ELECTRICAL SERVICE CHANGES REQUIRED t0 KEEP THE OPERATING PHOS£ OF THE STORE'S ELECTRIC SERVICE IN CONDUIT AND ITS FITTINGS ARE TO BE LISTED FOR I. FURNIS14 AND INSTALL COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SYSTEM, #12 AWG MINIMUM, SIZED AND 2. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE WITH 14OL.LISTER CO.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LANDLORD (IN GROUNDING. A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED. ALL CONNECTORS ARE TO BE OF A INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16. WRITING) ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE P.O,S., CASH NEMA APPROVED TYPE. REGISTERS, ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE OR AND LOCAL CODES, THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA AND AS NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. ADVISE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT TIME OF BID IF ANY CONFLICTS EXIST. 3. THE USE OF ROMEX, BX, ETC. IS NOT PERMITTED. INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. • S. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK 15 REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL 2. ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF HIS WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS 4. CONNECTION TO OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT MUST BE WEATHERPROOF, I.E. LIQUIDTIGHT OR SEALTIGRT. 3. GROUNDING CONNECTIONS MADE TO THE WATER PIPING SYSTEM SHALL HE COORDINATED WITH THE PLUMBING I SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE HIS K..DEMOLITION S. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY. CONDUITS. CONTRACTOR AND A BONDING JUMPERS INSTALLED AROUND WATER METER PER CODES AND AS INDICATED ON 40 SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF HID DOCUMENTS. I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND 6. HOME RUNS AND MAIN CONDUIT RUNS ARE TO BE HELD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE OR AS REQUIRED TO DRAWINGS' � ;a 4. THIS CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF 14I5 WORK AND THE THE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS AND OTHER TRADES WORK. CONDUIT MUST BE TRAPEZED TO ALLOW 3 FEET WORK OF HIS SUBCONTRACTORS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE 14OLLISTER CO. SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE LEFT INTACT AND ADVISE 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TIME OF BID. MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE CEILING. 4. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE OUTLET BOX COMPLETION DATE. AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL, METAL-TO-METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE S. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING 2. THI5 CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING �• ALL CONDUITS MUST BE SIZED PER NEC AND LOCAL CODES. OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL CONDUIT, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, SWITCH GEAR, PITCH POCKETS AND EQUIPMENT ETC. UNLESS SPEGIFIGAI.I.Y ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. i i HE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, C. OUTLET BOXES = IO EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE CONDUIT AND SWITCH GEAR PRIOR TO REMOVAL. PITCH POCKETS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED, S. RUN A SEPARATE ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, #12 AWG MINIMUM, IN EACH CONDUIT FEEDING THE CASH INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO I. ALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL OF THE STANDARD KNOCKOUT TYPE. NO ROUND WRAP(S), THE SENSORMATIC, HVAC CONTROL PANEL, THE QUAD RECEPTACLE FOR THE MANAGERS COMPUTER OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PERMITTED, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS. CONCEALED BOXES THE REGEPTAGLES FOR THE SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND OTHER COMPUTERIZED EQUIPMENT SHOWNON a" 9 THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF/WALL/FLOOR PATCHED/REPAIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. EXISTING ABANDONED CONDUIT OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR OTHERWISE SHALL NOT BE LE55 THAN 4' SQUARE AND 1-1/2" DEEP, WITH PLASTER RINGS. DRAWINGS. oft 6. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO INACCESSIBLE, ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT6. FOR PANEL FEEDERS, BOND THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE CONDUIT, WHERE ENTERING AND LEAVING THE *�ml I RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. TO HE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED CONDUIT MUST BE 2• ALL KNOCKOUT BOXES, UPON WHICH LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED, SHALL HE EQUIPPED WITH 3/8' CONDUIT. THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE COPPER WITH GREEN IDENTIFICATION AND SIZED PER N.E.C. REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN, CONFIRM EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN PROPOSAL. FIXTURE STUDS. L. 5LEEVES 3. EXTERIOR BOXES SHALL BE CAST RUST-RESISTING METAL WITH GASKETED COVERS. 7. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON -CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE TO BE GROUNDED. CONDUIT SYSTEM 15 TO CdD I � BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL LOCKNUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THF INSTALLATIOW. 4. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON -CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE GUT FLUSH AL50 PROVIDE SUITABLE BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF FLOORS, CEILINGS WALLS CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. ALL GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE S. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2' ABOVE THE ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO BE PROVIDED WITH CADDY 'QUICK-MOUNT BOX SUPPORT' TO MINIMIZE THE "PENN-UNION" OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO "GPL' TYPE. mmi Z I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR MATERIALS EQUIPMENT SERVICES TOOLS TRANSPORTATION FLS' DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING/UNPLUGGING = r r , INTO THESE DEVICES. TOOLS, r 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND/OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, r r � „ GALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE RTV FOAM, 3M FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE S. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL GODS, Q RATING. HANDICAP CODES OR LOCAL CODES, OUTLET HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: K. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS (IF APPLICABLE) -4 - A5 BEING BY THE LANDLORD, POWER COMPANY OR HOLLISTER CO. SHALL HE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS AND PARTITIONS SHALL HE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE � CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH LANDLORD, POWER COMPANY AND 14OLLISTER FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, PI A. SWITCH HEIGHT 48 FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. 1 . TRANSFORMERS WHICH ARE NOT PAD MOUNTED SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE, CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AS REQUIRED, FURNISH AND INSTALL EQUIPMENT THAT IS RATED FOR AVAILABLE B. CONVENIENCE OUTLETS= RE, „ N FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL CONDUIT, SLEEVES 5HALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. REINFORCED WALLS, OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. USE ADDITIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AT POINTS OF FAULT CURRENT LEVELS, FURNISH AND INSTALL CABLE LIMITERS IF NECESSARY TO LIMIT FAULT CURRENT. > a � SALES= 18' FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. MOUNTING TO GUT VIBRATION NOISES. USE FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT WITH GROUNDING BUSHING FOR PRIMARY H FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, REQUIREMENTS, ETC. OF EXISTING POWER AND TELEPHONE NON-SALES= 18' FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE LOCATED, SET, MOUNTED AND = V- FACILITIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF 81D. M • HANGERS C. TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. CONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO KEEP NOISE LEVELS WITHIN THE SURROUNDING AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS AND MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, WIRE, UNISTRUT, C-CLAMPS WITH D. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 2. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. THEREOF SHALL BE NEW UNDERWRITERS 1 LABORATORIES H THEREOF, r OR E5 LISTED AND LABELED AND SI IN THE PLANS INDICATE ONLY SCHEMATIC 2. ZED CONFORMITY WITHROUTINGS TRANSFORMER _ G FOR CONDUIT RUNS HIS FOR ER SHALL B QUI T CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND E ET TYPE CONSTRUCTION AND HAVE SIX (6) 2 1/2 TAPS TWO 2 TAPS ABOVE AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE STATE AND LOCAL CODES WHICH IS INSTALL ADDITIONAL BOXES WH TAPS, ( ) EVER MORE STRINGENT. ERE REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS OR FOUR 4 TAPS HE CODES, Y CODE. LOW NORMAL PRIMARY RY RATIN HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO OTHER CONDUIT OR i PIPING. HANGERS UPPER ATTACHMENT MUST HE SUPPORTED FROM THE TOP OF THE BAR JOIST. HANGING FROM2. BOXES AND COVERS SHALL HE GALVANIZED STEEL OF CODE GAUGE SIZE. 3. MANUFACTURER SHALT. BE GE METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, IN ORDER TO SUPPORT CONDUIT, THE , SQUARE "0" OR ACME. 3. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE MANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL HE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO 3. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORTED INDEPENDENT OF T H ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, JUNCTION BOXES, ACCESS DOORS, OTHER EQUIPMENT HE CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED MOTH. ANY MATERIAL NOT INTERFERE WITSERVICE REQUIREMENTS AND/OR OTHER TRADES, HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE SUBJECT CONDUIT SYSTEM. OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS L. PANEL190ARD5 TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK OR WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR 4. ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESS15L:E LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTIONCHARACTER, SHALL HE PROVIDED AS PART OF CONTRACT. BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS I. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FACTORY ASSEMBLED Of THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER Ti PE WITH SOLID COPPER I AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. BUSSING, FULL SIZED COPPER NEUTRAL, 100 GROUND BUSSING" AND OVERALL HINGED/LOCKABLE DOOR. ALL 4. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT END OF SECTION 16000 CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL HE OF THE QUICK-MAKE AND QUICK BREAK DESIGN THERMAL-MAGNETIC TYPE TRIP 5. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES MUST BE LABELED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND SYSTEM TYPE ON FREE AND TRIP-INDICATING. X ALL PANELS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT AND FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED AS CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE �� STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SHOWN E. WIRING 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARD OF THE CIRCUITS AND PLACE IN PANEL nnCC � TSN• I 1. CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE COPPER AND THE AWG SIZE AND TYPE AS SHOWN O w I S. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, ON DRAWINGS. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE #12. THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600 S. ALL PANELBOARDS PHASE AMPERAGE SHALL. BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 7 PERCENT MAX. TO MIN. REARRANGE � _> VOLT INSULATION, TYPE TBW, THWN NON-LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED AND NOTE CH> CHANGES ON RECORD DRAWINGS. LIGHTING PANEL I- I MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO CIRCUIT BREAKERS MUST BE INSTALLED AND WIRED EXACTLY AS SH. � OWN ON DRAWINGSI ALL EQUIPMENT. SECTION 160.50 2. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE - 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE AWG LISTED SIZE PER DISTANCE SHOWN BELOW. DISTANCE SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE PANELHOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER TO THE FURTHEST OUTLET. 4. PANI?LBOARDS MUST BE MOUNTED ON MINIMUM 3/4' A/D PLYWOOD AND POINTE IN � � 0 6. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING, OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS D COLOR TO MATCH THE CA W SURROUNDING WALLS OR A COLOR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. PLYWOOD SHALL EXTEND 1 FOOT MINIMUM 0 UNDER THIS DIVISION. GUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY HOLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND A. #12 LESS THAN 100 FEET BEYOND EDGE OF EQUIPMENT. �' THE LANDLORD. PATCHING IS TO BE 'AS NEW CONDITION'. B #I - 0 R 0 BETWEEN 101 150 FEET J � � 0 7. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE 5. PANEL50ARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING AND LUG CONNECTIONS AS FOLLOWS: � F 0 SCOPE OF WORK E I G. #8 BETWEEN 151 -250 FEET 120/209 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 10 D00 A. LC. ..AND OPERATING SYSTEM. � i 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, D. #6 OVER 251 FEET 277/480 VOLT PANELBOARDS: R'000 A.I.G. G C u 1 AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL T0, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, 3. ON ALL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS, CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN #10 AWG SHALL BE REDUCED TO #10 AWG WITHIN VERIFY ACTUAL A.I.C. SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LAND I ~ tj -i I LORD OR UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR C. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED 10 FEET OF PANEL HOARD AND DEVICE IN JUNCTION BOXES ON RATED TERMINAL STRIPS. TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. ALL LUG CONNECTIONS TO HE 75'C RATED. TO THE FOLLOWING: 4. CONDUCTORS MAY BE STRANDED FOR SIZES #10 AW AN M M ¢ A. A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING THE INSTALLATION OF HOLLISTER CO. PROVIDED G D LARGER. CONDUCTORS SIZE #12 AND SMALLER SHALL 6• MANUFACTURER SHALL HE GE SQUARE D SIM L THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL TEMPORARY WIRING AND RELATED GROUND FAULT , , E ENS OR CUTLER HAMMER. II INTERRUP'T'ION PROTECTION FOR LIGHT AND POWER FOR ALL CONTRACTORS AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR IT'S PANELBOARDS, SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES MOTOR STARTERS LIGHTING CONTACTORS LIGHTING AND BE SOLID (NOT STRANDED). REMOVAL. TRANSFORMERS. IT IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INCLUDE IN HI5 BID FOR PROVIDING 5. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED, EXCEPT AT SERVICE ENTRANCE WHERE REQUIRED BY SERVICE EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR TIE-IN TO LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT OR TO OBTAIN SERVICE r LANDLORD. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR ALL ELECTRICITY PRIOR TO STORE MERCHANDISING AND INCLUDE COST FROM LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. REFER 70 ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTOR CONNECTION MUST BE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR MUST ADVISE GENERAL IN BID. RISER DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. CONTRACTOR AND HOLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WHEN USED. M. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS 6• ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE (I.E. LOW VOLTAGE PLENUM RATED 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS A5 SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. LIGHTING •• O co co B. CONTRACTOR MUST ALSO INCLUDE IN BID ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEM WIRE). PVC ABOVE GRADE FIXTURES AND LAMPS ARE SUPPLIED HO � `� �. INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, WIRING 8Y LLISTER CO., UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CON'T'RACTOR IS TO *- aot m REPLACE ALL NON-WORKING LAMPS PRIOR TO MERCHANDISE DATE AND IS TO INCLUDE COST IN BID, AND MUST N O i D. CODES DEVICES, COVER PLATES, CONDUITS, ETC. 7. THE USE OF SHARED NEUTRALS IS REQUIRED FOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE MATCH OWNER SPECIFICATION. co u7 i G. METERING AND CURRENT TRANSFORMERS AS REQUIRED BY DRAWINGS, HOLLISTER CO., UTILITY COMPANY, WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND LOCAL CODES. ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING A NEUTRAL (/� O O O I 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER AND CONFORM TO THE LATEST AND/OR LANDLORD. CONDUCTOR 5NAL. HAVE A DEDICATED FULL 512E NEUTRAL. 2. ALL RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES 5HALL BE PROVIDED WITH APPLICABLE THERMAL PROTECTION. S ADOPTED EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S S. THE USE OF ROMEX, BX, ETC. IS NOT PERMITTED. W 4 C a AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES, AND ALL OTHER D. THE WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS OUTLINED ON THE BID SET DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. 3. WHERE FLUORESCENT FIXTURES ARE SPECIFIED, THEY SHALL HE PROVIDED WITH HIGH POWER FACTOR RAPID � i APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL WORK SHALL INCLUDE WIRING OF ALL STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND POWER WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT q. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO " START BALLASTS, UL LISTED, C.B.M. CERTIFIED, AND E.T.L. APPROVED WITH EFFICIENCY FACTORS IN APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL LOW VOLTAGE (24 VOLT) TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING SCOTCH LOCK FOR #8 AWG WIRE AND SMALLER AND EQUAL TO T 4 B ACCORDANCE WITH 'THE .ENERGY POLICY ATT OF igg2" AND ITS AM 114 ti 40 LOCKTIGHT FOR #6 AWG AND LARGER. AMENDMENTS A5 A MINIMUM. O O O BY CODES IN THE HID AND IF THESE GRANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED ASA SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS NOTED SPECIFICALLY ON DRAWING. 0 o SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT 15 ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL E. INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS D.5 SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL DEVICES 10. ALL WIRING TO BE COLOR-CODED D.5 FO O N N I HE REIMBURSED BY 14OLLISTER Co. TO THE CONTRACTOR. , FOLLOWS. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ADDITIONAL AUXILIARY SUPPORT STEEL HANGER WIRES ADEQUATELY SIZED TO O � O EQUIPMENT, ETC. REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING. r C 120/208 VOLT SYSTEM 277/480 VOLT SYSTEM SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE (MINIMUM TWO PER FIXTURE) O O F. A COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR TEL.EPHONE/DATA INCLUDING TERMINAL BOARD, BRANCH CONDUITS, OUTLET FOR ALL FIXTURES IN LAY-IN CEILINGS AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE NEUTRAL - WHITE OFFICIALS. W C E. LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES BOXES, PULL WIRES, GROUND CONDUCTORS, COVER PLATES, ETC. OR AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON NEUTRAL -GRAY 00 W THE DRAWINGS. PHASE A OR L1 -BLACK PHASE A OR LI - BROWN 5. FURNISH AND INSTALL APPLICABLE FIRE RATED DRYWALL BOXES OVER RECESSED FIXTURES IN FIRE RATED YJ I- Q W PHASE B OR L2 -RED PHASE H OR L2 - ORANGE CEILINGS A5 REQUIRED BY CODES. FIELD COORDINATE AS REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICTS. I- Q •• y I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHAL1 OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR G. A COMPLETE EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. PHASE C OR L S - BLUE PHASE G OR L3 -YELLOW D W (A I GROUND GREEN p � - RELATED TO HIS WORK. GROUND -GREEN WITH YELLOW TRACER � Q W. TEMPORARY SERVICE AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING IT'S REMOVAL. ISOLATED GROUND - GREEN WITH WHITE TRACER IY _ J W I 2. FURNISH TO HOLLIStER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ALT. CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION F. WIRING DEVICES N. LIGHTING CONTROLS L 5 p w APPROVAL AT PUNCH LIST co at Z G i I. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL SIGNS, CORNICE LIGHTING, CASE LIGHTING, ETC, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. I. WHERE A LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 15 INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS 1T WILL BE PROVIDED BY HOLLISTER CO � W Q I. COLOR OF DEVICES AND PLATES SHALL BE SELECTED BY 14OL.LISTER CO. THE DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE TYPES r p. S m m J. INSTALLATION AND WIRING OF SPEAKERS, AMPLIFIERS, CONDUIT FOR SOUND SYSTEM AS BROWN ON DRAWINGS. AND RATINGS LISTED, OR EQUALS BY ARROW-HART, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR PASS AND SEYMOUR. THROUGH TRANE AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR COMPLETE WITH CONDUIT. THE CONTROL WEATHERPROOF GFI RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. PANEL SHALL BE PREPROGRAMMED AND COMPLETE WHEN SHIPPED TO THE JOB SITE. THE ELECTRICAL K. SMOKE/FIRE ALARM WIRING, DEVICES AND CONDUIT, AS SHOWN OR DESCRIBED ON DRAWINGS OR AS NECESSARY CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE INSTALL THE PANEL AND PULL ALL WIRES AS DETAILED ON THESE F. TRADE NAMES MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 70 MEET LANDLORD, STATE, LOCAL, INSURANCE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120-27V: LEVITON '145L-1221"DRAWINGS AND CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS DIAGRAMMED ON THE LIGHTING PLAN DRAWINGS. NO VARIATIONS TO TH I CIRCUITING ARE ALLOWED. E I. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT THREE WAY SWITCHES: 20AMP - 120-277V: LEVITON "BBL-1223' EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR L. INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS STUBBED TO ABOVE CEILING FOR HVAC AND/OR LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. ALSO, DUPLEX RECEPTACLES= 20AMP - 125V= LEVITON '5362' U) BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING THROUGH SHOP ANY ADDITIONAL CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT WHERE PLENUM RATED CABLES ARE NOT PERMITTED. 0 „ 0. TELEPHONE DATA AND COMPUTER WRING � WHERE ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES: 20AMP - 125V: LEVITON IG5362 c DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCESS, BY HOLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/ENGINEERING MANAGER PRIOR TO M. ALL PANEL.BDARDS, STARTERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CONTACTORS SHALL BE OF THE SAME GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING RECEPTACLES= 20AMP - 125V= 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A SYSTEM OF CONDUIT'RACEWAYS OUTLET BOXES PULL WIRES AND TERMINAL.. ACCEPTANCE. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT MANUFACTURER. LEVITON 'GM362' AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. TELEPHONE SWITCHING APPARATUS S Y THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. CONDUCTORS, INSTRUMENTS, MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES ARE NOT PART OF THIS = CONTRACT AND WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY 14OLLISTER CO. U Q 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 2. ALL DEVICE COVER PLATES SHALL BE PASS AND SEYMOUR SERIES "RPI OR EQUAL BY EAGLE ELECTRIC MFG, CO. FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS SHALL. BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW SEVEN (7) WORKING DAYS 2. OUTLET BOXES TO BE 4' SQUARE MINIMUM WITH SINGLE DEVICE DOVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE. FOR 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL HEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND 5015-CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT G. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING PLUMBING, AN I 3• ALL CONDUIT RUNS FOR DATA AND TELEPHONE SHALL BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO JUNCTION BOXES EXCEPT AS I WORK NOT INCLUDED G, D FRE PROTECTION WIRING NOTED ON DRAWINGS. THI5 INCLUDES BUT 15 NOT LIMITED TO RUNS BETWEEN TELEPHONE BOARD, MANAGER'S •. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BE TAKEN. I. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TD MECHANICAL AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL OFFICE, SOUND SYSTEM, CASHWRAIPS, PHOTO BOOTH, TOUCH TUNE SCREEN, HVAC CONTROL PANEL AND Z I. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS OF ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT= (TC/I) DRAWINGS TELEPHONE SETS. 3 FURNISHED BY TRANE WITH EQUIPMENT FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE INCLUDED IN HIS BID. 4. ALL PULL STRINGS ARE TO HE LABELED FOR PURPOSE DESIGNATED. Q A. 24-VOLT TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL POWER WIRING, LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, AND LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL 5. NO OTHER CIRCUITS ARE TO HE RUN IN SAME CONDUIT FEEDING ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES. G G. GUARANTEE B. TELEPHONE INSTRUMENTS AND WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. WIRING INDICATED UNDER THE HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING PLUMBING AND FIRE RE P ROTEC CONDITIONING, TON SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO DO ALL INTERCONNECTING LINE VOLTAGE 0 I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE D.L.I. MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED UNDER HIS CONTRACT AND SHALL C. DATA LINES WIRING UNLE55 NOTED OTHERWISE. � W MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT WHICH WIRING BETWEEN RELAYS AND SWITCHES AS REQUIRED. MAY HE DISCOVERED WITHIN A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM THEloloollLu DATE OF ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE P. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS J INSTALLATION BY HOLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/ENGINEERING MANAGER. EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE S. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL AS A MINIMUM, CONDUITS STUBBED FROM HVAC AND/OR Q CC 0 t SPECIFIED WITH INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT. LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL t0 12 ABOVE CEILING WITH PLASTIC CONDUIT BUSHING t0 PREVENT WIRE CHAFFING. I. ALL CONNECTIONS AT PANELS AND SWITCHES ARE TO BE MADE, ALL SPLICES COMPLETE, ALL FUSES IN PLACE, 0 W MATERIALS (SEE TC/1 FOR REQUIREMENTS). AND ALL CIRCUITS CONTINUOUS FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO ITS FINAL DESTINATION, AND ALL � � N Z COVERS AND PLATES INSTALLED AND FINAL ELECTRICAL INSPECTION PRIOR TO THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION ` 2. HOLLISTER CO., INC. SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE 12-MONTH WARRANTY FOR ALL PARTS ON EQUIPMENT PROVIDED 4. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL WIRING BY 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. LL. Z V N BY WOL.L15TER CO. AND 14OLLISTER CO. VENDORS. THI5 CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES A. RIGID CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE TO BE IN CONDUIT. REFER t0 PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS ANO SIZE. W p BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM, AND AS SUCH, NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE BIO. 2. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ALL PARTS OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE TESTED AND PROVED V V I I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS SERVING ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT S. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND TCA FOR AVAILABLE SCHEMATIC WIRING DIAGRAMS OF EQUIPMENT. FREE OF UNWANTED GROUNDS AND OTHER DEFECTS. W LLI Q LIMITED T0, LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, TELEPHONE, DATA, 3. ALL OVERLOAD DEVICES, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS, SHALL BE SET AND D. UJ ~ Q IQL SPEAKERS, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. Z G ADJUSTED TO SUIT THE LOAD CONDITIONS. � W rc 3 W. RECORD DRAWINGS 2. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE GALVANIZED IMC OR EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR ON 4. TEST AND MAKE CORRECTIONS/ADJUSTMENTS FOR PHASE BALANCING. i ' : 0 DRAWINGS. ALL CONDUIT 15 TO BE UL LABELED. EMT CONNECTORS SHALL BE STEEL COMPRESSION TYPE. 0 .. CONDUIT UNDER SLAB ON GRADE SHALL BE RIGID STEEL, OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC WITH RIGID STEEL ELLS WHERE H. SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 5. THI5 CONTRACTOR IS TO BALANCE THE VOLTAGE LEAVING THE STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER TO PROVIDE A J0 .J 2 I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE TO RECORD DEVIATIONS FROM PERMITTED BY LANDLORD OR I= CODE. Q Lu LL, CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: 1. SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF 120 MINIMUM TO 125 VOLTS MAXIMUM BY ADJUSTING THE TRANSFORMER TAPS ONCE TYPE, QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK FUSED OR ALL THE FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE LOW VOLTAGE PANELHOARD. PROVIDE FINAL BALANCE a A. LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOXES AND RECEPTACLES. 3• MINIMUM SIZE OF CONDUIT SHALL BE 1/2" FOR INDIVIDUAL LIGHTING FIXTURE CONNECTIONS OR TO INDIVIDUAL NON-FUSIBLE WITH RATINGS AND SIZES AS NOTED ON PLANS AND REQUIRED BY CODES. REPORT TO 14OL.LISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TIME OF PUNCH-OUT. 0 LLI Z I% B. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. LIGHT SWITCHES (IF ACCEPTABLE BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL. CODE OFFICIALS) AND 3/4' FOR ALL OTHER � LLT J 3 Q C. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. IF HVAC CONTROL WIRING 15 REQUIRED TO BE RUN IN CONDUIT, IT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/40, 2. SWITCHES SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF IN OUTDOOR LOCATIONS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. DISCONNECT CC I . SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. ALL IN/UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT SHALL BE OF MINIMUM 3/40 SIZE. SWITCHES THAT ARE INSTALLED AT HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) EQUIPMENT SHALL Q• CLEANING � CO 0 0 8 BE FUSED IF NOT PROTECTED WITH A 'HACR" BREAKER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S NAMEPLATE AND Z 0 a� I 1. AT THE END OF THE PROJECT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, TO 0 J � LL MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. THE SATISFACTION OF 14OL.LISTER CO. ALL DUST, DIRT, DEBRIS, PAINT AND FOREIGN MATTER SHALL BE J Z W 2. AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR. SHALL .MAKE ANY FINAL 4. SUPPORT ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING SEISMIC. AND SWAY BRACING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND LOCAL REMOVED FROM D.I.I. EQUIPMENT. W � O CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. ONE COPY OF CODES. J 00 DRAWINGS STAMPED 'DO NOT REMOVE' SHALL BE PLACED IN DRAWING TUBE LOCATED NEXT TO THE ELECTRICAL S. GENERALLY, ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED EXCEPT FOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. 3• AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, DISCONNECT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL INDICATING THE EQUIPMENT IS UL _I 0 W 0 Q Q PANELS (SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION). A SECOND AS-BUILT SET SHALL BE SENT TO 14OLLISTER EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY AS NOTED ON PLAN AND AS APPROVED BY HOLLISTER CO. RATED FOR APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES. Lu = (a N CIS V) CO. OFFICES. CONSTRUGENERAL.CTION MANAGER. CONTRACTOR. PAINTING OF CONDUITS, NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE BY 4. GECLA55 2510/2512 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS, LESS OVERLOAD PROTECTION HEATERS, ARE TO BE USED AS A DISCONNECTING MEANS ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS ABOVE I DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 1-1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS AND 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. END OF SECTION 16050 I. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATICAL AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION B. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE MOTORS THAT ARE BELOW THE 1-1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS, 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS, WATER HEATER AND ROLLING AND INTENT OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR I. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE 514ALL BE USED FOR THE FOLLOWING APPLICATIONS ONLY: GRILLE ARE TO BE PROVIDED WITH HUBBELL 'BBL-1221, 1222 OR 1223" AG SWITCH. OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN WRITING PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF HID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE HOLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IN a. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS. S. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GE, SQUARE 'D", SEIMENS OR CUTLER HAMMER. WRITING OF ANY VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF THE BID. OTHERWISE, 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE b. FINAL CONNECTIONS INTO AND OUT OF THE TRANSFORMER. FINAL WITH BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. c• FINAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT. STRUCTURAL, FIRE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING PLANS SHOP DRAWL d. INTER-CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. I. MOTOR STARTERS : r NGS 2. THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE AND SCHEMATIC IN (NOT TO INCLUDE HOMi=RUN FROM FIXTURE OR DEVICE TO AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS NATURE. HOLLISTER CO. SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE PANELBOARD, WHICH MUST BE RIGID). 1. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH RESET TYPE OVERLOADS THAT CLOSELY MATCH MOTOR ELEMENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER NAMEPLATE RATING AND SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY HELD (MINIMUM SIZE #1 IN A NEMA I ENCLOSURE) AND BE CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS WITH CONDUIT. MAY 0 6 2008 INSTALLED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. a. FINAL CONNECTIONS WHERE RIGID CONDUIT 15 NOT PRACTICAL. USED FOR ALL SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS RATED ABOVE 1/2 HP THAT REQUIRE AUXILIARY f. IN WALLS (FOR LIGHT SWITCHES AND 120 VOLT POWER RECEPTACLES AND HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT). CONTROL. PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES (AUXILIARY CONTACTS, TRANSFORMERS, H-O-A, ETC.) IN STARTERS AS REQUIRED FOR INTERLOCKS, COORDINATE ALL CONTROL DEVICES WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COMBINATION ABFHLO155 STARTER/DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL CONTAIN FUSIBLE SWITCHES AND ONLY USED WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. SHEETii 2. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GE/OR EQUALS BY SQUARE 'D' il E5ml i; i I a IN G.G. TO VERIFY WITH MALL IF SPRINKLER COVERAGE 15 REQUIRED IN ALCOVE AREA i ®C 1�1 ) cc, 2) lmmmmmicM 'j C SPRINKLER NOTES AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS SNOWING SPRINKLER LAYOUT SHALL BE DESIGNED AND SUBMITTED UNDER SEPERATE REVIEW AND 15 NOT INCLUDED AS PART OF THIS SET G.C. TO PROVIDE SPRINKLER PROTECTION ABOVE AND BELOW PORCH ROOF Ell "m FIRE PROTECTION PLAN "DJACENT SPACE 1/4" = 1'-0" °OHI BUFFET' - E'VIT� SPACE DT---_ 1 Z a � I I � � I } FIRE PROTECTION PLAN "DJACENT SPACE 1/4" = 1'-0" °OHI BUFFET' - E'VIT� SPACE DT---_ W ..: � Z a J � Z }_ I Q W cc h � U J CLz 0 D W � �tu QL p O Q Z �V 1- Z W OC o W Lu ra •• L1 fO U J m H t7 J W �j A. A LANDLORD APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE EMPLOYED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS. FIRE PROTECTION PLAN "DJACENT SPACE 1/4" = 1'-0" °OHI BUFFET' - E'VIT� SPACE DT---_ W ..: � Z a J � Z � Q W cc h C.7 0300 J CLz 0 z W V CC o O W Q UJ Z 0 0- 1- Z W OC 3 C.7 0300 SPRINKLER HEAD LEGEND FIRE PROTECTION NOTES DESIGN CRITERIA GENERAL NOTES W 0 0 •• � W �j A. A LANDLORD APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE EMPLOYED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL SPRINKLER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS. J. THE INTENT OF TH19 PLAN IS TO INDICATE THE GENERAL LAYOUT OF THE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE EXACT LOCATION OF A. DOM AND INSTALLATION BHA' I COMPLY WITH THE RMIRNMBNTS OF THE LOCAL F. BUILDING CODE, N.F.P.A. 0 (141" EDITION), AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SPRINKLER HEAD TYPES JHALL BE AS FOLLOWS' A. ALL FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT ESSENTIAL TO SUCCESSFUL SYSTEM OPERATION SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE. 14. THE LOCATION OF EXTERIOR FIRE PROTECTION 150JIPMENT SUCH AS FIRE DEPARTMENT COPdNECTIONS, TEST DRAINS, ETC., SIN/J.L BE COORDINATED WITH THE ABSOCATE � � z LA - SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ALL SPRINKLER HEADS AND TYPES OF HEADS USED. B. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO PROVIDE 1003 SPRINKLER COVERAGE BELOW AND ABOVE CEILINGS IN ALL AREAS PER THE STATE AND LOCAL FIRE MARSFW.L. K. FABRICAi10N, ERELTION AND TESTING OF AL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH OYNNER4 GENERAL. REQUIREMENTS, N.F.PA. 1I3, 24, 231 4 231C, AND LOCAL CODE 4 I. "SALES' AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE t0 BE FLAT OR MATTE FLACK SEMI-RIGE89ED B. BID PLAN LAYOUT IS FOR SCHEMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. WORKING PLANS AND HYDRAULIC HEADS WITH FLAT OR MATTE SLACK ESCUTCHEON. BASED ON RELIABLE AND CALCULATIONS SFW.L >8E PREPARED SUBIMIT , AND APPROVED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, ALTERNATE MAY BE VIKING OR GRINNELL AND MUST BE APPROVED DY THE BY THE FIRE PROTECTION � PLAW5 SHALT. INCLUDE ALL ITEMS LISTED IN HOLLISTER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING AND ANY INSTALLATIONS. ARCHITECT AND APPRdVED BY THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT'. S. ALL ABOVE GROUND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SHALL. BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESL® AT 200 PSI FOR 2 HOURS WITH NO VISIBLE LEAKAGE. ALL CONCEALED PIPING SHALL BE AIR I. IN PROJECT REMODEL AREAS, IF SPRINKLERS ARE 91IA,N AS RELOCATED ON PLANS, TESTED, WITH NO LEAKAGE PRIOR TO FILLING SYSTEM WfTH WATER. THE FIRE THE INTENT OF THE PLANS ARE TO SHOW PIPING REALLOCATIONS. ALL SPRINLKERS /� CL W W 0 J O � 0 Q BLACK SEMI -RECESSED SPRINKLER 140D W/ BLACK ESCUTCHEON C. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS -NOR BUILDING DEPARTMENT APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO AUTHORITIES. N.F.P.A. 13, SECTION 8-1.1.1. ALL EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE PAINTED BROWN IN CMOR AND MUST BE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR EEIALI NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING MODIFIED AS PART OF PROJECT SHALL BE RiP1ACED WITH NEW TO MATCH EXISTING z � O Z MEET REQUIREMENTS OF LANDLORD, NEPA 13 ,THE STATE AND LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL OR WHICHEVER 19 MORE STRINGENT'. REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION 16800 FOR FURTHER L. FIRE PROTECflON CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL DRAWINGS, SUBMITTALS, TEST CERTIFICATE SUBMITTALS AND PAY ALL REQUIRED FEES t0 THE OWNERS INSURING AGENT C. WATER SUPPLY DATA, THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IIS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUCTING A CUMENT FLOW TEST TO OBTAIN SUPPLY COORDINATED WITH ALL TRADES. 2. 'PORCH' AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE FLAT OR MATTE BI" SEMI-RECE' M JURISDICTION 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE TEST. THE ENGINEER SHALL WITNESS ALL TESTS. TYPES AND FINISHES. W J LL WHITE FULLY CONCEALED SPRINKLER MEAD WA' WHITE ESCUTCHEON INFORMATION. AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES FOR REQUIRED PERMITS. CURRENT WATER DATA FOR USE IN THE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS. FIOWEVER FOR BIDDING PURPOSES CONTACT THE , , HEADS WITH FIAT OR MATTE BLACK ESCUTCHEON. BASE BID TO BE RELIABLE MODEL OR EQUAL. � ALL VALVES CONTROLLING WATER SUPPLIES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH. TAMPER SWITCHES (SEE NOTE E). J. FINAL APPROVAL 15 SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE AND TESTYNG BY ALL AUINORITITIES HAVING JLNtW � J � Q Z W J LANDLORD FOR AVAILABLE WATER PRESeLIRE3. S. MON-SALES' AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE WHITE CONCEALED HEADS WITH .M. � O W O a Q D. FIRE PROTECTION PLANS ESPRINKLER DRAWINGS) MUST BE ENGINEERED AND NET SEA' THE BY A LANDLORD APPROVED LICENSED REGISTERED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IN INE M. TO FIRE LINE I SIAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION O= THEM FIRE LINE INSTALLED LOCATION OF ALL INTERFERENCES NOT eHONUN ON THESE DRAWINIA D. HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIA FOR LIGHT HAZARD AREAS, WHITE LBCUTCHEON. BASED ON RELIABLE AND ALTERNATE MAY BE VIKING OR GRINNELL. D. THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM "I I. BE SUPERVISED BY AN APPROVED CENTRAL STATION, TION, OR REMOTE STATION MONITORING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH K. SUGGESTED SPRINKLER AND PIPING LAYOUT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO FOLLOW THE GENERAL DOW INTENT OF THE LAYOUT. PIPING N U N • O BLACK PENDANT TYPE SPRINLER HEAD W/ BLACK EWUTC14U N LOCAL JURISDICTION. AS WELL AS LOCATION TO INSTALL INSPECOR'S TEST STATION, HOSE CONNECTIONS AND FIRE DEPT". SIAMESE Col' arnoN. OM 4. 'NON -SALES" OFFICE AND LAVATORY AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE t0 BE FULLY N�F.PP.A 72, AND LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. , DESIGN IS INTENDED TO MINIMIZE ?RAPPING OF WATER WHEREVER POSSIBLE. HOWEVER, h F. PROVIDE 0.& 4 Y. VALVE, FLOW SWITCH AND TAMPER SWITCH AT COt�INBCTION(S) TO LANDLORD'S SPRINKLER MAIN. WHENEVER POSSIBLE ALIGN SPRINKLER HEADS WITH LIGHT TEXTURES, AIR DEVICES AND TO N. SPRINKLER PIPES FEEDING COVERAGE BELOW STORAGE DICKS ARE TO DE FED BY ROLITINING LINES DOWN FULL HEGH1 WALLS AROUND PERIMETER Or DECK. FULL OPEN CLEARANCE OF STORAGE DICK IS TO BE MAINTAINED. SIGN AREA, ST PING 1600 SQ. Fr. MAX SPRINKLER COVERAGE, 225 80. FTA"D (I30 90. FT. FOR DRY SYSTEM) HOSE DEMAND, 100 GPM DURATION, 80 MINUTES CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WTH WHITE COVER PLATE. S. MALL BULKHEAD' AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE FULLY CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE. E. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR $HALL COORDINATE WIRING OF ALL ELECTRICAL. FIRE PROTECTION DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT WITH THE ELECTRICAL. AND/OR FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. ALL FIRE ALARM WIRING BY ELECTRICAL. CONTRACTOR. ALL DEVICES L. THE CONTRACTOR MAY ENCOUNTER CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE TRAPPING WATER IS UNAVOIDABLE. PROVIDE AUXILIARY DRAIN AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES (WALLS, CENTER OF TILE. THE PATTERN IN EACH ROOM SFWI.L BE CONSIDERED INDEPENDENT OF G. THE DESIGN INTENT IN THE RETAIL STORE AREAS IS TO INSTALL THE SPRINKLERS 9HALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. FLOORS, ETC.) AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SA98EMBL.Y RATING. REFER 70 G. OTHER ROOMS. BOOR TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING HEIGHTS AND GENERAL. E. ORDINARY HAZARD (GROUP 2) AREAS, DLSISITY, N. CENTERED DETTENT THE BATTENS MOUNTED ON THE CEILING. PROVIDE SPRINKLER HEADS (UP RIGHT) ABOVE THE CEILING IN CONCEALED SPACER HAVING F. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL. COORDINATE THE LAYOUT OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM WITH ALL TRADES AND ARCHITECTURAL REFE.EGT® CEILING PLAN PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. M. ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR FIRE RATINGS. SPACE ALLOCATED FOR PLUMBING, NVAC, AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS IS MINIMAL. FOR 1 0 A T I O N COORDINATION. MOST DEMO DI DESIGN AREA, MOST L>EIM/1NDIWG 1600 s0. FT. IXPOm COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADE45 TO THE 14. ROUTE ALL PIPING AROUND ELECTRICAL PANELS. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. MAX SPRINKLER COVERAGE, 180 90. FTA*AD HOSE DIVILUD, 250 GPM G. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL CENTER (WITHIN 10) ALL PENDENT SPRINKLER HEADS INSTALLLED IN ACOUSTICAL. LAY -IN CEILING TILES. ALT. P vAw 9PRINKL.ER N. FIULLE9t EXTENT. DO NOT FABRICATE OR ORDER ANY PIPING FITTINGSSWIPMENT, ETC. UNTIL FULL ONLY - OT F O R, DURATION, 60 MINUTES HEADS IN MUNGS SHALL BE SYMMETRICAL WITH LIGHTING AND AIR DEVICES. SPRINKLER COORDINATION WITH ALL OTHER TIRADES WAS BEEN COMPLETED. CON R TION I. PROVIDE SPRINKLER HEADS GUARDS IN ALL LOCATIONS gIJEJECT TO DAMAGE. HEADS ARE REMIRED MOVE THE CEILING IN ALL AREAS OF CONCEALED SPACES. 0. EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR NEW PIPING ROUTING. P. COMPLETE SHOP DRAWING AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR AND SIGNED BY A LICENSED ENGINEER IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. THESE DOCUMENTS ALONG WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL INFORMATION, SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL. NO WORK SHALL BE DONE UNTIL THESE APPROVALS HAVE BEEN MrQNW. A B F H L 015 5 SHEET FPlml 1 IIS II j II Iii Ij ij i., h. i PLUM51 NG CODED NOTES Oi ALL WATER LINES, VENT LINES, DRAIN LINES, SPRINKLER LINES, ETC. SHALL. BE OFFSET BELOW PLATFORM AND CONCEALED IN WALL ABOVE PLATFORM. DO NOT ROUTE PIPING, ETC. THROUGH STORAGE SPACE ABOVE PLATFORM OR ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. CONNECT NEW 4' SANITARY LINE INTO THE LANDLORD'S EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW OF LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO BID. INSTALL CLEAN OUT, COORDINATE LOCATION AND TYPE OF COVER REQUIRED TO MATCH FLOOR FINISH WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O3 CONNECT NEW VENT FROM TENANT'S PLUMBING FIXTURES INTO EXISTING VENT LINE. REFER TO STACK DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SP'ECIFICATKINS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO BID. ® CONNECT NEW 3/4" COLD WATER LINE INTO LANDLORD'S EXISTING COLD WATER TAP. NOTIFY CONSTRUCTION IF TAP SIZE IS SMALLER THAN SHOWN ON RISER DIAGRAM. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF TAP. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS IN THE DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING AS SHOWN ON THE WATER RISER DIAGRAM. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. UNITS AS MANUFACTURED BY SIOUX OR PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS ARE ACCEPTABLE. O ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL. BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. O RUN 1/21 WATER PIPE FROM TRAP PRIMER DOWN IN WALL UNDER FLOOR TO FLOOR DRAIN. TRAP PRIMER TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 0 PROVIDE SHUT-OFF VALVE, ETC. ALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH LAND AWS CRITERIA. INSTALL A PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE WHEN INCOMING WATER PRESSURE IS GREATER THAN 60 PSI. ALL INSTALLATIONS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICA X CODES, LOCAL. AUTHORITY'S REQUIREMENTS AND LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. ® ADJUSTABLE FLOOR DRAIN. CONTRACTOR TO SNAKE DRAINS 2 DAYS PRIOR TO OPENING. SUPPLY 4 DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS BASED ON COPPER TUBE PIPING. RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. DOMESTIC COLD WATER FU'S (2) BATHROOM GROUP'S (PUBLIC) FUS GPM 7.20 .MOPDBc BASIN 'C' - LAY -IN FOR T -BAR CEILING, NON -SALES AREA (1) 02 O10.26 DREAMSTEAMER SYSTEM CFM 0.46 15.0 COLD WATER PIPE SIZE - 3/4' MIN. DOMESTIC SANITARY FU'S FU'S (2) BATHROOM GROUP'S (PUBLIC) 10.0 (1) BASIN ° EMOP NC 0 5 (1) FD FOR DREAMSTEAMER 2.Q, W 14.5 SANITARY PIPE SIZE - 4' 1 1 OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS NOTE: ANY ITEM NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR THE LANDLORD SHALL BE FURN1514ED BY THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. ANY ITEM NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LANDLORD OR ANOTHER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. OUTSIDE AIR TERMINATI BY u, 'C' - LAY -IN FOR T -BAR CEILING, NON -SALES AREA ROOM FLOOR REQUIREMENTS SYSTEM CFM MOUNTING PURPOSE AREA or NUMBER PROVIDED CFM PER I CFM J ° N W. FT. READ W SALES 4190 0.30 1257 (E)RTU 15% SIDEWALL NON -SALES 1849 0.15 278 FIRE DAMPE o TOTAL SDI 1535 TOTAL. 1535 ♦ 1535 CFM MINIMUM SHAD. BE PROVIDED THRU MALL'S SUPPLY AIR SYSTEM 3/41 1" TOO I. v I 1/21-,,jI 3 i i / 1I �3/4r I r 8 4 r I I' 3 4 <1/ 1 1/2" 4 IN 1 > ys r 2ti_�'�I 11/2' �I v- � 1 / �1 1/2" JAY lI 2" 4 2 I T, (m )&TT�ACKDIAGRAM PLUY5ING FIXTURES W� WATER CLOSET: AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" MODEL 2377.100, FLOOR MOUNTED TANK TYPE PRESSURE ASSISTED WATER CLOSET, VITREOUS CHINA. ELONGATED BOWL. CLOSED COUPLED FLUSHMETER TANK. 1.6 GALLONS PER FLUSH. WHITE COLOR. 17" RIM HEIGHT WITH WHITE RISE -AND -SHINE ELONGATED OPEN FRONT SEAT AND COVER #5325.024. FLUSH HANDLE TO BE ON OPEN SIDE OF WATER CLOSET. LAV_ LAVATORY: AMERICAN STANDARD MOUNTED AT WHEELCHAIR HEIGHT MODEL 9141.011. WALL MOUNTED 20" x 27" VITREOUS CHINA. 4" CENTERS. WHITE COLOR. PROVIDE JOSAM 17105-67 SERIES CARRIER, CHICAGO #895-317CP GOOSENECK FAUCET WITH 4" CENTERS, BLADE HANDLES AND CHICAGO VANDAL RESISTANT ECONO-FLO WATER CONSERVING AERATOR #E2805-5. MCGUIRE #158 -WC SUPPLY STOP, MCGUIRE #155 -WC STRAINER WITH OFFSET TRAP. tm MOP BASIN: FIAT MODEL MSB -2424. 24" x 24" x 10", MOLDED STONE SERVICEPTOR, VINYL BUMPERGUARD. PROVIDE #832.AA 36" LONG, 3/4" H05E AND BRACKET WITH WALL HOOK AND CHICAGO #897 FAUCET WITH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER. W141 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER: A.O. SMITH MODEL EJC -6, 6 GALLON ELECTRIC WATER HEATER, 1650 WATT ELEMENT. GLASS LINED, FOAM INSULATION. BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. 120 VOLT 1 PHASE. H CHRONOMITE INSTANT FLOW WATER HEATER, MODEL # 5R -20L, 0.5 GPM @ 57 DEGREE RISE, 4160 WATTS FD FLOOR DRAIN: JOSAM #30003-5A-50, 3" FLOOR DRAIN WITH NICKEL BRONZE FINISH AND TRAP PRIMER INLET CONNECTION. PROVIDE DEEP SEAL TRAP. TP TRAP PRIMER: PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS MODEL P2-500 TRAP PRIMER VALVE, WITH DU -2 DISTRIBUTION UNIT AND 55-8 SUPPLY TUBE FOR USE WITH UP TO 2 FLOOR DRAINS. EWG ELECTRIC WATER COOLER: OASIS MODEL P8ACSL, WALL MOUNTED HI -LOW HANDICAPPED ELECTRIC WATER COOLER. STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION. 4 -TIMED TOUCH PADS. 8.0 GPH @ 50 DEGREES F. 1/4 HP, 4.6 AMPS, 115 VOLTA PHASE. PROVIDE WITH TRAP AND A BALL VALVE ON SUPPLY LINE. MOUNT WITH BUBBLER AT 36" A.F.F. WCO WALL CLEAN OUT: CAST IRON CLEAN OUT TEE WITH BRONZE THREADED, WATER AND GAS TIGHT CLEAN OUT PLUG. JOSAM #58604-PLG4, WALL ACCESS PANEL 5-1/2"WSMOOT14 NICKEL BRONZE, SET FLUSH TO FINISH WALL PLANE. FURNISHED WITH SECURING LUGS. FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT: JOSAM #57004 -SD -2. CAST IRON BODY WITH GAS AND WATER TIGHT ABS TAPERED THREAD PLUG AND ROUND SCORIATED TOP MB OR VB DREAMSTEAMER VALVE BOX: GUY GREY 5200 GALVANIZED VALVE BOX; ORIENT VERTICALLY BETWEEN STUDS. FLUYBING RESPONSIBILITY SGS4EDULE NOTE: ANY ITEM NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR THE LANDLORD SHALL BE FURN1514ED BY THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. ANY ITEM NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LANDLORD OR ANOTHER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. WIRED BY TERMINATI BY u, 'C' - LAY -IN FOR T -BAR CEILING, NON -SALES AREA COMMENTS NOTED IN REMARKS COLUMN FOR DRYWALL CEILING MOUNTING o SIZE MOUNTING ITEM ACCESSORIES BORDER z 1- VAV SYSTEM CATALOG # J ° N REMARKS W Lu W Z VAV BOX • SIDEWALL PLUMBING FIXTURES � • FIRE DAMPE o SDI PLO -23 24" x 24" NO EQUALS, NO SUBSTITUTIONS ELECTRIC WATER COOLER AND • o _ _ • 24" x 24" LAY -IN SALE5 AREA SD2 • 24" x 24" ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES Q e LANDLORD TIHERMOSTATS _ _ • 24" x 24" LAY -IN SALES AREA • SAN. CW/HW. GAS PIPING/REGULATORS AND o • VAV BOX TRANSFORMER FOR MONITOR ONLY CONTROL SYSTEMS 24" x 24" LAY -1N NO EQUALS, NO SUBSTITUTIONS METERS AS REQUIRED • 10114 • o A _ D SMOKE / FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING AND HEADS C/) • • N J WATER HEATER (WH -1) SD5 • 49r x 4r 8" OVAL • Q A - - WATER HEATER (1414-2) CONCEALED MOUNTING #1910 48" LONG BOOT • • • W � WH0 ZW� CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING INSULATED PLENUM - LOCKER ROOM • • e v REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR FOR SMOKE DETECTOR DREAMSTEAMER a • CONCEALED MOUNTING #1950 48" LONG BOOT 696 e U/y/ e GENERAL NOTE THIS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE TAKES PRECEDENT OVER ALL DRAWING NOTES AND COMMENTS REGARDING RESPONSIBILITY YEC�ANIGAL RESF0NSIE3ILIT`*r SC14EDULE NOTE: ANY ITEM NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER OR THE LANDLORD SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. ANY ITEM NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED TO BE INSTALLED BY THE LANDLORD OR ANOTHER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR. ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY WIRED BY TERMINATI BY u, 'C' - LAY -IN FOR T -BAR CEILING, NON -SALES AREA COMMENTS NOTED IN REMARKS COLUMN FOR DRYWALL CEILING MOUNTING o SIZE MOUNTING ACCESSORIES BORDER �Lu VAV SYSTEM CATALOG # FINISH STYLE REMARKS W C W Lu W Z VAV BOX • SIDEWALL CEILING � • FIRE DAMPE e SDI PLO -23 24" x 24" 8110 VAV BOX CONTROLS, OPERATING AND MONITOR ONLY • A _ _ e 24" x 24" LAY -IN SALE5 AREA SD2 • 24" x 24" 10110 Q e LANDLORD TIHERMOSTATS _ _ • 24" x 24" LAY -IN SALES AREA • • VAV BOX TRANSFORMER FOR MONITOR ONLY CONTROL SYSTEMS 24" x 24" LAY -1N 5D4 PLO -23 • 10114 • o A _ D SMOKE / FIRE C/) W oC N J SAME . SIZE #14CF23 MTG. FRAME - LOUNGE 22 SD5 SMOKE DETECTOR 49r x 4r 8" OVAL • Q A - - A CONCEALED MOUNTING #1910 48" LONG BOOT • H REMOTE TEST STATION FOR SMOKE DETECTOR W � WH0 ZW� INSULATED PLENUM - LOCKER ROOM 1950-C " e v REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR FOR SMOKE DETECTOR a 0oW� CONCEALED MOUNTING #1950 48" LONG BOOT 696 1/2 SL U/y/ e WIRING TO LANDLORD FIRE ALARM PANEL LI. -PORCH SD7 PLO -23 24" x 24" 8110 w Q oc o B • _ WIRING TO SMOKE EXACUATION FAN 24" x 24" LAY -IN NON -SALES AREA SD8 PLO -23 24" x 24" 0 o B - _ • 24" x 24" LAY -IN NON -SALES AREA WALL FIRE DAMPERS AND / OR COMBINATION SMOKE / FIRE DAMPERS = co) Nm • RGI SBO14-23 DIFFUSERS / GRILLES, FIRE DAMPERS 22" x 22" o A _ _ B 24" x 24" LAY -IN SALES AREA RG2 SBOH-23 • 22" x 22" FIRE EXTINGUISHERS • B • _ • 24" x 24" LAY -IN NON -SALES AREA RG3 SWH-22 12" x 12" 10" x 10" e GENERAL _ _ A 12" x 12" SURFACE MOUNT LOUNGE 22 „ x 12„ „ „ CONTROL SYSTEM COMMUNICATION BUS • 12" x 12" SURFACE MOUNT MANACxER'S OFFICE RG5 -SLOTS e N/A • e A - - A DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES • (2) 110" • NO PATTERN CONTROLLER - LOCKER ROOM RG6 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK „ 49 x 6 N/A • e • - - A CONCEALED MOUNTING #1920 48" LONG BOOT (2) 2" 5LOT HIGH / MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK • • NO PATTERN CONTROLLER - LOUNGE 22 ZONE DAMPERS DUCT NEATER(S) • UNIT / BASEBOARD HEATERS • RELIEF AIR FAN e RELIEF AIR / MAKEUP AIR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS e RELIEF AIR / MAKEUP AIR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS ACTUATORS • RETURN AIR FAN • OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD / FAN • SMOKE EXHAUST FAN • TOILET EXHAUST FAN • • • TOILET EXHAUST DUCTWORK • • AIR BALANCE REPORT • AS -BUILT DRAWINGS • GENERAL NOTE THIS RESPONSIBILITY SChEDULE TAKES PRECEDENT OVER ALL DRAWING NOTES AND COMMENTS REGARDING RESPONSIBILITY KRUEGER AIR DEVICE SC�4EDULE FURNISPED BY ONNE SYMBOL KEY - 1. FINISHING COLOR BY MANUFACTURER- 2. BORDER STYLE - 'A' - BLACK FINISH 'A' - SURFACE MOUNTED 'B' - STANDARD WHITE FINISH 'B' - LAY -IN FOR METAL GRID TYPE T -BAR CEILING SALES AREA WITH PATTERN CONTROL 'C' - LAY -IN FOR T -BAR CEILING, NON -SALES AREA 'D' - LAY -IN PROVIDED WITH PLASTER FRAME ADAPTER AS NOTED IN REMARKS COLUMN FOR DRYWALL CEILING MOUNTING O � C, SIZE MOUNTING ACCESSORIES BORDER O SYMBOL CATALOG # FINISH STYLE REMARKS W C W Lu W Z FACE NECK SIDEWALL CEILING � DAMPER FIRE DAMPE SDI PLO -23 24" x 24" 8110 • A _ _ B 24" x 24" LAY -IN SALE5 AREA SD2 PLO -23 24" x 24" 10110 Q e q _ _ B 24" x 24" LAY -IN SALES AREA o CL 24" x 24" LAY -1N 5D4 PLO -23 24" x 24" 10114 (31 o A _ D 24" x 24" WITH DIRECTIONAL TABS AND C/) W oC N J SAME . SIZE #14CF23 MTG. FRAME - LOUNGE 22 SD5 1910-C 49r x 4r 8" OVAL • Q A - - A CONCEALED MOUNTING #1910 48" LONG BOOT (2) 1" SLOTS H W a W � WH0 ZW� INSULATED PLENUM - LOCKER ROOM 1950-C " v t� a 0oW� CONCEALED MOUNTING #1950 48" LONG BOOT 696 1/2 SL U/y/ Z LI. -PORCH SD7 PLO -23 24" x 24" 8110 w Q oc o B •aC _ C 24" x 24" LAY -IN NON -SALES AREA SD8 PLO -23 24" x 24" 0 o B - _ C 24" x 24" LAY -IN NON -SALES AREA Ow0Q = co) Nm RGI SBO14-23 24" x 24" 22" x 22" o A _ _ B 24" x 24" LAY -IN SALES AREA RG2 SBOH-23 24" x 24" 22" x 22" • B _ _ C 24" x 24" LAY -IN NON -SALES AREA RG3 SWH-22 12" x 12" 10" x 10" e A _ _ A 12" x 12" SURFACE MOUNT LOUNGE 22 „ x 12„ „ „ 12" x 12" SURFACE MOUNT MANACxER'S OFFICE RG5 -SLOTS 49" x 4" N/A e A - - A CONCEALED MOUNTING 48" LONG (2) 110" NO PATTERN CONTROLLER - LOCKER ROOM RG6 1920-Cn „ 49 x 6 N/A e A - - A CONCEALED MOUNTING #1920 48" LONG BOOT (2) 2" 5LOT NO PATTERN CONTROLLER - LOUNGE 22 Z 4 Q- MAY 0 B 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET M2.1 O Lu w o O a p a 0 o N O � C, pp O Y p O 40 U H O ..o Q W C W Lu W Z IW - C] C] w � m Q �i MAY 0 B 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET M2.1 Y U Z m �i Z Q .J o CL 06 W J (31 � r C/) W oC N J Z(.�M 0 Q W U H W a W � WH0 ZW� a 3 —j c(,)0 v t� a 0oW� U/y/ Z LI. W P. � � w Q oc •aC V�Z�IQ 0 _ Lij Ow0Q = co) Nm h MAY 0 B 2008 ABFHL0155 SHEET M2.1 Design Parameters: Maximum Cooling Sensible (MBH) Design Air Flow (CFM) Minimum Air Flow (CFM) Time of Peak Load Maximum Heating Load (MBH) CityName.......................................................................................................... Sanford Zone 1 22.3 Location.............................................................................................................. Florida Jul 1500 3.9 Latitude.................................................................................................................... 28.4 Deg. 1 28.1 Longitude.................................................................................................................. 81.3 Deg. 4.1 Elevation................................................................................................................ 105.0 ft 1 21.9 SummerDesign Dry-Bulb........................................................................................ 94.0 OF 4.1 Summer Coincident Wet-Bulb.................................................................................. 76.0 IF 1 19.0 Summer Daily Range ............................................................................................... 16.6 °F 5.8 Winter Design Dry-Bulb........................................................................................... 37.0 OF 1 Winter Design Wet -Bulb .......................................................................................... 31.1 °F 0.8 Atmospheric Clearness Number.............................................................................. 0.90 Lounge 22 1 Average Ground Reflectance.................................................................................. 0.20 1191 2.4 Soil Conductivity.................................................................................................... 0.800 BTU/(hr-ft- OF) 1 Local Time Zone (GMT +/- N hours).......................................................................... 5.0 hours 0.9 Consider Daylight Savings Time................................................................................. No Zone 3 0 ft2 Simulation Weather Data.................................................................................. noneN/A 0 ft2 0 Current Data is......................................................................................... User Modified Betty's #2 1 Design Cooling Months............................................................... January to December 582 1.8 680.0 0.86 Dudes #2 AIR S)OOSTE> l SIZING SUNNAR)000' Air System Information 1.6 590.0 0.92 Air System Name........................................... System Number of zones.......................................................... 4 1.3 Equipment Class ............................................ UNDEF Floor Area............................................................ 6039.0 ft2 Air System Type .................................................. VAV Location ............................................... Sanford, Florida Zone 4 Sizing Calculation Information - People 63 Zone and Space Sizing Method: 14084 0 Non -sales 1 Zone CFM .......................... Peak zone sensible load Calculation Months ....................................... Jan to Dec Jul 1400 Space CFM .................. Individual peak space loads Sizing Data ................................................... Calculated 1622.01 Central Cooling Coil Sizing Data 0 Miscellaneous Total coil load .................................... 11.7 Tons Load occurs at .................................................. Jul 1400 - Total coil load ..................................................... 140.6 MBH OA DB / WB ................................................... 93.5/75.9 OF Sensible coil load ............................................... 125.1 MBH Entering DB / WB ........................................... 83.6/65.2 OF Coil CFM at Jul 1400 ........... 4061 CFM ................................ Leaving DB / WB ........................................... 55.0/53.3 OF Max block CFM at Jul 1500 ................................. 4981 CFM Coil ADP.................................................................. 51.8 OF Sum of peak zone CFM ....................................... 4988 CFM Bypass Factor........................................................ 0.100 0 Sensible heat ratio .............................................. 0.890 Resulting RH .............................................................. 50 84584 ft2/Ton................................................................. 515.3 Design supply tem ... 55.0 OF BTU/(hr-ft2)........................................................... 23.3 Zone T -stat Check ................................................. 4 of 4 OK Water flow @ 10.0 OF rise ................................... 28.14 gpm Max zone temperature deviation ................................ 0.0 OF Supply Fan Sizing Data Plenum Roof Load 70% 25530 Actual max CFM at Jul 1500 ................................ 4981 CFM Fan motor BHP ......................................................... 0.00 BHP Standard CFM ..................................................... 4962 CFM Fan motor kW .......................................................... 0.00 kW Actual max CFM/ft2 ......... 0.82 CFM/ft2 Fan static................................................................. 0.00 in wg Outdoor Ventilation Air Data Return Fan Load 4061 CFM 0 Design airflow CFM .................. 0 CFM ................................. CFM/person ................... . .... 0.00 CFM/person CFM/ft2.................................................................0.00 CFM/ft2 0 CFM 0 0 ZONE SIZING SUMMARY Air System Information Air System Name ........................................... System Number of zones........................................................... 4 Equipment Class ............................................ UNDEF Floor Area............................................................ 6039.0 ft2 Air System Type .................................................. VAV Location ............................................... Sanford, Florida Sizing Calculation Information Zone and Space Sizing Method: Zone CFM .......................... Peak zone sensible load Calculation Months ....................................... Jan to Dec Space CFM .................. Individual peak space loads Sizing Data ................................................... Calculated Zone Sizing Data Zone Name Maximum Cooling Sensible (MBH) Design Air Flow (CFM) Minimum Air Flow (CFM) Time of Peak Load Maximum Heating Load (MBH) Zone Floor Area (ft2) Zone CFM/ft2 Zone 1 22.3 121811 12 Jul 1500 3.9 1424.0 0.86 Zone 2 1 28.1 1534 15 Jul 1500 4.1 1496.0 1.03 Zone 3 1 21.9 1195 121 Jul 1500 4.1 1497.0 0.80 Zone 4 1 19.0 1041[= 101 Jul 1400 5.8 1622.0 0.64 ZI?ne Terminal Sizing Data No Zone Terminal Sizing Data required for this system. Space Loads and Airflows Zone Name / Space Name Mult Cooling Sensible (MBH) Time of Load Air Flow (CFM) Heating Load (MBH) Floor Area (ft2) Space CFM/ft2 Zone f ZONE LOADS Details Sensible Latent (BTU/hr) (BTU/hr) Details Sensible Latent (BTU/hr) (BTU/hr) Window & Skylight Solar Loads Betty's #1 1 11.5 Jul 1500 628 2.0 746.0 0.84 Dudes #1 1 10.8 Jul 1500 591 1.8 678.0 0.87 Zone 2 6039 ft2 14895 PHASE Window Transmission 0 ft2 0 - Locker Room -FEMALE 1 2.9 Jul 1400 159 0.8 306.0 0.52 Lounge 22 1 21.8 Jul 1500 1191 2.4 872.0 1.37 Locker Room -MALE 1 3.4 Jul 1500 184 0.9 318.0 0.58 Zone 3 0 ft2 0 - 0 ft2 0 Ceiling Betty's #2 1 10.7 Jul 1500 582 1.8 680.0 0.86 Dudes #2 1 9.9 Jul 1500 544 1.6 590.0 0.92 Corridoor 1 1.3 Jul 1400 70 0.6 227.0 0.31 Zone 4 0 - People 63 10819 14084 0 Non -sales 1 1 19.01 Jul 1400 10411 5.81 1622.01 0.64 AIR SYSTEM DESIG N LOAD SUNNAR"r TRANE SELECTION INFORMATION VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX SCHEDULE DESIGN COOLING DISCHARGE 5.P. (IN. WG) DESIGN HEATING VAV-I o COOLING DATA AT Jul 1400 COOLING OA DB ! WB 93.5 OF / 75.9 OF HEATING HEATING DATA AT DES HTG HEATING OA DB / WB 37.0 OF / 31.1 OF ZONE LOADS Details Sensible Latent (BTU/hr) (BTU/hr) Details Sensible Latent (BTU/hr) (BTU/hr) Window & Skylight Solar Loads 0 ft2 0 MANUFACTURER 0 ft2 OUTLET COOLING Wall Transmission 168 ft2 1020 168 ft2 1301 51ZE Roof Transmission 6039 ft2 10941 6039 ft2 14895 PHASE Window Transmission 0 ft2 0 - 0 ft2 0 615 Skylight Transmission 0 ft2 0 - 0 ft2 0 Door Loads 0 ft2 0 0 ft2 0 Floor Transmission 0 ft2 0 - 0 ft2 0 - Partitions 0 ft2 0 - 0 ft2 0 Ceiling 0 ft2 0 VAN O 0 ft2 0 1210 Overhead Lighting 14666 W 28831 co) 0 0 - Task Lighting ow 0 12/14 0 0 525 Electric Equipment 9291 W 30809 - 0 0 - People 63 10819 14084 0 0 0 Infiltration 0 0 - 0 0 Miscellaneous 300 0 - 0 0 Safety Factor 10%/100/0 8272 1408 10% 1620 0 >> Total Zone Loads 90992 15493 17816 0 Zone Conditioning - 84584 15493 -185 0 Plenum Wall Load 0% 0 - 0 0 - Plenum Roof Load 70% 25530 0 0 Plenum Lighting Load 30% 15013 0 0 Return Fan Load 4061 CFM 0 - 50 CFM 0 - Ventilation Load 0 CFM 0 0 0 CFM 0 0 Supply Fan Load 4061 CFM 0 - 50 CFM 0 - Space Fan Coil Fans - 0 0 Duct Heat Gain / Loss 0% 0 - 0% 0 >> Total System Loads 125127 15493 -185 0 Central Cooling Coil 125127 15500 -185 0 >> Total Conditioning - 125127 15500 - -185 0 Key: Positive values are cig loads Negative values are htg loads Positive values are htg loads Negative values are cig loads TRANE SELECTION INFORMATION VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BOX SCHEDULE CFM DISCHARGE 5.P. (IN. WG) DISCHARGE TEMP(°F) VAV-I o COOLING HEATING FAN NEATER > VAV-3 H.P, VOLTS KW VOLTS MARK MANUFACTURER INLET OUTLET COOLING CFM CFM REMARKS # MODEL NO. 51ZE 51ZE CFM MIN. MIN. PHASE STAGES PHASE LU [a s� > Z VAV-1 0 1010 12/14 1230 615 START-UP. HOLLISTER WILL PROVIDE A SEPARATE SERVICE WARRANTEE FOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE O Ci i Z YEAR AFTER THE CONTROL NUMBER(S) HAVE BEEN ISSUED. VTCCF O S �J3o� ,0 GENERAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY) VAV-2 VTRANE 12'0 18/14 1545 775 LL MOUNT CONTROL PANEL ON POWER WALL WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. V W VAV-3 VAN O 1010 12/14 1210 605 .'rte co) N co) EQUIPMENT. EACH COMPONENT HAS BEEN PREWIRED AND LABELED FOR IDENTIFICATION. VAV-4 VPEFT ANE 1010 12/14 1050 525 525 1/2 2"3 / I STAGE 208/3 AIR BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL FILL OUT FOLLOWING FORM AND FORWARD TO HOLLISTER'S PRIMARY ENGINEERING CONSULTANT AFTER TESTING AND BEFORE FINAL FRAMING OF CEILING. VAV IDENTIFICATION CFM DISCHARGE 5.P. (IN. WG) DISCHARGE TEMP(°F) VAV-I o VAV-2 0 > VAV-3 WARRANTY Cly VAV-4 WO THE MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE CONTROLS AND 3 COMPANYTECHNICIAN'S NAME AABC/NEBB (CIRCLE ONE) CERTIFICATION # TIME DATE MALL ENGINEER ( HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A MINIMUM OF 5'-0' OF MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK FROM EXISTING OR NEW TAPS IN THE SIZE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS FOR C.F.M., STATIC PRESSURE AND DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE TESTING. EAC14 DUCT 514ALL BE PROVIDED WITH A TEMPORARY MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER WITH LOCKING QUADRANT. IF EXISTING V.A.V. BOXES ARE NOTED TO BE REUSED, THEN TEMPORARY BALANCING DAMPERS NEED NOT BE INSTALLED. O2 PRIOR TO TESTING, HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE LANDLORD OF 14I5 INTENTIONS 50 THAT THE LANDLORD CAN CONFIRM THAT 14I5 UNIT IS RUNNING AT CAPACITY. O3 THE AIR BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM A PRELIMINARY AIR BALANCE OF V.A.V. SYSTEM SETTING ALL DAMPERS OR EXISTING V.A.V. BOXES TO THE REQUIRED CFM. STATIC PRESSURE READINGS AND DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE READINGS SHALL BE RECORDED ALONG WITH THE TIME OF DAY AND OUTDOOR AIR CONDITIONS WHEN READINGS WERE TAKEN. THIS INFORMATION, ALONG WITH AIR BALANCE CERTIFICATION NUMBER, SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THE HOLLISTER PRIMARY ENGINEERING CONSULTANT. APPROVAL SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM HOLLISTER'S PRIMARY ENGINEERING CONSULTANT PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF ANY DUCTWORK. HOLLISTER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TO BE NOTIFIED OF PRELIMINARY TEST RESULTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER DEMOLITION. ® THIS TEST MUST BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF ANY DUCTWORK. ANY FABRICATION OF DUCTWORK PRIOR TO THIS SHALL BE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OWN FINANCIAL RISK. UPON APPROVAL FROM HOLLISTER'S PRIMARY ENGINEERING CONSULTANT, THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL REI' ME TEMPORARY MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER AND COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK AND V.A.V. BOXES IN ACCORDANCE TO SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS. ® SYSTEM CAPACITY PRETESTS t FINAL BALANCING MUST BE SCHEDULED WITH LANDLORD FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. PROVIDE COPY OF THE APPROVED TEST 4 BALANCE REPORT TO THE LANDLORD. 0 AT FSH TAP, VERIFY= AIR QUANTITY (CFM) DISCHARGE STATIC PRE55URE DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE FAX RESULTS OF TEST TO JEFF BOLTARD AT WD PARTNERS. FAX# - 614.634.7777 TEMPERATU RE/L I GPT I NG CONTROL SYSTEM * COMMISSIONING CONTROL 5Y5TEM THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL A COMPLETE CONTROL SYSTEM TO AUTOMATICALLY CONTROL THE HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE BID SET DRAWINGS. HOLLISTER SHALL PROVIDE TO THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR ALL CONTROL EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO PERFORM THE SEQUENCES OF OPERATION, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. SYSTEM TO BE UL LISTED AS A WHOLE. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE TO CONTACT OWNER THREE WEEKS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION DATE TO SCHEDULE COMMISSIONING, THIS CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE CONTROL NUMBER AND HAVE SIGNED OFF ON THE CONTROL PANEL AT JOB SITE. FAILURE TO MENTION ANY SPECIFIC ITEM OR DEVICE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSTALLING OR PROVIDING SUCH DEVICES OR ITEMS IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ALL 24 VOLT PLENUM RATED WIRE ASSOCIATED WITH CONTROLS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY HOLLISTER AND INSTALLED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, EQUIPMENT STARTERS AND DISCONNECTS AND ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF DISCONNECTS FOR ROOFTOP UNITS. VAV BOXES WITH HEAT WILL BE PROVIDED WITH ALL REQUIRED CONTROLS, CONTACTORS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, E.C. WILL HAVE A SINGLE POINT CONNECTION. ALL WIRING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RENDER WHATEVER ASSISTANCE 15 REQUIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN MAKING POWER CONNECTIONS TO THE CONTROL DEVICES. HOLLISTER SHALL PROVIDE COMPLETE WIRING AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL EQUIPMENT WITH THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL PACKAGE. ALL CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS WILL BE SPECIFIC TO EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED AND MUST REMAIN WITH RECORD DRAWINGS AT COMFLETION OF PROJECT. COMMISSIONING TEMPERATURE CONTROLS THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST INCLUDE IN BASE BID TWO (2) HOURS FOR COMMISSIONING. INCLUDE AN ADDITIONAL 2 -HOURS OF COMMISSIONING PER HVAC UNIT FOR THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO REPAIR/REPLACE COMPONENTS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE PRIOR TO RECEIVING A CONTROL NUMBER. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE COMMISSIONING A MINIMUM OF SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF TEMPERATURE CONTROL INSTALLATION FOR THE NEXT AVAILABLE COMMISSIONING TIME. FAILURE TO DO 50 MAY REQUIRE THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO RETURN TO THE JOB SITE TO PERFORM COMMISSIONING ON A FUTURE DATE AT THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. LIG14TING CONTROLS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST INCLUDE IN BASE BID TWO (2) HOURS OF COMM155IONING FOR THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO REPAIR/REPLACE COMPONENTS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE PRIOR TO RECEIVING A CONTROL NUMBER. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE COMMISSIONING A MINIMUM OF SEVEN (7) DAYS PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF TEMPERATURE CONTROL INSTALLATION FOR THE NEXT AVAILABLE COMMISSIONING TIME. FAILURE TO DO 50 MAY REQUIRE THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO RETURN TO THE JOB SITE TO PERFORM COMMISSIONING ON A FUTURE DATE AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. LIGHTING CONTROLS TO CONSIST OF THREE (3) ZONES. ZONE "A" FOR STOREFRONT AND SIGNAGE. ZONE "B" FOR STOCKING AND ZONE "C" FOR SALES AREA. B 4 C ZONES SHALL HAVE AN OVERRIDE SWITCH FACTORY MOUNTED ON THE FRONT OF THE TEMPERATURE MONITORING/LIGHTING CONTROL CABINET. CONTROL RELAYS TO BE FACTORY MOUNTED INSIDE THE CONTROL CABINET AND ARE TO BE HARD WIRED TOA TERMINAL BLOCK FIELD WIRING FROM THE CONTROL CABINET TO THE LI HT TO LINE VOLTAGE CONDUIT NOR LAY CABLES ON CEILING (MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C. -I., o 0 CID CABLES IN CONDUIT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE FINAL DESTINATION LOCATIONS N CID m WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.) Z r � O ONCE ALL CONTROL EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSTALLED, CALL AND SCHEDULE FOR COMMISSIONING. THIS MUST BE DONE cc O O AT LEAST SEVEN (7) DAYS BEFORE SYSTEM 15 READY FOR COMMISSIONING, TO SCHEDULE NEXT AVAILABLE COMMIS510NING W a a a TIME. cc SEQUENCES OF OPERATION µ co 0 o c TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL (JCP) OPERATION O N !V O THE TCP HAS A BUILT-IN TIME CLOCK WHICH SHALL BE SET FO OCCUPIED A UNOCCUPIED H R5. THE TCP SHALL C#4 C CONTROL EVERY PIECE OF PRIMARY HVAC EQUIPMENT. UPON A L055 OF SIGN L FROM THE TCP, THE CONTRO BOARD IN O EACH PIECE OF PRIMARY EQUIPMENT SHALL MAINTAIN A SET P01 OF 71'F I HE COOLING MODE ND 68OF I THE HEATING MODE. THE TCP SHALL CONTROL THE LIGHTING AS WELL AS THE VAC UNIT($), AND 514 B QUIPPED WITH .• W w ONE HOUR OVERRIDE CONTROLS TO TURN THE LIGHTS ON DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS. THE TCP SHALL ALSO HAVE A W I-- a TELEPHONE CONNECTION FOR REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROLLING. Q 0 W MANUFACTURER 514ALL FURNISH AND/OR INSTALL ALL NECESSARY CONTROL DEVICES TO ACCOMPLISH THE FOLLOWING~ 0 W SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. W _03 w Z In DURING OCCUPIED HOURS THE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT DAMPER SHALL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN THE SPACE pp TEMPERATURE. P 5: COOLING MODE: LO DURING OCCUPIED HOURS BOTH THE SALES AND NON -SALES AREA SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT 710F. DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS ALL AREAS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT 80'F. 2Y HEATING MODE: _ U DURING OCCUPIED HOURS BOTH THE SALES AND NON -SALES AREA SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT 68'F. DURING UNOCCUPIED HOU S, AL ARE SHA BE AINT £D 64'F MORNING WARM-UP/COOL-DOWN MODE: P FOR ONE HOUR BEFORE AND AFTER OCCUPIED HOUR5, THE TCP SHALL CALL FOR THE WARM-UP CYCLE. DURING WARM-UP, THE UNITS) WILL MODULATE ONLY IF COOLING AND/OR HEATING IS CALLED FOR TO REACH THE DESIRED SET POINTS. Z EMERGENCY HEAT MODE: IF THE PLENUM SENSOR REPORTS A TEMPERATURE UNDER 50-F, THE TCP SHALL GO INTO ALARM AND TURN ALL THE LIGHTS p ON IN THE SPACE. SMOKE EVAGUAT-IGN+ co LU -LANDLORD 61VFSED-SM19KE EVACUATION-: *9TEM..-W 'J -I � V � J W OC D ~V N Z Z M 0 CONTROLS PACKAGE DELIVERY NOTE THE CONTROLS PACKAGE HAS BEEN PRE -PURCHASED BY THE HOLLISTER CO. WITHIN THE FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR THEIR MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE PHONE AND THE FAX NUMBER OF THE CONTACT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AND RECEIVING THE CONTROLS PACKAGE AND ACCESSORIES. INCLUDE THE DELIVERY ADDRESS AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE TO BE SHIPPED, PLUS ANY SPECIAL SHIPPING INFORMATION REQUIRED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) WEEKS AFTER CONSTRUCTION STARTS FOR DELIVERY UNLESS, SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS ARE MADE PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL SHIPPING COST INCURRED IF DELIVERY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE STANDARD TWO (2) WEEKS SCHEDULED. THE CONTROLS PACKAGE AND ACCESSORIES WILL SHIP IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PURCHASE ORDER DATE AND INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED BY HOLLISTER CO. AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR IT UNTIL SUCH TIME AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION ON PROJECT. IT 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT ALL NECESSARY CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES HAVE BEEN RECEIVED FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT. G FIXTURE CONTACTORS TO BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. TERMINAL BLOCK TO BE LABELED WITH CONNECTION POINTS INDICATED ON PROVIDED WIRING DIAGRAM: LU QLUa o IL 0 > WARRANTY Cly I WO THE MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE CONTROLS AND 3 W > u r� ACCESSORIES I N ACCORDANCE WITH THESE DRAWINGS AND THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THE CONTROLS o w a PACKAGE. WARRANTY BEYOND THE INSTALLATION IS BY 14OLLISTER CO. C1 THE UNIT MANUFACTURER WARRANTS ALL CONTROL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY HOLLISTER TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN LU [a s� > Z WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIAL UNDER NORMAL USE AND SERVICE FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER COMPLETION OF V Z LU 9 w LL START-UP. HOLLISTER WILL PROVIDE A SEPARATE SERVICE WARRANTEE FOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE O Ci i Z YEAR AFTER THE CONTROL NUMBER(S) HAVE BEEN ISSUED. O S �J3o� ,0 GENERAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY) DETAILED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WILL BE INCLUDED WITH THE DELIVERY OF THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL PACKAGE. Tt i til H -i LL MOUNT CONTROL PANEL ON POWER WALL WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. V W .JZ .j OLU0Q Z REVIEW DETAILED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND CONFIRM INSTALLATION LOCATIONS FOR ALL HOLLISTER SUPPLIED .'rte co) N co) EQUIPMENT. EACH COMPONENT HAS BEEN PREWIRED AND LABELED FOR IDENTIFICATION. MAY INSTALL ALL COMPONENTS AND ROUTE GABLES THROUGH JOISTS BACK TO TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL. CABLES MUST BE RUN INDIVIDUALLY AND INSTALLED WITH 6 INCH SEPARATION WITH SUPPORTS EVER 6 FEET. DO NOT RUN CABLES PARALLEL ABFHL0155 SHEET TO LINE VOLTAGE CONDUIT NOR LAY CABLES ON CEILING (MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C. -I., o 0 CID CABLES IN CONDUIT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE FINAL DESTINATION LOCATIONS N CID m WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.) Z r � O ONCE ALL CONTROL EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSTALLED, CALL AND SCHEDULE FOR COMMISSIONING. THIS MUST BE DONE cc O O AT LEAST SEVEN (7) DAYS BEFORE SYSTEM 15 READY FOR COMMISSIONING, TO SCHEDULE NEXT AVAILABLE COMMIS510NING W a a a TIME. cc SEQUENCES OF OPERATION µ co 0 o c TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL (JCP) OPERATION O N !V O THE TCP HAS A BUILT-IN TIME CLOCK WHICH SHALL BE SET FO OCCUPIED A UNOCCUPIED H R5. THE TCP SHALL C#4 C CONTROL EVERY PIECE OF PRIMARY HVAC EQUIPMENT. UPON A L055 OF SIGN L FROM THE TCP, THE CONTRO BOARD IN O EACH PIECE OF PRIMARY EQUIPMENT SHALL MAINTAIN A SET P01 OF 71'F I HE COOLING MODE ND 68OF I THE HEATING MODE. THE TCP SHALL CONTROL THE LIGHTING AS WELL AS THE VAC UNIT($), AND 514 B QUIPPED WITH .• W w ONE HOUR OVERRIDE CONTROLS TO TURN THE LIGHTS ON DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS. THE TCP SHALL ALSO HAVE A W I-- a TELEPHONE CONNECTION FOR REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROLLING. Q 0 W MANUFACTURER 514ALL FURNISH AND/OR INSTALL ALL NECESSARY CONTROL DEVICES TO ACCOMPLISH THE FOLLOWING~ 0 W SEQUENCE OF OPERATION. W _03 w Z In DURING OCCUPIED HOURS THE VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT DAMPER SHALL MODULATE TO MAINTAIN THE SPACE pp TEMPERATURE. P 5: COOLING MODE: LO DURING OCCUPIED HOURS BOTH THE SALES AND NON -SALES AREA SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT 710F. DURING UNOCCUPIED HOURS ALL AREAS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT 80'F. 2Y HEATING MODE: _ U DURING OCCUPIED HOURS BOTH THE SALES AND NON -SALES AREA SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT 68'F. DURING UNOCCUPIED HOU S, AL ARE SHA BE AINT £D 64'F MORNING WARM-UP/COOL-DOWN MODE: P FOR ONE HOUR BEFORE AND AFTER OCCUPIED HOUR5, THE TCP SHALL CALL FOR THE WARM-UP CYCLE. DURING WARM-UP, THE UNITS) WILL MODULATE ONLY IF COOLING AND/OR HEATING IS CALLED FOR TO REACH THE DESIRED SET POINTS. Z EMERGENCY HEAT MODE: IF THE PLENUM SENSOR REPORTS A TEMPERATURE UNDER 50-F, THE TCP SHALL GO INTO ALARM AND TURN ALL THE LIGHTS p ON IN THE SPACE. SMOKE EVAGUAT-IGN+ co LU -LANDLORD 61VFSED-SM19KE EVACUATION-: *9TEM..-W 'J -I � V � J W OC D ~V N Z Z M 0 CONTROLS PACKAGE DELIVERY NOTE THE CONTROLS PACKAGE HAS BEEN PRE -PURCHASED BY THE HOLLISTER CO. WITHIN THE FIRST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OR THEIR MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE PHONE AND THE FAX NUMBER OF THE CONTACT PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING AND RECEIVING THE CONTROLS PACKAGE AND ACCESSORIES. INCLUDE THE DELIVERY ADDRESS AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE TO BE SHIPPED, PLUS ANY SPECIAL SHIPPING INFORMATION REQUIRED. ALLOW A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) WEEKS AFTER CONSTRUCTION STARTS FOR DELIVERY UNLESS, SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS ARE MADE PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR WALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL SHIPPING COST INCURRED IF DELIVERY IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE STANDARD TWO (2) WEEKS SCHEDULED. THE CONTROLS PACKAGE AND ACCESSORIES WILL SHIP IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PURCHASE ORDER DATE AND INSTRUCTIONS ISSUED BY HOLLISTER CO. AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR IT UNTIL SUCH TIME AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION ON PROJECT. IT 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT ALL NECESSARY CONTROLS AND ACCESSORIES HAVE BEEN RECEIVED FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT. W Z LU QLUa o IL 0 Lino Cly ZZ WO 3 J o V �- LU LL Z WWZt� �J3o� ,0 0 Tt i LL V W .JZ .j OLU0Q Z a .'rte co) N co) vim, MAY 0 6 7008 ABFHL0155 SHEET M3A FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT ALL DUCT LINER FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT OR DUCT ALL DUCT LINER FLANGED AND GASKETED JOINT OR DUCT OR DUCT CONNECTION AND RE- TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE CONNECTION AND RE- ENFORCEMENT IN TRANSVERSE EDGES TO CONNECTION AND RE- ENFORCEMENT IN PLATE SAME GAUGE AS DUCT PLATE SAME GAUGE AS DUCT 25 114", 21 11411 COATED W/ ADHESIVE IN 1 : VANES PRE -ASSEMBLED ON VANES PRE -ASSEMBLED ON 1q 1/4 OR 13 1/4 NOMINAL 'x12 12'1.22 I/2'x 12 W ENFORCEMENT IN ACCORDANCE ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA 2 W.C. CLASS 8E COATED W/ ADHESIVE ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA 2 W.C. CLASS SEAL " " W/ SMACNA 2" W.G. CLASS, SEAL STANDARDSACCORDANCE COSMACNA SEAL NON-GASKETED TRANS- VERSE IN ACCORDANCE W/ NON-GASKETED TRANS- VERSE JOINTS IN RUNNER PLATES RUNNER PLATES OUTSIDE DIMENSION NOMINAL 18"x 18' ■ 18 I/2"x 18 1/2' "-GASKETED TRMS- VERSE (TYP. ) JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA CLASS SMACNA STANDARDS ACCORDANCE W/ SMACNA CLASS G (TYP.) — NOMINAL 20'x 20' ■ 20 I/2'x 20 I/2' JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE W/ "C (TYP.) (TYP.) USE GALVANIZED VANES FOR USE GALVANIZED VANES FOR NOMINAL 24'x 24' ■ 24 1/2'x 24 1/2' SMACNA GLASS 'C' (TYP.) GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM DUCTS GALVANIZED OR ALUMINUM DUCTS NOMINAL 24'x 12' ■ 24 I/2'x 12 1/2' FV AIR `\Is ----------------- -- SQUARE TO ROUND AIR ROUND TO ROUND TO DAMPER MAIN DUCT ' FLOW 23 , 1q , 17 OR 11 _ =n 1 ACOUSTICAL r LESS THAN INSIDE DIMENSION �' pG B I6' ONLY LINING r �j'" (/'� 36" TURNING _ p FOR 12x12 DIFFUSERS, MOUNT MAIN DUCT I' ACOUSTICAL ►� / /�/� VANES "YOUNG' DAMPER REGULATOR ■ LINING TAPE DOWN EXTERNAL CONICAL OR BELL MOUTH SPIN- -4010PC8 8 MAIN DUCT CONICAL, SADDLE OR TAP / i � �- / / LENGTH � � ON CHARNEL Y MOT YRC-4010PGI2 ■ 12' - - - - - - -" - - - INSULATION IN FITTING SEAL. AIRTIGHT W/ / i / INSTEAD N a- MOUNTING SCREW FIELD YRC-40IOPCI ■ 16' _ FITTING, SEAL AIRTIGHT W/ � / � �� � DUCT SIZE INSTALLED I FASTEN W/ MIN.. (3) SWT. PLASTIC MASTIC "C CHANNEL REINFORCING BY R ALL DUCT LINER TRANSVERSE VOLUME DAMPER AS INDICATED MTL. SCREWS SEAL W/ VOLUME DAMPER AS INDICATED �- " EDGES TO BE COATED W/ � i ?•� ORP1ER ON PLANS. PROVIDE WITH DUCT TAPE AND MASTIC ON PLANS. PROVIDE WITH FASTEN W/ MIN. (3) SWT. G.C. AROUND OPENING 7312 ADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE W/ LACKING QUADRANT VOLUME DAMPER AS INDICATED _ T -STAT SMACNA STANDARDS ('TYP.) LOCKING QUADRANT MTL. SCREWS, SEAL W/ ON PLANS. PROVIDE WITH �R'r �' DRYWALL CEILING V 40 VA I 18' LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ROUND RIGID DUCT 18' LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE DUCT TAPE AND MASTIC --,LOCKING QUADRANT 120V E.C. BRANCH DUCT ATTACHED t0 DAMPER t0 ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO OVER 36' IN LENGTH OVER 36' IN LENGTH 24"1 20", 18" OR 12" IDENTIFY LOCATION IDENTIFY LOCATION ROUND RIGID DUCTKaj'18 LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE 1 1/2' WRAPPED INSULATION I I& WRAPPED INSULATION ATTACHED TO DAMPER TOIDENTIFY LOCATION SO. ELBOW WITH TYPE "A" SQ. ELBOW WITH SINGLE 1 1/S" TEEL MOUNTING FRAME DOUBLE THICKNESS VANES THICKNESS VANES SQUARE DUCT TAKEOFF DETAIL ROUND DUCT TAKEOFF DETAILI� TURNING VANES DRYWALL MOUNTING FRAME ZONE DAMP o SCALE =NONE 5CALE :NONE � ER WIRING DIAGRA SCALE =NONE ® SCALE :NONE SCALE =NONE W TO S.A. MAIN SECURE VINYL FLEX DUCT TO SWT. MTL. ELBOW REQUIRED. VACUUM BREAKER BY P.G. UNION BY P.C. (1'YP.) � • SHT. MI W/ METHOD AND DUCTED RETURN SYSTEM wAl.l.WIN SECURELY TAPE VINYL FLEX NON -DUCTED RETURN SYSTEM SECURELY TAPE VINYL f EXPANSION TANK 4RWATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING MATERIALS BY TO R.A. DUCTTO L. W/ MIN. OF DUCT TO SWT. MTL. W/ IN. OF ---� �4 FIXTURE INSULATED FLEX DUCT MFGR. AND PER CODE, MAIN INSULATED O WRAPS OF OLKT (2) CONTINUOUS OF DUCT ATTACH DAMPER TO ST -g SCHEDULE FOR co ROUND DUCT STRAP CLAMP OVER FLEX DUCT STUB SHEET METAL DUCT IV UP SAME THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET ADDITIONAL INFO. ROUND DUCT TAPE. STRAP CLAMP OVER FLEX TAPE. STRAP OVER FLEX SLEEVE AS RECOPI- BOLT TO SLEEVE (TYP.) INSULATION 4 VINYL TO SWT. MTL. SIZE AS NECK OF GRILLE. REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATED SECURE INSULATION TO DUCT TO DUCT INSULATION VINYL TO DUCT INSULAT 4 VINYL t0 MENDED BY MFGR. SWT. MTL. ELBOW REQUIRED FORM A GOOD SEAL. VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION SHT. MTL. TAPE INSULATION TO CEILINGS ONLY. SWT. MTI E INSULATION TO STEEL BUIDES WITH 3/4' DUCT t0 FORM A GOOD REAL. DUCT T A GOOD SEAL 2 WIDE, Za GA. WHERE DAMPER WOULD FF INTERLOCKING JOINTS GAT&BALL VALVE SWEET METAL BAND, VOLUME DAMPER LOCATION 8' LONG SET. MPR. SECTION INACCESSIBLE AT TAKEOFF. 8" LONG SHT. MTL. SECTION TO S.A. BY F.G. SECURE t0 WALL FOR MAIN END SQUARE DUCTWORK FUSIBLE FIRE LINK MOUNT SLEEVE IN BLDG. WHERE DAMPER WOULD BE SECURED TO DIFFUSER COLLAR PROVIDE W/ 3' EXTENDED SECURED H DIFFUSER COLLAR CONSTRUCTION 0 INACCESSIBLE AT TAKEOFF. W/ MIN. (3) 51sT. MTL. 'SCREWS, OF GAUGE AS RECOM- MENDED SEISMIC BRACING 4 PROVIDE WB' EXTENDED MASTIC AND MATERIALS SHAFT, HANDLE AND COLLAR. W/ MIN. (3) SWT. MTL. SCREWS, fROM NECK UP TO BO' ITOM OF , SLEEVE T CHECK VALVE WHERE REQUIRED BY SHAFT, HANDLE AND COLLAR. REGOMIMENDED BY FLEX DUCT INSULATED FLEXIBLE CONNECTION. DUCT TAPE AND MASTIC. RETURN AIR REGISTER (LAY -IN FRAME) DRYWALL DECK ABOVE AND CONNECT 8' ROUND DUCTWORK BY MFGR. FOR U.L. APPROVAL CODE. (BY P.C.) p - TO SIDE OF BOX. AND CODE COM- PLIANCE INSULATE ALL PIPING IN 3'-0" INSULATED MFGR. AND PER CODE.. (MIN. 3 FT., MAX. 4 Ff.) THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET FIRE DAMPER WHERE INDICATED FRAME REQUIRED FOR DRYWALLCLCv. STEEL ACCORDANCE WITH FLEXIBLE CONNECTION. FIRE DAMPER WHERE INDICATED (MIN.) 1'-0" SHEET METAL REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATED ON PLANS. CEILING INSTALLATION SEE ACCORDANCE I }_ ON PLANS. PLENUM BOX. 1 CEILINGS ONLY. DETAIL 'D' THIS SHEET. TRANSITION FROM DUCT SIZE TO ---_ NOTE= PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN 3/40T 4 P RELIEF VALVE IL DIFFUSER NECK SIZE AS THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR 8Y P.G. V. DRIP PAN BY NECESSARY. REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATED F3'-0' INSULATEDLEXIBLE CONNECTION DRYWALL CEILING STEEL � (�') RESETTING OF DAMPER FUSIBLE � P.C. CEILINGS ONLY. LINK. 3/4 RUN FULL SIZE BALANCING DAMPER AT FACE DRYWALL CLC. STEEL MOUNTING MOUNTING FRAME REQUIRED FOR ON DIFFUSER SEE AIR DEVICE SCUMTIN . YWALL CEILING INSTALLATION TO MOP BASIN. PED DRYWALL CLI;',. STEEL MOUNTISCUM. FOR FRAME REQUIRED FOR DRYWALL SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER SEPARATE RODS. SEE NOTE BQ+OW. FRAME REQUIRED FOR DRYWALL DAMPERS' CEILING INSTALLATION SEE ALL DIFFUSERS ARE 4 -WAY BLOW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. DIRECTIONAL BLOW (LAY -IN FRAME) DRAIN VALVE BY P.C. - 3/4' DRAINS `9 TO TO MOP SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER CEILING INSTALLATION. RETURN AIR REGISTER DETAIL 'D' THIS SWEET.. CONVERTERS WILL BE PROVIDED BY HOLLISTER FOR DIFFUSERS CHAT ARE I-WAY, 2 -WAY DUCT ��� RETAINING ANGLiS SIZE AS Bgg1 . (LAY -IN FRAME) FIRE DAMPER WHERE INDICATED OR 3 -WAY BLOW AS DESIGNATED ON PLANS BY SHADED AREA. (YP•) RETOM- MENDED , SIZE A PLYWOOD PLATE Y ON PLANS. GENERAL CNN OR /If DIFFUSER .MOUNTING DETAIL RETURN GRILL MOUNTING DETAIL MANAGERS DIFFUSER MOUNTIN VERTICAL FIRE DAMPER DETAIL WATER HEATER MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE :NONE SCALE =NONE SCALE =NONE SCALE _NONE j SCALE =NONE FRONT OF Ct. HARD DUCT TO SLIP INTO FLEXIBLE DUCT MINIMUM WALL LINE PIPE SLEEVE 26 GAUGE MINIMUM GALVANIZED BARRELVAULT OF i'. CLAMP FLEX DUCT TO HARD DUCT. COVER STRAINER, FLUSH FINISWED FLOOR (SEE 3M FIRE BARRIER (CAULK -STEEL PLATE. SECURE TO CEILING RAW ENDS OF FLEX DUCT AND CLAMPS WITH WITH FLOOR ARCHITECTURAL FOR CP -25 OR PUTTY J03) FLOOR WITH STEM. MASONRY STUDS 2'-0' O.C. DUCT TAPE TO CREATE AIR TIGHT SEAL. ( FLOOR SLOPES) V-0' INSULATED p� G O W FLOOR SLAB ANS FASTENERS. Fl.EXIBLE CONNECTION ............. .... w � PIPE JACKET / 6 �� .......... . ......... �j _ 4' THICK z Nr GAUGE MINIMUM FIRESAFING INSULAT GALVANIZED STEEL -PIPE lll 1►IM11 AtVlLl 01 e•re 9WO4115W'•n 47-T— ADJUSTABLE Lu ar 1 - FIFE I .r'. I... vrwrVlV. I V N 0....................... Ll 4 ' C4 FLOOR WITH STEEL PIPE JACKET 4 INSULATION ° DRAT EAD MASONRY FASTENERS. INSULATED a ° O ROUND DUCT v 4 W p PIPE JACKET 4 :.x : �; • • �j o IIt.7V1.A 1 1{TI �. y .� ::.:•�. '. ROSS THE NOLOCATE REGISTES 8" INSULATED r ODY TE: OAF 1E 80011 OVAL DUCt ° o DRAIN Bz AS SHOWN ON PLANS. i 99 P Ca 3/4' THICK FLOOR BOOT PLENUM KRUEGER #1910 BOOT PIPE JACKET 4 FIRESAFING 3M FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP -25 48' LONG - INSULATED PLENUM ° '• ' Q D V J INSULATION POLYSULFIDEINSULATION OR PUTTY 303) � 6' NIGH OIL INSIDE CAULK ID f-: t7 SEALANT IDE SEALANT PIPE SLEEVE PIS ; :::: CORRUGATED METAL BARREL DRAIN SUPPORT S ~ K..• A - I MINERAL WOOL BATT OR VAULT CEILING. REFER TO �., STRAP PIPE WALL. CERAMIC (ALUMINA SILICA) FIBER ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR BLANKET WITH A REMOVABLE CEILING PIPE FORM CENTER of DIFFUSER THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET ~ WALL PENETRATION FLOOR PENETRATION ALL A E� AT T -s AFF REQUIRED FOR FIRE RATED A. FLOOR DRAIN COVER FLUSH w PE ETR TION FLOOR PENETRATION I TH TILE OR FLUSH WITH CONCRETE FLOOR IN AREA 6-1/4' CEILINGS ONLY. WITH NO TILE. S. CONTRACTOR TO SNAKE DRAINS 2 DAYS PRIOR TO OPENING. PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL FIRE RATED PENETRATION DETAIL LOUNGE 22 LINEAR RE •• o o K �,,� , NSE REGISTER DRESSING ROOM DIFFUSER NOT USED. � L SCALE : NONE FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL r �p M SCALE : NONE SCALE :NONE Z N � Q SCALE =NONE O P SCALE =NONE O - o REAMSTEAMER" PLUMBING NOTES: � '� w a A A 1/2' COPPER LINE OR TUBING TAP INTO THE NEAREST AVAILABLE COLD WATER SOURCE (COLD WATER INPUT TO WATER HEATER, DRINKING FOUNTAIN, BATHROOM, ETC.) USING 1/2" COPPER LINE OR TUBING. 30 AMP. INDIVIDUAL BRANCH CIRCUIT O N N THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SWALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A I& BALL TYPE SHUT-OFF VALVE MOUNTED TO THE WATER SHUTOFF VALVE MUST BE O WALL IN AN EASILY ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. � �• �• 72 INCHES OF STAINLESS STEEL BRAIDED TUBING AND THE HARDWARE TO CONNECT TO A 3/8' BALL VALVE WILL 15E INCLUDED SECURELY MOUNTED IN AN EASILYACCESSIBLE LOCATION WITHIN FIVE FEET O O O VALVE BOX - VS - REFER TO OF THE LEFT SIDE OF THE MACHINE BALL WITH THE MACHINE. .. W .. 30 AMP. 3 -POLE 4 -WIRE GROUNDING RECEPTACLE PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR TYPE SHUTOFF VALVE THE DRAIN DOES SM NEED t0 BE CONNECTED. WITH NEUTRAL (NEMA LIS -30). SEE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS .. LU SHEET EI FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. o VALVE PER LOCAL PLUMBING, 11--' � • • y us ALL CANADIAN AND CERTAIN U.S. LOCATIONS REQUIRE THE USE OF A BACKFLOW VALVE. CHECK YOUR LOCAL PLUMBING CODE. p o CODE BY CONTRACTOR SECURE FLEXIBLE DUCT W/ TRANSITION TO OVAL y THE WATER LINE WILL NEED TO BE BLED AND FREE OF DEBRIS BEFORE IT IS CONNECTED TO THE MACHINE, AFTER CONNECTING DRAWBAND, SEAL CONN. AIR- OR RECTANGULAR DUCTTIGHT IN ACCORDANCE W/ SAME SIZE AS VAV BOX DECK W � � � W CLEAN INTERNAL STRAINER AND CYCLE WATER UNTILL STRAINER REMAINS CLEAR. SMACNA STANDARDS. VAPOR CONNECTION SIZE. C f'- DECIC ABOVE BARRIER 8 INSULATION SHALL VVI z G HANGERS (MUST BE AT IV THE WATER PRESSURE MUST NOT EXCEED 100 PSI. IF THE WATER PRESSURE IS GREATER THAN 100 PSI THEN A W PSI 6E INSTALLED OVER CONN. t BALANCING TAPS PRIMARY AIR DAMPER =� m Q BEFORE DROP) REGULATOR WILL NEED TO BE INSTALLED. REDUCER SECURED W/ ADD L. DRAW - DRAIN (DO NOT CONNECT) BAND (TYP.) 1' LINED LOW " COILED COPPER TUBING PESSURE TRANS TION TOT, APPROXIMATELY SIX FEET BY INSULATED LOW MANUFACTURER. P 0 DUCT ON FLEXIBLE. ON DRAWINGS DUCT SIZE SHOWN R m "DREAMSTEAMER" INSTALLATION DETAIL PRIMARY DISCHARGE Y 1/2" TYPE 'L' WATER SUPPLY, '''----� SCALE :NONE U CLAMP TO WALL At TOP, y JOIST/BEAM MIDPOINT AND BOTTOM. AIR FLOW AIR FLOW 4 x DIA. MIN. F LEN GTN CEILING WALL INSULATED LOW Z PRESSURE DUCT 0 ACTUATOR 8 CONTROLS �' 3 PROVIDE A 3/8' BALL VALVE < 1/2' X 3/8' REDUCER FITTING W IN WALL ACCESS PANEL BY GG 0 ALLOW 2'-0" MIN. 1/2" BACKFLOW PREVENTER VENT I'AFF ON2E PWALLLAADJACENT T0PIPE DN 0 CLEARANCE ACCESS W CJ 1/2' WATER SUPPLY. TURN OUT NON-SAI-Eg J r J TOWARD FLOOR DRAIN - Lr. W0 N WATTS SERIES 'D9' ASM012 STTEAAMMER WALL Q ac N z STANDARD DOUBLE CHECK BY OWNER - o n M 0 BACKFLOW PREVEN'TER WT. 3804« � 'DREAMSTEAMER" 3/8' BRAIDED COPPER TUBING BY Z W �' `p MANUFACTURER _ a �W PROVIDE G' OF 3/8' BRAIDED o �� ~ W 0 a COPPER TUBING AND CONNECT N 6 n TO STEAMER BY MANUFACTURER. W 3 FINISHED FLOOR SECTION VIEW PLAN VIEW V o .. Q V0 V � W � "DRf AMSTEAMER' PIPING DETAIL �1� w SCALE : NONE VAV BOX DETAIL W u� S z mio :NONE Q '- o 0 0� _ Zp V J 0Z W OW0Q SNNN to MAY 0 6 2008 ABFHLO155 SHEET M4ml ROOF •:*,�atj.. _•s:?a:v:r;i�.i• TO FLOW PANE /2' EMT and Fitting �� 1/2' 14OLE IN i .. ;.. ,:............. . ...• :....k ... ..: 1/2 EMT AND FITTING 1: � I7NE SIGNED RTU O�W FACING14E SIDE F E - 1/2' EMT AND FITTING 1 .� v � � r CEILING ,• :s ,� _ . ,. .xN OR INSIDE OA DUCTWORK WHERE RTU •• .:c:.'•."" :,::i :r,•• •.r.;Y•.." :.; •' •',� 'r CEILING IS NOT AVAILABLE ON T14E ROOF. t •%' CEILING NG ROOFING RAFT NOTE: FLOW SENSOR MUST OAP (WEATHERPROOF) BE MOUNTED ON T44E TOP IS MOUNTED DIRECTLY PART OF THE PIPE WITHIN NOTE: ALL ROOM SENSORSIS/2 CL2P CABLE NOTE: ALL ROOM SENSORS 18/2 C12P CABLE USING SHEET METAL SCREWS. TO EMS MODULE OR PANEL ADJUSTING NUT FLOW 5' OF THE UNIT. ARE MOUNTED 4 FT. FROM TO EMS MODULE OR PANEL ARE MOUNTED 4 FT. FROM I6/4 CL2P CABLE M THE FINISHED FLOOR 70 714E 714E FINISHED FLOOR 70 THE TO EMS MODULE OR PANEL NOTE: ALL ROOM SENSORS CENTER OF THE SENSORS. ARE MOUNTED 4 FT. FROM " O 1/2' EMT 4 2X4 BOX CENTER OF THE SENSORS. THE FINISHED FLOOR TO T14E 1/2 EMT 2X4 BOX N /2' EMT 12X4 BOX CENTER OF THE SENSORS. -3/4 a 17ii, IS/4 GL2P TO EMSPred 0 1/2' EMT 4 2X4 BOX l BASE 1 O blk 4 FLOW DIRECTION O °1 18/2 CL2P CABLE SNEETROCK BASE .COVER SHEE7ROCK BASE COVER. 70 EMS MODULE OR PANEL �yEz I/2" PLASTIC BUSKIN RTU SHEET METAL OR BASE COVER S14EETROCK WALL OA DUCTWORK ROOM TEMP SENSOR MOUNTING DTLRS PRO/BASIC SENSOR DETAIL ROOM TEMP SENSOR MOUNTING DTL PLENUM TEMP SENSOR MOUNTING OAP MOUNTING DETAIL WATER FLOW SENSOR DETAIL SCALE : NONE B SCALE : NONE SCALE : NONE ®: NONE E E SCALE = NONE F SCALE :NONE W � 18/2 CL2P TO 14VAC CONTROL MODU LINE C * red L1 L2 L3 blk 666 MODEL 1502UR CONTACTOR ==J 18/2 CL2P to 14VAC Control Module 125-250 VAC 10A Lt L2 L3 I/4 NP 125-250 VAC DISCONNECT 120V SUPPLIED FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW _ 12AWG T14HN TOEM 0. 3 4 FROM BREAKER PAN 4 INSIDE DRAIN P% CURRENT SWIT LOAD 18/2 CL2P TO HVAC MO CURRENT SWIT }" Or<. DCONTROL CABINET TO SENSORMATIC SYST FCWWPIPE FLOAT SENSOR MOUNTING DETAILSENSORMATIC MOUNTING DETAIL FAN STATUS -CURRENT SWITCH STRAP -ON SENSOR DETAIL H SCALE NONE I SCALE : NONE SCALE : NONE K SCALE :NONE 18/2 CL2P to HVAC Castrol Module ® ® A. Control System walls and floors. E -Z anchor fasteners shall be used for mounting sensors and conduit straps on sheetrock walls. pG The Mechanical Contractor shall install a complete control system to automatically control the Use E -Z Anchor fasteners for mounting sensors and conduit straps on sheetrock wallsUse w . heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment as specified herein and as shown on the W> bid set drawing. Hollister shall provide to the Mechanical Contractor all control equipment plastic anchors for mounting sensors, J -boxes, and conduit straps on block or concrete walls. W > V RTP® necessary to perform the sequences of operation, except as specifically noted otherwise. All mountings of panels and devices will be checked and level. 7► a 0 D " System to be UL listed as a whole. Control System to be as supplied by Systems Integration Wiring and Cable Installation W_ 0 1/2 Plastic Bushing Group (SIG). a A w 0 p 4 oC Lighting controls will consist of three (3) zones. Zone "A The following wire types and colors will be used specified: is for storefront and signage. Zone Red - 18awg THHN: 12 VDC+ p pc V ® ® "B" is for stocking and Zone "C" is for sales area. All zones shall have override buttons • Org 18awg THHN: 24 Vac hotw 0 mounted on the front of the EMS Panel. Control relays to be factory mounted inside the EMS Yel - 18awg THHN: All low voltage status Panel and are to be hard wired to a terminal block. Field wiring from the EMS Panel to the • Blk - 18awg THHN: 12 Vdc - light fixture contactors to be by the Electrical Contractor. Terminal block to be labeled with • connection points indicated on SIG provided diagram. Wht - 18awg THHN: 24 Vac common �i Gi Ll u '; p g . Grn - any awg THHN: Earth ground (d H 4 -i For questions, concerns or coordination needs in regards to the Control System, call SIG at • Blk - 12awg THHN: 120 Vac hot, supply circuits (770) 427-7443. • Red - 12awg THHN: 120 Vac hot, control circuits and statuses t ROOFTOP • Wht - 12awg THHN: 120 Vac neutral circuits UNIT (3) 3/4 B. Scheduling and Coordination All cables will be pulled continuously from one panel to another. No junction boxes should be SEALTI mounted in ceilings: The following shall be scheduled and coordinated with SIG: Duckwa k All wiring done within a control panel will be wired, tied, and separated by class type. Control System Delivery Date Mid -Construction Walk-Thru Whenever it is necessary to extend the control wire circuits, new wire of the appropriate • oD aD o� RTU MOUNTING DETAIL DAT -DISCHARGE AIR TEMP DETAIL C wire. length will be installed. Avoid the use of Butt splices and wire nuts to lengthen the control • Mechanical Equipment Start - to co SCALE =NONE Control System Start-up and Commissioning. Z N coSCALE :NONE � All cables within panels and wall penetrations shall be run in EMT. All cables which are 1000 Control System Delivery Date exposed to physical damage will also be in conduit. All cable that is required to pass through O O O The Control System material will be delivered on site during the third week after construction a high voltage HVAC compartment will be installed in a suitable conduit to provide for es IW volts high of the 300 volt cable from separation C a a a start. Material supplied will include control panels, sensors, low voltage cables and fully se p g g engineered control system installation drawings. Dampers, valves and VAV boxes are Install all components and route cables through joists back to temperature control panel. supplied by others. Cables must be run individually and installed with 6 inch separation with supports every 6 ap 11ft ap O Mid -Construction Walk-Thru feet. Do not run cables parallel to line voltage conduit nor lay cables on ceiling (Mechanical 0 0 0 O The Mid -Construction Walk-Thru shall be conducted after the mechanical equipment has Contractor must install EMSP cables in conduit provided and installed by Electrical M N N O Contractor. Coordinate final destination locations with Electrical Contractor. been set. The General Contractor is responsible for contacting SIG one (1) week in advance ) 0 o NOTES: MOUNT MODULE DIRECTLY ON DUCTWORK USING WAFER TEX SCREWS WITHIN 2' - 3' AWAY FROM ZONE DAMPER. to schedule walk 3' inspection of mechanical equipment installation. p N O O RTP m Mechanical Equipment Start-up Conduit Installation W .. TO CURRENT SWIT The Mechanical Equipment Start-up shall be conducted after the mechanical equipment has All penetration in walls will be made with the appropriate size drill bit or hole saw. The wall LU W W been piped and wired. The General Contractor is responsible for contacting SIG one (1) penetration will be sleeved with conduit and sealed for both fire rating and weather seals. H Q p O week in advance to schedule start-up of mechanical equipment. A Start -Up Readiness form d O W y All conduit work will be installed level and with respect to 90 degree angles. When more than p F-- is included with the engineered drawings. This form must be completed and faxed to SIG at pr (770) 427-7576 prior to final scheduling of mechanical equipment start-up. three conduits enter a panel at the top, then Uni-Strut will be used to support the conduit. All WN O Q conduit entering a panel will have uniform offsets, angles and spacing. Conduit installed in W LJ Control System Start -UD and Commissioning ceilings and on bar joists will be supported with beam clamps and minerlac straps asCIO W Z p N Start-up and commissioning of the control system typically takes place one week prior to the required. Wire ties or hanger wire is not acceptable. C LL m project punch date. The General Contractor is responsible for contacting SIG at least three Flexible metallic conduit or seal tight will be used for vibration isolation when installing conduit —EDDAT (3) weeks prior to anticipated control system start-up date. The General Contractor is on or in machines that have springs isolators or flexible transitions. Flex will be limited to 18" responsible for verifying project readiness. A Start -Up Checklist form is included with the in length and will not be used as a primary raceway. engineered drawings. This form must be completed and faxed to SIG at (770) 427-.7576 prior to final scheduling of start-up. The General Contractor will ensure that representatives of LB or LL conduit bodies will be used for going around corners and/or wall penetration which CONTROLboth the Mechanical Contractor and Electrical Contractor are onsite during control system change direction. U) MODULE start-up and commissioning to address any issues that may arise with installation or As a minimum, conduit will be strapped and/or supported per the NEC. In addition to the NEC It requirements, additional straps may need to be added so that there is a strap 8" from every Y 24 VAC FROM EMSP " box connector and 8from ever Late Trips and Return Trips Y coupling.. U It i'01s critical that the control system start-up and commissioning be scheduled well in advance Any damage done to walls and fixtures will be fixed and cleaned completely as each area of installation is finished and that the project is completely ready for commissioning when SIG arrives on site. Late p y . scheduling of start-up and commissioning may result in the Mechanical and Electrical COM 1 OR 2 -FROM EMSP. ZONE DAMPER SHAFT COM 1 OR 2 - 70 THE Contractors returning NEXT UNIT g to the site for commissioning at their own expense. OR FROM THE PREVIOUS UNIT If the project is not ready for the controls start-up and commissioning when scheduled, and E. Warranty SIG is required to make a return trip to complete the start-up, the General Contractor will be J Z responsible for issuing a purchase order to SIG for the standard return trip charge of two The Mechanical and Electrical Contractors are responsible for the proper installation of the Q thousand two hundred dollars ($2,200). ALC -SIG controls and accessories in accordance with these drawings and the installation NC OF AUX CONTACT ON SMOKE DETECTOR ce instructions included with the controls package. Warranty beyond the installation is by 0 C. Contractor Scopes of Work Hollister Co. W DUCTWORK 24 VAC FROM EMSP TO ACTUATOR Mechanical Contractor SIG warrants all control equipment provided by Hollister to be free from defects in W O aftr workmanship and material under normal use and service for a period of one year er J --� Furnish and install all motor operated control valves. Furnish and install all outside air, return completion of start-up. SIG and Hollister will provide a separate service warrantee for control 0 � air and minimum outside air dampers. Install the following equipment supplied by SIG - equipment for a period of one year after controls have been commissioned. 0 W h 1001 Damper actuators, VAV box controllers, strap -on temperature sensors, water flow sensors L, COM 1 OR 2 - FROM EMSP and discharge air temperature sensors. RTU and AHU discharge air temperature sensors Z M Z COM 1 OR 2 - TO T14E NEXT UNIT are to be mounted inside the unit, within 12 inches of final coil discharge. VAV discharge air 0 OR FROM THE PREVIOUS UNIT temperature sensors are to be mounted in the duct work downstream of the VAV box, within UJ 0 RS PRO RS STANDARD 18/2 CL2P 2 feet of control damper. Z V ROOM SENSOR ROOM SENSOR 18/2 CL2P Failure to mention any specific item or device does not relieve the Mechanical Contractor of 0 LU Q W UJ Q d.. 18/4 CL2P the responsibility for installing or providing such devices or items in order to achieve the intent V Z 0 18/4 CL2P the drawings and specifications. Z W 3 18/10 CL2P 600V R5 PRO Electrical Contractor J � � 0 0 ROOM SENSOR The Electrical Contractor shall furnish, install and terminate all line voltage wiring. Furnish ' ♦ O J and install all equipment starters, disconnects and conduit. Furnish and install weatherproof vW disconnects for all Rooftop Units (BTU's). Rough -in all room sensors and plenum air sensor. Install the following equipment supplied by SIG -central Energy Management System Panel Z RTU WIRING DETAIL ZONE DAMPER WIRING DIAGRAM (EMSP), Water Flow Transmitter Panels (WFTP's), Rooftop Unit Control Panels (RTP's), Air Z W W Q SCALE :NONE N SCALE =NONE Handling Unit Control Panels (AHU's). I.. J VAV Boxes with heat will be provided with all required relays, contactors and disconnect Q v)00o NOTES: EMS COM CABLE RISER WILL DEPEND ON LOCATION OF THE HVAC EQUIPMENT OF EACH STORE. switches, E.C.will have a single point connection. All wiring and equipment shall be installed = J Z ~ U. in accordance with latest edition of the national electrical codes. V J Q Z W 12 AWG COM 1 - HVAC CONTROL MODULE W J Systems Integration Grouo (SIG) O W O a Q SIG shall furnish all panels, sensors, current switches and low -voltage cable as shown in the �, _ N N 18/2 CL2P drawings for a fully operational control system. SIG shall mount all room sensors and the plenum air sensor. SIG shall install all fan status current switches and Sensormatic power 18/4 CL2P status current switch. SIG shall perform final termination of all low voltage wiring for the OAP control system. SIG shall perform final control system programming and start-up. Fully engineered wiring and installation instructions for all control system equipment shall be IN PLENUM SENSOR provided by SIG with as part of the control system delivery. All control wiring diagrams will be specific to equipment controlled and must remain with record drawings at completion of project. FOR IN ATION D. Installation Standards m • Device Mounting CURRENT SWITCH Panels larger than 12"x12" shall be mounted with Uni-Strut or mounted on plywood (SENSORMATIC SYSTEM STATUS) • backboards. All panels and devices smaller than 12"x12" shall be mounted with the appropriate type fasteners, one (1) fastener per mounting hole. Do not skip holes, i.e. if a A RH SENR14 SENSOR panel has four (4) mounting holes, do not use only two (2) holes diagonally. Toggle bolts of (REAR OF SALES FLOOR POWER BREAKER PANEL LIGHT CONTACTORS PANEL (FRONT OF SALE' FLOOR) the appropriate size shall be used for mounting panels or unistrut to sheetrock and hollow /� � � � � � 0 � C C block walls. 1/4" wedge anchors shall be used for mounting panels or unistrut to concrete Systems Integration Group JJ ° EMSP y 9 p SHEET 1600 Sandy Plains W. Pkwy., Suite 216 ® EMSP WIRING DIAGRAM Maus, Geoqis 30066 SCALE: NONE Ph: (770) 421-7443 M5.1 1 HOURS. , ' OCCUPIES THE FACILITY. ANY WATER DAMAGE PRIOR TO THI5 TIME "GROUNDING" TME ISOLATOR. . 1. ,REQUIREMENTS 1 NOT APPLICA �'''�� SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR. 4. CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT T14E ISOLATING 13. FLASHING SHALL BE SEALED WATERTIGHT AND PERFORMED IN END OF SECTION 15300 DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES, 1. THIS CONTRAGT�i CLOUDS IN MIS BID RY SERVICE SCE TO TWE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. USE A LANDLORD DUCTS EQUIPMENT ETC. REQUIRED TO KEEP T14E OP • THE STORE'S HVAC, PLUMBING APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR WHERE APPLICABLE. ► ► AND SPRINKLER SERVICE I . TOR MUST SCHEDULE IN 14. PROVIDE WATER METER AND REMOTE READER PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA DIVISION 15 - M ECHAN I CAL 5. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION DATA. WRITING WITH CONSTRUCTION M E LANDLORD ONE OR LOCAL UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO SECTION 15500 WEEK ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE HVAC, PLUMBING DETERMINE IF WATER METER IS REQUIRED. •�- -�•• H. FLEX15LE CONNECTIONS EGTION SYSTEMS• 15 FIXTURES IN PIPE SLEEVES SHALL BE FLUSHED INTO WATERPROOF H EA I I NGS VEN I I LAT I ON, 4 AIR CONDITIONING MEMBRANE AND PIPE SLEEVES SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 4' A.F.F. 1. FLEXIBLE COLLARS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN ALL J. DEMOLITION A SCOPE OF WORK 1. T1415 CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY TWE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, TWE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION, PLUMBING FIXTURES, PIPING, HVAC UNITS, REFRIGERANT RECAPTURE, EXHAUST FANS, ETC. AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURBS NOT TO BE REUSED ON THIS PROJECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITM THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, PIPES, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ROOF CURBS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF/WALL/FLOOR PATC4EDAZEPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING STRUCTURE. EXISTING ABANDONED PIPES, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT IN TME FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN T14EY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THI5 PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED PIPING AND/OR DUCTWORK MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM EHE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BIO PROPOSAL. . DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL K. SLEEKS_ DIVISION - MECHANICAL AND DUCTS OR CASINGS. ALSO, FURNISH AND INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WHERE DUCTS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS A CURRENTLY LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL SECTION 15000 1• THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR X1••5 SEC I ION 15300 5. HVAC EQUIPMENT FLAMEPROOF FABRIC. PROVIDE ADEQUATE JOINT FLEXIBILITY TO ALLOW FOR BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 2. FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SWALL BE CUT FLUSH -� FIRE PROTEC I ION 1. PRIMARY HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE TO BE FURNISHED AND RETURN AI R RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY INSULATED A. WVAC UNITS, EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL B.E 1" INSULATED CLASS 1 AND RATED FOR TME BY 14OLLISTER CO. AS SCHEDULED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER 70 PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE A FIVE (5) A. NOTE: WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2' ABOVE 714E FLOOR. CONTRACTOR MUST A. SCOPE OF WORK 15'-0" OF THE RETURN AIR DUCT CLOSEST TO THE AIR HANDLING UNIT IS TO YEAR COMPRESSOR AND TEN (10) YEAR HEAT EXCHANGER WARRANTY. 1. ANY REFERENCE TO TENANTS OR 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT 514ALL BE ATTACHED PER DETAILS ON DRAWING M4.3 COORDINATE THROUGH TWE LANDLORD ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF OPENINGS IN MASONRY FLOORS OR WALLS. I. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST USE A LANDLORD APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION 2. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT WITH ALL FURNISHED BY ANY OF THE ABOVE REFERS TO 14OLLISTER CO. 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND/OF�� CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL FIRE PROTECTION WORK. ALL COSTS MUST F. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. DEVICES APPURTENANCES AND ACCESSORIES PROVIDED TO MEET THE ' ' DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATION OF T14E SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE 2. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL 4. FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE SILICONE RSV � HE.INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACTORS BID. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR 4. SPLIT DX OR BUILT-UP CW DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. SEQU84M OV OPERATION. AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 15. SUPPLY AIR TAKEOFF F I TT I NGS FOAM, "3M' FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR MUST COMPLY WITH ALL SECTIONS OF THI5 SPECIFICATION AND INCLUDE SAME IN BID. 3. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE 3. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ 7HE 3. FIRE RATING. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR MATERIALS EQUIPMENT SERVICES TOOLS TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCE'S MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ALL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT MUST BE TRAPPED IN ACCORDANCE WIT14 MANUFACTURERS DATA. SEE ❑ ❑ ❑ SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND I5 RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF 141S WORK AND THE WORK OF HIS REPORT PREPARED B IN SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER T14AN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, T14E FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, HVAC CONTRACTOR 514ALL ALSO INSTALL A NEW SET OF FILTERS EACH MONTH DURING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. PENETRATIONS. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE T44AN 25 SUBCONTRACTORS WIT14 ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT 1S THI5 CONTRACTORS CONSTRUCTION AND ONE DAY PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING. OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.5.G. COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR 1N THE 4. SECONDARY DRAIN PANS ARE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALLED 5ENEAT14 ALL INDOOR AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT WIT14 714E EXCEPTION OF VAV CONFORMANCE CERTIFICATE / PERFORMANCE GUARANTY RESPON5151LITY 70 PROVIDE 1415 SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT BOXES. SECONDARY PANS ARE TO PROTECT ENTIRE UNIT. PROVIDE 4. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND L. WANDERS NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. EQUIPMENT L15T AND CALIBRATION DATE (WITHIN 6 MONT145 OF TEST) CONDENSATE PUMPS, AS REQUIRED. CONDENSATE SHALL. BE DIRECTED TO MOP SINK OR AS SPECIFIED ON PLAN. ❑ INSPECTION OF HIS WORK AND T14E WORK OF HIS SUB- CONTRACTORS WORK ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ INSTALLATION OF NEW WET SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE O ❑ ❑ TO COMPLY WITW THE 14OLLISTER CO. SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT I. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C -CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, C14ANNELS HANGER 1OOX SPRINKLER COVERAGE IN ACCORDANCE WIT14 EXISTING CONDITIONS NFPA-13, LASTEST EDITION ENFORCED BY LOCAL CODES LANDLORD'S I C. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED 5Y HOLLISTER CO. 5. COMPLETION DATE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT 7HE SITE PRIOR 70 SUBMITTAL OF BID TO MOTOR WP/BHP RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. CRITERIA, AND INSURANCE CARRIERS FOR THE MALL. B. TAPS RISERS LATERALS BRANCHES VALVES ALARMS SPRINKLER I. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT IS FURNISHED BY HOLLISTER CO. AND ❑ DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING T14E WORK. ANY ITEMS WWIC14 ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO WOLLISTER 5 2. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, N MASONRY BUT NOT TO PIPING. HANGING FROM METAL DECK 15 NOt HEADS AND ALL COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. ❑ ❑ ❑ INSTALLED BY THI5 CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND PLANS FOR APPLICABILITY. MOTOR AMPERAGE (AMPS) ATTENTION. THERE ARE NO SUBSTITUTIONS. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY PERMITTED. HANGERS MUST HE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER 70 SUPPORT C. DESIGN DRAWINGS, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, SUBMITTALS AND APPALS. ❑ A. RTU 5, AMU 5 VAV BOXES, ROOF CURBS, MIXING BOXES, POWER aD 0 .SERVE MODIFICATIONS WNIC14 ARE REQUIRED TO MEET T14E INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS ❑ DUCTWORK OR PIPING THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE D. PERMITS FEES AND CHARGES. : : MOTOR RPM EXHAUST FADS. B. TOILET EX14AUST FANS, RELIEF FANS, RETURN AIR FANS. ❑ AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE GON7RACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK.. ❑ ❑ WANGEERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE 714EY 00 N07 INTERFERE WITM ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, AND 07H1R E. TESTS AND TEST CERTIFICATES. O C. BASEBOARD, CABINET AND ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS. 6. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ❑ EQUIPMENT. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. F. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH TAGS. 3. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THI5 CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE W C3 D. DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS. ❑ ❑ INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. 3. 14ANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MEC14ANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND ❑ E. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (REFER TO DRAWING TCI) ❑ UNIT FIELD MFASUREMl7dTS FIELD VOLTAGE WITH EACH PHASE FOR 3-PHASE MOTORS Ir FOR T14E OUTER DIAMETER OF INSULATION. INSTALL 6' LANG SPLIT SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE T14E VARIOUS ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 5. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE MANGER AND THE PIPE ELEMENTS OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT D. TOILET EXHAUST SYSTEM ❑ ❑ ❑ INSULATION. WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCE'S AND FAN RPM O 1. THI5 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY �4, 14ANG� AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DI- CONFRONTATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE APPROVED INDUSTRY FIRE SPRINKLER STANDARDS FOR REUSING EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER BRANCHES �, ALL DUCTWORK ROOF OPENINGS AND GAPS AND/OR C�INECTIONS TO : LANDLORD SYSTEM NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE TOILET EXMAU5T SYSTEM ❑ TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, ❑ ELEC REGALLY SEPARATED. AND SUBMIT GAL.CUEATIONS TO 44OLLISTEER CO.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ❑ TO BE T'ROVIDED BY THI5 CONTRACTOR. ❑ CALLED FOR IN 714E SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. M. FINAL HVAC INSPECTIONS UPON REQUEST OR REWORK SYSTEM TO 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION o ❑ ❑ ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS IN N BE G SY 7HE LA DIORD OR 4 0 ❑ MANAGER 5 SATISFACTION. ❑ ❑ RETURN WATER TEMPERATURE CONDENSER/CHILLED/HEATING 14OLLISTER CO. SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 1. ASIDE FROM NORMAL INTERIM INSPECTIONS OF WORK IN PLACE, 4. RELOCATION OF EXISTING MAINS, LATERALS, BRANCHES AND RISERS TO E. ETAL DUCTWORK - NO FIBERGLASS DUCT ALLOWED 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH ❑ 14OLLISTER S14ALL 14AVE AN INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR INSPECT FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. AT EACH RETURN AIR GRILLE FOR DUCTED RETURN ❑ ❑ OTHER AND ANY .MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SWELL BE ❑ THE fIN1514ED MVAC INSTALLATION UPON COMPLETION FOR COMPLIANCE TOTAL SUPPLY BY DUCT TRAVERSES L NO DUCTWORK SHALL SE FABRICATED PRIOR t0 JOB SITE VISIT AND ❑ FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN ❑ WITH THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CODES. THE INSTALLING 0 APPROVAL BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. A SKETCH MUST BE SUBMITTED ❑ BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR W141C 4 15 NEITHER SHOWN ON THE TOTAL OUTSIDE AIR AND METHOD OF TESTING O.A. AMOUNT CON'TRAC'TOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO BRING ALL ITEMS REPORTED BY 5. SHOP DRAW I NGS ❑ INDICATING SIGNIFICANT DEVIATION FROM DESIGN AND MUST BE APPROVED ❑ DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH 15 ❑ 7HE INDEPENDENT HVAC CONTRACTOR UP TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. T141S FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE DETAILED SHOP ❑ BY 14OLLISTiERIS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. VERIFICATION OF OPERATIONAL S �S SPACE TEMPERATURE AND SETT POINT AFTER BALANCE OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE 714E WORK, AND WHICH 15 USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL 8E FURNISHED AND END OF SECTION 15WO I. DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS FOR HIS WORK. SUBMIT SIX (6) COPIES TO 2. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FABRICATE AND INSTALL RECTANGULAR INSTALLED AS PART OF CONTRACT. ❑ GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR APPROVAL AND ONE (1) COPY TO 14OLLISTE:R OUTSIDE DB/WB READING AT TIME OF BALANCE AND ROUND DUCTWORK WITH GALVANIZED STEEL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH 3. WHERE THE DRAWINGS ODI SPE CALL FOR ITEMS WWIGH EXCEED ❑ ❑ CO. FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS' OF THE LATEST EDITION. ❑ NANTTIONS CODES OR 114E LANDLORDS TITIAN? CRITERIA, THE CONTRAG70R IS ❑ ADJ. $ VERIFY ECONOMIZER EXHAUST FAN GOES ON AT 60% O.A. 2. THIS FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING ❑ W14ERE OTHER CODES ARE ENFORCED (IE. UMC HOCA ETC.) USE T14E ► ► ► ❑ RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WIT14 THE MORE MAXIMUM CFM RELIEF WITH ECONOMIZER AT IOOX O.A. DIVISION - M ECHANI CAL COORDINATED DRAWINGS, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, HEAD TYPES AND COLORS TO ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL. NO ❑ MOST STRINGENT CODE FOR DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. ❑ STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON T14ESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ❑ -15 SEC ION 15200 WORK SHALL BEGIN UNTIL ALL APPROVALS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. 3. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED CONSTRUCT DUCT SYSTEMS TO THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS= 4. ALL MECHANICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED 50 AS TO BE READILY ❑ I p PLUMBING 3. A COPY OF THE LETTER OF APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD'S INSURANCE ❑ SUPPLY DUCTS: 2' W.G., POSITIVE RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 2" W.G., ❑ ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. T1415 COLUMN RATING BUREAU SHALL HE FORWARDED 70 THE LANDLORD 5 AGE NT AND ❑ NEGATIVE CONTRACTOR 15 RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS DATE: TO 14OLLISTER CO.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. REMARKS: 70 ALL EQUIPMENT. A. SCOPE OF WORK C. EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, USE DUCT SEALANTS OF THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS= 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICES. I. t141S CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL TABOR MAt1RIALS EQUIPMENT ' ' ' 1. SPRINKLER HEADS: SUPPLY DUCTS= CLASS B - 3' W.G. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 6. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND SERVICES TOOLS TRANSPORTATION ANO FACILITIES NECESSARY .FOR REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL T0, THE FURNISHING, A. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE NEW (HEADS IN EXISTING _ CLASS C 2" W.G. EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UUNDER R ERS ATORIE5 LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL WORK FOR TME 14OLLISTER CO. STORES ARE NOT TO BE REPLACED UNLESS NOTED IN ACCORDANCE WIT14 THESE CONSTRUCTION AND SEALANT PRESSURE 714 REQU REEMEENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES, W14IC14WER PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JIOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, OTHERWISE). HEADS SHALL BE U.L., F.M. LISTED AND APPROVED AUTOMATIC SPRAY TYPE AS MANUFACTURED BY CENTRAL SPRINKLER CLASSIFICATIONS, MAXIMUM DUCT AIR LEAKAGE WILL NOT EXCEED 5% AS REQUIRED FOR FINAL AIR BALANCE APPROVAL. 15 MORE STRINGENT. BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO T14E FOLLOWING: CO., GLOBE, GRINNELL, RELIABLE, STAR, OR VIKING. 4. ROUND DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH SPIRAL LOCK SEAM C. CODES A. COMPLETE SANITARY PIPING SYSTEMS OF WASTE, DRAINS, AND VENTS. B. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE RATED FOR 165'F UNLESS CONSTRUCTION FOR ALL SIZES 14' DIAMETER AND LARGER. ROUND 1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORDS' CRITERIA 114E STATE'S B. COMPLETE GOLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SYSTIEMS, APPURTENANCES .AND INDICAT D OTH IS ON WI E ERW E DRA NGS OR REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. w - DUCTWORK SIZES 13 DIAMETER AND SMALLER MAY BE SNAP LOCK : ► COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH INSULATION. C. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED. C• VE I Y 14EAD HES ANDEL HAVE A FACTORY APPLIED COLOR FINISH. ER FY F.AD TYPES AND COLORS WITH CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION. ALL SNAP LOCK SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED AS DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ROUND FITTINGS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL CODES NFPA CODES ENERGY CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES � � AND REQUIREMENTS. THI5 CONTRACTOR 5HALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY D. COMPLETE NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS (A5 APPLICABLE, .REFER TO MANAGER AND SUBMIT WITH SPRINKLER DRAWINGS FOR PERMIT. DRAWL GS WIT14 SPOT WELDED AND BONDED CONSTRUCTION. DUCTWORK SHALL BE AS WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS PLANS). E. CONDENSATE PIPING SYSTEMS (AS APPLICABLE REFER TO PLANS). D, SPRINKLER HEAD TYPES SHALL BE A5 FOlJAWS: 5. MANUFACTURED BY UNITED MCGILL, SEEMCO, OR APPROVED EQUAL. ROUND SPIRAL GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID ' AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN 7HE BID, T14EY MUST SE ' F• TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS, I. "SALES' AREA SPRINKLER 14FADS ARE TO BE FLAT OR MATTE BLACK - SEMI RECESSED 14FADS WITH FLAT OR MATTE BLACK ESCUTCHEON. RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK W141TI ABOVE CEILING CLEARANCES PERMIT AND QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT I5 ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED 2. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND BASED ON RELI A A ABLE ND LSERNATE MAY BE VIKIN OR RINK G G ELL EQUIVALENT FREE AREA IS MAINTAINED WITH T14E FOLLOWING EXCEPTION; A SU LL PPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK WITHIN 15 FEEL OF 114E AI HAN R DEER BY HOLLISTER CO. TO THE CONTRACTOR. SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE AND MUST BE APPROVED BY THE 14OLLISTERIS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ORDERING AND ANY INSTALLATIONS. ALL MUST IT RECTANGULAR AND INTERNALLY LINED. WHERE ROUND DUCT SUBSTITUTION WILL TAKE PLACE, SUBMIT A SKETCW AND CHART SHOWING D. LICENSES. PERMITS. INSPECTIONS $ FEES VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF T14E PLUMBING SYSTEM MATERIALS AND. ► ► EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE PAINTED BROWN IN COLOR AND MUST BE EQUIVALENT ROUND CONVERSIONS OF RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK TO CONFRONTATIONS. COORDINATED WITH ALL TRADES. 14OLLISTER CO. FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. _1. T1415 CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR REATEED TO HI5 WORK. 3, RELEGATION EXISTING WATER, GAS, WASTE, VENT, I DRAINAGE 2. PORCH ARErA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE FLAT OR MATTE BLACK SEMI -RECESSED HEADS WITH FLAT OR MATTE BLACK ESCUTCHEON. 6. A5 A MINIMUM, CROSS BREAK ALL FIAT SURFACES OR REINFORCE WITH A BEAD APPROXIMATELY 3/8" WIDE X 3/16" DEEP ON 12' CENTERS TO PREVENT 2. FURNISH TO 7HE 14OLLISTER CO.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ALL.. CERTIFICATES IL LINES 70 FACILITATE. STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. BASE BID TO SE RELIABLE MODEL OR EQUAL. VIBRATIONS, REGARDLESS OF DUCT GAUGE. OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF 5. EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION 3. 'NON -SALES" AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE W141TE CONCEALED MEADS 7. INSTALL FACTORY MANUFACTURED DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN ALL PROJECT. WITH W141TE ESCUTCHEON. BASED ON RELIABLE AND RIGHT ANGLE ELBOWS OVER 36" IN LENGTH. INSTALL FACTORY MANUFACTURED E. TRADE NAMES MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS I• REFER TO PLANS FOR SCHEDULES OF EQUIPMENT ANO FIXTURES. ALTERNATE MAY BE VIKING OR GRINNELL. 4. "NON -SALES' OFFICE AND LAVATORY AREA SPRINKLER HEADS ARE TO BE 8. SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN ALL OTHER ELBOWS. INSTALL RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR METAL DUCT WITH SUPPORT 1. i WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USIA ON THE DRAWINGS OR AMERICAN STANDARD, KOHLER AND CRANE ARE CONSIDERED ACCEPTABLE AS 5• FULLY CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE. SYSTEMS INDICATED IN SMACNA STANDARDS. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL IN 714E SPECIFICATIONS, THE IXAG7 EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED. T14E USE 2. SANITARY PIPING= ITAR 5. 'MALL BULKHEAD" AREA SPRINKLER HFAD5 ARE TO BE FULLY DUCTS WITHIN 2 FEET OF EACH ELBOW AND WITHIN 4 FEET OF EACH OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND A. WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING 514ALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON CONCEALED ADJUSTABLE SCREW TYPE WITH WHITE COVER PLATE. BRANCH INTERSECTION USING DOUBLE STRAP HANGERS ON EACH SIDE OF FITTING. SUPPORT VERTICAL DUCTS AT A MAXIMUM INTERVAL OF 16 FEET REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. SOIL PIPE, IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE OR MALL. VENT PIPING ABOVE 2. PIPING: AND A7 EACH FLOOR. NO WOOD SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT OR BRACE 2. GE NERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO FLOOR 2' OR SMALLER MAY BE GALVANIZED STEEL. ALTERNATE PIPING A. SCHEDULE 40, BLACK STEEL PIPE, ASTM A-53 FOR FERROUS PIPING, DUCTS. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED BY STATE 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. SUBMISSIONS MATERIALS ARE ACCEPTABLE AS A SUBSTITUTION WHEN THEIR USE IS WELDED AND SEAMLESS, ANSI B-36-10-70 FOR WROUGHT STEEL PIPE. AND LOCAL CODES OR BY LANDLORD. SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJF.Ct TO ALLOW FOUR 4 WORKING () PERMITTED BY 7HE LANDLORD, LOCAL CODES AND BUILDING DEPARTMETNT OFFICIALS AND DOES NOT AFFECT OTHER TRADES. SUBSTITUTIONS MUST B. CAST IRON OR MALLEABLE. IRON SCREWED FITTINGS FOR PIPES 2 q. W14ERE DUCi5 PASS THROUGH ROOFS AND FLOORS PROVIDE AS MINIMUM � DAYS FOR WOLLISTER'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING BE LISTED AND QUALIFIED IN BID. INC -IES AND SMALLER. SCREWED OR CAST IRON FLANGED JOINTS 1-1/2'X1-1/2" X1/8" STEEL ANGLE FRAMES AT EACH SIDE OF OPENING. THE DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'5 PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND TME SUB- CONTRACTOR 8. INSULATE AU. HORIZONTAL RUNS OF PIPING LOCATED IN CEILING SPACES FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 2 INCHES. ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN DUCT AND ANGLE FRAMES 5HALL BE CAULKED WITH SILICONE SEALANT OR FIREPROOFED AS REQUIRED BY ASSEMBLY FIRE RATING. SHOWING THAT 14E HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED T14AT THE SUBMITTALS OF TENANTS IN SPACES BELOW, WHEN APPLICABLE. INSULATION 70 BE AS SPECIFIED FOR WATER PIPING. C• GALVANIZED OR BLACK MALLEABLE IRON WITH BRASS SEAT SCREWED UNIONS FOR PIPES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. 10. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH 2' WIDE, GLASS- FIBER ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FABRIC REINFORCED TAPE. JOINTS ALSO SHALL BE RIVETED OR CONNECTED OR INDICATE W14ERE EXCEPTIONS 14AVE BEEN TAKEN. C. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WIT14 %-5 D. VICTUALIC TYPE COUPLINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE, W14ERE APPROVED BY WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. LIQUID SEALANTS BY UNITED MCGILL CORP., TIN -ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS AND WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS WITH CODE AND THE LANDLORD. DOVE CORNING, MIRACLE ADHESIVES AND SUREBOND INC. WILL BE ACCEPTED F. GUARANTEE DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. PVC MAY BE SUBSTITUTED IF LOCAL CODE PERMITS. 3. A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TAP IS NORMALLY FURNIS14ED BY T14E IN LIEU OF TAPE. LANDLORD. VERIFY IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID. SPRINKLER SPACING 11. SOFT ELASTOMER BUTYL GASKET WIT14 ADHESIVE BACKING SHALL BE USED TO 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED 3. POTABLE WATER PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: SHALL NOT EXCEED 130 SQ. FT. IN 'SALES" AREAS AND 100 5Q. FT. SEAL FLANGED JOINTS. UNDER HIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE AI M GOOD, REP R OR REPLACE AT 15 OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT WHIC 4 MAY A• BELOW GRADE= TYPE 'K', ANNEALED TYPE TEMPERED COPPER TUBE r w IN STOCK AREAS. COMPLY WITH LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA AND LOCAL CODES IF MORE STRINGENT. PIPE SIZING SHALL BE 12. DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 DEGREES SLOPE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. BE DISCOVERED WIT14IN A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM 7HE DATE OF FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. BRAZE ALL JOINTS. BASED ON NFPA 13 ORDINARY HAZARD CLASSIFICATION. 13. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL MOTORIZED DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, CONTROLS, ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE INSTALLATION BY 14OLLISTER CO. S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE AS SPECIFIED WITH B. ,ALL OTHER: TYPE 'L' DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER 4. ALL SPRINKLER LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED AVOIDING ' AND OTHER ITEMS IN DUCTWORK TWAT RE QUIRE SERVICE OR INSPECTION. IF INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT. FITTINGS AND q5-5 TIN -ANTIMONY SOLDER. INTERFERENCE WITH LIGHTS, DUCTS, PIPES, STORAGE DECK, ETC. FIRE THE ACCESS PANEL LOCATION IS EXPOSED TO 7HE SALES AREA, IT MUST BE 4. PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS MUST BE DI -ELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS APPROVED HY 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LAY -IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS WITH 2. 14OLLISTER CO. SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE 12 MONTH WARRANTY FOR ALL PARTS ON F.fdIJIPMEN7 PROVIDED HY HOLLISTLER GO., INC. AND WOLLISSER CO. 5. GENERALLY, SANITARY AND POTABLE WATER TAPS WILL SE PROVIDED BY INDICATING THE LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SPRINKLER LINES ' ' LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PLASTER FRAMES MAY BE US1ED A5 ACCESS LOCATIONS WHEN WITHIN 3'-0" OF BEYOND THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT SFAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM, AND AS SUCH, NO ADDITIONAL THE LANDLORD. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONNECTION POINTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND NOTIFY 14OLLISTE:RIS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF 5. W14ERE POSSIBLE, REWORK THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO 14. DEVICE. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSION AS MONEYS S140ULD BE INCLUDED IN TWE BIO. CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS 5HOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS STATED IN THE MEET THE NF.W REQUIREEMETNTS OF THI5 DESIGN. RELOCATE ALL NOTED ON DRAWINGS. WHERE DUCTWORK SIZE IS LARGER THAN CONNECTED SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE OPERABILITY OF ENTIRE MAINS AND BRANCHES INTERFERING WIT14 CEILINGr HEIGHTS, DEVICE (IE. VAV BOX, DIFFUSER, REGISTER) SMOOTH DUCT TRANSITIONS ARE G. RECORD DRAWINGS SYSTEM PRIOR TO TIE IN AS FOLLOWS: EQUIPMENT, AND MAJOR COMPONENTS INCLUSIVE OF ADJACENT TO TAKE PLACE JUST PRIOR TO DEVICE CONNECTION. REFER TO DETAILS. A. SNAKE SANITARY FOR A DISTANCE OF 100 FEET AND REPORT ANY TENANTS AND MALL COMMON AREAS. REMOVE ALL UNUSED PIPING. 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB 517E TO RECORD DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH A5: BLOCKAGE. B, TO 6. FURNISH AN0 INSTALL A VALVED TEST CONNECTION IN AN AGGE551BLE F. fDIUM PRESSURE DUCT TEST WATER PRESSURE INSURE MINIMUM PSI MATCHES MOST DEMANDING EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED. LOCATION FOR T14E SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED OR REQUESTED BY TME MALL, LOCAL INSPECTOR, OR INSURANCE CARRIER. COORDINATE 1, WHERE DUCTWORK IS SPECIFICALLY N07ED AS MEDIUM PRESSURE IT SHALL BE A. RECISION OF CONGEALED PIPING VALVES AND DUCTS. B. REVISI�IS ADDENDUMS AND CHANGE ORDERS. 6. INSULATE ALL 1407 WATER COLD WATER AND CONDENSATE PIPING WITH 1' ► LOCATION WITH LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION OFFICIAL PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WIT14 SMACNA STANDARDS FOR A PRE55URE RATING OF 6 INCHES WATER COLUMN MINIMUM OR GREATER AS REQUIRED BY C. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED THICK (K■0.23 0 75 •F) PIPE INSULATION WITM AN ALL SERVICE JACKET 7. WHEN COMPLETED, THE ENTIRE FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEM 5NALL BE LANDLORD. EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TO MEET LOCAL CODES AND UL FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AS REQUIRED BY THE RULES AND REGULATIONS 2. ALL GAUGES AND REINFORCEMENT MUST MEET WITH 714E LATEST EDITION OF 2. TRADES. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THE 7. RATINGS. INSULATE 714E TRAP, SANITARY AND SUPPLY PIPES UNDER LAVATORY OF THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SYSTEM SHALL SHOW NO SIGNS OF LEAKAGE OR OTHER DEFECTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL HE SMACNA STANDARDS FOR MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCT AND WITH THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND WITH 1/2" ARMSTRONG 'ARMAFLE�X" PIPING INSULATION OR TRUEBRO "HANDI RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO THE WORK OF T14E OTHER CONTRACTORS OR 3, CONNECTIONS TO T14E LANDLORD'S MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK SHALL BE CERTIFY T14E ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. ONE COPY MODEL 102W LAV GUARD" INSULATION KIT. TO THE BUILDING, OR TO ITS CONTEcNTS, PEOPLE, ETC., CAUSED BY LEAKS MADE WITH 'LO -LOSS' SADDLE TEE TAPS BY UNITED MCGILL CORP., OR AS OF THE MOST RECENT SEET OF DRAWINGS WIT14 TEMPERATURE CONTROL 8. INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PIPE HANGERS SADDLES AND CARRIERS TO IN ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY HIM. ALL REPAIRS OR O'TWERWISE REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. DRAWINGS INCLUDED SHALL BE STAMPED 'DO NOT REMOVE' AND SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING AND FIXTURES. HANGERS SHALL SUIT REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGES SHALL BE AT THIS` CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 4. ALL OTHER ITEMS FROM METAL DUCTWORK SPECIFICATION SECTION APPLY 70 PLACED IN A DRAWING TUBE LOCATED NEXT t0 THE ELECTRICAL PANEL. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT TUBE LOCATION. TYPE OF PIPING PROVIDES AND BE SPACED AT A MAXIMUM SPAN OF 5 FEET. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING W14ERE REQUIRED BY 8. PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED 'SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S THIS SECTION, WITH THE EXCEPTION THAT ALL MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTWORK CODES. MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATES' SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE MUST BE WRAPPED INSULATION, NOT LINED. H. DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 9. STERILIZE WATER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES, LANDLORD, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND WOLLISTER CO.'S G. V15RATION ISOLATION DEVICES 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND 10. CLEANOUTS AND FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LOCAL CODES. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. INDICATE T14E GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF 7HE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. WALL COVERS ARE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL AND FLOOR COVERS ARE TO q• SPRINKLER 14EADS LOCATED IN CEILINGS OR WALLS BELOW 8'-0' ABOVE 1. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WITM WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER BE BRASS. THE FINISHED FLOOR AND ABOVE STORAGE DECKS ARE t0 BE RECESSED. SUPPORTS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT AND T14E STRUCTURE (FANS, TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN 11. ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED, SIZE AS REQUIRED AND 10. FURNISH AND INSTALL 10 I.B. TYPE 'ABC' FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, WITH AIR HANDLERS, ETC.) BY T1415 CONTRACTOR. WRITING, PRIOR 70 SUBMITTAL OF BID. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS PLACED AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS AT WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS CABINETS IF REQUIRED, AND AT LEAST A 2AIOBC RATING,. LOCATIONS 2. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM STRUCTURE SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH : RESPONSIBLE TO ADVISE 140LLISTER CO. S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, IN IN FINISHED AREAS. 70 BE ESTABLISHED IN T14E FIELD BY THE LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION RUBBER AND SPRING DEVICES. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED FROM WRITING OF VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF ► 12. LEAKAGE TESTS SHALL BE PE -R LOCAL CODES MINIMUM AS FOLLOWS: ► OFFICIAL. MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH HOUSED SPRING MOUNT BID. OTHERWISE, 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION A. 75 FEET OR LESS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. DEVICES. OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO TF.55 WATER PIPING AT 100 PSIG FOR 51X HOURS. 11. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR T14E ENTIRE SPRINKLER 3. EXAMINE DEAD LOAD AND OPERATING LOAD CONDITIONS WHEN SELECTING ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. B. TESL DRAIN WASTE VENT PIPING BY A 10' WATER COLUMN FOR TWO SYSTEMS. WATER TIGHT INTEGRITY UNTIL SUCH TIME AS HOLLISTER CO. DEVICES. ADJUST FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT AND LOADING AVOID HOURS. , ' OCCUPIES THE FACILITY. ANY WATER DAMAGE PRIOR TO THI5 TIME "GROUNDING" TME ISOLATOR. . 1. ,REQUIREMENTS 1 NOT APPLICA �'''�� SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR. 4. CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT T14E ISOLATING 13. FLASHING SHALL BE SEALED WATERTIGHT AND PERFORMED IN END OF SECTION 15300 DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES, 1. THIS CONTRAGT�i CLOUDS IN MIS BID RY SERVICE SCE TO TWE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. USE A LANDLORD DUCTS EQUIPMENT ETC. REQUIRED TO KEEP T14E OP • THE STORE'S HVAC, PLUMBING APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR WHERE APPLICABLE. ► ► AND SPRINKLER SERVICE I . TOR MUST SCHEDULE IN 14. PROVIDE WATER METER AND REMOTE READER PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA DIVISION 15 - M ECHAN I CAL 5. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION DATA. WRITING WITH CONSTRUCTION M E LANDLORD ONE OR LOCAL UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO SECTION 15500 WEEK ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE HVAC, PLUMBING DETERMINE IF WATER METER IS REQUIRED. •�- -�•• H. FLEX15LE CONNECTIONS EGTION SYSTEMS• 15 FIXTURES IN PIPE SLEEVES SHALL BE FLUSHED INTO WATERPROOF H EA I I NGS VEN I I LAT I ON, 4 AIR CONDITIONING MEMBRANE AND PIPE SLEEVES SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 4' A.F.F. 1. FLEXIBLE COLLARS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN ALL J. DEMOLITION A SCOPE OF WORK 1. T1415 CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY TWE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AND WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR, TWE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION, PLUMBING FIXTURES, PIPING, HVAC UNITS, REFRIGERANT RECAPTURE, EXHAUST FANS, ETC. AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURBS NOT TO BE REUSED ON THIS PROJECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITM THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, PIPES, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ROOF CURBS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF/WALL/FLOOR PATC4EDAZEPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING STRUCTURE. EXISTING ABANDONED PIPES, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT IN TME FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN T14EY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THI5 PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED PIPING AND/OR DUCTWORK MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM EHE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BIO PROPOSAL. . DUCTWORK INSULATION CONNECTIONS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, AIR MANDLERS, ETC.) I. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, 1. AND DUCTS OR CASINGS. ALSO, FURNISH AND INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WHERE DUCTS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS A CURRENTLY LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, 2. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NEOPRENE- COATED INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR TWE RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. INSULATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA q0A. FLAMEPROOF FABRIC. PROVIDE ADEQUATE JOINT FLEXIBILITY TO ALLOW FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE 2. MOVEMENT AND PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATION. SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITION, TO INCLUDE, I. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO TME FOLLOWING= AND RETURN AI R RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY INSULATED A. WVAC UNITS, EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE). L FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL B.E 1" INSULATED CLASS 1 AND RATED FOR TME SHOWN IN T14E AIR BALANCE REVIEW CHECKLIST IN PARAGRAPH 7 BELOW. PAYMENT OF OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE SYSTEM. DUCT CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL 8. DUCTWORK, FITTINGS, DAMPERS, AND INSULATION. (PLASTIC, CLOTH, ALUMINUM) MUST ADHERE TO LOCAL CODES AND C. NYDRONIC PIPING. (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). 15'-0" OF THE RETURN AIR DUCT CLOSEST TO THE AIR HANDLING UNIT IS TO LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND BE INCLUDED AS SUCH 1N THE BID. D. REFRIGERANT PIPING (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). 2. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT 514ALL BE ATTACHED PER DETAILS ON DRAWING M4.3 2. ALL CHILLED OR CONDENSER WATER SYSTEMS, AND ALL LANDLORD VAV SYSTEM REQUIRE FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT MAY ONLY BE USED IN VERTICAL APPLICATIONS E. CURBS, ROOFING, AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT (AS APPLICABLE, WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER REFER TO PLANS). PREVENT LINER SEPARATION FROM THE DUCT. ALL TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. F. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING. 3.. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT EXTEND OVER 5'-0' IN LENGTH AT ANY ONE 2. REFER TO DRAWING TCl FOR INFORMATION ON THE FOLLOWING: 4. LOGA710N. LO FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF VAV BOX A. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS AND RELATED DIAGRAMS. 4. SPLIT DX OR BUILT-UP CW TO 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 3 WEEK PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING DATE. B. SEQU84M OV OPERATION. J . SUPPLY AIR TAKEOFF F I TT I NGS 3. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT T14E JOB SITE AND EXAMINE TWE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONICAL OR "BELL-MOUT14' TAKEOFFS W/ DAMPERS ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE COORDINATE AND TO ALL DEVICES, VERIFY ALL OPERATING SEQUENCES AND INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN ALL FROM MAIN DUCTWORK TO ROUND BRANCHES. INSTALL PER INTEGRATE TME VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE HVAC SYSTEM, MATERIALS, UA UNACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS ON SHEET M4.3 AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCE'S THAT NO INSULATION FIBER IS VISIBLE. EXTEND DUCTWORK INSULATION ❑ ❑ ❑ AND CONFRONTATIONS. REPORT PREPARED B IN WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, AND SIMILAR END OF SECTION 15200 4. RELOCATION OF EXISTING DUCT MAINS OR BRANCHES 70 MEET STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL.. K. DAMPERS 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL MANUAL LOCKING QUADRANT VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS WITH HANDLE OPERATORS AS SHOWN ON PLANS TO FACILITATE AIR BALANCING. 2. OPERATING HANDLES ON ALL DAMPERS SHALL BE TAGGED WITH A MINIMUM 18' LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE. COLLARS MUST BE INSTALLED OVER EXTERNAL INSULATION TO ALLOW FREE MOVEMENT. SEE ADDITIONAL DETAILS ON MECHANICAL DETAIL DRAWING. 3. NO VOLUME DAMPERS UPSTREAM OF VAV BOX. .. AM ERS p�IOT APPLICABLE I 1. HOLLISTE N FURNISH AND M.C. SHALL INSTALL PRIMA DAMPERS WHERE INDICATED UIRED BY CODES. DAMP BE DESIGNED FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTIGO OF AIR AS�I . FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE UL LABELED AND MEET ALL �EREMENTS. 2. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE DES THE AIR STREAM AND A 16ST FUSIBLE LINK , AS MINIMUM. FURNIS ( STALL ACCE55 DOORS AS RY. 3. FU NO INSTALL ALL NECESSARY FRAMING AND SLEEVES FOR NTING PER UL AND CODE REQUIREMENTS. SEE DETAIL ON SHEET M4.1. R STIN ADJUSTING AND BALANCING M. DUCTWORK INSULATION AIR 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH 1. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE MADE BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS A CURRENTLY LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH 'V' (AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) BALANCING RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. INSULATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA q0A. CONTRACTOR. NO OTHER BALANCE REPORTS WILL BE REVIEWED OR ACCEPTED. ALL 2. DUCT SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. ALL SUPPLY BALANCING WORK MUST BE COMPLETE AND DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST RECENT AND RETURN AI R RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE INTERNALLY INSULATED STANDARDS OF THEIR SOCIETY AND AS A MINIMUM SHALL INCLUDE THE INFORMATION A5 WITH V THICK, 1-1/2 LB. DENSITY LINER (C-0.28 P 75'F). WHEN A COMPLETE SHOWN IN T14E AIR BALANCE REVIEW CHECKLIST IN PARAGRAPH 7 BELOW. PAYMENT OF FAX # : DUCTED RETURN AIR SYSTEM IS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, ONLY THE ALL COSTS FOR TESTING AND BALANCING SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. TESTING AND 'A COPY OF T141S CHECKLIST MUST BE COMPLETED AND INCLUDED WIT14 BALANCE REPORT' 15'-0" OF THE RETURN AIR DUCT CLOSEST TO THE AIR HANDLING UNIT IS TO BALANCING CONTRACTOR TO BE LANDLORD APPROVED. BE INSULATED. LINER I5 TO HAVE A COATED SURFACE EXPOSED TO AIR STREAM TO PREVENT EROSION. APPLY ADHESIVES AND MECHANICAL 2. ALL CHILLED OR CONDENSER WATER SYSTEMS, AND ALL LANDLORD VAV SYSTEM REQUIRE � 1 FASTENERS AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA AND THE MANUFACTURER TO A PRETEST TO OCCUR ONCE TAPS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM AND PREVENT LINER SEPARATION FROM THE DUCT. ALL TRANSVERSE EDGES TO BE WIT141N THE FIRST TWO WEEKS OF CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO DETAILS FOR PROCEDURE. COATED WITH ADHESIVE. 3. FINAL TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT MUST BE COMPLETE AND TURNED OVER 3. ALL ROUND DUCTWORK, OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK AND MEDIUM PRESSURE 4. SPLIT DX OR BUILT-UP CW TO 14OLLISTER CO. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 3 WEEK PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING DATE. DUCTWORK 5HALL BE EXTERNALLY INSULATED WITH A MINIMUM OF 1 1/2" THICK, 4. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PRESENT FOR AIR BALANCE TO VERIFY ACCESSIBILITY 1# DENSITY (R-5.6) DUCT WRAP WITH VAPOR BARRIER. VAPOR BARRIER I5 TO ❑ TO ALL DEVICES, VERIFY ALL OPERATING SEQUENCES AND INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN ALL ❑ ❑ ❑ 4a BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT DUCT SYSTEM. ALL JOINTS MUST BE TAPED SO UA UNACCEPTABLE UNITS JUST PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCE. THE COMPLETE AIR BALANCE SHALL TAKE ❑ THAT NO INSULATION FIBER IS VISIBLE. EXTEND DUCTWORK INSULATION ❑ ❑ ❑ PLACE WITH OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IN MINIMUM POSITION, EXCEPT A5 NOTED OTHERWISE. REPORT PREPARED B IN WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS, AND SIMILAR HVAC CONTRACTOR 514ALL ALSO INSTALL A NEW SET OF FILTERS EACH MONTH DURING 4. PENETRATIONS. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE T44AN 25 LICENSED CONTRACTOR (LICENSEE# ANDSIGNNAATURREBREQUIRED ) CONSTRUCTION AND ONE DAY PRIOR TO MERCHANDISING. ❑ AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAT 50 WHEN TESTED 1N 5. BALANCING CONTRACTOR 11UST CONTACT SYSTEMS INE ION U SI A 0 T GRAT GRO P ( G) T (77 ) AGGOKDANGE WITH A5TM G 411 OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. N . HYDRON I C PIPING 1 NOT APPLICABLE FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A WYDRONIC SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. 2. PIPING: 14YDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER, CONDENSER WATER AND/OR HEAT G WATER SHALL BE ASTM A-120, SCHEDULE 40, ERW, BLACK STEEL PIPE ITA PLAIN ENDS. INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH WELDED JOINTS WHERE PIPE 1 2-1/2 INCH AND LARGER. INSTALL STEEL PIPE WITH THREADED JOINTS AND ITTINGS OR INSTALL TYPE "K" ANNEALED TEMPERED COPPER TUBE TH ILFOS JOINTS FOR 2 INCH AND SMALLER PIPE. PROVIDE DIELECTRI UNIONS WEEN DISSIMILAR METALS, ALL PIPING SHALL BE IN STRICT ORMANCE WI H A5TM, ASA, AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, WHICHEVER I5 OST S NGENT. UNIONS OR FLANGES MUST BE USED AT EQUIPMENT NECTIONS WH SERVICE OR REMOVAL MAY BE REQUIRED. B. ALL PING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED WITH T LEAKAGE AT A INIMUM PRESSURE OF 125 PSI. C. ALL H RONIC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE H C PIPING SYSTEM LL BE CLEANED AND FLUSHED. REMOVE, CLEA AND REPLACE STRAIN SCREENS. FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WIT14 OOMEST WATER AND VENT ALL IPING AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO CONNECTION T THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. TRACTOR SHALL NOT FILL TENANT'S SYST WITH WATER FROM THE LAND 'S SYSTEM UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INSTRU ED 70 DO SO FROM THE LANDLO 'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. D. PRIOR TO CON CTION TO THE LANDLORD 5 SYSTEM, CTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITT CONFIRMATION FROM THE LANDLOR 5 FIELD REPRESENTATIV THAT ALL TESTING, FLUSHING, A PROPER FILLING OF THE _ TENANTS SYST 14AS BEEN COMPLETED INA ANCE TO 7HE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AN THAI THE TENANT'S SYSTEM 5 READY TO BE CONNECTED TO THE LANDLORD' SYSTEM. 3. VALVES: A. GATE VALVES, 2-INC14 NO SMALLER: CLASS 50, BODY AND UNION BONNET OF ASTM B 62 CAST B ZE WIT14 7HREADE OR SOLDER ENDS, INTEGRAL SEAT, RENEWABLE SOLI BRONZE WEDGE DI , RISING STEM, SCREWED BONNET AND RE-PACKAt3 UNDER UNDER ESSURE. BALL VALVES ARE ACCEPTED AS AN EQUAL BSTITUTION. B. GATE VALVES, 2-1/2 INCH D LARGER: LASS 125 CAST IRON BODY, RENEWABLE BRONZE SEATS 0 SOLID DGE DISC, RISING STEM, FLANGED ENDS, AND RE -PACKABLE UN PR RE. G. SWING CHECK VALVES, 2 -INCH NO 5 LLER: CLASS 150, CAST BRONZE BODY AND CAP CONFORMING TO AS B 6 WIT14 HORIZONTAL SWING, Y -PATTERN, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, AND VI G THREADED OR SOLDERED ENDS. D. SWING CHECK VALVE, 2-1/2 INCH LARGER: CLASS 125 CAST IRON BODY AND BOLTED CAP, HORIZONTAL 5 G, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, FLANGED ENDS AND CAPABLE OF BEING R I ED WHILE THE VALVE REMAINS IN T14E LINE. E. COMBINATION BALANCING AND UT VALVES: BELL 4 GOSSETT CIRCUIT SETTER WIT14 LOCKING SET t. A RCUIT SETTER BALANCE WHEEL MUST BE INCLUDED WITH 0 4 M M AL. T OR GRISWOLD ARE CONSIDERED AS EQUAL. 4. PIPING SPECIALTIES= A. PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE EST PLUGS ( P E'S PLUG) - 1/4 INC 4 NPT FITTINGS TO RECEIVE EI HER A TEMPERATU OR PRESSURE PROBE, 1/8 INCH O.D. FITTING AND CA SHALL BE BRASS W H VALVE CORE OF NORDEL, RATED AT 400 PSIG, TO 200'F. 8• STRAINERS - "Y" PA ERN STRAINERS, 125 PS ,CAST IRON BODY WITH PERFORATED STAIN STEEL SCREEN, T14R FOR 2 INCHES AND SMALLER, FLANGED OR 2-1/2 INCHES AND LARG . SCREEN OPENING SIZE AT 0.033 INCH FOR H TING AND 1/8 INCH FOR CHILL OR CONDENSER WATER. PROVIDE WITH B DOWN VALVE WITH HOSE END ITTING. C. T14ERMOFLO IND[ TOR - BELL 4 GO55ETT MODEL " 1'. 5. INSULATION: A. ALL 14YORONI PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER AND/OR H ING WATER (NOT INCLUDING DENSER WATER UNLESS SPECIFICALLY N D OTHERWISE), VALVES, FI INGS, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSULA D. FOR PIPE SIZES UP TO 2 I HES, INSULATE WITH I INCH THICK (K�0.23 • 'F) FIBERGLASS IN5ULATI WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRI . FOR PIPE SIZES 2-1/2 IN ES AND LARGER, INSULATE WITH 1-1/2 INCH THTC (K-0.23 0 75T) FIBERG INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VA BARRIER. B. INSU ION AT ALL MANGERS FOR PIPING 2 1/2 INCHES AND LA GER SHALL BE 14AR AND NON-COMPRESSIBLE. C. A INSULATION 514ALL MAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT THAN 25 AN A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAT 50 TO ORM WITH REQUIREMENTS OF TME NEPA. D. IDE ZE570N OR EQUAL INSULATION FITTINGS FOR ALL TEES, E OR ECIALTY FITTINGS. 6. G ERAL INSTALLATION A INSTALL WATER MAINS WITHOUT PITCH. USE ECCENTRIC REDUCING COU INGS AT CHANGES IN SIZE WITH THE TOP OF PIPES AT SAME ELEVATION. B. BRANCHES TO UNITS BELOW MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM BOTTOM OF MAINS T A 45 DEGREE ANGLE, PITCH DOWNWARD TOWARD UNITS. BRANCHE5 TO UN S ABOVE MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM TOP OF MAINS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE PITCHED UPWARD TOWARDS UNITS. PITCH NOT LESS THAN 1' TO 10 FEET. C. SEE MECHANICAL DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR APPLICABLE DETAILS. . REFRIGERANT PIPING: 1 NOT APPLICABLE 1 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE REFRIGERANT ING SYSTEM BETWEEN THE INDOOR FAN UNITS AND OUTDOOR FAN UNITS, A ICABLE. 2. PIPE A• R GERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE 'L' HARD DRAWN COPPER BING (ASTM B89). TUBING SHALL BE CLEAN, CAPPED AND NITROGEN C14A D. B. ALL FI S AND JOINTS SHALL BE WROUGHT COPPER ST BRONZE (ANSI 816.22). COPPER TO COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE B WIT14 A COPPER -P ORUS ALLOY AND ALL OTHER JOINTS ALL BE BRAZED WITH SILFOS-5 AL C. ALL ELBOWS ARE BE LONG RADIUS TYPE. 3. INSTALLATION= A. SUCTION LINES SHALL E ADEQUATE LIFT PS AND/OR DOUBLE SUCTION RISERS TO MEET THE R REMENIS OF LD CONDITIONS AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMM TIONS. B. BRAZE ALL JOINTS WITH SILF 5 S RTING AT TME INDOOR UNIT AND WORKING TOWARD T14E OUTDOOR THE SEALS ON TME OUTDOOR UNIT SHALL BE BROKEN LAST. A NI BLEED SHALL BE USED DURING ALL SOLDERING AND ANY TIME THE Y5 15 OPEN. ALL OPEN LINES 514ALL BE CAPPED AND SEALED BEFOR SAVING E SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. PRESSURE TEST FOR LEA WITM AN IN T GAS AT TO 245 P51G. REDO LEAKING JOINTS AND R T UNTIL SYST IS TIGHT. EVACUATE ENTIRE SYSTEM TO 200 MIC OF MERCURY. C14 E SYSTEM WIT14 25 PSI OF R-22 AND A INERT TO 245 PSI AND RET SYSTEM WITH HALIDE LEAK DETECTOR. ALL KING JOINTS MUST BE CO ELY RESEALED UNTIL NO LEAKS EXIST. TU ON CRANK CASE 14EATERS 24 RS PRIOR TO STARTING COMPRESSOR T BE SURE ALL REFRIGERANT LIQUID OUT OF T14E COMPIR C. UPON COM ION OF TESTING, BUT BEFORE THE REFRIG NT PIPING INSULAT I5 APPLIED, TME PIPING MUST BE INSPECTED 8 A REPR NTATIVE OF T14E LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY AS ESSARY. D. III TE THE REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINES AND CONDENSATE L ONLY RUBATEX OR ARMSTRONG I INCH THICK PIPE INSULATION WI FLAME EAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED NOT MORE THAN 50 IN ACCORDANCE WIT14 INDUSTRY STANDARDS. DO N0 ULATE THE MOT GAS (LIQUID) LINES OR ANY HOT GAS BYPASS LINES IF APPLI LE. APPLY 2 COATS OF U.V. PROTECTANT/SEALER ON ALL INSULATION EXPOS TO WEATHER. 427-7443, 24 HOURS PRIOR TO AIR BALANCE FOR COORDINATION OF THE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PANEL OPLERATION DURING THE BALANCE. CALL SIG TO VERIFY PROCEDURES PRIOR TO BIDDING PROJECT AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. 6. BALANCE AIR AND WATER QUANTITIES TO WITHIN + 5X OF THAT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY REQUIRED CHANGES IN SHEAVES, BELTS OR PULLEYS NEEDED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED FLOW RATES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE HVAC CONTRACTOR WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO 14OLLISTER CO. INC. 7• ALL CONTROL SEQUENCES SHALL BE TESTED (INTE=RLOCKED EQUIPMENT, SMOKE DETECTORS, SMOKE EVACUATION, ECONOMIZER, ETC.) AND OPERATING STATUS RECORDED IN THE REPORT. 8. THREE COPIES OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED THROUGH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO 14OLL15TER CO.'5 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE COMPLETENESS OF THE REPORTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING TO 44OLLISTEER CO.. SUBMIT ONE COPY OF FINAL APPROVED AIR BALANCE REPORT TO MALL GENERAL MANAGER. q. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL APPLICABLE TESTING AND BALANCING FUNCTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM DESIGNED ON THESE DRAWINGS. ALL SYSTEMS UNABLE TO 9E COMPLETELY BALANCED AT THE TIME OF ORIGINAL BALANCE MUST BE BALANCED IN FUTURE AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO 14OLLISTER CO. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL RECHECK ANY ITEMS THAT 14OLLISTER CO. DEEMS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO 14OLLISTER CO. S. ONT ROL SYSTEM COMMISSIONING 1. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO CONTACT SYSTEMS INTEGRATION GROUP (SIG) AT (770) 427-7443 THREE WEEKS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION DATE TO SCHEDULE COMMISSIONING. THI5 CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE THE CONTROL PANEL NUMBERS AN HA 5 N O D VE BEEN IG EED FF ON CONTROL PANEL AT JOB SITE. 2. T141S CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE AS A BASE, 8-140URS OF COMMISSIONING TIME PLUS AN ADDITIONAL 2 -HOURS OF COMMISSIONING TIME PER HVAC UNIT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. ADDITIONAL HOURS REQUIRED FOR TROUBLE- SHOOTING OR REPLACING FAULTY EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY 14OLLISTER CO. OR ANY OF 14OLLISTER CO. VENDORS SMALL BE REIMBURSABLE BY 14OLLISTER CO. AND/OR HOLLISTER CO.'S VENDORS AS NECESSARY AND NO ADDITIONAL HOURS SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST RECEIVE APPROVAL FROM 14OLLISTER CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO PERFORMING ADDITIONAL HOURS. END OF SECTION 15500 AIR BALANCE REVIEW CHECKLIST • o1 PROJECT INFORMATION 'V' DIVISION: CENTER: NO#: CONTRACTOR: DATE: FAX # : 'A COPY OF T141S CHECKLIST MUST BE COMPLETED AND INCLUDED WIT14 BALANCE REPORT' SYSTEMS TO CHECK SYSTEM INDEX ACCEPTABLE (CMF.CK�I � 1 �S NOT ACCEPTABLE (XII 2. WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMPS J g 3. ROOFTOP UNIT CHECK ALL T14AT APPLY'S 4. SPLIT DX OR BUILT-UP CW 0. (SEE SYSTEM INDEX) 6• EL CTRRIIC CEBASEid1�ARJ154NNIT HEATER A 7; TOILET EXHAUST FAN, EF -1 1 2 3 4 5 6�/ Q ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 4a ❑ UA UNACCEPTABLE ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ REPORT PREPARED B IN a LICENSED CONTRACTOR (LICENSEE# ANDSIGNNAATURREBREQUIRED ) ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ CONFORMANCE CERTIFICATE / PERFORMANCE GUARANTY ae REGISTERED WIT14 NATIONAL 14EADQUARTERS ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ EQUIPMENT L15T AND CALIBRATION DATE (WITHIN 6 MONT145 OF TEST) ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ MAKE AND MODEL # OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TESTED O ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ MOTOR NAMEPLATE DATA MANUFACTURER OF MOTOR ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ MOTOR WP/BHP O ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ UNIT VOLTAGE ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ MOTOR AMPERAGE (AMPS) ❑ ❑ KILOWATTS (KW) NEAT aD 0 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ MOTOR RPM O ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ SERVICE FACTOR (SF) O ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ SHEAVE SIZE/BORE SIZE .. ~Q W C3 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ NUMBER AND SIZE OF BELTS D H ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ UNIT FIELD MFASUREMl7dTS FIELD VOLTAGE WITH EACH PHASE FOR 3-PHASE MOTORS Ir ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ AMP DRAW EACH PHASE FOR 3-PHASE MOTORS m ❑ ❑ KILOWATTS (ELECTRIC HEATER ONLY) ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ FAN RPM O 4 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE - INLET SIDE ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE - DISCHARGE SIDE ❑ .. Z 3 ❑ ❑ WATER GPM CONDEENSER/CHILLED/HEATING p ❑ o ❑ ❑ SUPPLY WATER TEMPERATURE CONDENSER/CMILLED/HEATING 4 0 ❑ � J ❑ ❑ RETURN WATER TEMPERATURE CONDENSER/CHILLED/HEATING ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ DESIGN AND ACTUAL CFM'S (WITHIN 5% OF DESIGN) AS FOLLOWS= AT EACH SUPPLY DIFFUSER ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ AT EACH RETURN AIR GRILLE FOR DUCTED RETURN ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ TOTAL SUPPLY BY DUCT TRAVERSES ce ILa. Z ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ TOTAL RETURN/RELIEF BY DUCT TRAVERSES 0 ❑ ❑ ❑ TOTAL OUTSIDE AIR AND METHOD OF TESTING O.A. AMOUNT ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ PLAN INDEXING EACH DIFFUSER AND GRILLE TESTED ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ VERIFICATION OF OPERATIONAL S �S SPACE TEMPERATURE AND SETT POINT AFTER BALANCE ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ SUPPLY TEMPERATURES (AT 100% COOLING 4 100% HEATING) ❑ ❑ OUTSIDE DB/WB READING AT TIME OF BALANCE ❑ ❑ ❑ ECONOMIZER SETTING (A/8/C/0) IN ROOFTOP UNITS ❑ ❑ ❑ ADJ. $ VERIFY ECONOMIZER EXHAUST FAN GOES ON AT 60% O.A. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ MAXIMUM CFM RELIEF WITH ECONOMIZER AT IOOX O.A. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ UNIT HEATER OPERATIONAL STATUS AND SET POINT ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ TEST OF SUPPLY AIR FAN SHUTDOWN IN ALARM SEQUENCE ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ` ❑ TEST OF SMOKE EXHAUST FAN IN ALARM SEQUENCE ❑ T14E A/B/ REPORT SUBMITTED FOR THE ABOVE LOCATION HAS BEEN REJECTED. NOTE CHECKS IN COLUMN HEADED 'UA' (UNACCEPTABLE) AND REMARKS BELOW. ❑ THE A/8/ REPORT SUBMITTED FOR THE ABOVE LOCATION IS APPROVED. APPROVED BY: DATE: REMARKS: REV IA7 • o1 'V' 0 W g CO2 � 1 Z J g 0. F- 111_ a O > ae Q 0 W O 3 Q - O 1 a a V m 4- $3 .i N O O m z O ro O C O Wr- c� a c+� w aD 0 1` 0 ap � O O C4 N pO O p O 's O II- .. ~Q W C3 .. G G D H � C Q to W Ir Z p ar �W-- m m W) O 4 Y U p .. Z 3 Z ix p o 4 0 J W v h � J m Fm � N 0 z V Z V) W N o W w V W a CL Cn I- WZ� CL o W= 3 J 0 000 V�WW �Q V a! Z ce ILa. Z w W J � O ''Opp Q �Zr�L 0 W _1a0Z OWOa � 4 2 = Va N � N MAY 0 0 2018 ABFHLO155 SHEET M6.1 STRUCTURAL NOTES: A. GENERAL 1. THE STRUCTURE IS DESIGNED TO BE SELF-SUPPORTING AND STABLE AFTER THE BUILDING IS FULLY COMPLETED. IT IS SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE ERECTION PROCEDURE AND SEQUENCE AND TO INSURE THE SAFETY OF THE BUILDING AND ITS COMPONENT PARTS DURING ERECTION. THIS INCLUDES THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER SHORING, SHEETING, TEMPORARY BRACING, GUYS OR TIEDOWNS WHICH MIGHT BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL SHALL REMAIN THE CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY AFTER THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. 2. IT IS SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FOLLOW ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY CODES AND REGULATIONS DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 3. EQUIPMENT FRAMING LOADS, OPENINGS AND STRUCTURE IN ANY WAY RELATED TO HVAC, PLUMBING, OR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE SHOWN FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN APPROVAL OF THE INVOLVED TRADES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH SUCH PORTION OF THE WORK. EXCESS COST RELATED TO VARIATION IN THESE REQUIREMENTS TO BE BORNE BY THE APPROPRIATE CONTRACTOR. 4. SHOULD ANY OF THE DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS CONFLICT WITH THESE STRUCTURAL NOTES, THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR WITH EACH OTHER, THE STRICTEST PROVISION SHALL GOVERN. 5. ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL CONFORM TO THOSE SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 6. EXISTING BUILDING: PROVIDE TEMPORARY SUPPORTS AND OTHER MEASURES AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE EXISTING BUILDING DURING CONSTRUCTION. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WHICH AFFECT THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. B. GOVERNING CODE: 2004 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE W/ 2005 & 2006 AMENDMENTS. 1. DESIGN LATERAL LOADS = 5 PSF 2. DESIGN SOFFIT LOAD = 10 PSF D. STRUCTURAL STEEL 1. MATERIALS: A. STRUCTURAL STEEL: ASTM A36, FY = 36 KSI: ASTM A992, FY = 50 KSI (W -SHAPES): STRUCTURAL PIPES: ASTM A53 OR A501, FY = 35 KSI MIN.: SQUARE & RECTANGULAR TUBING: ASTM A500, FY = 46 KSI: HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS: ASTM A325 OR A490: ANCHOR BOLTS: ASTM A307 OR A36: EXPANSION ANCHORS: HILTI "KWIK BOLT 3's" (ICC -ESR NO. 1385), HILTI "KWIK-CON II" (ICC -ES NO. 5259) OR APPROVED EQUAL: ELECTRODES: SERIES E70. 2. SPECIFICATIONS: A. WELDING PERSONNEL AND PROCEDURES ARE TO BE QUALIFIED PER AWS D1.1. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OTHERWISE, DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION TO BE GOVERNED BY THE LATEST EDITIONS OF: 1. AISC ASD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS (JUNE 1, 1989). 2. AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE (MARCH 7, 2000). 3. STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE, AWS D1.1 OF THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY. 4. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL JOINTS USING ASTM A325 OR A490 BOLTS (JUNE 23, 2000). 3. CONNECTIONS: A. FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON DRAWINGS FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OR PARTICULAR DETAILS. FIELD CONNECTIONS NOT OTHERWISE NOTED TO BE BOLTED. SHOP CONNECTIONS NOT OTHERWISE NOTED TO BE WELDED OR BOLTED. CONNECTIONS TO BE DESIGNED BY THE FABRICATOR TO DEVELOP FULL STRENGTH OF MEMBER. 4. PAINT: A. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE SHOP PRIMED; ASPHALTIC PAINTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 5. GALVANIZING: A. ALL SHELF ANGLES, LINTELS IN EXTERIOR WALLS, AND ALL EXTERIOR STEEL EXPOSED TO THE ELEMENTS SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. 6. MISCELLANEOUS: A. PROVIDE HOLES FOR OTHERS. IF OPENING IS NOT SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS, OBTAIN PRIOR APPROVAL. B. STEEL SUPPORTING OR CONNECTED TO HVAC AND OTHER EQUIPMENT AND ROOF OPENINGS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE SHOWN FOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL RECONCILE EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THEIR WORK. C. GROUT UNDER BEARING PLATES, BASE PLATES, AND SETTING PLATES TO BE NON -SHRINKING TYPE MEETING ASTM C1117. D STEEL BELOW GRADE TO BE PROTECTED BY A MINIMUM OF 3 INCHES OF CONCRETE. E. PROVIDE 1 /4 INCH THICK SETTING PLATES FOR ALL BEAMS BEARING ON MASONRY WHICH DO NOT REQUIRE A BEARING PLATE. F. PROVIDE SHOP WELDED ANCHORS FOR ATTACHMENTS OF MASONRY. SPACING TO BE 16 INCHES ON COLUMNS AND BEAMS. G. PROVIDE HEAVY WASHERS AT ALL ANCHOR RODS. H. FINISH ENDS OF ALL COLUMNS, STIFFENERS, AND ALL OTHER MEMBERS IN DIRECT BEARING. 1. PROVIDE BOLT HOLES FOR JOISTS BOLTED TO BEAMS AND ATTACHMENT FOR JOINING EXTENDED JOIST BOTTOM CHORDS. J. MINIMUM BEAM BEARING ON MASONRY = 8 INCHES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. K. EMBEDMENT LENGTH OF EXPANSION BOLTS INTO SOLID MASONRY OR CONCRETE SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 1/2 INCH DIAMETER BOLTS --- 2 1/4 INCHES EMBEDMENT 5/8 INCH DIAMETER BOLTS --- 2 3/4 INCHES EMBEDMENT E. DIMENSIONAL LUMBER 1. PROPERTIES; A.VISUALLY GRADED LUMBER SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MIN. BASE DESIGN VALUES (SPF OR BETTER): 1. 875 PSI IN BENDING, Fb 2. 1150 PSI IN COMPRESSION PARALLEL WITH GRAIN Fc 3, 135 PSI IN HORIZONTAL SHEAR, Fv 4. E = 1,400,000 PSI 2. SPECIFICATIONS: A. DETAILS, FABRICATION SPECIFICATIONS FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION (2005 ED.). 3. MOISTURE CONTENT: A. MAXIMUM FOR ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 19%. 4. MISCELLANEOUS: A. NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT OR NOTCHED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN, NOTED OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. B. ALL DIMENSIONAL LUMBER TO DIMENSIONAL LUMBER CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY "SIMPSON STRONG TIE COMPANY" OR APPROVED EQUAL. F. LIWTGAGE METAL FRAMING 1. MATERIALS: A. STUDS AND TRACKS: 18 AND 16 GAGE, ASTM A446 GRADE D, Fy O 33 KSI. SHOT PINS W/ WASHERS: HILTI BRAND (ICBO NO. ER -2388) OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. SPECIFICATIONS: A. WELDING PERSONNEL AND PROCEDURES ARE TO BE QUALIFIED PER AWS. DESIGN, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION TO BE GOVERNED BY LATEST REVISIONS OF: 1. AISC SPECIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN OF COLD FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. G. SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS TO BE PROVIDED IN ADDITION TO THE INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO RELIEVE THE OWNER OR THEIR AUTHORIZED AGENT FROM REQUESTING THE PERIODIC AND CALLED INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODE. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PAID BY THE OWNER. 2. REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: A. IN ADDITION TO THE REGULAR INSPECTIONS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WILL ALSO REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE. 1. FIELD WELDING 2. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS B. SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL MEET THE QUALIFICATIONS AS STATED IN THE BUILDING CODE AND SHALL PERFORM THE DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES AS OUTLINED IN THE BUILDING CODE. H. WELDING: 1. REFERENCES: A. AWS D1.1 - "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE STEEL" B. AWS D1.3 - "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - SHEET STEEL" 2. ALL WELDING BY AWS QUALIFIED OPERATORS. HSS3x3x3/16 i COLUMN TYP. Lo W808 SPREADER BEAM i PORCH BAS A SCALE: 1/2' - V-0' E- 51.1 E PLAN TYP' 3/16 1 1/2" MIN. NEW HSS3x3x3/16 EXIST. STL. BEAM, TYP AT 48" O.C. (4) #10 TEK SCREWS -P 0 EACH BRACE DIAGONAL BRACE,_ PER SECTIONS NOTE: FIELD VERIFY SITE CONDITIONS. E EXIST. it .l CONCRETE-------, SLAB 2"x2"x54 MILS x 3 3/8" STD. CLIP ANGLE W/ (2) f10 TEK SCREWS EACH LEG DIAGONAL BRACE PER SECTIONS DETAIL SCALE: 3/4' i V-0' n I SECTION y cc 2. STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE, AWS D1.3 OF THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY. 3. PROPERTIES: A. LIGHTGAGE FRAMING MEMBER SIZES INDICATED ON DRAWINGS SHALL MEET \\362S162-54 SLIP THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: NOTE: �G MEMBER FLANGE THICKNESS Ix(IN4) Mn(IN*LB) � a DESIGNATION DEPTH WIDTH EA. TS Z 362S162-43 3 5/8" 1 5/8" 43 0.710 8,505 to .. 60OS162-43 6" 1 5/8" 43 2.316 16,764 4. CONNECTIONS: C O a A. ALL CONNECTIONS TO BE #10 TEK SCREWED OR FIELD WELDED. 5. FINISH: 3/16 V 3/8"x5 1/2"x0'-10" O A. ALL MATERIALS TO BE GALVANIZED COATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A525 W O G-60. STUD FRAMING PER B. TOUCH UP FIELD WELDS WITH ZINC RICH PAINT. 6. MISCELLANEOUS: O A. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. H Q B. ALL STUDS USED FOR WALL FRAMING SHALL BE 3 5/8" STEEL STUDS TEK SCREWS EACH LEG EXIST. STL. MINIMUM 16 GAGE AT 16" O.C. MAXIMUM, U.N.O. ON PLAN. t* C. ALL STUD MEMBERS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE H FABRICATOR FOR THE LATERAL LOADS INDICATED IN SECTION B. D. DEFLECTION LIMIT = L/360 Q E. OPENINGS 10'-0" OR LESS IN WIDTH SHALL BE FRAMED IN LIGHTGAGE NOTE: FRAMING MEMBERS. HEADS OR OPENINGS SHALL CONSIST OF STUD OR JOISTS HSS3x3x3/16 POST SECTIONS SUFFICIENT TO CARRY THE WEIGHT OF THE WALL ABOVE. JAMB TS W/ Z SECTIONS SHALL CONSIST OF HEAVIER GAGE STUDS, MULTIPLE STUDS, OR BOTH AS REQUIRED TO CARRY THE WIND LOAD OF THE ADJACENT OPENING. F. ALL FIELD CUTTING TO BE PERFORMED WITH A SAW. = G. WELD SIZES TO BE 3/32" WITH AWS TYPE 6013 OR 7014 ROD (U.N.O.). 0 H. TRACKS TO BE SECURELY ANCHORED TO THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. I. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BRIDGING AT 4'-0" O.C. MAXIMUM FOR Z WALLS. STUD FRAMING PER SECTIONS J. PROVIDE DOUBLE STUDS UNDER BEAM AND LINTEL BEARING, UNLESS SHOWN 1 C 2 Lu OTHERWISE. Z ot K. BRIDGING FOR FLOOR JOISTS SHALL BE AT 8'-0" MAXIMUM BETWEEN SUPPORTS. G. SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS TO BE PROVIDED IN ADDITION TO THE INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO RELIEVE THE OWNER OR THEIR AUTHORIZED AGENT FROM REQUESTING THE PERIODIC AND CALLED INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODE. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PAID BY THE OWNER. 2. REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: A. IN ADDITION TO THE REGULAR INSPECTIONS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS WILL ALSO REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BUILDING CODE. 1. FIELD WELDING 2. HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS B. SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL MEET THE QUALIFICATIONS AS STATED IN THE BUILDING CODE AND SHALL PERFORM THE DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES AS OUTLINED IN THE BUILDING CODE. H. WELDING: 1. REFERENCES: A. AWS D1.1 - "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE STEEL" B. AWS D1.3 - "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - SHEET STEEL" 2. ALL WELDING BY AWS QUALIFIED OPERATORS. HSS3x3x3/16 i COLUMN TYP. Lo W808 SPREADER BEAM i PORCH BAS A SCALE: 1/2' - V-0' E- 51.1 E PLAN TYP' 3/16 1 1/2" MIN. NEW HSS3x3x3/16 EXIST. STL. BEAM, TYP AT 48" O.C. (4) #10 TEK SCREWS -P 0 EACH BRACE DIAGONAL BRACE,_ PER SECTIONS NOTE: FIELD VERIFY SITE CONDITIONS. E EXIST. it .l CONCRETE-------, SLAB 2"x2"x54 MILS x 3 3/8" STD. CLIP ANGLE W/ (2) f10 TEK SCREWS EACH LEG DIAGONAL BRACE PER SECTIONS DETAIL SCALE: 3/4' i V-0' n I SECTION 625162-43 MTL. STUDS O 16" O.C. 3/16"0 HILTI KWIK-CON II SCREW 54 MILS TRACK (ICC -ES NO. 5259) AT 24" O.C. EMBED 1 ". A. EXIST. CONCRETE DECK ON MTL. CENTERING ISTING MALL ILUMN :EXISTING STEEL JOIST BELOW -- C EXISTING STEEL JOIST BELOW :EXISTING STEEL JOIST BELOW :EXISTING STEEL JOIST BELOW o� y cc V# Z DC W 3 \\362S162-54 SLIP COD NOTE: �G � a -'TRACK. ATTACH TO EA. TS Z PROVIDE 1/2- GAP to .. ZG S � N a W/ (2) #10 TEK SCREWS. C O a BETWEEN TRACK & M >/STUD. _ 3/16 V 3/8"x5 1/2"x0'-10" O C O W O STUD FRAMING PER SECTIONS 2"x2"x54 MILSx8" O ,---ANGLE W/ (2) 110 H Q W Q EXIST. CONC. DECK TEK SCREWS EACH LEG EXIST. STL. BEAM BEYOND t* NEW HSS3x3x3/16 c H (TYP.) Q 362S162-54 SLIP NOTE: !25 HSS3x3x3/16 POST TRACK. ATTACH TO TS W/ Z PROVIDE 1/2" GAP #10 TEK SCREWS O 16" O.C. = BETWEEN TRACK & Q 0 U. STUD. Z STUD FRAMING PER SECTIONS BASE PL. 3/8"x5 1/2"x0'-10" 625162-43 MTL. STUDS O 16" O.C. 3/16"0 HILTI KWIK-CON II SCREW 54 MILS TRACK (ICC -ES NO. 5259) AT 24" O.C. EMBED 1 ". A. EXIST. CONCRETE DECK ON MTL. CENTERING ISTING MALL ILUMN :EXISTING STEEL JOIST BELOW -- C EXISTING STEEL JOIST BELOW :EXISTING STEEL JOIST BELOW :EXISTING STEEL JOIST BELOW o� y cc V# Z DC W 3 H COD �G � a � a Z at to .. 1 N t N HSS3x3x3/16 POST y cc CL Z 0 m t/1 ZJ (4) 5/8"0 X 2 3/4" EMBED. �G N V j U O ANCHORS (ICC -ESR NO. 1385) at to .. ZG S � N a r C O a pC M C� D _ 3/16 V 3/8"x5 1/2"x0'-10" O C O W O a ZZ� �: O Lu �.. G0 H Q W Q EXIST. CONC. DECK m F-- t* � 1 N t N HSS3x3x3/16 POST y cc CL Z 0 m t/1 ZJ (4) 5/8"0 X 2 3/4" EMBED. of N O O O ANCHORS (ICC -ESR NO. 1385) at to .. ZG S � N a r C O a BASE PL. M q o _ 3/16 V 3/8"x5 1/2"x0'-10" O C O W O a ZZ� �: O Lu �.. G0 H Q W Q EXIST. CONC. DECK O W cn 'a w IF c H W 1 N t N HSS3x3x3/16 POST y cc CL Z 0 m t/1 ZJ (4) 5/8"0 X 2 3/4" EMBED. of HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 EXPANSION ANCHORS (ICC -ESR NO. 1385) at to .. Z Y BASE PL. M q o _ 3/16 V 3/8"x5 1/2"x0'-10" J CL U W NON -SHRINK GROUT a ZZ� �: LU 3 Z EXIST. CONC. DECK ma 'a ON MTL. CENTERING W n O CSECTION SCALE: t t N -oN (2) 5/8"0 X 2 3/4" EMBED. HILTI KWIK BOLT 3 EXPANSION ANCHORS 0 24" O.C. (ICC -ESR NO. 1385) • N I 70, M u EXIST. CONC. SLAB c I PARTITION TO DECK W ZJ cc0LU 1�• at N N .. Z Z Lu U V M q o J CL W a ZZ� �: LU 3 °o ma ° n C.)�WU. Q !25 HSS3x3x3/16 POST Z uiJ3� 0 (4) 3/4"0 A325 BOLTS = N Q 0 U. J Z BASE PL. 3/8"x5 1/2"x0'-10" O 1 C 2 Lu O Z ot Q 3/16 W808 SPREADER BEAM a = 0) O N c V N REFER TO PLAN • N I 70, M u EXIST. CONC. SLAB c I PARTITION TO DECK 2 1/4w a 7/16"0 HOLE FOR 7 3/4" 3/8"0 STUD (TYP. OF 2)0 y ss 10'-3' 3/8"x10"x3 1/2" PL. CTR'D 1/4- GAP 3/8"0x 1 " I.G. 3/16 STUD WELDED TO 3/8" CAP PL HSSS4x3x3/1 PL. TO BEAM MAX. C �( L CAP PL. (TYP. OF 2) • 52.1 52.1 52.1 HSS4x3x3/16 BEAM PL TO 1 3/16 COL. CAP (1) 3/8" X 1 " LG CAP PL. STUD WELDED TO – D BEAM �.... / CAP PL. IT o0 52.1 L— 52.1 TYP. 3 SIDES 3/16 ------3 8" CAP PL 1-1/ / EAM TO ' OST 0 �° -- L4x4x3/8 x 0'-4" HSS3x3x3/16 W M �• ATTACH RAFTER TO STL. BM. " cv M 0� TYP. TYP. � W/ 7/16 0 HOLE CTRD. POST ` RAFTER x r �4� M W/ 2"X2"X3 3/8" X 14 GA. ! FOR 3/8-0 STUD OUTRIGGER – - H RAFTER _ STD. CLIP ANGLE, WELDED TOtn / TUBE STEEL W/ 1/8 FILLET ANGLE TO POST 2 1/2' 3 HSS3x3x3/16 52.1 TYP. s WELD, AND (3) 10g WOOD 3/16 POST RAFTER SCREWS TO RAFTER C04P2 Q HSS4 3X3/16 +8'-9") (EACH SIDE, TYP.) OUTRIGGER Z 3" X 6" CONT. BLOCKING WITH -- (2) L30 AT EACH END, TYP 2.4 S .1 0 P. (SEE DETAIL 6/S2.1). SECTION Q : 1r ,i r SECTION � a SCALE C r . . SCALE 1 1-0' OUTRIGGER 10'-3OUTRIGGER IL F -- 52.1 3" X 6" CONT. BLOCKING 52.1 WITH (2) L30 AT EACH END (SEE DETAIL J/S2.1). (2) TAPERED 1 1/2 X 5 1/2" WOOD BEAM. SEE L3X3X1 /4X0'-3" ARCH. DWGS. 11 1/2' 11 1/2' (TYP. EA. SIDE) WITH (3) 10g WOOD SCREWS 23"X I OY29 XY" PL. SLOPE TO MATCH FLITCH BEAM NOTES: 1/4" PL. - BEAM ELEVATIONS NOTED THUS (+/-) INDICATE TOP OF STEEL ABOVE EXIST. CONC. SLAB ELEVATION OF (0'-0") NOTE: *"t X' , , m I - TYP. RAFTER - TAPERED 1 1/2" X 5' 1/2- MIN. WOOD RAFTER (SEE DETAIL F/S2.1) ALL WELDING SHALL BE INSPECTED BY AN APPROVED TESTING AGENCY TYP. - TYP. OUTRIGGER - 1 1/2" X 5 1/2" WOOD OUTRIGGER (SEE DETAIL F/S2.1) o NZI 1/8 - TYP. BEAM - (2) TAPERED 1 1/2" X 5 1/2" MIN. WOOD BEAM (SEE DETAIL G/S2.I) IN ACCORDANCE W/ THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, CHAP. 17. SUBMIT - PORCH ROOF COMES PRE -ASSEMBLED IN (4) SECTIONS INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS (PRIOR TO PERMIT ISSUANCE) IN ACCORDANCE o 1/4" STIFF PLW/ THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AND REPORTS TO THE HSS BEAMFIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN BUILDING INSPECTOR. FOR CLARITY 7/16" DIA. HOLE FOR i p > 3/8" DIA. THRU BOLT Ile (TYP.) C� N o o m 1- lJ J 0 0 PORCH ROOF FRAMING PLAN Q SECTION SECTION = N SCALE: 1/20 ,� ,1�r D E__j o SCALE: I' • 1'-•0' SCALE: 1' • P-0' co O 0 S � Lu a a a Q N N O Li POLYURETHANE ROOF TILES SIMPSON STRAP LSTA24. (2) TAPERED 1 1/2" X 5 1/2" MIN. IY FW- a H WOOD BEAM. SEE ARCH. DWGS. 0 Li! t/f REFER TO ARCH. DRAWINGS 1/2' 1/2' TAPERED 1 1/2" x 5 1/2" O I-• y .' WOOD BEAM Q W \ • SIMPSON LSU26 ® TAPERED 1 1/2" X 5 1/2" W Z D EA. JOIST (TYP.) MIN. RAFTER. (TYP.) a 0 \ e 3/8"0 THRU BOLTS Q 1X3 WOOD PURLINS, _ SEE ARCH. DWGS. REFER TO A/A8.6 FOR2"0 WASHER SPACING (TYP.) ' TAPERED 1 1/2" X 5. 1/2" MIN. WOOD RAFTER. SEE a., ® EA. BOLT EA. SIDE ARCH. DWGS. s 1 1/2" X 5 1/2" WOOD OUTRIGGER. Y SEE ARCH. DWGS. coV 3 x 6 CONT. BEAM WITH Z TAPERED 1 1/2" X 5 1/2" (2) SIMPSON LS50 AT EACH SIDE. O _ MIN. WOOD RAFTER. SEE ARCH. DWGS. x x ` .. ��` V 3i: W 2"x2"x3 3/8" X 68 MILS W STD. CLIP ANGLE, WELDED TO J r J SECTION SECTIONSECTIONz uj .. TUBE STEEL W/ 1/8" FILLET WELD, CONNECT RAFTER W/ (3) 51MPSON L30 AT EACH SIDE `r��_r10g WOOD SCREWS (TYP. EA. SIDE) SCALE: 1 1/2 1 0 I = N Z SCALE: NT5 Q SCALE NTS .I W Ma 3 x 6 CONT. BLOCKING Q. HSS3x3x3/16 BEAM V W ENCLOSURE AROUND COLUMN 0a Q SEE ARCH. DRAWINGS ARCH. BEAM Z W Z a -SEE ARCH. DWGS. ... W 3 6 o0 U�WW 1000S162-54 METAL STUD BLOCKING. � � w La. CUT AND BEND STUD FLANGES 90 DEGREES, Z W ATTACH TO STUD FRAMING W/ (2) #10 TEK ATTACH BRACKET TO PLATE LL W SCREWS TOP AND BOTTOM. AND STUD BLOCKING W/ (3) _ `, O 5/8"0 A307 BOLTS & HEAVY WASHERS Z 0 Q 3 5/8" METAL .� FRAMING,� J U. fi x10�. x1/4" PL 3/16 J Z 0 Z J HSS4x3x3/16 0 W o Q V BEAM TYP. a Z co N co y 8'-9" /mm AB. MALL FLR. T.O.S. 23"X1 QV2" XY4" PL.-'// / / \ \ `�'---1 /4" STIFF PL XISTING BUILDING COLUMN L4x4x1 /4x0'-4" LONG FOR ERECTION PURPOSE ONLY (2) 3/8" DIA. 1/4- PL SEE THRU BOLTS 15/16' SECTION D. 3/16 008 Z__. NEW SHEET ISSUED ABFHLO155 SHEET SECTION SECTION J SECTION SCALE: 1 1/2' • Y -0'N- 1 V- r SCALE• 1 0' SCALE: 1 • 11-012.1 2. SEE DETAIL D/S1.1 FOR WALL TO SLAB ANCHORAGE. MARK MATERIALS REMARKS �I MARK MATERIALS r REMARKS C1 (2) 362S162-43 STUDS SEE C/S3.1 B1 (2) 600S162-43 BOX BEAM SEE B/S3.1 N B2 (2) 1000S162-43 BOX BEAM SEE B/S3.1 #10 TEK SCREWS 0 12" O.C. - TYP.Lq 18 GA. N W 5/8 '; — 0-1 C1 362T125-43 5/8 (TYP. TOP AND BOTTOM) C1 C S3.2 TYPICAL BOX BEAM I . O 3625162-43 MTL. STUD FRAMING 0 16�� O.C. TY CONSTRUCTION W/ 362S162-43 MTL. STUD BRACING 0 48" O.C. W/ 362S162-43 BRIDGING EA. SIDE OF BRACE • 0 MID -SPAN. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH TO MTL. DECK. - m D cmn D 33.2 P. 33.1 53.1 SIM. E Z 83.1 C1 C1 SIM. C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 _ 82 I C1 C1 C1 C1 0. B, P, B, - - - - - LVB, 13, BUILT UP BOX BEAM SCALA= 1 1/2' • 1'-0' �I■ �1- C1 C1 - C1 - - 1- - - - - - o IL B1 B1 B1 81 _ 82 - - B1 B1 B1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 - - - - C1 C1 C1 C1 3627125-43 TRACK EA. SIDE TYP. STUD COLUMN C1 BOX BEAM PER PLAN AND DET. B/S3.1 I BOX BEAM PER PLAN AND DET. B/S3.1 ooCC (2) #10 TEK SCREWS � O w / I117- EA. SIDE ut > 362T200-43 X 4 1/2" LG. TRACK p u► SECURE TO COLUMN STUDS W/ (1) ROW OF (2) #10 TEK SCREWS EA. STUD 0 C1. O J � Q D - Z 53.1 PORCH ROOF FRAMING SEE SHEET S2.1 STUD COLUMN C1 ci ca u m 1- tJ J z � N N Z r O ID FACADE FRAMING PLAN N � A BEAM TO STUD COLUMN O SCALE: 1/2' - V-0' C 10.1 SCALE: 314' V-0' y O p Lu a Q Q tY O No O O p N N O LLI .. � Q G W 3; N t Lu O W OC p 3625162-43 MTL. STUD BRACING A ` a EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD �A W z � ,[ 0 48" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL 53.2 TO REMAIN W a ao FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH 3 TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/S1.1 / ! ; i............. PROVIDE 362S162-43aaV DGING J EA. 51DE OF BRACE MID -SPAN. SECURE TO �— EXIST. MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN BRACE W/ (2) #10 TEK +�` Y 1 ! I SCREWS 0 EACH BRACE. + U)_ I I I I + I Z I I 362S162-43 MTL. STUD BRACING �\i- O I I EXISTING MALL DIFFUSER 0 48" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL I I do DUCT TO REMAIN FRAMING ABOVE - DO- NOT ATTACH PROVIDE 362S162-43�/�%� _ rl _ ... - _...m .._.._..__.._.. .. ............€ m j I .� TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/S1.1 BRIDGING EA. SIDE OF BRACE I I I Z 0 MID -SPAN. SECURE TO.....................................,_._..........._.:w_.........._...m _..................... W 3 BRACE W/ (2) #10 TEK + ( I LEASE LINEco < SCREWS 0 EACH BRACE. ++ ++ 10 TEK SCREWS B + I 3625162-43 MTL.. STUD FRAMING ++ ++ � � .� I 3625162-43 MTL. +\� (4) # W S3. 0 16" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL I 0 EACH CONNECTION TYP. C� �+ FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH I \ 12 " I STUDS 0 16" O.C. �' ( ) I Z J TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/S1.1 I a 6 1/2 \+ I I3/8- � 3625162-43 MTL. J � \o S'-11 3 8" ABOVE F. TENANT WD. FLR. 362T125-43 MTL. TRACK -- STUDS 0 16" O.C. N z +� I +\ \ \ BTM. OF BEAM ATTACH TRACK TO STUDS -- + I I I + + + + + + + I \ \ o W/ (1) #10 TEK SCREW + a W M C �+ I \+ \ IN EA. LEG. ATTACH TRACK + + + + + WHO\ \ TO HEADER W/ (2) #10 TEK - -- --10, I \ \ \ e \ POLYURETHANE ROOF TILES ++ ++ I I \ \ o _ _ 12" n SCREWS 0 16" O.C. TYP. REFER TO ARCH. DRAWINGS LEASE LINE Z ~ CL ++ ++ I + \ ` 14 1/2" � z � 3 \ J \ W 3625162-43 MTL. — _ e � 8 -9 ABOVE F. PORCH FLR. -- Q O V O JOISTS O i 6 O.C. i TOP OF STEEL + + 0 J OL 10'-8 5/8" ABOVE FIN. FLR. +I W L1.. I I BTM. OF HEADER EXISTING MALL COLUMN I � 80X BEAM PER PLAN � w I I AND DET. B/S3.1 W L J 0 I I X00 0 $ a ..., ? � LL. E I I V J�Oz BOX BEAM PER PLAN I Q O W O Q U LL _ cc N c In AND DET. B/S3.1 MAY 0 6 2008 NEW SHEET ISSUED ABFHLO155 SHEET SECTIONSECTIONSCALE: Vf I' -Cr SCALF_ 1 I/2'P-0' S3.1 II "°TES: COLUMN SCHEDULE BEAM SCHEDULE I Alli wei i c rn uevF RQinritir. AT A' -n" n c MAY 2. SEE DETAIL D/S1.1 FOR WALL TO SLAB ANCHORAGE. MARK MATERIALS REMARKS �I MARK MATERIALS r REMARKS C1 (2) 362S162-43 STUDS SEE C/S3.1 B1 (2) 600S162-43 BOX BEAM SEE B/S3.1 N B2 (2) 1000S162-43 BOX BEAM SEE B/S3.1 #10 TEK SCREWS 0 12" O.C. - TYP.Lq 18 GA. N W 5/8 '; — 0-1 C1 362T125-43 5/8 (TYP. TOP AND BOTTOM) C1 C S3.2 TYPICAL BOX BEAM I . O 3625162-43 MTL. STUD FRAMING 0 16�� O.C. TY CONSTRUCTION W/ 362S162-43 MTL. STUD BRACING 0 48" O.C. W/ 362S162-43 BRIDGING EA. SIDE OF BRACE • 0 MID -SPAN. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH TO MTL. DECK. - m D cmn D 33.2 P. 33.1 53.1 SIM. E Z 83.1 C1 C1 SIM. C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 _ 82 I C1 C1 C1 C1 0. B, P, B, - - - - - LVB, 13, BUILT UP BOX BEAM SCALA= 1 1/2' • 1'-0' �I■ �1- C1 C1 - C1 - - 1- - - - - - o IL B1 B1 B1 81 _ 82 - - B1 B1 B1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 - - - - C1 C1 C1 C1 3627125-43 TRACK EA. SIDE TYP. STUD COLUMN C1 BOX BEAM PER PLAN AND DET. B/S3.1 I BOX BEAM PER PLAN AND DET. B/S3.1 ooCC (2) #10 TEK SCREWS � O w / I117- EA. SIDE ut > 362T200-43 X 4 1/2" LG. TRACK p u► SECURE TO COLUMN STUDS W/ (1) ROW OF (2) #10 TEK SCREWS EA. STUD 0 C1. O J � Q D - Z 53.1 PORCH ROOF FRAMING SEE SHEET S2.1 STUD COLUMN C1 ci ca u m 1- tJ J z � N N Z r O ID FACADE FRAMING PLAN N � A BEAM TO STUD COLUMN O SCALE: 1/2' - V-0' C 10.1 SCALE: 314' V-0' y O p Lu a Q Q tY O No O O p N N O LLI .. � Q G W 3; N t Lu O W OC p 3625162-43 MTL. STUD BRACING A ` a EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD �A W z � ,[ 0 48" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL 53.2 TO REMAIN W a ao FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH 3 TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/S1.1 / ! ; i............. PROVIDE 362S162-43aaV DGING J EA. 51DE OF BRACE MID -SPAN. SECURE TO �— EXIST. MALL BULKHEAD TO REMAIN BRACE W/ (2) #10 TEK +�` Y 1 ! I SCREWS 0 EACH BRACE. + U)_ I I I I + I Z I I 362S162-43 MTL. STUD BRACING �\i- O I I EXISTING MALL DIFFUSER 0 48" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL I I do DUCT TO REMAIN FRAMING ABOVE - DO- NOT ATTACH PROVIDE 362S162-43�/�%� _ rl _ ... - _...m .._.._..__.._.. .. ............€ m j I .� TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/S1.1 BRIDGING EA. SIDE OF BRACE I I I Z 0 MID -SPAN. SECURE TO.....................................,_._..........._.:w_.........._...m _..................... W 3 BRACE W/ (2) #10 TEK + ( I LEASE LINEco < SCREWS 0 EACH BRACE. ++ ++ 10 TEK SCREWS B + I 3625162-43 MTL.. STUD FRAMING ++ ++ � � .� I 3625162-43 MTL. +\� (4) # W S3. 0 16" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL I 0 EACH CONNECTION TYP. C� �+ FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH I \ 12 " I STUDS 0 16" O.C. �' ( ) I Z J TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/S1.1 I a 6 1/2 \+ I I3/8- � 3625162-43 MTL. J � \o S'-11 3 8" ABOVE F. TENANT WD. FLR. 362T125-43 MTL. TRACK -- STUDS 0 16" O.C. N z +� I +\ \ \ BTM. OF BEAM ATTACH TRACK TO STUDS -- + I I I + + + + + + + I \ \ o W/ (1) #10 TEK SCREW + a W M C �+ I \+ \ IN EA. LEG. ATTACH TRACK + + + + + WHO\ \ TO HEADER W/ (2) #10 TEK - -- --10, I \ \ \ e \ POLYURETHANE ROOF TILES ++ ++ I I \ \ o _ _ 12" n SCREWS 0 16" O.C. TYP. REFER TO ARCH. DRAWINGS LEASE LINE Z ~ CL ++ ++ I + \ ` 14 1/2" � z � 3 \ J \ W 3625162-43 MTL. — _ e � 8 -9 ABOVE F. PORCH FLR. -- Q O V O JOISTS O i 6 O.C. i TOP OF STEEL + + 0 J OL 10'-8 5/8" ABOVE FIN. FLR. +I W L1.. I I BTM. OF HEADER EXISTING MALL COLUMN I � 80X BEAM PER PLAN � w I I AND DET. B/S3.1 W L J 0 I I X00 0 $ a ..., ? � LL. E I I V J�Oz BOX BEAM PER PLAN I Q O W O Q U LL _ cc N c In AND DET. B/S3.1 MAY 0 6 2008 NEW SHEET ISSUED ABFHLO155 SHEET SECTIONSECTIONSCALE: Vf I' -Cr SCALF_ 1 I/2'P-0' S3.1 II I I 362S162-43 MTL. STUD FRAMING j 0 16" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/S1.1 I f I I I I I i ♦\ � � MTL. STUD FRAMING PROVIDE 362S162-43 PER SECTION D/S3.1 O BRIDGING EA. SIDE DECOF BRACE MTL STUD BRACING + I I PER SECTION D/S3.1 I ( BRACE W/ (2) #10 TEK `\+ I I (4) #10 TEK SCREWS SCREWS 0 EACH BRACE. I { 0 EACH BRACE (TYP.) I I � I f (4) #10 TEK SCREWS 362S162-43 MTL. STUD BRACING • 0 EACH CONNECTION (TYP.) �. + MTL. STUD BRACING 0 48 O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL PER SECTION D/S3.1 FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH 362S162-43 MTL. ` C/7 j � �-� TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/51.1 .�. STUDS O 16" O.C. E 362S162-43 MTL. + I \ STUDS 0 16" O.C. 362T125-43 MTL. TRACK T + Z ATTACH TRACK TO STUDS + + + + 0 #10 TEK SCREW \ 0 EA. BRACE (TYP.) CR (S #10 TEK SCREW -- --� -- o MTL. STUD FRAMING IN EA. LEG. ATTACH TRACK ` PER SECTION D/S3.1 TO HEADER W/ (2) #10 TEK 9 SCREWS 0 16" O.C. TYP. -�-`� I �� 0. IG�\ +� j 362S162-43 MTL. I �\` #10 TEK SCREW EA. SIDE 0 +`� JOISTS 0 16" O.C. EACH STUD OR JOIST (TYP.) (4) #10 TEK SCREWS ��-�- (4) #10 TEK SCREWS + �. + 0 EACH JOIST (TYP.) 0 EA. JOIST (TYP.) —w 1 43 MILS BTM. TRACK 10'-11 3/8" ABOVE FIN. FLR. + BTM. OF HEADER i w SECURE TO EA. JOIST W/ � � + + + + (2) #10 TEK SCREWS — + ++ + ++ 0 16" O.C. ++ ++ + ++ ( I MTL. JOISTS PER SECTION D/S3.1 + +BOX BEAM PER PLAN AND DET. B/S3.1000 000 f MTL. STUD FRAMINGt? PER SECTION D S3.1 SCR W1S 0 K /EA. FRAMING > u V (TYP.) EXISTING MALL COLUMN { ALYE Lu [a P I I'mO > o I 3625162-43 MTL. a O J V FRAMING 0 16" O.C. O to z O O U J SECTION R SECTIONSECTIONSCALE: 1 I ' 1'- 'riN Z O �m /2 0 SCALE: I V2 = 1-0 N V-01 O SCALE: 1 1/2 = Cy O O 0 S a a 0 0 Lu cc Go r4ft cc � O O N r O\ O an WG W IW„ Q W 0 0 Q H N ix w D p H y W Z p V1 PROVIDE 3625162-43 BRIDGING EA. SIDE OF BRACE O MID -SPAN. SECURE TO 10 BRACE W/ (2) #10 TEK Y ♦ SCREWS 0 EACH BRACE. (4) #10 TEK SCREWS V 0 EACH BRACE (TYP.) + ±♦ 362S162-4.3 MTL. STUD BRACING v ♦ 0 48 O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL ♦ FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH 362S162-43 MTL. STUD FRAMING + '�" TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/S1.1 Z 0 16" O.C. SECURE TO STRUCTURAL + / cri < FRAMING ABOVE - DO NOT ATTACH ♦ � TO MTL. DECK. SEE DET. B/S1.1 .... .......... ............................................ 10'-8" A.F.F. O (4) #10 TEK SCREWS ABOVE TENANT FLOOR W r 0 EACH BRACE (TYP.) + + + LU h. W ��N Z t/) W M o � V � Z W #10 TEK SCREW EA. z W CLp SIDE 0 EACH STUD z W�:oVO 00 9'-0 5/8" A.F.F. ABOVE TENANT FLOOR Ilk O J BTM. OF BEAM Z �LULA_w W �JS� (2) #10 TEK SCREW BOX BEAM. PER PLAN " AND DET. B/S3.1 ca O O O W/ 1 STUDS O.C. ALIGN Q J Z � IUL V j 0Z w Q OLu0Q LLLL 0) cm co 000-00 MAY 0 6 2008 NEW SHEET ISSUED ABFHLO155 SHEET SECTION NOT USED D SCALE: 1 1/2' . V-0' Em SCALE: 1 I/2N a V-0' S3m2